C.003778 en Yrk Man 00472 - Ball Man PDF

Installation, Operation, & Maintenance
Manual
Metso Definition Number: C.3778
(2) Ball Mills

28' x 44.5’
Y
Quellaveco Copper Mine
AR
Anglo American
IN
Sales Order #: 303088047
No. de EQUIPO
IM
Ball Mill 1 3210-MI-003

Ball Mill 2 3210-MI-004
EL
PR
October 2019
Quellaveco Copper Mine Project, (2) 28’ x 44.5’ Ball Mills, Metso # C.3778
How to Use This Manual
This manual contains the information for the two (2) 28’ x 44.5’ Ball Mills for the
Quellaveco Copper Mine Project, purchased on Purchase Order 303088047. Metso
Equipment Numbers have been assigned to each mill. See the chart below that notes
the Customer Tag Numbers and their respective Metso Equipment Numbers. All mills
on this project are covered by Metso Definition Number C.3778. Please reference the
appropriate Equipment Number and the Definition Number in any correspondence
with Metso regarding this equipment.
Customer Tag Number Metso Equipment Number

3210-MI-003 90026637
3210-MI-004 90026638
The manual is mainly organized in a chronological order; the components are

generally presented in the order of their installation in a standard mill erection. This
manual is organized by subject matter, with major categories including Mill Installation,
Commissioning & Operation, Mill Maintenance, and Grinding Services. The Table of
Contents serves as both an Index, and a Drawing List, as all drawings included in the
manual are listed in the Table of Contents.
Each component section includes the instructional text, assembly drawings, and
supplemental information applicable to that component or assembly.
CHAPTER: How to Use This Manual Page 1 of 1

STATEMENT OF PERMITTED USAGE
All drawings, specifications, data, software, firmware,

manuals, instructions, documentation or other works of
authorship furnished by Metso are copyrighted property
of Metso or its suppliers, and are to be used by Buyer
only for the Purpose of installing, operating, maintaining
and repairing the Equipment. Such works and data may
not be used or reproduced or disclosed for any other
Purpose.
This manual copyright Metso Minerals Industries, Inc., 2019
Metso Minerals Industries, Inc.

Table of Contents PRELIMINARY
COVER PAGE
GENERAL
How to Use This Manual, Pg. 1-1
Confidentiality Statement, Pg. 1-1
Table of Contents, Pgs. 1-7
Contact Information, Pg. 1-1
Warranty & Receiving Instructions, Pg. 1-4
Field Backcharge Allowance Form, Pg. 1-1
Storage Procedure for Mills, Pgs. 1-11
MILL DESIGN DATA

Mill Data Sheet, Pg. 1-1
Process Data Sheet, Pg. 1-1
INSTALLATION
Section 1: General Installation Procedure
Installation Introduction, Pg. 1-1

Preparation for Installation, Pgs. 1-2
General Installation Procedure, Pgs. 1-3
Mill Assembly Drawing 10230711,R6

General Erection Guideline 10267593,R1
Tool List 10273335,R1
Section 2: Mill Installation Data Sheets
Installation Data Sheets, Mill 1 Pgs. 1-13

Installation Data Sheets, Mill 2 Pgs. 1-13
Section 3: Foundation & Baseplate Installation
Foundation Requirements, Pg. 1-2

Foundation & Baseplate Installation, Pgs. 1-14
Foundation Plan 10230712,R8
CHAPTER: Table of Contents Page 1 of 7

Revision:0
Section 4: Trunnion Bearing Installation
Trunnion Bearing Installation Introduction, Pg. 1-1

Trunnion Bearing Pads & Pedestals Installation, Pgs. 1-4
Bearing Pad Installation Completion, Pgs. 1-2
Trunnion Bearing Assembly, Pgs. 1-2
Trunnion Bearing Assembly, Fixed, Sheets 1-2 10235054,R9

Seal Grease Piping Assembly 10270621,R1
Pad Bearing Assembly, Fixed End 10267413,R4
Hydrostatic Lube Lines 10128334,R5
Junction Box Assembly RTD 10128904,R4
Trunnion Bearing Assembly, Free, Sheets 1-2 10128299,R5
Seal Grease Piping Assembly 10235055,R8
Pad Bearing Assembly, Free End 10270614,R1
10267572,R4
Hydrostatic Lube Lines 10128758,R5
Conduit/JB Trunnion Bearing RTD’s, Free 10128906,R4
Junction Box Assembly, Flow & Pressure Trans, Free 10128306,R5
Flow Rate Assembly 10124551,R2
Assembly Torque Bolt 10267158,R1
Assembly Torque Bolt 10267162,R1
Trunnion Bearing Field Kit Free 10267912,R4
Trunnion Bearing Field Kit Fixed 10267913,R4
Smart Sensor TBA

Temperature Sensor Information
Instrumentation TBA
Section 5: Shell/Head/Trunnion Installation

Shell/Head/Trunnion Installation Introduction, Pgs. 1-2
Shell/Head/Trunnion Assembly, Pgs. 1-2
Shell/Head/Trunnion Assembly Drawing 10229801,R5

Lifting Lug Arrangement, Feed Shell, Erection 10266649,R1
Lifting Lug Arrangement, Center Shell, Erection 10266807,R1
Lifting Lug Assembly,Feed/ Discharge Shell, Shipping 10266430,R1
Lifting Lug Assembly, Discharge Shell, Erection 10266810,R1
Lifting Lug Arrangement, Trunnion, Fixed 10266417,R1
Lifting Lug Arrangement, Trunnion, Free 10266426,R1

Revision: 0
Section 5: Shell/Head/Trunnion Installation (Continued)
Brake Flinger Assembly Drawing 10230649,R1

Seal – Head Joint, Installation 10234644,R1
Procedure Drainport Assembly 10229949,R1
Mill Rotating Body Hardware Set 10234640,R3
Section 5B: Bolt Tightening Procedure
Bolt Tightening Procedure, Pgs. 1-14
Torque Nut Installation 06-000893,R3

Bolt Load Monitor 10275595,R2
American Bolting / Hytorc

Information on the Electronic Load Indicating
Fastener System and the Hydraulic Torque wrenches
Section 5C: Liner Backing & Mill Liner Assembly Installation
Liner Backing & Mill Liner Assembly Installation, Pgs. 1-4
Mill Lining Assembly Drawing 10236399,R4

Rubber Liner Backing Drawing 10234681,R2
Section 6: Brake System Installation
Brake System Installation, Pg. 1-1
Brake System 10236543,R5
Johnson Brake TBA

Mill Brake System Manual
Section 7: Not Used
Section 8: Not Used

Revision: 0
Section 9: Feed & Discharge Arrangements
Feed End Arrangement Installation, Page 1-3

Discharge Arrangement Installation, Pages 1-2
Feed Chute Assembly Drawing 10267924,R3

Feed Hopper Lining Assembly Drawing 10267926,R1
Carriage Assembly 10234818,R3
Feed End Assembly 10259012,R3
Sandwheel Assembly 10259060,R1
Discharge End Assembly Drawing 10234703,R5
Discharge Liner Assembly 10234704,R1
Trunnion Magnet Interface Drawing 10269599,R1
Feed End Hardware Kit 10268061,R2
Discharge End Hardware Kit 10268296,R1
Eriez Magnet Systems TBA

Trunnion Magnet Manual
Section 10: Trunnion Bearing Lube Systems
Portable Trunnion Bearing Lube System, Pages 1-2

Trunnion Bearing Lube System Installation, Pages 1-6
Auxiliary Lube System 10271403,R1

Lube System General Assembly Drawing 10128903,R6
Reservoir Assembly Drawing 10129197,R3
Piping & Instrumentation Rack Fixed 10128814,R5
Piping & Instrumentation Rack Free 10128777,R5
Conditioning Pump Piping Assembly Drawing 10129276,R4
Thrust Pump Assembly 10129936,R4
Piston Pump Piping Assembly Drawing 10129798,R3
Accumulator Pump Piping Assembly Drawing 10129769,R3
Accumulator Pump Assembly 10129773,R1
Accumulator Assembly, (Emergency Shutdown) 10129943,R4
Accumulator Charging and Gaging Assembly 10124010,R1
Lubrication System/Field Connection Diagram 10130072,R3
Control Panel Assembly 10128917,R6
Pressure Gauge 04-099022,R1
Accumulator Charging Assembly 04-127909,R1
See Section 18 for the Lube System Component information
CHAPTER:Table of Contents Page 4 of 7

Revision: 0
OPERATION
Section 11: Mill Description & Commissioning
Mill Description, Pg. 1-1

Commissioning Procedure, Pgs. 1-3
Commissioning Data Sheets, Pgs. 1-9
Section 12: Normal Operation
Normal Operation, Pgs. 1-5

Safety Concerns, Pgs. 1-29
Section 13: Mill Shutdown Procedures
Normal Shutdown Procedures, Pgs. 1-2

Emergency Shutdown Procedures, Pg. 1-1
Preventing a Dropped Charge, Pg. 1-1
Section 14: Control Philosophy

900103934,R3
Ball Mill Control Philosophy
Section 15: Control Drawings
Piping & Instrumentation Diagram (Brake-004) 10236435,R2

Piping & Instrumentation Diagram (Brake-003) 10236433,R2
Piping & Instrumentation Diagram (Lube-004) 10236107,R4
Piping & Instrumentation Diagram (Lube-003) 10236106,R4
Piping & Instrumentation Diagram (Brake) 10126730,R4
Piping & Instrumentation Diagram (Lube) 10126726,R6
Instrumentation Symbols Reference Drawing 05-014335, R8
Logic Diagram 10236480,R3
Schematic Wiring Diagram 10236510,R3
Instrument I/O List 900103929,R4
Instrument I/O List 900103930,R4
Electrical Load List 900100533,R5
Motor/Brake Interface Sequence 900103924,R2

Revision: 0
MAINTENANCE
Section 16: Mill Maintenance & Troubleshooting
Mill Maintenance Introduction, Pgs. 1-3

Mill Maintenance Inspection Schedule, Pg. 1-1
Mill Preventive Maintenance Schedule, Pgs. 1-2
Post Earthquake Inspection, Pgs. 1-1
Troubleshooting, Pgs. 1-2
Section 17: Trunnion Bearing Maintenance
Trunnion Bearing Assembly Maintenance, Pgs. 1-5
Removal Support, 150” Pad Bearing 10273266,R1
See the drawings and information in Section 4.
Section 18: Trunnion Bearing Lube System Maintenance
Trunnion Bearing Lube System Maintenance, Pgs. 1-2
Vendor Information -TBA
Section 19: Mill Liner Maintenance
Mill Liner Maintenance, Pg. 1-1
CHAPTER:Table of Contents Page 6 of 7

Revision: 0
Section 20: Not Used.
Section 21: Feed and Discharge Arrangements Maintenance
Feed Arrangement Maintenance, Pg. 1-2

Discharge Arrangement Maintenance, Pg. 1-1
Section 22: Hydraulic Jacking System
Hydraulic Jacking System, Pgs. 1-3
Jacking Cradle Assembly Drawing 10268793,R2

Hydraulic Jacking System 10269123,R1
Hydraulic Wrench 10271517,R1
TK Simplex TBA
Hydraulic Jacking System
Information
Section 23: Mill Lubrication Recommendations
Mill Lubrication Recommendations, Pgs. 1-3
GRINDING SERVICES
Section 24: Grinding Services
Grinding Services Brochure
Section 25: Recommended Spare Parts
Spare Parts Introduction, Pg. 1-1

Spare Parts List, Pgs. 1-6

Revision: 0
Typical Project
Contact Information
METSO CONTACT INFORMATION
PRODUCT AND BRAND NAMES
GRINDING PRODUCTS Products:

• Autogenous & Semi-Autogenous
Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. - United States Mills
2715 Pleasant Valley Road • Cylindrical Ball, Rod & Pebble
York, PA 17402 USA Mills
• Conical Ball, Rod & Pebble Mills
Metso Perú S.A. • ®
VERTIMILL Grinding Mills
Casilla 27-0139
Lima 27 Lima
• Vibrating Ball Mills
PERU • Rubber Roller Mills
• Agitated Mills
• Stirred Mills
New Equipment - United States • Lime Slaking Mills
• LOPULCO Table and Roller Mills
Tracey Lawruk – Senior Project Manager USA • Pendulum Ring and Roller Mills
Phone: +1 717 849 7248 • Air Classifiers
E-Mail: tracey.lawruk@metso.com
• Raw material Testing
Keith Hill – Field Service Manager Service USA • Custom Castings and Machining
Phone: 717-849-7204 Brand Names
E-Mail: Keith.Hill@metso.com • Metso Minerals
• Svedala
Parts & Service • Marcy
• MPSI
Parts & Service - United States • Boliden Allis
Main Switchboard: 717-843-8671 • Sala
• Allis Chalmers
Parts & Service - Peru • VERTIMILL®
Tel +51 1 313 4366 • Koppers
Fax +51 1 349 0913
CHAPTER: GENERAL Page 1 of 1

SECTION: Contact Information Revision: 0
Warranty & Receiving Instructions
Unless warranty terms are specified within the contract documents, our
standard warranty applies. Our standard warranty reads as follows:
"The Buyer shall examine goods promptly upon receipt of delivery from the
transportation company. Buyer shall advise the transportation company of any
damages or shortages thereof prior to acceptance of goods from the carrier
and, except for any latent defects, shall advise Seller of any claims with respect
to shortages, damages, workmanship, or quality within ten(10) days after
receipt thereof. Failure to so advise the transportation company and the Seller
shall relieve Seller of any claim by Buyer for shortages, damages,
workmanship, or quality, and shall constitute a waiver by Buyer of all claims
with respect to said goods.
Goods are guaranteed to be free from defects in material and workmanship

under normal use and service, for a period of one(1) year from date of
shipment. If goods are sold under specifications, Seller warrants that goods will
meet such specifications. This guarantee shall not apply to any of Seller's
apparatus which shall have been repaired or altered outside of its factory in any
way, so as in Seller's judgment to affect its stability, nor which has been subject
to misuse, negligence or accident. Seller makes no guarantee whatever with
respect to any attachment or apparatus furnished which is not of its
manufacture. Capacity and performance statements in this proposal are
reasonable expectations based upon known data, and no performance
guarantee exists unless expressly specified as a guarantee. THE
FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR
PURPOSE."
Note in the above statement that we discuss material and workmanship. This
warranty covers all areas of supply; the instruction books and drawings that
accompany the machine. Our obligation to our customer does not extend
beyond our contractual commitment. The following examples highlight our
position and remedies to various warranty problems.
If we make an error in our drawings, we are obligated by our warranty to correct

the drawings. We will also accept reasonable charges from the customer to
redo the work to the corrected drawings. We will not accept charges for
peripheral work that might be performed in order to clear the way to make such
corrections. We must have an estimate of the cost of the work to be performed
before we agree to accept any charges. We will only agree to accept straight
CHAPTER: Warranty & Receiving Instructions Page 1 of 4

time charges. Our service personnel are required to verify hours spent on
rework, but are not authorized to approve any charges for payment.
In case of material that is defective, our option is to replace the piece FCA our
shops (or place of manufacture), or repair the piece either in our shops or at a
convenient location of our choosing. If the customer decides to do the work
himself, or if he finds that it is not convenient to work within our time frame, we
will accept backcharges equal to what the part would cost us to fix. We are not
obligated to accept any charges for removing the part or reinstalling the part. If
we replace a complete defective unit such as a motor or pump, the customer
will be billed for the replacement unless the defective unit is returned to our
plant.
When we negotiate a contract with a customer, all of the terms (price, delivery,
warranty, indemnity, responsibility, etc.) are discussed. At that time the
customer agrees on a procedure that will cover events that may happen.
These events include late delivery, errors in drawings, defective pieces, life of
equipment, cancellation clauses, as well as other items. We agree to accept
certain liabilities. The customer agrees that what we will accept is reasonable,
and he gives us an order. We each believe that the order will be shipped
without complication, but we have agreed on a procedure to follow if there is a
complication. We will not renegotiate these terms of the contract after the fact,
just as our customers will not renegotiate less favorable terms if the situation
changes regarding terms that affect his responsibilities such as cancellation,
escalation, or payment terms.
Immediately upon receipt, all material should be checked for shortages and
damage. In the event of damage to material shipped by Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc. and/or their suppliers, the following procedure is to be followed:
Receiving Personnel: Before signing for receipt for the material, it should be
inspected for visual damage. If the material is enclosed within packaging, it
should be inspected for hidden damage.
Quantities must conform to the quantities shown on the Bill of Lading and
Packing List.

1. The delivery carrier is to be notified upon receipt of material that is

damaged, and as stated in our standard warranty policy that except for
any latent defects, the Seller shall be advised of any claims with
respect to shortages, damages, workmanship, or quality within ten(10)
days after receipt thereof. Failure to so advise the transportation
company and the Seller shall relieve Seller of any claim by Buyer for
shortages, damages, workmanship, or quality, and shall constitute a
waiver by Buyer of all claims with respect to said goods.
2. The delivering carrier's personnel are to inspect the damage.
3. A copy of the damage inspection report is to be sent to Metso Minerals,

2715 Pleasant Valley Road, York, Pennsylvania 17402, to the attention
of the Customer Services Manager.
4. If an inspector is not immediately available, it is acceptable to sign for

receipt of the material, but a notation must be made on the delivery
receipt noting this event.
5. If the carrier waives inspection, obtain his name, note the time and
date, and obtain his telephone number and address. Also request
written confirmation.
a. Take photographs.
b. Try to determine the cause of the damage; i.e.:
1. Humping
2. Improper handling
3. Shifting on car or truck, etc.
4. Faulty packaging
5. Improper marking for handling
c. Keep Metso Minerals, York, Pennsylvania Office Customer

Services Manager informed --- confirm all action in writing.
d. Metso Minerals will not be responsible for unreported

damage.

Material should be stored centrally and neatly, and preferably should be

protected from the elements. Wherever possible, leave material in the shipping
crates, with a copy of the shipping papers attached.
A sample copy of Field Backcharge Allowance Form E-136, which must be

filled out prior to any rework or returning of any parts to Metso Minerals, York,
Pennsylvania, is included in this manual immediately following this section.

Field Backcharge Allowance Form
FIELD BACKCHARGE ALLOWANCE FORM

Problem Description:
Rework Description:
Warrantee Cost/Labor Allotment:
This is a “Not to Exceed” Estimate of Costs. Actual costs must be submitted on customer’s
invoice with supporting documentation. Labor costs will be based on actual straight-time
wage rates for direct repair time only. Direct material costs will be at actual. A credit memo
will be issued upon receipt of documents verifying costs. Please do not deduct from
outstanding payments until credit is issued.
List of Parts to be Returned to York Office (Attn.: Customer Services):
Parts requested by Seller to be returned should be shipped collect, the least expensive way,
to the attention of Customer Services. Credits will be issued upon receipt of parts in good
order.
Authorized in York Office By: Date:
Field Engineer Signature: Date:
Field Backcharge Allowance Form Approved By:
Date:

________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
STORAGE PAGE: 1 of 14
PROCEDURES APPROVED BY: MAW
FOR MILLS ISSUED DATE: 12 Sept 2013
SUPERSEDE DATE: 12 Dec 2008
________________________________________________________________________________________________
In order to maintain any applicable warranty, equipment must be properly stored, properly handled
and properly maintained. This would include inspection by a Metso representative as noted in the
section titled Provisions. This specification is intended to cover all Grinding mills, including
but not limited to AG, SAG, Ball, HRC, VTM and SMD’s, with a planned storage of greater
than 6 months after delivery.
1.0 TYPES OF EXTENDED STORAGE
1.1 Type A - Inactive Storage / Class 1
1.2 Type A - Inactive Storage / Class 2
1.3 Type B - Active Storage / Class 1
1.4 Type B – Active Storage / Class 2
2.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Type A - Inactive Storage
2.1.1 The mill is not erected. Mill components are in storage.
2.1.2 Packaging, paint, linings, and protective coatings on machined surfaces, must be
maintained.
2.2 Type B - Active Storage
2.2.1 The mill is installed such that the shell, heads and trunnions are supported by the mill
main bearings. The mill must be inched at least 2 revolutions every two (2) weeks.
2.2.2 Protective coatings on machined surfaces as applicable, paint, and linings must
be maintained.
2.2.3 Lubrication to the mill main bearings must be provided.
3.0 Specific Instructions- Inactive Storage
3.1 Type A
3.1.1 Class 1 Storage
3.1.1.1 Applicable to:
a. Shell Sections, Head Sections, Trunnions, Trommels, Gear Guard Sections and
Misc. Guards.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
b. SMD Bodies, Bottom Containers, SMD Impeller assy, SMD Media Bins, SMD
Drive Supports.
c. VTM Bodies, Access Doors, VTM Screws, Separating Chambers, Mill Product
Tanks, Pedestals.
d. Jacking Cradles, VTM Screw transport beams
e. Base Plates for Drive components and Trunnion Bearings
f. Mill Liners – rubber and metallic, Magnetic Lining and VTM Screw liners
g. Ball and Rod charges
h. HRC: Arch Frame, Base Weldments, Material Feed Hopper, Base Plates
3.1.1.2 Provisions:
Items with original undamaged shipping protection in place may be stored

uncovered outdoors provided the following is met.
a. Items must rest on a level surface, in addition to cribbing (of wood or other
material) so that no part of the item touches the ground and is high enough to
protect from weather, flood water, snow, ice, etc.
b. All non-machined surfaces shall be painted or primed per Metso

specification T-101, excluding the ID of shells, tanks and VTM bodies unless
otherwise specified or agreed upon with Metso and buyer.
c. Painted surfaces shall be visually inspected for peeling, blistering, deep

scrapes and excessive rust. If any condition is present that may impair the
preservation of component integrity, the condition should be corrected to its
original state.
d. During extended storage; every 6 months the original shipping protection

should be removed from all machined surfaces to allow for visual
examination for corrosion and physical damage. If corrosion is present,
removal by a non-detrimental process shall be required prior to reapplying
corrosion-preventive compound and replacing shipping protection to its
original state. This may include replacing any damaged or deteriorated
shipping protection.
e. All machined surfaces shall be maintained with two coats of corrosion-

preventive compound (Ex. Tectyl® 506), or other material originally applied by
Metso Minerals or original manufacturer. If the coating has deteriorated or has
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
been scraped or removed, it must be renewed with a similar coating.

Consideration should be given as to brand and type of corrosion preventive
compound that was originally applied because of chemical compatibility.
This maintenance will be the responsibility of the Purchaser.
f. Rubber liners and rubber lined components must be covered to protect from direct
sun light and direct outdoor weather with water proof material such as heavy
polyethylene sheet. See paragraphs 5.6.1 and 6.0 for additional information.
g. Every six (6) months during the extended storage period the items shall be
inspected by a Metso Minerals service representative. Representative shall
report whether the above provisions have been followed, and also examine for
physical damage. Storage surveillance and inspection notification is the
responsibility of the Purchaser. Please notify local Metso office to schedule
storage inspections. Inspections will be charged to the Purchaser at the rate in
effect at time of service.
a. Mill Gear Sections
b. Trunnion Bearings
c. Lubrication Systems
d. Pinion Bearing Assy with Base Plate and Drop-In Pinion Assy
e. Couplings and Clutches
f. Gear Reducers, Inching Drives, etc.
g. Hydraulic Systems, Power Packs, etc.
h. Instrument Racks, Control Panels, etc.
i. Hardware (Bolts, Nuts, etc.), Rotating Hardware
j. Mill Motors, Liquid Resistance Starters, Surge Boxes etc.
k. Weigh Feeders, Slurry Pumps, Agitators, etc.
l. VTM Upper Body assemblies

________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
m. HRC Components: Tires, Mainshafts, Cardan Shafts, Pins, Hydraulic

Cylinders, Stabilizing Cylinders, Tungsten Carbides, etc.
3.1.2.2 Provisions:
a. Items must be stored in a clean, dry, enclosed and well ventilated building, free
from condensation and weather conditions. Note: Specific O.E.M
requirements may include additional restrictions on climate conditions
(temperature, humidity, dew point).
b. All non-machined surfaces shall be painted or primed per Metso

specification T-101.
c. Painted surfaces shall be visually inspected for peeling, blistering, deep

scrapes and excessive rust. If any condition is present that may impair the
preservation of component integrity, the condition should be corrected to its
original state.
d. During extended storage; every 6 months the original shipping protection

should be removed from all machined surfaces to allow for visual
examination for corrosion and physical damage. If corrosion is present,
removal by a non-detrimental process shall be required prior to reapplying
corrosion-preventive compound and replacing shipping protection to its
original state. This may include replacing any damaged or deteriorated
shipping protection.
e. All machined surfaces shall be maintained with two coats of corrosion-

preventive compound (Ex. Tectyl® 506), or other material originally applied by
Metso Minerals or original manufacturer. If the coating has deteriorated or has
been scraped or removed, it must be renewed with a similar coating.
Consideration should be given as to brand and type of corrosion preventive
compound that was originally applied because of chemical compatibility.
This maintenance will be the responsibility of the Purchaser.
f. For components not manufactured by Metso Minerals see paragraph 5.0 for
additional information.
g. Every six (6) months during the extended storage period the items shall be
inspected by a Metso Minerals service representative. Representative shall
report whether the above provisions have been followed, and also examine for
physical damage. Storage surveillance and inspection notification is the
responsibility of the Purchaser. Please notify local Metso office to schedule
storage inspections. Inspections will be charged to the Purchaser at the rate in
effect at time of service.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.0 Specific Instructions – Active Storage
4.1 Type B
Motors are disconnected from the mill mechanically with the inching drive
connected; mill can be rotated by means of the inching drive. Compressed air is
available for operation of the air-operated clutch and spray lubrication system.
a. Mill Assembly, including:
- Shell with Liners

- Head Assemblies
- Feed and Discharge Assemblies
- Hydraulic Lift Assemblies (motorized)
- Drive Assembly
- Gear Guard
- Discharge Hood
but not including:
- Charge of Balls or Rods
4.1.1.2 Procedure:
a. Erect the mill following the directions given in the Metso Minerals IO&M Instruction
Manual. The assembled mill, and the alignment of the main bearings and drive,
must be checked and approved by a Metso Minerals service representative.
b. In preparing the mill for running, the following points should be given particular
attention:
- All mechanisms requiring lubrication must be provided with the proper type
and amount of recommended lubricant (see IO&M Instruction Manual).
- The hydraulic lift pumps must be operated to check if they function properly.
- The main gear and pinion must be inspected and cleaned as required, and
the teeth must be completely and liberally coated with the proper lubricant
(see IO&M Instruction Manual). The gear guard must be installed.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
- The automatic spray lubrication system should be operated to check if it

functions properly.
- Immersion heaters (if supplied), in the main bearing oil reservoirs or lube
reservoir, must be checked and operable.
- The mill should not be charged with balls or rods.
c. At two (2) week intervals during the extended storage period, with the hydraulic lift
system operating, the mill must be rotated for at least 2 revolutions and at least
30 minutes, driven by the inching drive. Run or rotate the main motor
separately (not connected to the mill). Start motor h.p. lube pumps and
rotate the motor by hand for at least 2 revolutions.
If in an area where the ambient temperature falls below the freezing point, bearing
cooling coils, heat exchangers, and water piping must be drained, blown out with
compressed air, and filled with anti-freeze of the required concentration.
d. External surface protective coating or covering of paint, rust-preventive compound,

or other material originally applied by the manufacturer, must be maintained intact.
If the coating has deteriorated or has been scraped off, it must be renewed with a
similar coating (see list of maintenance materials). This maintenance will be the
responsibility of the Purchaser.
e. Every six (6) months during the extended storage period the mill shall be
inspected by a Metso Minerals service representative for condition and operation.
Storage surveillance and inspection notification is the responsibility of the
Purchaser.
Included as part of the inspection will be the following.
- The mill will be rotated.
- Trunnions will be inspected for corrosion and pitting.
- Teeth of the pinion and gear will be cleaned -- the gear at three (3) places
120° apart -- and will be inspected for corrosion and pitting.
- The caps of the pinion bearings will be removed and the bearings inspected.
f. Equipment, materials, and labor for preparation and inspection shall be furnished
by the Purchaser. Services of the Metso Minerals service representative will be
charged to the Purchaser at the rates in effect at time of service. Please notify
local Metso office to schedule storage inspections.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.2 Class 2 Storage
Motors not connected; mill erected, but cannot be rotated by means of the motor or
inching drive.
4.2.1 Applicable to:
a. Mill Assembly, including:
- Shell with Liners

- Head Assemblies
- Main Bearing Assemblies
- Gear Guard (less Automatic Spray Lubrication System)
- Discharge Hood
- Hydraulic Lift System (motorized or manual)
b. Drive Assembly, including:
- Main Motor
- Speed Reducer
- Flexible Coupling
- Air-operated Clutch
- Gear and Pinion
4.2.1.1 Procedure:
a. Follow directions given in the Metso Minerals IO&M Instruction Manual. The
assembled mill, and the alignment of the main bearings and drive, must be
checked and approved by a Metso Minerals service representative.
b. In preparing the mill for rotations, the following points should be given particular
attention:
- All mechanisms requiring lubrication must be provided with the proper type
and amount of recommended lubricant (see IO&M Instruction Manual).
- The hydraulic lift pumps must be operated to check if they function properly.
- The main gear and pinion must be inspected and cleaned when required,
and the teeth must be completely and liberally coated with the proper
lubricant (see IO&M Instruction Manual).
- If in an area where the ambient temperature falls below the freezing point,
bearing cooling coils, heat exchangers, and water piping must be drained,
blown out with compressed air, and filled with anti-freeze of the required
concentration.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
- The mill should not be charged with balls or rods.
c. At two (2) week intervals during the extended storage period, the equipment must
be rotated. Procedure should be as follows:
- Start the hydraulic lift system. If a motorized system is present, it should be

wired -- temporarily, if necessary -- and should be checked to see that it is
operating. If there is a manual pump, the pump should be operated and
checked to make sure it is delivering.
- For rotating the mill, pour oil on the upper, exposed part of the trunnions
through an inspection opening in the main bearing cap. Rotate the mill 2
revolutions.
- This may be done by securing a chain or wire rope to the shell, wrapping it
around the shell, and turning the mill by applying tension to the free end of
the chain or rope. The motive force may be from an overhead crane, if one
is available. Other possible power sources are a motor winch of adequate
power, a pulling vehicle, or a hand-powered hoist or come-along. If any of
these are used, the tension should be applied at the 6 o’clock position (i.e.,
the bottom) of the shell, in order to avoid a tendency to roll the mill out of its
bearings.
It is desirable for the shell to end up 1/2 revolution from the position it was in
before turning, so that the “up” side is alternated from one 2-week period to
another.
d. External surface protective coating or covering of paint, rust-preventive compound,

or other material originally applied by the manufacturer (on the surfaces of the mill
and its component parts which are external as they appear on the assembled mill),
must be maintained intact. If the coating has deteriorated or has been scraped off,
it must be renewed with a similar coating. This maintenance will be the
responsibility of the Purchaser.
e. Every six (6) months during the extended storage period the mill shall be
inspected by a Metso Minerals service representative for condition and operation.
Storage surveillance and inspection notification is the responsibility of the
Purchaser.
Included as part of the inspection will be the following:
- The mill will be rotated.
- Trunnions will be inspected for corrosion and pitting.
- Teeth of the pinion and gear will be cleaned -- the gear at three (3) places
120° apart -- and will be inspected for corrosion and pitting.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
f. Equipment, materials, and labor for preparation and this inspection shall be
furnished by the Purchaser. Services of the Metso Minerals service representative
will be charged to the Purchaser at the rates in effect at the time of service.
Please notify local Metso office to schedule storage inspections.
5.0 MILL PARTS NOT MANUFACTURED BY METSO MINERALS
5.1 Speed Reducers
5.1.1 Inactive Storage - Reducer cannot be run by the main motor and is not installed as a
part of the mill drive assembly.*
5.1.2 Active Storage - Reducer has been installed and can be run by the main motor; also,
during extended storage, is run for a short time every 2 weeks.*
*Refer to the manufacturer’s service manual for normal installation and maintenance of
speed reducers (copy of which is included in the IO&M Instruction Manual).
5.2 Flexible Couplings
5.2.1 Inactive Storage - Main motor cannot be run; couplings not installed on shafts.*
5.2.2 Active Storage - Drive assembly has been installed and can be run by the main motor;
also, during extended storage, is run for a short time every 2 weeks.*
flexible couplings (copy of which is included in the IO&M Instruction Manual).
5.3 Air-operated Clutch
5.3.1 Inactive Storage - Clutch cannot be driven by the main motor through the speed
reducer.
a. Clutch with related parts not installed on shafts; packaged as received from
manufacturer.*
Packaging of clutch and related parts should be maintained with particular

attention to machined surfaces, on which the rust-preventive coating must be kept
intact. The actuating tube (being made of rubber) is subject to damage from
sunlight, ozone, dryness, and temperatures above 110 °F, and should be
protected from these elements. The entire clutch, including controls, valves, and
fittings should be stored in a dry building, with protective coatings and packaging
maintained.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
b. Hub of spider mounted on low speed shaft of speed reducer; hub of drum mounted
on pinion shaft; all other parts packaged. Protective coatings on the mounted
hubs should be maintained, with particular attention to machined surfaces. The
remainder of the clutch, including the remaining parts of the spider and drum, the
actuating tube, controls, valves, and fittings should be stored in a dry building (and
under the conditions as in 5.3.1a above).
5.4 Pinion Bearings (Roller Bearing Pillow Blocks)
5.4.1 Inactive Storage
a. Pinion bearings are mounted on the pinion shaft, but the assembly is not installed
as a part of the drive; since the mill cannot be rotated and; therefore, has not been
erected. The assembly, including pinion, shaft, and bearings (pillow blocks), is
stored coated with a heavy rust-preventive compound and under cover, as defined
in paragraph 5.5 below, “Gear and Pinion.”*
b. All surfaces of the bearings, and interior surfaces of the pillow block, should be
coated with a heavy corrosion-preventive compound. All interior cavities of the
bearing and pillow block should be filled with lubricating grease. All exterior
machined surfaces should be covered with a heavy coating of corrosion-
preventive compound. The assembled pillow block should be wrapped in
waterproof material.
5.4.2 Active Storage - The mill has been erected, the pinion assembly (with bearings) has
been installed, and the pinion is in mesh with the main gear. The mill can be rotated
either by the inching drive or by other means; also, during extended storage, is rotated
for a short time every 2 weeks.*
pinion bearings (copy of which is included in the IO&M Instruction Manual).
5.5 Gear and Pinion
5.5.1 Inactive Storage - Gear and pinion have not been installed and cannot be run.
a. The pinion assembly, including the pinion, shaft, and bearings (pillow blocks), with
or without the drum of the air-operated clutch, must be wrapped in waterproof
material such as a polyethylene sheet. For preparation of pillow block bearings,
refer to paragraph 5.4 above.
b. Gear should be stored indoors without wrapping; this includes wood

packaging, which may retain moisture and promote corrosion. It may be
protected from the weather in a dry, well ventilated building or under shelter that
will protect from direct weather conditions. Care shall be given to protect
part from physical damage by storing away from high traffic areas. If gear is
directly resting on wood cribbing, then every 6 months the Gear should be
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
jacked up in a way that will allow the removal of the cribbing and a surface
inspection.
c. If stored outdoors, for less than 6 months after delivery, items must rest on
cribbing of wood or other material, so that no part of the item touches the ground
and is protected from snow, ice and flooding water. It is not recommended
to store Gear outdoors, unless it is during construction phase or less than 6
months of planned storage.
d. Protective coatings, originally applied on the gear and pinion by the manufacturer,
must be maintained intact. If the coating has deteriorated or has been scraped off,
it must be renewed with a similar coating. All machined surfaces must be covered
with a continuous heavy coating of a corrosion-preventive compound. This
maintenance will be the responsibility of the Purchaser.
e. Bolts for the gear should be preserved in the same manner as the gear; INDOORS
ONLY; these are special bolts with a machined body and should be kept coated
with a heavy, corrosion-preventive compound.
5.5.2 Active Storage - Drive assembly, including gear and pinion, has been installed and can
be run by the inching drive; also, during extended storage, is run for a short time every
2 weeks.*
*Refer to the manufacturers’ service manuals for normal installation and maintenance of
gears and pinions (copies of which are included in the IO&M Instruction Manual).
5.6 Rubber Liners for Shell
5.6.1 Inactive Storage - Mill not erected.
a. Liners should not be installed in shell of mill.
b. The rubber used in this product is subject to weathering and ozone attack.
Material added during manufacture of the product reduces this problem to some
extent; however, if it becomes necessary to store the liners, certain points should
be observed.
c. Rubber linings requires protection from direct sunlight, and strong artificial light
with high ultraviolet content. Cover with a heavy tarpaulin, if no other
alternatives are possible. Periodically painting the rubber linings with a
Chlorobutyl Neoprene or Hypalon coating (Agetech®) may assist in UV
protection
d. The storage area should be as dry as possible.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
e. Parts should not be stored under stress or distortion, and banding straps should be
removed if possible.
f. Wear rubber is rather sensitive to ozone, which promotes aging. Make sure
that there are no electric motors or equipment in the storage area which
cause sparks or electrical discharges. Protect rubber from ozone created by
welding, portable generators, power relay stations, oil and liquids etc.
g. Parts stored for a long period of time (i.e., one or more years) may
experience surface cracking. These cracks should not be deep unless parts
have been stored under stress. These cracks should not affect the overall
wear properties of the part.
h. Low temperatures normally experienced will not affect rubber liners. Should
they become frozen or brittle, they should be thawed before use.
5.6.2 Active Storage - Mill has been erected and is rotated periodically.
a. Liners are installed in mill.
b. Those parts of the metal fasteners which project onto the exterior of the shell must
be kept coated with paint or other rust-preventive coating.
c. If the mill is completely erected and not used, the ends will be closed off, but
not airtight.
5.7 Motors
5.7.1 Inactive Storage – Mill not erected, Motor not installed and connected
a. Motors shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.*
b. Special consideration should be given for climate condition (temperature,

humidity) during short and long term storage.
c. Motors should be stored in an environment where dust accumulation is

minimal and separated from any harmful fumes and ambient vibration.
d. Prevention of rodent or other animal access should be considered.
e. Maintenance during storage shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s

instruction. This will include but is not limited to, rotation of shafts and re-
greasing bearings to prevent brinelling.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
f. After prolonged storage it may be required to perform additional testing per

manufacturer’s instructions prior to commissioning.
Motors (copy of which is included in the IO&M Instruction Manual).
5.7.2 Active Storage – Every two (2) weeks motor should be mechanically disconnected
from the drive train. Run the motor bearing h.p. pumps turning the motor by hand
for 2 revolutions.
5.8 HRC Main Shaft Bearing and Roller Mill Bearing
a. Bearing shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.*
c. Bearings shall be stored horizontal on a flat surface
Bearings (copy of which is included in the IO&M Instruction Manual).
5.8.2 Active Storage – see IO&M
5.9 Cardan Shafts
a. Store in a horizontal position using appropriate frames or racks that will

insure no stress or load is applied to the Spline protection, Seals and Flange
Yokes.
b. Use chocks or blocks to prevent Cardan shaft from rolling.
5.10 Hydraulic and Stabilizing Cylinders
a. Protect all machined surface with a corrosion-preventive compound.
b. For long term storage vertical position is recommended. Because of size,

height restriction and safety concerns cylinders may be stored in the
horizontal position.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
SPEC NO.: A06-000506 Rev 5
________________________________________________________________________________________________
c. If stored horizontal support the cylinders in a manner that will eliminate any
weight resting on seals. Every 3 months rotate shafts 90° and apply oil to
seals; this method will reduce the potential for permanent deformation of
seal system.
6.0 LINED COMPONENTS - RUBBER AND ABRASION RESISTANT – IMMEDIATE &

EXTENDED STORAGE
6.1 Abrasion Resistant Lined Components
6.1.1 Defined as Mill components having installation of Natural Rubber, Vulcanized

Rubber or Polyurea coating.
6.2 Deformation
6.2.1 Wear rubber should be stored without stress or strain. Cut off all packing bands, etc.
6.3 Moisture
6.3.1 Storage space should be such that condensation does not occur.
6.4 Light
6.4.1 Rubber linings and Abrasion resistant rubber lined components require protection
from direct sunlight, and strong artificial light with high ultraviolet content. Cover with a
heavy tarpaulin, if no other alternatives are possible. Periodically painting the
rubber linings with a Chlorobutyl Neoprene or Hypalon coating (Agetech®) may
assist in UV protection.
6.4.2 Protect Polyurea coatings from direct sunlight and artificial light with high
ultraviolet content by covering with a heavy tarpaulin.
6.5 Temperature
6.5.1 Store in temperature preferably below +25°C (77°F).
6.6 Ozone
6.6.1 Wear rubber is rather sensitive to ozone, which promotes aging. Make sure that there
are no electric motors or equipment in the storage area which cause sparks or electrical
discharges. Protect rubber from ozone created by welding, portable generators,
power relay stations, oil and liquids etc.
Mill Data Sheet
MILL SIZE: 28’ x 44.5’ (44' EGL)

TYPE: Ball Mill
DRIVE MOTOR: Siemens Ring (By customer) 22 MW Variable 11.2 RPM , 22,00 kw
Speed Range - 11.2 RPM (35% TCS)
Constant Torque - 11.2 (76% CS)
Constant Power - 11.2 RPM (76% CS) to 12.1 (82% CS)
INCHING DRIVE: Not Applicable
MILL BRAKE SYSTEM: Johnson Hydraulic Brake (Ref Section 6 )
TRUNNION BEARINGS SIZE: 150” TYPE: Hydrostatic Pad Bearings with flat Base
TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM: Hydrostatic Pad Lubrication System 7570L
MILL LINING: Rubber Liners
FEED ARRANGEMENT: Feed Trunnion Liner, manually retractable steel feed spout
DISCHARGE ARRGT: Discharge Trunnion Liner & Trunnion Magnet Assembly 20 x
11 trommel
GRINDING MEDIA: Steel Grinding Balls
CHAPTER: Mill Page 1 of 1

Specifications
Process Data Sheet
Design Calculations
Note: These specifications are provided for reference only. They were used as design
criteria for the engineering of the grinding system. They do not represent any
guaranteed or warranted outputs or capacities.
Design Conditions
Material Processed: Copper
Capacity: 3,532 dry tons per hour
Feed Size: F80 = 2– 3.mm
Product Size: P80 = 150-165 microns
Ball Charge ( by Vol.) 33% - 35% maximum
Recommended Ball Charge:
Ball size and weight distribution for the 35% volume ball charge. See the Mill Data
Sheet for the ball charge size and weight distribution.
Ball Size (in.) Ball Size (mm) % Initial Charge Weight (mt)
3.0 “ 75 mm 29 341
2.5 “ 63 mm 39 458
2.0 “ 50 mm 20 235
1.5 “ 38 mm 9 106
1.0 “ 25 mm 3 35
100 1175 metric tons
CHAPTER: DESIGN Page 1 of 1

SECTION: Mill Specifications Revision: 0
TOPIC: Form aaaaqx00009
Installation Introduction
1-1.0 INTRODUCTION
We thank you for your confidence in purchasing a grinding mill system by

Metso. This equipment is designed with dependability and serviceability
given the utmost attention. With moderate observation and maintenance,
your equipment will perform reliably and economically for the life of your
operation.
All assemblies and parts have been designed for easy inspection and
maintenance. It is our intent that this equipment serve you well, and we
therefore suggest you read this entire manual. Its purpose is to assist you
in the proper installation, and to acquaint you further with the assembly and
care, of this equipment. We suggest that these instructions be read
carefully and reviewed by everyone involved in the actual installation,
operation, and maintenance, of the mill. In reading these general
instructions, you may at times feel that they cover details which are
elementary and perhaps not worthy of mention. However, we have found
that often times minor points are overlooked due to pressure being exerted
by outside influences to get the job done in a hurry. The mill installation
phase is not the time to attempt cost savings by taking shortcuts or by-
passing certain tasks. A good installation will pay dividends for many years
to come in reduced maintenance costs.
With the modern practice of specialization of skills and trades, there is

often a line drawn between the responsibilities of one crew of erectors and
another. The responsibility of installation does not cease with the
completion of one phase, nor does it begin with the starting of another.
Perhaps a simple rule to adopt would be, "Do not take anything for
granted." A policy of rechecking previously completed work will help
guarantee the correctness of each step of the erection and will provide a
coordinated tie-in to subsequent erection work.
Sound planning and good judgment will to a great extent be instrumental in

avoiding any troublesome occurrences, especially at the beginning of mill
operations. While it is virtually impossible to anticipate every eventuality, it
is the intention of the manual to outline a general procedure to follow in
erecting the mill, and, at the same time, point out some of the pitfalls which
should be avoided.
CHAPTER: General Installation Procedure Page 1 of 1

Preparation for Installation
1-2.0 GETTING READY
Before starting the erection of a mill, adequate handling facilities should be

planned for or provided for keeping in mind the weights and dimensions of
the various parts and assemblies. This information is available from the
sub-assembly drawings and shipping documents.
Any appropriate tools/equipment required for the installation and alignment

of the leveling blocks, baseplates, heads, bearings, etc. should be in hand
prior to erection. The following is a listing of the tools most commonly
required for the erection and installation of mills. These tools are not
supplied by Metso. Standard construction tools including lifting apparatus,
construction hardware, etc., are normally supplied by the Engineering firms
or the contractors erecting the mill, and are not included in this list.
• Precision optical level (K&E) accuracy 0.08mm/M (.001” per ft.) or

equal.
• Precision level(s) 0.4mm/M (.005” per foot) accuracy. 150mm / 200mm
/ 300mm (6” / 8” / 12”) long.
• Feeler gauge(s) (Blue Point) 75mm to 100mm (3” - 4”) long, 0.04mm to
0.9mm (.0015” to .035”) thickness, and 300mm (12”) long, 0.05mm to
0.6mm (.002” to .025”) thickness.
• Dial indicator(s) and Mag base(s) .25mm (1”) travel indicator, 0.02mm
(.001”) resolution Minimum 3 sets each
• Straight edge(s) stainless steel beveled one edge 0.6M (2’), 1.2M (4’),
and 1.8M (6’) long 1.8M straight edge should be 100mm (4”) wide.
• Micrometer(s) outside 150mm (6”) to 450mm (18”) long, 0.025mm
(.001”) resolution (or sized to mill requirements).
• Stainless steel shim stock, thickness 0.05mm to 0.75mm (.002” to
.030”). Quantity of boxes dependent on size of mill.
• Laser Alignment Equipment and piano wire, 8 gauge (0.5mm) (.020”)
thick
• Plumb bobs (4) minimum 0.3 kg to 0.35 kg (10 to 12 oz.)
• Alignment (drift) pins for assembly of shells, heads, etc.
• Alignment studs for assembly of trunnions.

Preparation for Installation
• Hole (telescope) gauges 3mm to 12mm (.125” TO .5”), and 19mm to

75mm (.75” TO 3.000”) range.
• Precision square, 300mm (1 ft.)
• 15M (50 ft.) metal tape or equal.
• Metal files, mill or second cut, 300mm (12”) long.
• Flat sharpening stones.
• Prussian Bluing Paste

General Installation Procedure
1-3.0 INSTALLATION SEQUENCE
The following is an outline of the steps necessary for installation. More

detailed information regarding the installation is included in each chapter
within the installation section of the manual. Section 2 contains Mill
Installation Data Sheets that should be filled out as the mill is erected.
These sheets provide the means to record original dimensions and
tolerances, which can be useful as a reference during maintenance and
troubleshooting procedures.
1-3.1 PHASE I: ERECTION OF ROTATING BODY
1. Erect a suitable foundation.
2. Locate elevation reference points, and scribe centerlines on the

foundation.
3. Grout the center leveling blocks for the trunnion bearing pedestals.
See the instructions and Sketch "A" in the “Foundations & Baseplate
Installation” Section.
4. Assemble the individual pad bearings on the feed and discharge end
bearing pedestals.
5. Install the trunnion bearing pedestals on the leveling blocks, and align
the pedestals.
6. Confirm alignment, torque the trunnion bearing anchor bolts, and grout
the bearing pedestals.
7. Erect suitable cribbing for the heads and shell assembly, and position
the hydraulic jacks for shell assembly.
8. Assemble the shell sections per the General Erection Guideline.
9. Assemble the head sections to the shell per the General Erection
Guideline.
10. Install the trunnions per the General Erection Guideline.
11. Lower the shell/head/trunnion assembly into the trunnion bearings.

12. Complete the installation of the trunnion bearing pad components and
make final adjustments to the trunnion bearing pads. Check the
trunnion bearing clearances.
13. Complete both trunnion bearing assemblies. The trunnion bearing

lube system must be installed and used to rotate the mill for brake and
motor installation and bolt tightening. DO NOT ROTATE THE MILL
WITHOUT LUBRICATION TO THE BEARINGS.
To install the trunnion bearing lube system:
1. Install the trunnion bearing oil reservoir skid.
2. Install the field piping.
3. Install the electrical power.
4. Clean and flush the lubrication system.
5. Install the field instrumentation.
6. Complete the electrical installation.
7. Fill the lubrication system with operating oil.
8. Set the instrumentation.
9. Run the lubrication system.
14. Rotate the mill to torque all structural bolts to final value, then remove
any cribbing, shipping spiders, lifting lugs, etc..
15. Install the mill brake.
16. Re-torque all bolts to final value.
17. Seal all inside joints on the shell to head connections.
1-3.2 PHASE II: INSTALLATION OF DRIVE TRAIN
1. Install the customer supplied wrap-around motor.
2. Confirm the operational status of the mill brake.

1-3.3 PHASE IV: INSTALLATION OF REMAINING COMPONENTS
1. Install the rubber liner backing and then the mill head and shell liners,
with the exception of the last row of the discharge head liners.
2. Install the discharge trunnion liner. With the discharge trunnion liner in
position, the last row of the discharge head mill liners can be installed.
3. Install the trunnion magnet assembly to complete the discharge

arrangement.
4. Install the feed trunnion liner and the sandwheel assembly.
5. Install the feed chute to complete the feed end assembly.
6. Install any customer supplied auxiliary system equipment, including the

feed system, product collection and transport systems, and all system
piping and valves.
1-3.4 COMPLETION
Recheck the tightness of all hardware and confirm that all components
have been installed per the assembly drawings in this manual.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION MATERIAL DRAWING
NUMBER NUMBER
1 1 EA FOUNDATION PLAN ZX11419163 10230712-DWK
2 1 EA SHELL /HEAD/TRUNNION ASSEMBLY ZX11416542 10229801-DWK
3 1 EA TRUNNION BEARING ASSY, FIXED, 150 PAD ZX11451748 10235054-DWK
4 1 EA TRUNNION BEARING ASSY, FREE, 150 PAD ZX11451750 10235055-DWK
5 1 EA MILL MOTOR (SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER)
F 6 1 EA ASSEMBLY , MILL LINING ZX11457221 10236399-DWK F
18356 7 1 EA LINER BACKING ASSEMBLY ZX11442027 10234683-DWK
8 1 EA ASSEMBLY , FEED CHUTE ZX11442580 10234818-DWK
2666 2419.5 3700 APPROX. 9 1 EA FEED END ASSEMBLY ZX11714445 10267924-DWK
10 1 EA ASSEMBLY , DISCHARGE END ZX11442094 10234703-DWK
11 2 EA BRAKE BASEPLATE ZX11465629 10237229-DWK
CL CL CL
FIXED MOTOR MOTOR CL 12 1 EA BRAKE SYSTEM ZX11458231 10236543-DWK
TRUNNION OPERATING 5 SHIFTED FREE 13 1 EA JACKING CRADLE ASSEMBLY ZX11718718 10268793-DWK
BRG POSITION POSITION TRUNNION 2 14 1 EA GENERAL ASSEMBLY , LUBE SYSTEM ZX11171718 10128903-DWK
BRG
15 1 EA ZX11171459, PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION RACK (FIXED) 10128814-DWK
2310 16 1 EA ZX11171325, PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION RACK (FREE) 10128777-DWK
17 1 EA LUBE SYSTEM , AUXILIARY ZX11732729 10271403-DWK
1 18 1 EA LIST OF KITS, FIELD ASSEMBLY ZX11714572 10267931-DWK
CL
BRAKE 19 1 EA ZX11738627, SPARE PARTS LIST 10273354-DWK
20 1 EA ZX11738621, TOOL LIST (MILL INSTALLATION) 10273353-DWK
2X 12 11 2
21 1 EA PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM (BALL MILL #1) 10236106-DWK
E 22 1 EA PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM (BALL MILL #2) 10236107-DWK
E
23 1 EA MILL ERECTION GUIDELINES 10267593-DWK
7 6 2
8 CL
FEED
D CHUTE D
10
NOTES:
1 REQUIRED CLEARANCE FOR BEARING PAD REMOVAL. SEE FEED CHUTE

ASSEMBLY DRAWING.
CL MILL 2 THIS ITEM IS NOT SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING.
3 LOCATED ON OPERATING FLOOR. EXACT LOCATION BY CUSTOMER.
OPERATIONAL DATA:
TRUNNION MAGNET, REF
3
(SEE 10234706-DWK FOR DETAILS) 1. MOTOR: 22,000 kW @ 11.2 RPM (76 % C.S.)
C C
2. SPEED RANGE: 0 RPM (0% C.S.) - 11.2 RPM (76% C.S.) CONSTANT TORQUE.
11.2 RPM (76% C.S.) - 12.1 RPM (82% C.S.) CONSTANT POWER.
3 15
16 3
(3124)
(8380)
(1956)
B BRAKE HYDRAULIC B
2500 POWER UNIT
Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
3 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd.,
4125 P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
CERTIFIED
8769.5
CORRECT
By: MT Date: 3/28/19
21219 QUELLAVECO PROJECT

ANGLO AMERICAN
CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
(2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
MPR ACADM Form - Rev 2006-12-04

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS, TITLE PROJECT No. EQUIPMENT No.
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 06 UPDATED DIMENSIONS, UPDATED BOM MT MT 2019-03-29 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
FABRICATION AND CASTING MACHINING DIMENSIONS Grinding Systems DATE: 2015-05-06
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 05 ADDED ITEMS 6,7 & 10,11 KXR KXR 2015-12-10 MILL ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11419162
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7312 USA 28' DIA. X 44.5' LG BALL MILL CKD: KHB MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 04 ADDED ITEMS 3,4 & 13-15 KXR KXR 2015-10-23 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' (44' EGL) DATE: 2015-07-22
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES MACHINE SURFACE FINISH This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: 1:60 For Construction
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 03 UPDATED ROTATING STRUCTURE; FEED END KXR KXR 2015-09-28 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
laws, and may not be used, copied or disclosed without the specific written consent of MMII .
DO NOT SCALE THIRD ANGLE
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2015 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2015-07-22 A1 10230711-DWK OF 1 06
PROJECTION 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
10275 9593
8600 8600
F ROTATION F
7666
18356
610 535
E 2419.5 E
500 500
2100 2000
CL
MOTOR 5
2310
8250 2666
TOP OF
SOLEPLATE
CL
FEED
OPENING CL CL
D FIXED FREE D
BRG BRG
2000
FEED END ELEVATION
1 1838
157.5 CLEARANCE
2200.3 1
C C
13 13 1
500
12 11 11 12
MAINTENANCE
ACCESS
2381
CENTER CRIBBING BY CUSTOMER
(3000) SEE JACKING CRADLE ASSEMBLY
B 3783 10575 B
SIDE ELEVATION
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
ANGLO AMERICAN
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
DISCHARGE END ELEVATION 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 06 UPDATED DIMENSIONS, UPDATED BOM MT MT 2019-03-29 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 05 ADDED MOTOR DIMENSION AT LOWER RIBS KXR KXR 2015-12-10 MILL ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11419162
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 04 UPDATED PER SIEMENS REQUEST KXR KXR 2015-10-23 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' (44' EGL) DATE: 2015-07-22
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 03 UPDATED ROTATING STRUCTURE; FEED END KXR KXR 2015-09-28 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FEED SHELL HALF SECTION MAX WEIGHT WITH DISCHARGE SHELL HALF SECTION MAX WEIGHT WITH
CENTER SHELL HALF SECTION MAX WEIGHT WITH BRACING, BRACING, INTERNAL & EXTERNAL LIFTING LUGS BRACING, INTERNAL & EXTERNAL LIFTING LUGS
INTERNAL & EXTERNAL LIFTING LUGS & ALL HARDWARE SHELL BRACING TO REMAIN DRAIN PORT ASSEMBY & ALL HARDWARE DRAIN PORT ASSEMBY & ALL HARDWARE
CHAIN HOIST
57,000 KG/125,663 LB INSIDE SHELL UNTIL HEADS 59,000 KG/130,072 LB 59,000 KG/130,072 LB
(BY CUSTOMER)
ARE INSTALLED.
60° MAX
DO NOT USE BRACING
TO LIFT SHELL.
F F
CL MILL ELEVATED POSITION CL CL CL CL

FIXED FREE FIXED FREE
CL MILL RUNNING POSITION 30° 4
BEARING BEARING BEARING BEARING
76 2
76
6972 6972
FEED DISCH FEED DISCH
END END END END
3
5506 TO CL
5
MILL
ELEVATED 10615
POSITION 1
8250 8250 8250
JACKING CRADLES &
E 6037 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM E
SUPPLIED BY METSO
SEE 10268793-DWK
2820
3915 2960 3700 2600 2600 2600 2600

FIGURE 2
FIGURE 1
1. ASSEMBLE FEED & DISCHARGE SHELL SECTION AS SHOWN AND TORQUE.
1. ASSEMBLE TRUNNION BEARING BASES AS OUTLINED IN THE INSTALLATION MANUAL. 2. BRACE AS REQUIRED TO HOLD MILL ON CRADLES.
2. PLACE 25mm PLATE UNDER EACH JACK.
3. POSITION JACKS AND RAISE APPROX. 127mm (5.00") FROM THEIR COLLAPSED POSITION. WHEN MILL IS RAISED TO JACKING CRADLE, REF
THE 76mm (3.00") ABOVE RUNNING MILL CENTERLINE, 25mm (1.00") OF STROKE SHOULD REMAIN TO RAISE MILL 25mm (ELEVATED POSITON)
(1.00") AFTER COMPLETION OF MILL ASSEMBLY TO REMOVE CRIBBING. (TOTAL JACK EXTENSION 152mm (6.00")). RAISE JACKS APPROX. 127mm
D 4. ASSEMBLE JACKING CRADLES ON JACKS TO POSITION MILL 76mm (3.00") ABOVE RUNNING MILL CENTERLINE & CRIB. FROM COLLAPSED POSITION D
5. POSITION CENTER SHELL SECTION AS SHOWN ON CRIBBING. 25mm STEEL SHIM PLATE SUPPORT CRADLES AND
DISCHARGE HEAD WEIGHT (BY CUSTOMER) STABILIZING CHANNELS
WITH LUGS & HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY METSO 5506 TO CL
77,375 KG/170,582 LB SEE 10268793-DWK MILL
ELEVATED
POSITION
DETAIL A
FEED TRUNNION
30° MAX WITH LUGS & HARDWARE
LOCATE LIFTING LUGS ON HEAD ASSY
52,864 KG/116,545 LB
FEED HEAD WEIGHT DISCHARGE TRUNNION

WITH LUGS & HARDWARE WITH LUGS & HARDWARE CUSTOMER SUPPLIED
77,375 KG/170,582 LB SPREADER OR OTHER MEANS 51,192 KG/112,859 LB CRIBBING STRUCTURE
CHAIN HOIST TO PREVENT SLIPPING
DETAIL B
C (BY CUSTOMER)
NYLON STRAP SLINGS CHAIN HOIST C
(BY CUSTOMER)
Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
76 York, PA 17405-7312 USA
FEED DISCH CERTIFIED FOR

CONSTRUCTION
END END By: MT Date: 3/26/19
THIS INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

DRAWING IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY
AND IS TO BE USED WITH THE
B CORRESPONDING SECTIONS OF B
THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
HARDWARE MUST BE QUELLAVECO PROJECT

INSTALLED IN THE ANGLO AMERICAN
LOWER HALF OF THE CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
TRUNNIONS BEFORE EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
INSTALLATION 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
DETAIL C 90026637 & 90026638
CAUTION:
FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5 - ALL MATCH MARKING MUST COINCIDE.
- ALL FLANGE JOINTS MUST BE ABSOLUTELY CLEAN AND DRY

BEFORE MATING. DO NOT USE ANY SEALANT. CHECK JOINT
1. ASSEMBLE BOTH HEAD ASSEMBLIES ON THE GROUND. 1. INSTALL TRUNNIONS AS DESCRIBED IN THE INSTALLATION MANUAL AND TORQUE BOLTS. 1. REMOVE CRIBBING. WITH FEELER GAUGES, AS DESCRIBED IN MANUAL, IF GAP
2. REFER TO THE SHELL/HEAD/TRUNNION DRAWING FOR BOLTING REQUIREMENTS BEFORE INSTALLING 2. LOWER MILL TO RUNNING POSITION USING JACKING CRADLES. IS PRESENT, SEPARATE JOINT, CHECK FOR INTERFERENCE,
REMOVE AND REJOIN.
AND TORQUING BOLTS.
3. POSITION ONE HEAD ASSEMBLY INTO PLACE AND TORQUE BOLTS. - BOTH TRUNNION BEARINGS MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY
LUBRICATED WHILE ROTATING MILL.
4. POSITION OTHER HEAD ASSEMBLY INTO PLACE AND TORQUE BOLTS.

A DO NOT ROTATE MILL ON DRY BEARINGS.
A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 01 INITIAL RELEASE MT MT 2019/03/29 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: MT
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5
GENERAL ERECTION GUIDELINE MATERIAL No:
2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., P.O.Box 15043
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA 28' DIA X 44' LG BALL MILL CKD: WF MATERIAL Spec.:
MATERIAL Wt.: Wt. Unit:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2019-07-16
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES MACHINE SURFACE FINISH This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: N.T.S. For Construction
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: WF ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2018 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2019-07-16 A1 10267593-DWK OF 1 1 01
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CLASSIFICATION: RESTRICTED
4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION MATERIAL DRAWING UNIT WEIGHT
NUMBER NUMBER WEIGHT UNIT
1 1 EA HARDWARE SET, MILL ROTATING BODY ZX11441659 10234640-DWK 0.00 KG
2 1 EA HARDWARE KIT-FEED END ASSEMBLY ZX11714796 10268061-DWK 0.00 KG
3 1 EA KIT , TRUNNION BEARING ZX11714384 10267913-DWK 0.00 KG
4 1 EA KIT , TRUNNION BEARING ZX11714382 10267912-DWK 0.00 KG
5 1 EA HARDWARE KIT-DISCHARGE ASSEMBLY ZX11716718 10268296-DWK 0.00 KG
D D
C C
2019-02-04
DATE
APPD
MT
MT
BY
B B
DESCRIPTION OF REVISION
A A

INITIAL RELEASE
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: MT
C.3778 90026836
FIELD ASSEMBLY LIST MATERIAL No: ZX11738521
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA BALL MILL LOOSE ITEMS CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' (DIRECT SHIP TO SITE) DATE: 2019-02-04 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: MT ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV
01
If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2019 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2019-02-04 A2 10273335-DWK OF 1 01 1
PROJECTION
4 3 2 1 CLASSIFICATION: RESTRICTED
Mill Installation Data Sheets
INITIALS OF A METSO ENGINEER OR CONSTRUCTION ENGINEER ARE

REQUIRED AT EACH ITEM TO CONFIRM ACCOMPLISHMENT OF THE TASK.
MILL EQUIPMENT TAG #: 3210-MI-004 Bob Smith

Example:
METSO EQUIPMENT #: 90026638 Metso
FOUNDATION PREPARATION Name Date

Company
Establishment of mill centerline and trunnion bearing
centerline reference points
Clean and rough up of the concrete surface where the

jackscrews will be installed
Installation of jackscrews for the trunnion bearing

baseplates and mill brake
TRUNNION BEARING BASEPLATE INSTALLATION Name Date

Company
Initial alignment of trunnion bearing pedestals
Trunnion bearing pedestal elevation checks recorded on
Worksheet Form 1
Trunnion bearing pedestal alignment checks recorded on

Worksheet Form 2
Grouting of trunnion bearing pedestals
Type & Brand of Grout used:
Comments:
CHAPTER: Mill Installation Data Sheets Page 1 of 13

TRUNNION BEARING INSTALLATION Name Date

Company
Pad bearings uncrated and cleaned prior to assembly
Installation of the pad bearing assemblies
Shell assembly set into bearings, and pad bearing

assemblies adjusted for proper height and alignment
Pad bearing clearances checked
Comments:
ASSEMBLY OF ROTATING BODY Name Date

Company
Rotating mill components uncrated and cleaned prior to
assembly
Shell sections assembled per the instruction manual
Head sections assembled to shell per the instruction

manual
Trunnions assembled to the shell per the instruction

manual and drawings
All rotating hardware torqued to full value
Comments:

MILL DRIVE MOTOR INSTALLATION Name Date

Company
Customer supplied drive motor installed per the motor
manufacturer’s instructions
Motor control connected to system control and interlock
connections made to protect motor and trunnion bearings
Comments:
MILL BRAKE INSTALLATION Name Date

Company
Installation of the brake system per the instruction manual
Brake calipers aligned
Electrical connections made for power and control system
Comments:

TRUNNION BEARING LUBRICATION SYSTEM Name Date

Company
Trunnion bearing lube system skids installed and inter-
skid piping connections made per assembly drawings
Installation of supply and return oil piping with correct
slope and configuration per the assembly drawings
System flushed and cleaned
Electrical interlocks checked for proper operation
Flow rates to pad bearings checked for proper adjustment
Quantity & Type of Oil used:
Comments:

General Installation Comments:

MILL SHELL ROUNDNESS CHECK

WORKSHEET FORM Feed End
Mill Shell
1
Location of Measurement of Shell Diameter Measurement

1 Top of Shell to Bottom of Shell (0° to 180°)
2 45° to 225°
3 90° to 270°
4 135° to 315°
NOTE: Measurements must be taken from the edge of the outer flange, or from the
interior surface of the machined spigot.
All measurements must be within 1/16” (1.5 mm)
Checked & signed off by:

__________________ ____________________ ________________ Date ______
Printed Name Signature Company


WORKSHEET FORM Center Flange Feed End
Mill Shell
1

2 45° to 225°
3 90° to 270°
4 135° to 315°

__________________ ____________________ ________________ Date ______


WORKSHEET FORM Center Flange Discharge End
Mill Shell
1

2 45° to 225°
3 90° to 270°
4 135° to 315°

__________________ ____________________ ________________ Date ______


WORKSHEET FORM Discharge End
Mill Shell
1

2 45° to 225°
3 90° to 270°
4 135° to 315°

__________________ ____________________ ________________ Date ______

Mill S/N: _________
Final Thrust Pad Clearances
Feeler gauge measurements taken are average of bottom and top on each thrust
pad, after full torque.
Viewed from Feed End of Mill / Mill Side
Each pad must be within .003”

(.10mm) squareness and must be
within .005” (12mm) equal clearance
from one pad to the other.
Right Side Left Side
Thrust pad to thrust base bolt torque: _________

Thrust base to bearing pedestal bolt torque: _________
If Super bolts are used give jackscrew torque.

_____________ _______________ _______________ Date _______
DISCHARGE
POINT 2A END
POINT 1A
POINT 2B
POINT 1B FREE BEARING
PEDESTAL
FEED
END
FIXED BEARING
PEDESTAL
TRUNNION BEARING PEDESTAL ELEVATION AND

LEVELNESS CHECKS
ELEVATION READINGS AT:
POINT 1A: ______________ POINT 2A: ______________
POINT 1B: ______________ POINT 2B: ______________
WORKSHEET FORM 1
_________________ ___________________ _______________ Date ______

PEDESTAL DISCHARGE
CENTERLINES
END
A
C
D
B
DISCHARGE
PEDESTAL
FEED
END
FEED
PEDESTAL
DIMENSIONS:
TRUNNION BEARING PEDESTAL
ALIGNMENT
A
B
C
D WORKSHEET FORM 2

_________________ ___________________ _______________ Date ______

Mill Elevation / Pad Bearing Heights

Elevation / Pad Bearing Target _______
Viewed Looking From Feed End of Mill
Feed End
Pad # 1: ______ Pad # 2: ______ Pad # 3: ______ Pad # 4:

_____
Discharge End
Pad # 1: ______ Pad # 2: ______ Pad # 3: ______ Pad # 4: _____

_____________ _______________ _______________ Date _______
INITIALS OF A METSO ENGINEER OR CONSTRUCTION ENGINEER ARE

REQUIRED AT EACH ITEM TO CONFIRM ACCOMPLISHMENT OF THE TASK.
MILL EQUIPMENT TAG #: 3210-MI-003 Bob Smith

Example:
METSO EQUIPMENT #: 90026637 Metso
FOUNDATION PREPARATION Name Date

Company
Establishment of mill centerline and trunnion bearing
centerline reference points
Clean and rough up of the concrete surface where the

jackscrews will be installed
Installation of jackscrews for the trunnion bearing

baseplates and mill brake
TRUNNION BEARING BASEPLATE INSTALLATION Name Date

Company
Initial alignment of trunnion bearing pedestals
Trunnion bearing pedestal elevation checks recorded on
Worksheet Form 1
Trunnion bearing pedestal alignment checks recorded on

Worksheet Form 2
Grouting of trunnion bearing pedestals
Type & Brand of Grout used:
Comments:

TRUNNION BEARING INSTALLATION Name Date

Company
Pad bearings uncrated and cleaned prior to assembly
Installation of the pad bearing assemblies
Shell assembly set into bearings, and pad bearing

assemblies adjusted for proper height and alignment
Pad bearing clearances checked
Comments:
ASSEMBLY OF ROTATING BODY Name Date

Company
Rotating mill components uncrated and cleaned prior to
assembly
Shell sections assembled per the instruction manual
Head sections assembled to shell per the instruction

manual
Trunnions assembled to the shell per the instruction

manual and drawings
All rotating hardware torqued to full value
Comments:

MILL DRIVE MOTOR INSTALLATION Name Date

Company
Customer supplied drive motor installed per the motor
manufacturer’s instructions
Motor control connected to system control and interlock
connections made to protect motor and trunnion bearings
Comments:
MILL BRAKE INSTALLATION Name Date

Company
Installation of the brake system per the instruction manual
Brake calipers aligned
Electrical connections made for power and control system
Comments:

TRUNNION BEARING LUBRICATION SYSTEM Name Date

Company
Trunnion bearing lube system skids installed and inter-
skid piping connections made per assembly drawings
Installation of supply and return oil piping with correct
slope and configuration per the assembly drawings
System flushed and cleaned
Electrical interlocks checked for proper operation
Flow rates to pad bearings checked for proper adjustment
Quantity & Type of Oil used:
Comments:

General Installation Comments:


WORKSHEET FORM Feed End
Mill Shell
1

2 45° to 225°
3 90° to 270°
4 135° to 315°

__________________ ____________________ ________________ Date ______


WORKSHEET FORM Center Flange Feed End
Mill Shell
1

2 45° to 225°
3 90° to 270°
4 135° to 315°

__________________ ____________________ ________________ Date ______


WORKSHEET FORM Center Flange Discharge End
Mill Shell
1

2 45° to 225°
3 90° to 270°
4 135° to 315°

__________________ ____________________ ________________ Date ______


WORKSHEET FORM Discharge End
Mill Shell
1

2 45° to 225°
3 90° to 270°
4 135° to 315°

__________________ ____________________ ________________ Date ______

Mill S/N: _________
Final Thrust Pad Clearances
Feeler gauge measurements taken are average of bottom and top on each thrust
pad, after full torque.
Viewed from Feed End of Mill / Mill Side
Each pad must be within .003”

(.10mm) squareness and must be
within .005” (12mm) equal clearance
from one pad to the other.
Right Side Left Side
Thrust pad to thrust base bolt torque: _________

Thrust base to bearing pedestal bolt torque: _________
If Super bolts are used give jackscrew torque.

_____________ _______________ _______________ Date _______
DISCHARGE
POINT 2A END
POINT 1A
POINT 2B
POINT 1B FREE BEARING
PEDESTAL
FEED
END
FIXED BEARING
PEDESTAL
TRUNNION BEARING PEDESTAL ELEVATION AND

LEVELNESS CHECKS
ELEVATION READINGS AT:
POINT 1A: ______________ POINT 2A: ______________
POINT 1B: ______________ POINT 2B: ______________
WORKSHEET FORM 1
_________________ ___________________ _______________ Date ______

PEDESTAL DISCHARGE
CENTERLINES
END
A
C
D
B
DISCHARGE
PEDESTAL
FEED
END
FEED
PEDESTAL
DIMENSIONS:
TRUNNION BEARING PEDESTAL
ALIGNMENT
A
B
C
D WORKSHEET FORM 2

_________________ ___________________ _______________ Date ______

Mill Elevation / Pad Bearing Heights

Elevation / Pad Bearing Target _______
Viewed Looking From Feed End of Mill
Feed End
Pad # 1: ______ Pad # 2: ______ Pad # 3: ______ Pad # 4:

_____
Discharge End
Pad # 1: ______ Pad # 2: ______ Pad # 3: ______ Pad # 4: _____

_____________ _______________ _______________ Date _______
Foundation Requirements
3-1.0 GENERAL
The erection of a suitable foundation is the responsibility of the customer

or his appointed contractor. Since soil makeup varies greatly depending
on the mill location, a complete condition analysis should be obtained to
determine proper design. The foundation should be one(1) piece and
extended under both trunnion bearings, and the drive train.
NOTE
Equipment weight and operating loads must be transferred into the foundation
through the grout, and not through the shim packs. The shim packs are
required to level and bring the baseplates up to elevation for grouting..
We have intentionally reduced the size and quantity of shim packs to

maximize the grout area.
3-2.0 DIMENSIONS
The dimensions shown on the Foundation Plan include such items as the
following:
a. Minimum pier sizes at the baseplates location.

b. Clearance dimensions where needed.
c. Anchor bolt sizes and lengths of projection above the foundation.
d. Minimum grout thickness.
3-3.0 LOADINGS
Foundation loadings are provided on the Foundation Drawing.
3-4.0 CENTERLINES
After foundation has been poured and all forms removed, establish bench
marks for vertical and horizontal centerlines of the mill, drive motor, and
trunnion bearings. A fixture, such as the one shown on the next page, is
recommended and can be fabricated in the field and mounted on the
outside of the foundation to use piano wire to obtain and maintain
centerlines during installation. The fixture is not supplied by Metso.
CHAPTER: Foundation & Baseplate Installation Page 1 of 2

Foundation Requirements
REF
0.50” (13mm) All-Thread
Washer
0.50” (13mm) Standard Mild Steel Pipe
Hex Nut, TYP
2.0” (51mm)
Angle Iron
Cross piece to
tie piano wire to
turn buckle
REF
REF

Foundation & Baseplate Installation
3-5.0 TRUNNION BEARING PEDESTAL LEVELING BLOCKS
All leveling blocks should be grouted in position. These are to be used to

give a flat and level reference point to start the trunnion bearing pedestal
installation. See the sketch below, which shows the location for the
trunnion bearing pedestal leveling blocks. There will be two leveling
blocks for each anchor bolt, and they will be placed on each side of the
anchor bolt, as shown in Sketch “A”. Leveling blocks are not provided by
Metso Minerals.
Leveling Blocks
The top elevation of the leveling blocks should allow for additional shims
between the top of the leveling block and the bottom of the pedestal or
baseplate in order to achieve proper pedestal height.
The top surfaces of the leveling block must be level in both directions.
Adjust until individual blocks are level within .010 inches(0.26mm). The
relative block elevations are not as important as individual block flatness,
since different size shims may be needed on different blocks. The grout
should be around the blocks on all sides.
The following is the recommended procedure for installing leveling

blocks. This procedure, while requiring a little more time in set-up, will
save a significant amount of time in the actual installation of the leveling
blocks and baseplates and pedestals.

Leveling Block Installation Procedure:
1. Select the proper size and quantity of leveling blocks required and
drill equal size holes in each corner as referenced in Sketch 1.
0.50 (13mm) TYP
0.50 (13mm) TYP

4.00 (100mmm) REF
0.38 DIA HOLE, 8.00 (200mm)

THRU 4 PLACES REF
SKETCH 1 (Top View)
2. Organize all-thread material and nuts, and cut all-thread to required

length.
3. Organize epoxy for injecting into holes drilled in concrete as shown
in Sketch 2.
1.00 (25mm)
TOP OF CONCRETE
EPOXY APPROX.
1” – 2” (25-50mm)
DEEP 4 PL
EACH BLOCK
0.25 (6.3mm)
OR 0.31 (8mm)
ALL-THREAD
SKETCH 2 (Side View)
4. Ensure top of foundations are roughed up prior to installing leveling

blocks.
5. Layout top of concrete including centerlines and outside dimensions
of pedestals on the foundation in order to locate the leveling blocks
with approximately ½” (13mm) protruding the baseplates for shimming
purposes.

6. Position leveling blocks, mark the foundation, and drill holes for all-
thread per Sketch 2.
7. Epoxy the holes and insert all-thread, bottom nuts, and leveling blocks
to hold all-thread in correct position while epoxy cures.
8. Once epoxy has cured, install top nuts as shown on Sketch 2 and
begin adjusting the leveling blocks by adjusting the top and bottom
nuts as necessary until the desired elevation and levelness is
obtained.
9. Once leveling blocks are finalized and approved, install forms and
grout as shown in the sketches below.
10. After the grout has cured for at least 24 hours, remove the grout forms
and remove the top nut from each all-thread. Grind the exposed all-
thread off with a grinder. Make sure that the top surface is flush with
the leveling block surface. Allow the grout to cure for a minimum of
forty-eight(48) hours before proceeding with the installation.

0.50 (13mm) to 0.50 (13mm) to

0.75 (19mm) Grout 1.00 (25mm) Grout
Leveling Block
4.00 (100mm) REF

Grout
8.00
(200mm) REF
0.25 (6mm) to 0.38 (10mm)
plywood or equal (all around)
Top View
Leveling Block
Grind off flush

Nut
after grouting
Silicone or grout
around forms to seal
Top of Concrete prior to grouting
Side View
After leveling and setting to elevation, form

around and grout each leveling block
FORMS FOR LEVELING BLOCKS

(Typical configuration of forms for all sizes of leveling blocks)

3-5.1 PREFERRED LEVELING BLOCK PROCEDURE
Metso now makes available a jackscrew that can take the place of the
more traditional leveling block. The jackscrews function the same as
traditional leveling blocks, to provide precise elevation alignment for
component baseplates. The advantage of the jackscrew is its ease of
installation and set-up that save time and effort during mill erection.
A jackscrew is a threaded stud and nut assembly affixed to its own

baseplate. The nut is covered on one side by a flat plate surface which
will make contact with the equipment baseplate. By screwing the nut up
or down, this flat plate surface can be adjusted to obtain a precise
elevation setting. See the jackscrew illustration below.
Jackscrew
The jackscrews are not within Metso Minerals’ scope of supply. Contact
Metso to arrange procurement of the jackscrews.
3-5.1.1 Jackscrew Installation
Determination of location of the jackscrews should be done in the same

manner as noted in the leveling block text. Jackscrews should be located
next to each anchor bolt position, and additional ones should be placed
equidistant from bolt positions on longer areas.
Epoxy grout, provided by others, is used to secure the jackscrew in

position. The jackscrews must be fully retracted during installation and
grouted into position. Ensure that the elevation of the fully retracted
jackscrew is below the required final elevation.
To install the jackscrews, apply epoxy grout to the foundation to a

thickness of at least 0.25” (6mm), and not more than 0.50” (13mm).
Place the base of the fully retracted jackscrew in the grout, and check it
for levelness, as shown in the illustration below. Ensure that the

jackscrew is level, and allow the grout to cure before making any
elevation adjustments to the jackscrew nut.
Anchor Bolt
Pipe Ferrule
Level
Jackscrew Top of Concrete
Epoxy Grout
3-5.1.2 Jackscrew Adjustment
When the grout securing the jackscrews has cured, the nuts of the
jackscrews can be adjusted to their theoretical correct height. When the
baseplate is installed, the jackscrews can be adjusted as necessary to
obtain the proper elevation and flatness for the baseplate as shown in the
illustration below.
Baseplate at Final Elevation
Baseplate Grout
NOTE
The equipment weight and operating loads are transferred into the foundation
through the grout, not the jackscrews. The jackscrews are used only to level
and maintain the correct elevation of the baseplate until it is grouted.

3-5.2 INSTALLATION OF TRUNNION BEARING PEDESTALS
The “Trunnion Bearing Installation” Section gives details on the assembly

of the trunnion bearing pedestals and pad bearings. Install the pad
bearings in the trunnion bearing pedestals before installing the pedestals
on the leveling blocks.
3-5.2.1 Trunnion Bearing Spacing (See Sketch "B")
Obtain dimension "A" from foundation drawing to determine accurate

centerline spacing of pedestals.
3-5.2.2 Setting of Pedestals
Remove all loose concrete and excess water from trunnion bearing piers.
The bottom of the pedestals, if coated with any protective material (rust
inhibitor) must be completely cleaned. If painted, the areas which come
in contact with the leveling blocks (shim stock) must be cleaned to base
metal, including paint.
The trunnion bearing pedestals should then be set in position, using

special care so that the leveling blocks are not broken loose from their
grout. The pedestals are then brought up to grade or level using
additional shims. Shims must be stainless steel. DO NOT USE
WEDGES. Note that since the bottom of the pedestal may not be
machined, different shim packs may be needed for different leveling
blocks. Place shims, as few thicknesses as possible, between the
pedestal and leveling blocks to obtain the desired elevation. These
shims should be full-face contact. Some step shimming in the shim pack
may be required.
3-5.2.3 Level and Elevation
Each bearing pedestal should be leveled within .005 inches (0.13mm), as

shown on Sketch B. The top flange of the trunnion bearing pedestal
should be used for elevation checks. See Worksheet 1 in the “Installation
Data Sheets” Section. The elevation of the two(2) trunnion bearing
pedestals should be within 0.001 inch/foot(0.08mm/M) of bearing
spacing. See Worksheet 2 in the “Installation Data Sheets” Section.

3-5.2.4 Spacing and Orientation
In addition to being level, the pedestals must be spaced to dimension

obtained in 3-5.1.1 and square to the mill axis. Record obtained
dimensions on work sheet Form I found in “Mill Installation Data Sheets”.
3-5.2.5 Trunnion Bearing Pedestal Alignment
The trunnion bearing pedestals must be aligned prior to grouting. See

the “Trunnion Bearing” Section for alignment procedure before
proceeding with grouting.
3-5.2.6 Grouting of the Pedestals (See Sketch “C”)
When all the above has been satisfied and pedestals are pulled down
tight with foundation bolts on shim stock, the grouting operation may
begin.
3-6.0 MOTOR BASEPLATES INSTALLATION
The motor is by the customer. See the manufacturer’s motor installation

manual for instructions on the installation of the wrap-around motor's
baseplates.
3-7.0 BRAKE SYSTEM BASEPLATES
3-7.1 LEVELING BLOCKS
3-7.1.1 Preparation and Location of Leveling Blocks
Size and locate shims in a similar manner to the trunnion bearing

pedestals.
3-7.1.2 Setting of Leveling Blocks
All leveling blocks should be grouted in position. These are to be used to

give a flat and level reference point to start the main baseplates or bases.
Its elevation should allow for additional shims and the thickness of the
baseplate.

The top surfaces of the leveling block must be level in both directions.
Adjust until individual blocks are level within .010 inches(0.26mm). The
grout should be around the block on all sides.
The leveling blocks should be rechecked for flatness in twenty(20) to

thirty(30) minutes and readjusted if necessary. Excess grout can now be
removed by tapering the sides at approximately 45°. Cover grout with
damp rags or burlap for the first twenty-four(24) to thirty-six(36) hours.
Allow the grout to cure for a minimum of seventy-two(72) hours before
proceeding with the installation.
3-7.2 INSTALLATION OF THE BRAKE SYSTEM BASEPLATES
3-7.2.1 Preparation
Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces between the brake assembly and
the baseplates. Remove any nicks and burrs to achieve 100 percent
contact.
3-7.2.2 Setting of the Brake System Baseplates
Remove all loose concrete and excess water from the trunnion bearing
pier. The bottom of the baseplate, when coated with any protective
material (rust inhibitor), must be completely cleaned. If painted, the areas
which come in contact with the leveling blocks (shim stock) must be
cleaned to base metal, including paint.
The brake baseplates should then be set in position using special care so
that the leveling blocks are not broken loose from their grout.
3-8.0 GROUTING (See Sketch "C")
The use of non-shrinking grout is necessary with preference given to a

premixed grout such as "Five Star Fluid Grout 100" manufactured by U.S.
Grout Corporation.

3-8.1 MATERIAL AND TOOLS
Locate all tools and materials as close to area being grouted as possible.
Tools should include:
a. Mortar box or mortar mixer (not cement mixer).

b. Wheelbarrow and/or five(5) gallon buckets for placement.
c. Shovels and hoe.
d. Water measuring container (one(1) gallon volume).
e. Flexible steel strap for rodding grout under baseplate and bases.
3-8.2 SURFACES PREPARATION
Chip away any defective concrete, leaving the surface rough and
reasonably level. Surface should be free of oil, grease, dirt and loose
particles. Baseplates, bases and bedplates that will be in contact with
grout must be clean of all preservatives. Clean concrete with liberal
quantities of water twenty-four(24) hours prior to grouting. Remove all
excess water or loose material that may have fallen on the surfaces just
prior to placing grout.
3-8.3 FORMS
With the pedestals in their final fixed positions, build strong forms
securely anchored and shored. On the side where grout is to be poured
into forms, allow at least 6" clearance and 2" for head above the top of
the base of the pedestal (see Sketch "C"). Caulk forms to prevent
leakage of grout. Clean out anchor bolt pipes ("Ferrules") prior to
grouting.
3-8.4 MIXING
Before mixing grout, be sure the mortar mixer has been thoroughly
washed and excess water removed. Add the proper amount of potable
water.

Follow the directions of the grout manufacturer. The higher the

temperature, the faster the set; the lower the temperature, the slower the
set. At 70°F(21°C), the initial set of FIVE STAR GROUT is approximately
one(1) hour. Above 90°F(32°C), effort should be made to cool all
materials to be used in the grouting. Mix for five(5) minutes.
3-8.5 PLACING
First, fill all anchor bolt pipes with grout. Then place grout under trunnion
bearing pedestals and brake baseplates by flowing. While placing grout,
use the flexible steel strap to move the grout by pushing and pulling strap
until grout has risen even with the top of the baseplate or form.
Start placing the grout at one end and one side of the baseplate, and fill
form and baseplate end to end in one continuous pour, paying particular
attention to filling all shear key pockets first. Forms may be removed
after twelve(12) to eighteen(18) hours and grout trimmed if desired.
3-8.6 CURING
Cure the grout by covering all exposed grout with wet rags or burlap for a
minimum of seventy-two(72) hours. By this time, grout should have
developed sufficient strength for normal use.
3-8.7 COMPLETION
After the grout has been installed and all forms have been removed, the
surfaces may be painted with an oil resistant paint. This is to protect the
grout from oil contamination as well as to facilitate the cleaning up of
spilled materials.
3-8.8 COLD WEATHER GROUTING PROCEDURES
The following are recommended procedures for grouting baseplates

during cold weather. These procedures will help eliminate a bad or
improper grout pour which would require the removal of the grout and the
baseplate, and the repeating of installation and alignment procedures.
• Keep all grout in container or storage area at 70°F (21°C), ± 10°F

(5°C).

• Prior to pouring grout, the area to be grouted must be kept well above
freezing for 1 to 2 days. Cover area with presoaked tarps or other
means to keep area and foundation warm and presoaked prior to
grouting. In areas of extended cold weather, longer preparation times
may be necessary to warm the foundation area properly before
grouting operations can proceed.
• Water must be warmed to 60°F (15°C) to 70°F (21°C) before being

mixed with grout.
• After baseplate(s) are grouted, keep area above freezing for 2 to 3

days until grout has cured properly. While curing, keep grout wet with
burlap for a minimum of 2 days.
• When first mixed, curing grout will generate some of its own heat. Use
thermal blankets to assist in keeping the heat in while grout is curing.
Notes:
• Do not put heat directly on or next to the baseplate. Thermal
expansion in the baseplate will result in a loss of level tolerances.
• Ensure water is removed from anchor bolt sleeves. If the bolt sleeves
freeze, the concrete will be damaged, requiring the rework of the
concrete foundations and/or piers. If the possibility of water
accumulating in the anchor bolt sleeves exists, anti-freeze coolant can
be added to the anchor bolt sleeves to ensure that the water does not
freeze.

TRUNNION TRUNNION
FIXED FREE
"A"
STEP 1: OBTAIN DIMENSION "A"
BASEPLATE BASEPLATE
FIXED FREE
FOUNDATION
BOLTS REF
SAME SAME ±1.5mm SAME

ELEV. II
ELEV. I
SAME SAME ±1.5mm SAME
DIMENSION "A" ±1 .5mm
POINT 2A DISCHARGE
END
POINT 1A
POINT 2B
POINT 1B
FEED
Elevation at Points 1A, 1B, 2A, & 2B must be
END
level within 0.5mm/M of bearing spacing.
SKETCH “B”

FLOWABLE GROUT
FOUNDATION
ANCHOR BOLTS
PLUNGER
CAULKING
TYP
FILL ALL PIPES WITH GROUT
TYPICAL ANCHOR BOLTS
FILL ALL SHEAR

KEY CAVITIES
TYPICAL SHEAR KEYS
Grout
Seal
before
grouting
TYPICAL BEARING PEDESTAL
SKETCH “C”

Typical Mill
Foundation & Baseplates Installation
3-9.0 ANCHOR BOLT PREPARATION FOR GROUTING
To obtain the optimum preload through the entire length of the anchor bolt,
steps must be taken to keep grout out of the anchor bolt sleeve. This is
accomplished by filling the anchor bolt sleeve with sand a few days prior to
grouting.
SAND REQUIREMENTS
The sand must be dry so that it flows freely into the anchor bolt sleeves and
around the anchor bolt. The sand should be small to medium grade, and no
larger than 1.5 mm (0.060”).
ANCHOR BOLT SLEEVE PREPARATION
Water must be removed from the anchor bolt sleeve prior to the sleeve being
filled with sand. Water must be kept away from the sand as much as
possible after the sleeves are filled with sand and before the grout is poured.
NOTE
Drop in anchor bolt assemblies have to be installed and

positioned correctly and all base plate alignments completed before
adding sand to the sleeves.
The exposed area of the anchor bolt, from the top of the concrete to the
bottom of the baseplate, should be covered with a plastic sleeve or tape
to completely protect the anchor bolt from grout.
CHAPTER: (3) Foundation & Baseplates Page 1 of 2

Installation
Typical Mill
Foundation & Baseplates Installation
TYPICAL ANCHOR BOLT CONFIGURATIONS

Baseplate Baseplate
T.O.C.
T.O.C. T.O.C.
Grout
Grout
Sand
Sand
CHAPTER: (3) Foundation & Baseplates Installation Page 2 of 2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BLIND POCKET ANCHOR BOLT 5 EQ SP @ 330.2 330

198 TYP 305 635
DESIGN BY SIEMENS, 18 REQ'D = 1651
99 TYP 330
2419.5 (3700)
F CL F
MOTOR IN
SHIFTED POSITION
1625 3825 (500)
T.O.C. -2025 A 864

CL 622
MOTOR 4125 1372
CL FIXED BRG.
420 (508)
1676
89
838 178
2500
CL
1400 T.O.C. -8250 BRAKE
MK-5, 6 REQ'D MK-4, 12-REQ'D 470 991 1295
E 3398
E
T.O.C -850 CL
T.O.C. -2460
B MILL
265 TYP
7
2355.5 2089 6240 2000

100 TYP
T.O.C. -8075
10250
T.O.C. -8350
T.O.C. -3341 T.O.C. -3341
7
800 7750
C C
CL DETAIL D
JACKING PADS
SYMMETRICAL ABOUT THE
D 7 3480
MILL CENTERLINE D
CL CL
2600
JACKING JACKING
PADS 5200 PADS
3 EQ SP @ 508
CL MILL 15500 178 TYP 400 635 635
= 1524
89 TYP
3783 10575
89
3480 178
100
SEE DETAIL D (TYP) CL 508
JACKING PADS 840
CL FREE BRG. 1016
TYP
SEE DETAIL E 420
800 6790
C 7 C
10250 T.O.C. -8350
762 MK-1, 24 REQ'D
T.O.C. -8075 1664 521
1657.5 2000 CL
MILL
7 215 TYP
B
T.O.C. -2460
T.O.C -850
CL
1400 FREE
2500 BEARING
B DETAIL E B
2310
CL SYMMETRICAL ABOUT THE
FIXED MILL CENTERLINE
T.O.C. -2025 BEARING
A 4125
1050 SQ.
1625 3825 (500) 100 900 SQ. 160
2025 5950
8769.5 GROUT
(50 X 50 X 6 ANGLE) QUELLAVECO PROJECT
18356
ANGLO AMERICAN
SECTION C-C CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
JACKING CRADLE PAD (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
4 PLACES
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 08 UPDATED BOLT DESIGNATIONS MT MT 2019-04-04 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 07 SEE SHEETS 3 & 4 MT MT 2019-01-23 FOUNDATION PLAN MATERIAL No: ZX11419163
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 06 UPDATED DIMENSIONS MT MT 2018-12-03 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2015-07-22
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 05 SEE SHEET 4 KSO KSO 2018-12-03 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 4
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
977 4790
F 4998.5 TO MILL F
TO MILL 737 737 CENTERLINE
CENTERLINE 300
150
102
160 (208.5)
4 EQ SP
18356 @ 203 610
= 813
2419.5
2310
E E
CL CL
CL CL
FIXED FREE
MOTOR BRAKE
TRUNNION TRUNNION
BEARING BEARING
CL MILL
850
T.O.C.
394 394
2025
T.O.C. 622 622
3341 3341 2310 TO CL FREE BEARING

T.O.C. T.O.C.
435 SEE DETAIL H

D D
711 K
TO MILL
CENTERLINE
5
8075 350
8250
T.O.C. PROJ.
T.O.C.
250 PROJECTION
76 BASEPLATE 525
63 GROUT 815
C MK-3, 8 REQ'D C
MK-2, 40 REQ'D
175
(1800) 100
TYP
TYP
8
30° TYP
K
DETAIL H
(2089)
B (2381) 6240 B
970

ANGLO AMERICAN
VIEW K-K (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
BRAKE CUT-OUT EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 08 SEE SHEETS 1, 3, & 4 MT MT 2019-04-04 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 07 SEE SHEETS 3 & 4 MT MT 2019-01-23 FOUNDATION PLAN MATERIAL No: ZX11419163
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 06 UPDATED DIMENSION MT MT 2018-12-03 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2015-07-22
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 05 SEE SHEET 4 KSO KSO 2018-12-03 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 4
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1316 5300 5300 1316 M BLIND POCKET

ANCHOR BOLT
7500
DESIGN PER SIEMENS
3750 (BY CUSTOMER)
3341 3341 1676
R5815 TO MILL 2787 TO MILL
2500 MOTOR R4900 965 5 2500 CENTERLINE 838
CENTERLINE
F 2025 BALCONY MOTOR 2025
762 F
BALCONY 365 PROJ. 365 PROJ.
T.O.C. 1400 @1100 T.O.C.
@1550 1400
MK-4 (12- 3341
REQ'D) T.O.C.
435 F 435 265
MK-5 114 BASEPLATE 114 BASEPLATE
(6-REQ'D) 64 GROUT 64 GROUT
1100
8375 (MK-5) (215)
1550
T.O.C.
(MK-4)
1100 1550 8250 2200
2200
T.O.C. (MK-1)
8075
T.O.C.
100 TYP
7
E 2160 E
CL CL
4320 FIXED FREE
BRG. BRG.
1800 TYP 450
(2419.5) TYP 450
M TYP
F
800 3480 3480 800
CL
1800
4380 4380 MOTOR
SECTION A-A
D D
2089 SECTION G-G
2381
CL
C MILL SECTION F-F C
850 850
T.O.C. 965 5 T.O.C.
BLIND POCKET
3341 ANCHOR BOLT
T.O.C. G DESIGN PER SIEMENS
(BY CUSTOMER)
18-PLACES
(2200)
B B
MK-1 250 300
300 2200
24 PLACES 1058 TYP
TYP 1566
2074
G 2709
3344
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
ANGLO AMERICAN
VIEW B-B (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
(TYP BOTH SIDES OF FREE BEARING PIER) EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
VIEW M-M 3210- MI-003 & 3210- MI-004
A 90026637 & 90026638 A

ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 08 ADDED BOLT DESIGNATIONS & QUANTITIES MT MT 2019-04-04 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
Grinding Systems DATE: 2015-05-06
FABRICATION AND CASTING
DIMENSIONS
MACHINING DIMENSIONS
07 UPDATED DIMENSIONS MT MT 2019-01-23 FOUNDATION PLAN MATERIAL No: ZX11419163
X. = ± 1.5 240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 06 UPDATED DIMENSIONS MT MT 2018-12-03 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2015-07-22
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES MACHINE SURFACE FINISH 6.3 SCALE: 1:60 For Construction
05 SEE SHEET 4 KSO KSO 2018-12-03 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV

REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE
If© 2015 PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2015-07-22 A1 10230712-DWK 3 08
PROJECTION published, the following notice shall apply: Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. OF 4
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION MATERIAL MATERIAL DRAWING
SPEC NUMBER NUMBER
1 4 EA BASEPLATE, JACKING , 900 X 900 X 100 THK ZX11199009 10140565-DWK
2 1 EA JACKSCREW ARRANGEMENT ZX11727082 10270438-DWK
17
F F
GENERAL NOTES: (SHEETS 1 THRU 3) 12 NOTES: (FOUNDATION LOADS) 17
1. THE ACTUAL FOUNDATION DESIGN IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF 13. ALL POSITIVE LOADS ARE IN THE DIRECTION OF THE LOAD ARROWS
THE CUSTOMER. PIER DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS TO SUIT BASEPLATES AND BOLTING. 14. MILL WEIGHT EMPTY WITH STEEL LINERS AND ROTOR =
INDIVIDUAL PIERS TO BE TIED TOGETHER WITH A SUB-BASE 2,834 KIPS/1,286 METRIC TONNES. 17
SLAB. THIS SLAB TO BE DESIGNED TO SUIT NATURE OF SOIL.
THE RECOMENDED MINIMUM MASS OF CONCRETE IN THE 15. MILL CONTENT INCLUDING APPROX. 35% BALL CHARGE = 17
FOUNDATION SHOULD BE TWICE THE WEIGHT OF THE 3,394 KIPS/1,540 METRIC TONNES.
ROTATING MILL. REF. METSO SPECIFICATION A06-000730,
FOUNDATION DESIGN GUIDELINES. 16 P9 AND P10 DO NOT OCCUR CONCURRENTLY WITH P21 AND P22.
2. ANCHOR BOLT ASSEMBLIES (MK-1, MK-2, MK-3, & MK-4) INCLUDING 17 SEISMIC FORCES S3 & S6 ARE APPLIED AT 1494mm BELOW MILL
NUTS, BOLTS, PIPES & PLATES ARE SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER. CENTERLINE.
SEISMIC FORCES S2 & S5 ARE APPLIED AT MILL CENTERLINE. 16
3. JACKSCREWS (BY METSO) TO BE USED TO LEVEL BASEPLATES VERTICAL
BEFORE GROUTING. LOADS
18. SEISMIC LOADS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DYNAMIC SEISMIC ANALYSIS
E 4. GROUTING TO BE COMPLETED WITH ALL BASEPLATES CONDUCTED WITH EQUIVALENT, PROJECT SPECIFIC, MODELS.
16 E
CORRECTLY LOCATED. (GROUT SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER)
19 NOTES - ANCHOR BOLTS
5 TOP OF BASEPLATE.
ANCHOR BOLTS ARE TO BE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE CONCRETE FOUNDATION.
6. BASEPLATES OMITTED IN PLAN VIEW FOR CLARITY.
REMARKS: I - TWO NUTS AND ONE FABRICATED WASHER AT PROJECTION.
7 THIS SURFACE MUST BE VERTICAL.
8 IT IS RECOMMENDED TO GROUT IN LEVEL BASEPLATES FOR MATERIAL: BOLT - ASTM A36 OR EQUAL (MK1, MK2, & MK3).
HYDRAULIC JACKS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN. BASEPLATES BOLT - ASTM F1554 Gr 55 (MK4)
SUPPLIED BY METSO. HEAVY HEX NUT - ASTM A563.
FERRULE - ASTM A53 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE.
9. THE USE OF NON-METALIC NON-SHRINKING GROUT IS WASHER - FABRICATED TIE DOWN WASHER PER TABLE
RECOMMENDED, SUCH AS "FIVE STAR FLUID GROUT 100", ASTM A36 OR EQUAL.
MANUFACTURED BY U.S. GROUT CORP.
10. T.O.C. MEANS DIMENSION FROM MILL CENTERLINE TO TOP OF

D CONCRETE. D
11. CONCRETE TOLERANCES TO BE ±6mm. BOLT CENTER
TOLERANCES TO BE ±2mm.
HORIZONTAL
LOADS
MOTOR PIER BRAKE PIER
B
FEED DISCHARGE
TRUNNION TRUNNION 19 ANCHOR BOLT SCHEDULE (EMBEDDED DESIGN) ANCHOR BOLT SCHEDULE (POCKETED DESIGN)
19
BRG PIER BRG PIER
MARK MK-2 MK-3 MARK MK-1 MK-4 MK-5

FEED
C TRUNNION
NO. REQ'D 40 8 NO. REQ'D 24 12 6 C
BRG PIER
D T.O.C.
ELEV. T d 52 36 d 64 72 72
P P 350 275 P 365 365 365
d
C DISCHARGE
TRUNNION
T 180 135 T 205 250 250
GROUT L 940 610 L 2395 1770 1320

BRG PIER
SL SD
L SD 114 89 SD 168 168 168
SL 650 420 SL 2200 1550 1100

b c
a 150 105 a 235 250 250
A 3
a
b 25 20 b 30 40 40
c 100 65 c 165 180 180

3
REMARKS I I REMARKS I I I
B 1 2 3 4 5 B
PLAN VIEW
LOAD PER ANCHOR BOLT
TIE-DOWN WASHER
BOLT SIZE A B C
A C ROW KIPS kN
M36 39 81 15
1 69 307
B M52 57 114 20
2 55 244
M64 70 127 25 3 41 181
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
1 2 3 4 5 ANGLO AMERICAN
M72 78 140 30 4 27 118
12 NOTES:
12 5 0 0 ELEVATION VIEW (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
1. DIAMETERS CAN BE TORCH CUT. EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
2. BREAK ALL SHARP EDGES. 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
MILL BRAKE BOLT LOADS

A (SEE JOHNSON INDUSTRIES DRAWING) 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 08 UPDATED ANCHOR BOLT SCHEDULE CHART MT MT 2019-04-04 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 07 UPDATED PER CUSTOMER COMMENTS MT MT 2019-01-23 FOUNDATION PLAN MATERIAL No: ZX11419163
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 06 UPDATED ANCHOR BOLTS MT MT 2018-12-06 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2015-07-22
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 05 UPDATED LOAD TABLES KSO KSO 2018-12-03 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 4
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Trunnion Bearing Installation Introduction
4-1.0 TRUNNION BEARING INSTALLATION
The mill trunnion bearings are the individual pad type, with hard babbitt
which is cast into steel bearing pads. Each steel bearing pad is mounted
on a spherical ball.
Although this arrangement provides the ability for a certain degree of

bearing self-alignment, the erection crew must still use care when aligning
the mill and trunnion bearings.
CAUTION
Extreme care must be taken to prevent the entrance of foreign material
into the bearings while installing and aligning the trunnion bearings and
mill. Any existing foreign material must be removed from the trunnion
bearings before installation.
The trunnion pad bearing assemblies must be installed in the trunnion

bearing pedestals before the trunnions are assembled to the mill heads.
See the pad bearing installation instructions in this section.
CHAPTER: Trunnion Bearing Installation Page 1 of 1

Trunnion Bearing Pads & Pedestal Installation
4-2.0 BEARING PADS AND PEDESTALS INSTALLATION
Follow procedures listed below for assembly and installation of the bearing
pads and pedestals. The pedestals must be aligned correctly per the
following procedure.
4-2.1 TRUNNION BEARING PEDESTAL INSTALLATION
1. Place the pedestals in their correct locations on the trunnion bearing

leveling blocks, and shim between the leveling blocks and the
pedestals as necessary to obtain the correct elevation, as described in
the “Foundation & Baseplate” Section.
2. Check the elevation and alignment readings. The alignment has the
following requirements:
(Refer to Sketch No. 2 in this section.)
A. The pedestals will be made parallel by setting the distances (1 to 3)

and (2 to 4), (shown on Sketch No. 2), to equal values. These
distances must be the same within 1/32"(0.79mm).
B. The pedestals will be at right angles to the mill centerline by setting

the distances "1 to 4" and "2 to 3" to equal values. These distances
must be the same within 1/32"(.79mm).
C. A steel tape may be used to measure the required dimensions.

Record the obtained dimensions on Worksheet Form 2, in the
“Installation Data Sheets” Section.
3. With alignment and elevation confirmed, fully tighten the trunnion

bearing pedestal anchor bolts.
4. Recheck the all readings, and if correct, grout the bearing pedestals in
place, per the instructions in the “Foundation & Baseplate” Section.
5. Once the grout cures, recheck readings. Allow grout to cure before
proceeding with installation.

4-2.2 BEARING PAD ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
1. Install the trunnion bearing pad assemblies in the free end (discharge
end) trunnion bearing pedestal. SAG mills with wrap-around motors
can create magnetic fields and grounding problems unless properly
insulated. Metso Minerals provides insulating shims to eliminate the
potential for grounding the mill motor through the trunnion bearings.
The free end bearing pad assemblies should be prepared prior to
installation per the following instructions and Sketch 1 below.
BOLT
LOCKWASHER
INSULATING WASHER
A04-100142
ADHESIVE BONDED
INSULATING SHIM
GLUE - A04-042409
SIDE - A04-114060
BOTTOM - A04-114059
INSULATING BUSHING
A04-100145
SKETCH 1

Step 1. Clean the bearing pad assembly baseplate top, edge, and bottom
surfaces to remove all dirt and oil. Verify that no raised edges
exist on the insulating shim contact surfaces.
Step 2. Coat the pad base supporting side surfaces with a very thin layer
of 3M adhesive. Bond the side shims as per Sketch 3. Apply
pressure to the shim face to verify good contact and eliminate air
bubbles between the shim and steel base. Allow adhesive to dry
before proceeding to the next shim.
Step 3. Repeat Step 2 for the bottom insulating shim.
Step 4. Install the bearing pad assembly in the pedestal. Take care not to
damage the insulating shims as this material can be damaged
very easily. Insert the insulating bushing and washer per Sketch
3.
2. Install the pad assemblies and thrust pad supports, without the thrust
pads, in the fixed end (feed end) trunnion bearing pedestal.
NOTE
The thrust pads will be installed after the mill is resting in the trunnion bearings.
3. Lower the pad assemblies 2"(50mm) below their normal operating

height.
4. With pad assemblies installed (except for thrust pads) in the trunnion
bearing pedestals, position the mill using the locating device as
described in Section 4-3.

TRUNNION BEARING PEDESTAL ALIGNMENT

ISOMETRIC VIEW OF A TYPICAL TRUNNION BEARING PEDESTAL
USED FOR ALIGNMENT PURPOSES.
PEDESTAL DISCHARGE
CENTERLINES BEARING PEDESTAL
A
C
D
B
V
FEED BEARING
PEDESTAL
SKETCH NO. 2
DIMENSIONS:
A = B ± 1/32” (1 mm) (TOLERANCE)
C = D ± 1/32” (1 mm) (TOLERANCE)

Bearing Pad Installation Completion
4-3.0 BEARING PAD INSTALLATION COMPLETION
The mill can now be lowered into its final operating position. See the
“Shell/Head/Trunnion” Section for the mill lowering procedure. The trunnion
bearing pad assemblies must now be adjusted to provide even contact
between the pad surfaces and trunnions.
NOTE
To position the mill to design elevation, use an inside micrometer, or a ¾”
(19mm) round stock, 35” (889 mm) long (tolerance: ±0.020” (0.5mm) can be
fabricated in the field. The ends should be rounded, with no sharp edges.
This rod will be used as a locating device for correctly positioning the mill.
Place the locating rod at the centerline of the bearing pad assembly on
each end of the trunnion bearing assembly. Lower the mill to the point
where the rod, spanning the distance from the pad centerline to the
trunnion, just barely makes contact with the trunnion. This puts the mill at
the design elevation.
Prior to adjusting the pads, thoroughly clean the areas of contact on the
trunnions and on the top surfaces of the bearing pads. Evenly coat the pad
surfaces with a thin layer of grease.
Using the locknut, manually adjust the individual pad assemblies until the
pad surfaces evenly contact the trunnions. When the pad surfaces are
within 1/16"(1.59mm) from contacting the trunnions, remove the
turnbuckles.
To be sure the pads are seated against the trunnions, use feeler gauges to
check between the pads and trunnions. The individual pad bearing
assemblies must be adjusted.
4-3.1 THRUST PAD INSTALLATION
1. With the mill resting in the trunnion bearings and correctly aligned,
verify that the inner side of the thrust groove in the fixed (feed end)
trunnion is in the same vertical plane as the machined finish on the
thrust pad support brackets.
2. Install the thrust pads.

Bearing Pad Installation Completion
3. By use of feeler gauges, measure the clearances between the thrust

pads inner and outer sides of the thrust groove on each pad. The
clearances must be equal at the ends of both thrust pads.
If clearances are not equal, the thrust pad support bracket hold down
bolts must be loosened and the assembly readjusted so equal
clearances are obtained. After retightening the hold down bolts, the
clearances must be checked again.

Trunnion Bearing Assembly
4-4.0 TRUNNION BEARING ASSEMBLY
With the mill resting in the trunnion bearings and all pad assemblies
properly adjusted, further assembly of the trunnion bearings can be
accomplished.
1. Make the wiring connection between the two bearing pad temperature
sensor connection heads on each pad bearing and the customer I/O
junction boxes or cabinets.
2. Thoroughly clean all inside areas of the trunnion bearing pedestals.
3. After cleaning, install the side cover gaskets and assemble the side
cover to the side of the pedestal facing the mill. The external side
cover will not be installed until after the lube system has been flushed;
see Section 10.
4. Prior to installing the trunnion bearing caps on the pedestals, the
rubber gaskets must be placed on the pedestal flanges.
5. Install the trunnion bearing caps.
6. Install the trunnion bearing seal assemblies per the instructions in
4-4.1.
7. The seal grease assemblies are manually lubricated by pumping
grease into the two(2) fittings on each side of the trunnion bearing
pedestal. Ensure that the seals are filled with grease before mill
operation.
8. After the lube system has been flushed, the assembly of the trunnion
bearings will be completed by attaching all lubrication hoses to the pad
bearings and the attachment of the external side covers.
4-4.1 SEAL GREASE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
Refer to the Trunnion Bearing Assembly drawing and the Seal Grease
Assembly drawing. When the cap is in place, install the seal and grease
piping. The seals are installed in 180° segments, with the ends being at
the bearing pedestal and bearing cap split. Each seal segment is
approximately 12” (300mm) longer than necessary. Trim each segment
squarely and to proper length at installation.
The seal retaining plate segments fit in the slot on the extrusion seal, and
are used to hold the seal in position. Two of the retaining ring segments
used on each side of the bearing pedestal have bushings to accept the

Trunnion Bearing Assembly
seal grease fittings. Position these two segments as shown on the

Trunnion Bearing Assembly drawing.
Insert the seal hardware through the seal retaining plate and seal retaining
tube, and secure the seal with its retaining ring segment in place. The
fingers of the seal should be in light contact with the trunnion. Use a feeler
gauge to obtain consistent contact without pre-load. When uniform
adjustment has been achieved, tighten down the seal retaining plate bolts.
Before installing the grease pipe assemblies, the rubber seal must be
drilled to create the hole for the grease. Drill the rubber seal for the grease
pipe using the retaining ring segment with the bushing as a drill jig. Use a
drill stop to limit the depth that the drill bit can travel. Do not damage the
second seal lip or contact the trunnion with the drill.
Use 6.5mm or 1/4" diameter drill.
Adjust seal so that seal fingers

just make contact with the
journal with no preload. The
grease provides the seal.
Install the grease pipe. Manually fill

the cavity with grease while rotating
the mill.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
37
36
F F
12
31 32
2 19 20 21
1785
905
E B
E
SECTION A-A DETAIL E
4 PLACES THRUST PAD BASE
SHOWING TORQUE BOLT ARRANGMENT
B
10 CL CAP 11
C 5
Ø3810
6 SEAL DIA
LEFT SIDE 6 RIGHT SIDE
D D
30°
A MILL SIDE
CL MILL
A
21 20 19 30° 6 3 16
4 REQ'D C 5489
4 PLACES 95
4
14 13 22 23 24
C 6
4 REQ'D
4 PLACES
30 38
889 953
15
PAD #4
C PAD #1
823 633 C
12
483 3277
34 33 33 34 SEE SECTION B-B
ON SHEET 2
12
1
SEE DETAIL E 37 36 32 31
PAD #3
PAD #2 35 REQ'D
2 PLACES
29 21 20
Ø85 THRU
36 HOLES
203 [8.00"] DRAIN PIPE GROOVED FOR
CL DRAIN CUSTOMERS VICTAULIC CONNECTION
(SCH 40, ASTM A53 STEEL)
B B
254
120
CL BRG PAD
254 Metso Minerals
& PED Industries, Inc.

2715 Pleasant Valley Rd.,
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
CERTIFIED
3581 3581 1105 CORRECT
7162 864 508

QUELLAVECO PROJECT
ANGLO AMERICAN
965 610 CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
1575 EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 09 ADDED NOTE-20, UPDATED ITEM-16 MT MT 2019-08-20 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 08 ADDED ITEM-38 NLE NLE 2019-04-10 TRUNNION BEARING ASSSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11451748
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7043 USA 150" PAD BEARING CKD: NLE MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 07 UPDATED ITEM-15 IN BOM MT MT 2019-01-15 MATERIAL Wt.: 58,500 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' FIXED DATE: 2015-11-06
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES MACHINE SURFACE FINISH This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: N.T.S. For Construction
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 06 UPDATED VIEW MT MT 2018-12-05 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2015 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2015-11-12 A1 10235054-DWK OF 1 2 09
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CLASSIFICATION: INTERNAL
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPEC MATERIAL DRAWING UNIT WEIGHT
11 1 1 EA PEDESTAL , 150" FIXED PAD BEARING ZX11688009 10265789-DWK 32,590 KG
28 27 D (MILL SIDE) 2 1 EA BEARING CAP ASSEMBLY, 150" PAD ZX11544039 06-000024-01* 3,310 KG
3 2 EA COVER PLATE ASSEMBLY, 150" PAD, FIXED ZX11549283 10249847-DWK 224 KG
4 4 EA PAD BEARING ASSEMBLY ZX11695363 10267413-DWK 3,710 KG
5 6 EA SEGMENT ,RET. RING W/ BUSHING 67.5° ZX11553875 10250383-DWK 4.1 KG
F 6 6 EA SEGMENT ,RET. RING W/ BUSHING 56.25° ZX11553873 10250381-DWK 3.4 KG F
7 64 EA PLATE , SEAL RETAINING S235JR COLD DRAWN ZX11534094 10247799-DWK 0.29 KG
905 8 64 EA TUBE, SEAL RETAINING 02-060438 02-060438-01 0.11 KG
9 4 EA 02-059049, TRUNNION BEARING SEALS 02-063133-01 10 KG
CL BRG PADS 10 1 EA SHIELD , SPLASH (OUTBOARD) ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11553935 10250398-DWK 107 KG
& PEDESTAL 11 1 EA SHIELD , SPLASH (INBOARD) ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11553979 10250401-DWK 72 KG
CL CAP 1785 12 2 EA THRUST PAD BASE ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11688010 10265851-DWK 1,022 KG
95 13 2 EA THRUST PAD ASSEMBLY ZX11551325 10250116-DWK 478 KG
14 4 EA ZX11359555, SENSOR , TEMPERATURE DUAL ELEMENT, 8.75" 10214511-DWK 2.3 KG
15 1 EA LUBE LINE, ASSY ,HYDROSTATIC ZX11169720 10128334-DWK 0.00 KG
16 3 EA 04-091509, GASKET ELIMINATOR LOCTITE 515 , 50ML 04-091509-01 0.00 KG
17 16 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M30X90-8.8-UNPL ISO898-1 8.8 UNPLTD 1003725634 04-121144-01 0.71 KG
18 16 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN127B-M30-RC45-53-UNPLTD STEEL UNPLTD 04-096639 04-096628-01 0.00 KG
19 20 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M20X80-8.8-UNPL ST 8.8 UNPLTD 1003724620 04-121144-01 0.25 KG
20 90 EA WASHER SPRING DIN127-B20-FST-UNPLTD SPRING STEEL 04-096637 04-096628-01 0.02 KG
17 18 21 90 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ISO4032-M20-8-UNPLTD 8 UNPLTD 04-096619 04-096617-01 0.12 KG
E 10
22 16 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M48X5X140-ASMEB18.2.3.5 ASTMA193M GR B7 UNP 04-109952 04-103937-01 3.5 KG
E
8 REQ'D 23 16 EA WASHER,TIE-DOWN FAB,M48 BOLT ASTM A36 02-065371 02-050732-01 1.00 KG
2 PLACES D
24 16 EA WASHER, PLAIN M48-ASTMF436M-TYPE 1-UNPL ST TYPE 1 UNPLTD 04-116344 04-104273-01 0.28 KG
25 64 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M16X80-8.8-UNPL ST 8.8 UNPLTD 04-121229 04-121144-01 0.14 KG
26 64 EA WASHER, PLAIN ISO7089-16-140HV-UNPLTD UNPLTD 04-096655 04-096648-01 0.01 KG
PLAN VIEW 27 36 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M12X25-8.8-UNPLT ISO898-1 8.8 UNPLTD 65-611-196-240 04-121144-01 0.00 KG
28 20 EA WASHER, PLAIN ISO7089-12-140HV-UNPLTD STEEL 140HV UNPLTD 1003056031 04-121243-01 0.01 KG
29 70 EA WASHER, PLAIN ISO7089-20-140HV-UNPLTD 140HV UNPLTD 04-096657 04-121243-01 0.01 KG
30 18 EA SCREW FLANGE, 12 PT, M64X220MM-ASMEB18. ASTM193M GR B7 UNPL MM0445722 04-113433-01 8.3 KG
31 12 EA ASSEMBLY TORQUE BOLT M64X6X220MM ZX11686788 10267158-DWK 9.5 KG
32 12 EA WASHER SQUARE, M64 ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11686808 10267160-DWK 5.5 KG
33 8 EA 65-611-196-178, BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M8X25-8.8-UNPLTD 04-121144-01 0.00 KG
NOTES: 34 8 EA 04-096631, WASHER, LOCK DIN127B-M8-RC45-53-UNPLTD STEEL UNPLTD 04-096628-01 0.00 KG
OUTBOARD INBOARD
35 1 EA CONDUIT ASSY , 150" PAD BEARING, FEED (F ZX11171719 10128904-DWK 0.00 KG
1. ALL PORTS AND FIELD PIPING CONNECTION MUST BE OIL TIGHT, SEAL AS REQUIRED.
36 12 EA ASSEMBLY TORQUE BOLT ASSEMBLY M72X6 X 22 ZX11686794 10267162-DWK 12 KG
D 2. DISASSEMBLE AND CLEAN ALL PARTS PRIOR TO FINAL INSTALLATION. ALL MATING PARTS TO BE 37 12 EA WASHER SQUARE, M72 ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11686809 10267164-DWK 4.8 KG D
DEBURRED. SEE INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR DETAILS. 38 18 EA WASHER , 2.50" HARDENED, CUSTOM O.D. ASTM F436 ZX11740680 04-101761-01 0.00 KG
9
ASSEMBLE SEALS AS SHOWN TO PERMIT SEPARATION OF TRUNNION BEARING CAP FROM BASE. EACH
SEAL EXTRUSION (ITEM 8) IS APPROXIMATELY 150mm [6"] LONGER THAN NEEDED. TRIM SQUARELY
AND TO PROPER LENGTH AT ASSEMBLY. 5
SEE INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR DETAILED ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE BEARING SEAL.
EXCESS GREASE PURGES OUTSIDE BEARING HOUSING.

25 26
6. ALL PIPING CONNECTIONS TO BE PLUGGED FOR SHIPMENT.
8 7
7. CENTERLINES ARE SCRIBED ONTO BEARING BASES DURING MANUFACTURE TO BE REFERENCED
DURING ERECTION. SECTION B-B
32 PLACES
FILL SEAL CAVITIES WITH NUMBER TWO GREASE AT INITIAL INSTALLATION USING GREASE FITTINGS 28 27 11
10
PROVIDED (FOUR PLACES). EACH SIDE OF SEAL WILL ACCEPT APPROXIMATELY 1393 cc [85 CU IN] OF
GREASE. DURING MILL OPERATION, ADD GREASE TWICE A MONTH TO MAINTAIN SEAL. DO NOT 10 REQ'D
C OVER-GREASE. 2 PLACES C
RUBBER SEAL AND RETAINING RING SEGMENTS ALLOW FOR CONTINUOUS ADJUSTMENT THRU FULL
CIRCUMFERENCE. FOR OPTIMUM OPERATION, SEAL MUST BE ADJUSTED RADIALLY WITH NO
PRE-LOAD. PERIODIC GREASE PURGE WILL PROVIDE THE ACTUAL SEAL.
TORQUE M48 BOLTS (ITEM 22) TO 4000 N-m [3000 FT-LB].

OUTBOARD INBOARD
TORQUE M64 BOLTS (ITEM 31) TO 10,000 N-m [7400 FT-LB].
TORQUE M64 ANCHOR BOLTS (GRADE ASTM A307) TO 3440 N-m [2535 FT-LB].
OUTBOARD INBOARD
M64 TORQUEBOLTS, ITEM 31, ARE TO BE TIGHTENED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS
INSTRUCTIONS. TORQUE ALL OF THE M16x1.5 JACKBOLTS EVENLY TO 235 N-m [173 FT-LB] TO
OBTAIN THE PROPER AMOUNT OF TENSILE LOAD ON THE BOLTS.
SEE HYDROSTATIC LUBE LINE DRAWING FOR HOSE CONNECTIONS.

6 SECTION D-D
LOCATE AND TAP HOLES FOR JUNCTION BOX AT ASSEMBLY
B B
M72 TORQUEBOLTS, ITEM 37, ARE TO BE TIGHTENED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURES
INSTRUCTION. TORQUE ALL OF THE M16x1.5 JACKBOLTS EVENLY TO 245 N-m [181 FT-LB] TO
OBTAIN THE PROPER AMOUNT OF TENSILE LOAD ON THE BOLTS.
17. ESTIMATED WEIGHT: 58,500 Kg [129,000 LBS].
TORQUE VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR USE WITH "MOLY PASTE" LUBRICANT.
ITEMS 9 & 14 TO BE PART OF TRUNNION BEARING KIT (ZX11714384) ON DRAWING 10267913-DWK.

SECTION C-C QUELLAVECO PROJECT
ITEMS 33 34 & 35 SUPPLIED BY METSO - INSTALLED BY VENDOR BEFORE SHIPPING. 4 PLACES ANGLO AMERICAN
ITEM TO BE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER. (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 09 ADDED NOTE-20, UPDATED ITEM-16 MT MT 2019-08-20 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 08 ADDED ITEM-38 NLE NLE 2019-04-10 TRUNNION BEARING ASSSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11451748
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 07 UPDATED ITEM-15 IN BOM MT MT 2019-01-15 MATERIAL Wt.: 58,500 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' FIXED DATE: 2015-11-06
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 06 SEE SHEET-1 MT MT 2018-12-05 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2015 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2015-11-12 A1 10235054-DWK OF 2 09 2
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F F
E E
6
8
D 8 D
SEE DETAIL C
SEE DETAIL B
(SHEET-2)
(SHEET-2)
1 2 7
C C
SEE DETAIL A
(SHEET-2)
B B

A A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 01 INITIAL RELEASE MT MT 2018-12-05 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: MT
C.3778 90026836
SEAL GREASE PIPING ARRANGEMENT MATERIAL No: ZX11727725
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA 150" FIXED PAD BEARING CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2018-12-05 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NUMBER NUMBER
1 1 EA VALVE ASSEMBLY, FARVAL 3-PISTON ZX11434892 10233696-DWK
2 1 EA VALVE ASSEMBLY ZX11568944 10252545-DWK
3 2350 IN TUBING,MECH 0.25OD X0.03W A269 01-107107 01-107100-01
4 2 EA HOSE ASSEMBLY ZX11434281 10233583-DWK
5 12 EA FITTING S-400-1-4 04-051622 04-088867-01
F 6 4 EA GREASE PIPE ASSEMBLY , SMALL ZX11434179 10233574-DWK F
7 4 EA GREASE PIPE ASSEMBLY , MEDIUM ZX11434180 10233575-DWK
MOUNT TO BRACKET ON 8 4 EA GREASE PIPE ASSEMBLY , LARGE ZX11434181 10233576-DWK
9 10 11
TRUNNION BEARING CAP 9 4 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M5X0.8X50-ASMEB18.2.3.5 04-109560 04-103937-01
10 4 EA WASHER, PLAIN ISO7089-5-CL 140 HV-UNPLT 04-096649 04-096648-01
3 1 1
11 4 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ISO4032-M5-8-UNPLTD 31-250826
3 14 5 12 24 EA TUBE CLAMP ZX11434961 10233661-DWK
13 24 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M6X1X40-ASMEB18.2.3.5M- 04-109541 04-103937-01
14 24 EA UNION 4 HBU-S 04-063631 04-104033-01
15 2 EA GREASE FITTING , 0.12NPT #1607 04-007596 04-007596-01
NOTES:
E RIGID END OF HOSE RIGID END OF HOSE E
(0.50" NPT) (0.50" NPT)
1 LOCATE THE UPPER VALVE ASSEMBLY (ITEM-1) ON THE SIDE ON THE
TRUNNION BEARING CAP. THE TWO 0.50 NPT FITTINGS TOWARDS THE
BOTTOM AS SHOWN IN DETAIL-B.
2 LOCATE THE LOWER VALVE ASSEMBLY (ITEM-2) ON THE SIDE ON THE

CAP, REF 4 4
DETAIL B TRUNNION BEARING BASE AS SHOWN IN DETAIL-A.
(FROM SHEET-1) 3 INSTALL HOSES WITH THE SWIVEL ENDS TOWARDS THE BOTTOM AS
SHOWN. THIS SERVES AS DISCONNECTION POINT WHEN SEPARATING
THE TRUNNION BEARING CAP FROM THE TRUNNION BEARING BASE.
4 SEE THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS FOR

INSTALLING THE TRUNNION BEARING SEALS.
5 24 TUBE UNIONS (ITEM-14) PROVIDED ARE TO BE USED AS REQUIRED

FOR CONNECTING SEPARATE LENGTHS OF TUBING.
RING SEGMENT W/BUSHING, REF
D 6 24 TUBE CLAMPS (ITEM-12) ARE PROVIDED TO AID IN ROUTING THE D
SEAL GREASE TUBING. LOCATE AS REQUIRED USING THE HEX HEAD
BOLTS (ITEM-13) PROVIDED AND THE THREADED MOUNTING BLOCKS
LOCATED ON THE TRUNNION BEARING CAP AND BASE.
8 7 6
BASE, REF
C C
6 13 12 3
3 3 5
SWIVEL END OF HOSE SWIVEL END OF HOSE

(0.50" NPT) (0.50" NPT)
2 2
3
3
B B
15 15 THREADED MOUNTING BLOCK, REF
DETAIL C
(FROM SHEET-1)
11 10 9
MOUNT TO BRACKET ON
TRUNNION BEARING BASE
DETAIL A
(FROM SHEET-1)

A A
C.3778 90026836
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA 150" FIXED PAD BEARING CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA BEARING BASE (FIXED) ZX11549370 10249851-DWK 778 KG
2 1 EA PISTON 1042 FORGED STEEL ZX11549405 10249857-DWK 769 KG
3 1 EA NUT , HYDRAULIC PEDESTAL 1042 FORGED STEEL ZX11549402 10249855-DWK 160 KG
4 1 EA BALL SPHERICAL 1042 FORGED STEEL ZX11549406 10249856-DWK 270 KG
5 1 EA BEARING PAD ASSEMBLY ZX11550560 10250005-DWK 1,718 KG
NOTE:
F 6 1 EA CLIP ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11551275 10250095-DWK 1.6 KG F
1. MANY OF THE COMPONENTS FOUND IN THIS ASSEMBLY REQUIRE SPECIFIC INSPECTION REPORTS & STEEL 7 1 EA PLATE , LOCKING ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11549460 10249870-DWK 0.20 KG
STAMPING SERIAL NUMBERS ON THE PARTS CORRESPONDING TO THE INDIVIDUAL INSPECTION REPORTS. 8 2 EA BACKUP RING , 22.004 ID PARKER # 8-471-N 04-113973 04-113973-01 0.13 KG
9 1 EA O-RING AS568-471-557.66X6.99 04-114582 04-088417-01 0.08 KG
THE (+ SERIAL NUMBER) IN EACH STAMPING FOR THIS PROJECT ARE TO BE AS FOLLOWS:
10 2 EA 04-140723, SENSOR, TEMPERATURE RTD,10.25 DEPTH 04-140723-01 0.00 KG
11 8 EA EYE BOLT M16X2.0X44.5, 18565 C-1030 FORGE 04-133766 04-133773-01 0.31 KG
BALL MILL #1 - SERIAL NUMBER: 90026637 12 4 EA TURNBUCKLE , 0.62 X 6.00,TAKEUP MCMASTER 04-132751 04-132751-01 0.00 KG
BALL Mill #2 - SERIAL NUMBER: 90026638 13 4 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M12X30-8.8-UNPLT 65-611-196-241 0.00 KG
14 4 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN127-M12-ROCKWELL C 45-5 STL, UNPLTD 04-096633 04-096628-01 0.01 KG
15 2 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M12X25-8.8-UNPLT ISO898-1 8.8 UNPLTD 65-611-196-240 04-121144-01 0.00 KG
2. ITEM-10 TO BE PART OF TRUNNION BEARING KIT (ZX11687799) ON DRAWING 10265777-DWK.
16 1 EA FITTING , NIPPLE,0.38X 6.00,SC80,A53 04-020583 04-099622-01 0.00 KG
3. PRESSURE TEST ASSEMBLY PER METSO SPECIFICATION A06-002090. 17 1 EA COUPLING 3/8 GG-S STEEL 04-092386 04-092385-01 0.06 KG
18 1 EA FITTING , PLUG,HOLLOW HEX,1.00 STL 04-088255 04-088248-01 0.00 KG
4. PIPE PLUG (ITEM-18) MUST BE RECESSED, MAY NOT PROTRUDE ABOVE SURFACE.
E E
A
914 SQUARE
0.38-18NPT
18 1.25-11.5NPT
D D
7 15
16 17
12
3
10
889
6 13 14
749.5
C 635 12 C
603
9 8
446
11
65
32.5 0.38-18NPT
B 1 2 B
∅65 THRU 712
4 HOLES
900 850
SECTION A-A
A
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
ANGLO AMERICAN
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210- MI-003 & 3210- MI-004
A 90026637 & 90026638 A

ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 04 ADDED ITEM-18 & NOTES 3 & 4 MT MT 2019-04-08 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: MT
C.3778 900026636
DIMENSIONS
X. = ± 1.5 .X 03 UPDATED ITEM-10 & ADDED FLAG MT MT 2018-12-06 PAD BEARING ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11695363
2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., P.O.Box 15043 York,
X. = ± 6 = ± 0.7 .XX = ±
PA 17405-7043 USA 150" PAD BEARING FIXED CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 0.38 02 NOTE 2 ADDED, BOM UPDATED MT MT 2018-09-12 MATERIAL Wt.: 3,710 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2018-08-30
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES MACHINE SURFACE FINISH SCALE: 1:4 For Construction
01 INITIAL RELEASE MT MT 2018-08-30 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO

If© 2018 PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2018-08-30 A1 10267413-DWK OF 1 04
PROJECTION published, the following notice shall apply: Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION MATERIAL MATERIAL DRAWING UNIT WEIGHT
SPEC NUMBER NUMBER WEIGHT UNIT
1 1 EA ZX11451748, TRUNNION BEARING ASSY, FIXED 10235054-DWK 51,483 KG
2 2 EA MANIFOLD,BLOCK 02-089643 02-089643-01 34 KG
3 4 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M16X2.00X120-ASMEB18.2. STEEL 4.6 UNPLTD 04-111140 04-111000-01* 0.00 KG
F 6 4 EA FITTING , ELB,ST,90D,0.75, STL PARKER 04-095238 04-090862-01 0.00 KG F
8 16 EA ADAPTER 202113-6-8S STEEL 04-117180 04-117182-01 0.11 KG
10 16 EA VALVE , PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW PARKER 04-091505 04-091505-01 0.91 KG
#PCM600S
11 4 EA PIPE ELBOW 3/4"NPT, 90 DEGREE, FEMALE, STEEL 04-035330 04-090857-01 0.10 KG
12 4 EA MOUNTING BRACKET ASTM A36 ZX11373631 10219390-DWK 0.11 KG
13 24 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M6X1.000X20-ASMEB18.2.3 STEEL 4.6 UNPLTD 04-111007 04-111000-01* 0.00 KG
1 14 24 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN127B-M6-RC45-53-UNPLTD STEEL UNPLTD 04-096630 04-096628-01 0.01 KG
15 12 EA ELBOW , 3/8-CD-S 04-091598 04-090862-01 0.00 KG
16 4 EA NIPPLE PHN6-6M 04-091541 04-091541-01 0.00 KG
17 4 EA COUPLING PHC6-6F 04-091540 04-091540-01 0.00 KG
18 4 EA VALVE, BALL KHB3K-10-NPT-L-1114-16X ST 04-088109 04-088109-01 0.60 KG
19 4 EA DUST COVER 0.375", PDP-6 PLASTIC 04-088158 04-088158-01* 0.50 KG
20 4 EA DUST COVER 0.375", PDC-6 PLASTIC 04-088157 04-088157-01* 0.50 KG
E 21 2 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.75 X 54.0" ZX11733420 10271503-DWK 1.7 KG
E
22 2 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.75 X 78.0" ZX11733430 10271506-DWK 2.2 KG
23 4 EA FITTING , BUSHING,HEX,1.25X1.00 FST 04-073744 04-090609-01 0.15 KG
24 8 EA FITTING , ELB, ST, 90D, 1.00, STL PARKER 04-090863 04-090862-01 0.00 KG
25 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 1.00 X 48.0" 04-088113 04-088113-01 2.7 KG
26 12 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.50 X 60.0" 04-088114 04-088114-01 2.0 KG
27 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.50 X 96.00 04-088126 04-088126-01 2.5 KG
28 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.38 X 48.0" 04-117143 04-117143-01 1.4 KG
∅3810 [∅150.00] 29 4 EA PIPE NIPPLE 0.375"NPTX4.000"-SCH 40-ASM ASTMA53 04-020041 04-099618-01* 0.10 KG
SEAL 30 4 EA FITTING , NIPPLE,0.38X 6.00,SC40,A53 04-020091 04-099619-01* 0.00 KG
31 4 EA FITTING , ELB,45D, 0.38, 150# MI 04-004272 04-101174-01 0.00 KG
32 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.38 X 42.0" 04-088152 04-088152-01 1.4 KG
33 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.38 X 96.0" 04-088112 04-088112-01 2.0 KG
34 2 EA VALVE ASSY 05-004977 05-004977-01 4.0 KG
35 2 EA VALVE ASSY 05-005839 05-005839-01 3.6 KG
D 34
36 4 EA NIPPLE,0.38X6.00,SC80,A53 0.00 KG D
2 PLACES
4 PLACES 28 37 4 EA FITTING 3/8 GG-S STEEL 0.00 KG
38 4 EA ADAPTER , THREAD, 1.31 JIC X0.75NPT 04-117005 04-116449-01 0.00 KG
23 24
40 4 EA FITTING , BUSHING,RDCR,1.00-0.75 STL 04-117178 04-093698-01 0.00 KG
4 PLACES 25 13 41 16 EA FITTING , BUSHING,RDCR,0.50-0.38 STL 04-117179 04-093698-01 0.00 KG
16 PLACES
42 4 EA FLOW RATE ASSEMBLY ZX11159582 10124551-DWK 0.00 KG
14 16 PLACES 43 4 EA ELBOW 1/2-CD-S 04-091549 04-090862-01 0.11 KG
4 PLACES 43 A 44 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.50 X 48.0" 04-088159 04-088159-01 1.6 KG
45 4 EA PRESSURE CAP MCH-6, 3/8", STEEL MM0356971 N11478960 0.45 KG
4 PLACES 44 46 8 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.38 X 48.0" ZX11679075 10264686-DWK 0.91 KG
8 PLACES 15 PAD #4 49 1 EA ASSEMBLY , INSTRUMENT TAG, FEED TRUN BRG ZX11746884 10274802-DWK 0.00 KG
PAD #1
12 PLACES 26
C 4 PLACES 27 C
WIRE ROPE
OVAL SLEEVE
PAD #3 INSTRUMENT TAG

PAD #2
3210
-FCV-
032B11
DETAIL TYPICAL INSTRUMENT TAG

B ITEM 49 B
SEE DETAIL B
(SHEET 2)
RETURN OIL CONNECTION 8"

NOM PIPE WITH IPS Metso Minerals QUELLAVECO PROJECT
GROOVED END Industries, Inc.
4 PLACES 32 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., ANGLO AMERICAN
41 2 PLACES 35 A P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
42
4 PLACES
16 PLACES
CERTIFIED (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
CORRECT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
A By: ECB Date: 04/01/19 90026637 & 90026638 A

05 ADDED ITEM 49 - INSTRUMENT TAG ASSEMBLY AHA BAG 2019-04-01 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: DRL
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. TRUNNION BEARINGS C.003778
DIMENSIONS
04 REVISED ITEMS 21 & 22, ADDED ITEMS 46-48 ECB ECB 2019-01-15 HYDROSTATIC LUBE LINES MATERIAL No: ZX11169720
X. = ± 1.5 .X 240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 = ± 0.7 .XX = ±
York, PA 17405-7312 USA 150" PAD BEARING FIXED END CKD: ECB MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 0.38 03 ADDED NOTE 5; ADDED RETURN CONNECTION. ECB ECB 2015-11-04 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2011-02-28
02 UPDATED PROJECT INFORMATION; UPDATED BEARING IMAGE. ECB ECB 2015-10-07 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: ECB ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV

If© 2011 DATE: 2011-02-28 A1 10128334-DWK 1 05
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4 PLACES 29 44 REF
36 REF
38 2 PLACES
PORT "T" (DRAIN) 4 PLACES 30 43 REF
37 REF
4 PLACES 23
4 PLACES 31 8 PLACES 9 11 2 PLACES
42 8 PLACES
F 4 PLACES 24 F
PORT "B" PLUGGED E
REF. 25
41 C
46
2 PLACES
47
PORT "P"
VIEW G-G:
(THRUST PAD SUPPLY)
ROTATED 36° CW
2 PLACES
E
E E
PORT "A" 32
15 C 688.8
8
[27.12]
20 2 PLACES 39 8 PLACES
4 PLACES 33 19 17 2 PLACES 22 8 PLACES

2 PLACES
45 10 8 PLACES
INSTALL THIS HOSE FOR 2 PLACES 16 21
[1.75]
FIELD ADJUSTMENT ONLY
42 REF 22.5
[0.88]
191 [7.50]
D DETAIL B: D
38 [1.50]
(LIFT POCKET SUPPLY LINES)
(ALL OTHER LINES OMITTED FOR CLARITY) 2
15 2 PLACES
PLACES
(FROM SHEET 1)
39 2 PLACES 21
2 PLACES 18
4 PLACES 14 REF
12 2 PLACES
4 PLACES 48 2 PLACES
13
VIEW F-F:
(PISTON/SWIVEL SUPPLY LINES) 39 REF
ROTATED 36° CW
2 PLACES
C C
SECTION A-A: 40 4 PLACES

6 2 PLACES
(FROM SHEET 1)
7 2 PLACES
2
11 REF. DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION NOTES

NOTES: FLOW MONITOR ASSEMBLY DETAIL:
A4 MAIN LIFT POCKETS, PAD #4 SEE DETAIL B
1. WHEN FLUID FLOW MONITORING IS REQUIRED, DISCONNECT ITEM 21 (SWIVEL END)
A3 MAIN LIFT POCKETS, PAD #3 SEE DETAIL B HYDROSTATIC BEARING PAD INLETS, 1.00 NPT.
FROM ITEM 39 (AT MANIFOLD). CONNECT ITEM 21 (SWIVEL END) TO ITEM 40 (FITTING END) AND ITEM
B4 CORNER LIFT POCKETS, PAD #4 (4 PL) SEE DETAIL B 40 (SWIVEL END) TO ITEM 39.
24 2 PLACES BEARING PAD PISTON/SWIVEL INLETS, 0.38 NPT.
B3 CORNER LIFT POCKETS, PAD #3 (4 PL) SEE DETAIL B 2. FOUR (4) FLOW MONITORS ARE REQUIRED PER BEARING PAD.
P4 PISTON/SWIVEL SUPPLY, PAD #4 SEE VIEW F-F THRUST PAD INLETS, 0.50 NPT. 3. MONITOR ONE (1) BEARING PAD AT A TIME.
P3 PISTON/SWIVEL SUPPLY, PAD #3 SEE VIEW F-F
B DRILL AND TAP AT ASSEMBLY.
B
T4 THRUST PAD SUPPLY, PAD #4 SEE VIEW G-G
T3 THRUST PAD SUPPLY, PAD #3 SEE VIEW G-G
REPLACE ITEM 33 WITH ITEM 45 AFTER ALL FIELD
ADJUSTMENTS ARE COMPLETE.
G B3 B4 G INSTRUMENT TAGS TO BE AFFIXED TO INSTRUMENT AT APPROPRIATE LOCATION USING

3 2 PLACES STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPE AND (2) STAINLESS STEEL OVAL SLEEVES. SEE METSO DWG
B3 T3 T4 B4
10274802-DWK & 900106257-NCD FOR DETAILS.
4 2 PLACES F B3 A3 A4 B4 F
B3 P3 P4 B4
Metso Minerals QUELLAVECO PROJECT
5 2 PLACES Industries, Inc.
2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., ANGLO AMERICAN
P.O. Box 15043
SECTION C-C:
VIEW E-E:
(SIMILAR ARRANGEMENT FOR PADS 1 & 2) 2
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
2 PLACES PLACES CORRECT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
A By: ECB Date: 04/01/19 90026637 & 90026638 A

05 ADDED NOTE 6 AHA BAG 2019-04-01 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: DRL
DIMENSIONS
X. = ± 1.5 240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7312 USA 150" PAD BEARING FIXED END CKD: ECB MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 ADDED NOTE 5; ADDED RETURN CONNECTION. ECB ECB 2015-11-04 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2011-02-28
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: ECB ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV

If© 2011 DATE: 2011-02-28 A1 10128334-DWK 2 05
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION SIZE MATERIAL MATERIAL DRAWING UNIT WEIGHT
NOTES: SPEC NUMBER NUMBER WEIGHT UNIT
INSTRUMENT CABLE CHART 1 IN LB
960 CABLE COVER , CONDUIT, FLEX 0.50 04-113693 04-113693-01 0.00
1 RUN FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (ITEM 1) IN A NEAT WORKMANLIKE MANNER PER N.E.C. AND CLAMP TOTAL CABLE LENGTH 2 24 EA CNNCTR , CORD 0.75, T&B 2531 04-025814 04-090640-01 0.00 LB
INSTRUMENT
AS REQUIRED USING 90° BENDS MAX WITH NO MORE THAN 360° OF BENDS PER RUN. PORT # 4 3 24 EA FITTING 0.50"-STRAIGHT, 5332 04-018354 04-104051-01 0.17 LB
TAG # FROM INSTRUMENT TO
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO BE RUN TOWARDS MILL SIDE OF BEARING - AS SHOWN IN RIGHT SIDE VIEW. JUNCTION BOX TERMINAL BLOCK 4 12 EA HUB , CONDUIT 0.50,#HUB-50 04-118675 04-118674-01 0.19 LB
5 24 EA RING, SEAL 0.75", 5263 SANTOPRENE 04-116223 04-116222-01 0.01 LB
TE-3210034x11/x12 1 168" [4270mm]
2 LOCATE CONDUIT ENTRY HOLES AS SHOWN IN "JUNCTION BOX DETAIL". 6 12 EA RING, SEAL , CONNECTOR 0.38-0.50 04-089183 04-089183-01 0.00 LB
TE-3210034x21/x22 2 180" [4570mm] 7 2820 IN CABLE,SINGLE TRIAD,18AWG,300V 04-137657 04-137657-01 0.00 LB
D 3 WIRE MARKERS (ITEM 8) MUST BE APPLIED TO BOTH ENDS OF WIRE, TERMINATED & NON-TERMINATED. LABEL TO TE-3210034x31/x32 3 228" [5790mm]
8 144 EA WIRE MARKER OMNI-GRIP 18-14AWG, 2.29-3.9 04- 097734 04-097731-01 0.00 LB D
9 2 EA JUNCTION BOX ASSY , TRUNNION BRG RTD, FE ZX11169366 10128299-DWK 33 LB
INCLUDE TERMINAL BLOCK LOCATIONS TB1-1 THRU TB1-48 (SHIELDS N/A). REFERENCE FEED
TE-3210034x41/x42 4 276" [7010mm] 10 8 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M10X25-8.8-UNPL 1003784543 04-121144-01 0.44 LB
(FIXED) JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY METSO DWG 10128299-DWK.
11 8 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN127B-M10-RC45-53-UNPLTD STEEL UNPLTD 04-096632 04-096628-01 0.00 LB
TE-3210034x51/x52 5 264" [6705mm]
12 1 EA ASSEMBLY , INST TAG, TRUN BRG FEED RTD ZX11744742 10274551-DWK 0.00 LB
4 AT FIT-UP, ATTACH INSTRUMENT CABLE (ITEM 7) TO JUNCTION BOX TERMINATIONS, ROUTE THRU CONDUIT & PORT
TE-3210034x61/x62 6 288" [7315mm]
LOCATIONS AS SHOWN. CUT INDIVIDUAL CABLE LENGTHS INDICATED IN THE INSTRUMENT CABLE ATTACH PLASTIC
LAMINATED TAG - SEE NOTE 5. (TOTAL CABLE LENGTH EQUALS THE CALCULATED LENGTH PLUS AN ADDITIONAL 20% TE-3210034x101/x102 1 168" [4270mm]
INCLUDED TO ENSURE ENOUGH LENGTH IS PROVIDED) NO SPLICING OF CABLE IS ALLOWED. WRAP, SECURE AND
TE-3210034x91/x92 2 180" [4570mm]
PROTECT NON-TERMINATED END OF CABLE FOR SHIPMENT TO MILL SITE. JUNCTION BOX WIRE ROPE
TE-3210034x81/x82 3 228" [5790mm] 3.25
SEE DETAIL 'A' FOR EXAMPLE OF PLASTIC LAMINATED TAG. QUANTITY OF TWELVE (12) REQUIRED. ONE (1) LABELED PER [83]
TE-3210034x71/x72 4 276" [7010mm]
5 EACH RTD AS SHOWN. ATTACH PLASTIC LAMINATED TAG TO CABLE ENDS FOR MATCH MARKING WITH CORRESPONDING
0.12 [3]
RTD INSTRUMENT TAG NUMBER. TE-3210034x121/x122 5 264" [6705mm]
CONDUIT DIA
TAG TO BE REMOVED AT FIELD ASSEMBLY AFTER CABLE INSTALLATION.
288" [7315mm]
3210-TE-034B11
TE-3210034x111/x112 6 1.25
CL [32]
SEAL CAVITY IN CORD CONNECTOR (ITEM 2) WITH RTV SILICONE AT SHOP ASSEMBLY.
6 OVAL SLEEVE
ATTACH STAINLESS STEEL INSTRUMENT TAGS FOR RTD'S TO CONDUIT ALONG SIDE JUNCTION BOX AS SHOWN. DO NOT
ATTACH TO RTD INSIDE BEARING HOUSING. REFERENCE FEED (FIXED) TRUNNION BEARING ASSEMBLY METSO DWG INSTRUMENT TAG
7 0.12 0.25" [6]
10235054-DWK. 12 [3] CHARACTER HEIGHT
3210 (PRINTED ON PAPER OF VENDOR'S
-TE- CHOICE - LAMINATED IN PLASTIC)
C 034B11 DETAIL 'A' C

2 5 12 PL
(PLASTIC LAMINATE)
TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE
3210034x12 3210034x52 3210034x22 3210034x32 3210034x62 3210034x42 3210034x72 3210034x112 3210034x82 3210034x92 3210034x122 3210034x102 DETAIL OF INSTRUMENT TAG 5
12 PL (STAINLESS STEEL)
TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE 7 6.0 [152]
7 8
3210034x11 3210034x51 3210034x21 3210034x31 3210034x61 3210034x41 3210034x71 3210034x111 3210034x81 3210034x91 3210034x121 3210034x101 REF
3 2.5 [63]
4 LOCATE, DRILL & TAP

6 M10 x 1.5 THREAD 4 PL -
5 0
24 PL EACH SIDE
∅0.88 [∅22]
PAD PAD 6 PL
#1 #4 MILL SIDE ONLY
5.0 [127] 1
LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE
7.0 [178] 2
1 1
2 2 9.0 [229] 3
3 3
4 4
11.0 [279] 4
5 5
6 6
7
13.0 [330] 5
7 7
PAD PAD 12 PL
15.0 [381]
(MILL SIDE)
6
B #2 #3 B
3 4
DOOR
1 1
2 2 2 JUNCTION
4
3 3
4 BOX 20.0 [508]
5 5 REF
44.0 6 6
44.0
[1118]
[1118] JUNCTION BOX DETAIL
SCALE - 1:5
16.0
[406] 2
MILL No. METSO EQUIP No. "x" "y"
3210-MI-003 90026637 B 3
3210-MI-004 90026638 D 4
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
3210ML00y-JB01 1 1 12 PL 3210ML00y-JB02
PADS 1 & 2 PADS 3 & 4 ANGLO AMERICAN
JUNCTION BOX JUNCTION BOX
RIGHT SIDE VIEW Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
FEED (FIXED) END PAD BRG 2 5 3 6 12 PL
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:

A PAD ORIENTATION VIEWED FROM FEED END CORRECT 3210- MI-003 & 3210- MI-004 A
12 PL
By: KJA Date: 03/19/19 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
90026637 & 90026638
CLASSIFICATION: RESTRICTED
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, TITLE PROJECT No. EQUIPMENT No.
04 ADDED ITEM 12 TO BOM AHA KJA 2019-03-19 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. BALL MILLS 3210-MI-003/004 C.3778 90026637
DIMENSIONS
MACHINING DIMENSIONS .X
= ± 0.06" 03 REVISED LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOXES AHA KJA 2019-02-27 CONDUIT ARRANGEMENT 150" MATERIAL No: ZX11171719
.X = ± 0.25" .XX = ± 0.03"
PA 17405-7043 USA PAD BEARING CKD: AHA MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 0.12" .XXX = ± 0.015" ANGULAR = ± 02 REVISED DWG & PROJECT BLOCK PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS; ADDED MILL EQUIPMENT CHART; REVISED BOM AHA KJA 2018-12-05 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: LB
.XXX = ± 0.062" 0°-15' MACHINE SURFACE FEED (FIXED) END DATE: 2011-09-06
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES FINISH 250 RMS - UNLESS SCALE: 1:15 For Construction
01 INITIAL RELEASE AHA AHA 2011-09-06 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: AHA ANSI DRAWING NO SHEET REV

If© 2011 PROJ LOCATION: QUELLAVECO, PERU DATE: 2011-09-06 D 10128904-DWK 1 04
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY. VENDOR VENDOR
DESCRIPTION
No. REQD PART No. NAME
1 1 A20H2006SSLP ENCL, 508 x 508 x 152, NEMA 4X, SST HOFFMAN
2 1 A20P20 PANEL, BACK, 432 x 432 HOFFMAN
F 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 3 60 102000 TERMINAL BLOCK, 600V, WDU 2.5 WEIDMULLER F

4 1 105000 END PLATE, WAP 1.5 WEIDMULLER
356
[14.00] 5 2 106120 END BRACKET, WEW 35/2 WEIDMULLER
13 3
6 2 473560001 MARKING STRIP (#1-50) WEIDMULLER
℄ 4
DOOR
8 A/R 23651 MOUNTING CHANNEL, TS35 x 15 WEIDMULLER

76 9 A/R SCREW, SLTD PAN HD, #8 x 0.50
[3.00]
TB1 10 A/R E2x3LG6 WIRE DUCT PANDUIT
1
3210ML003-JB01
11 A/R C2LG6 WIRE DUCT COVER PANDUIT
2
3
DESCANSO 4
5
LADO DE ALIMENTACIÓN (FIJO) 6
7
SOPORTES 1 & 2
12 A/R SCREW, SLTD PAN HD, #10 x 0.50 E
8
E
9
10
TRANSDUCTORES 11
12
TEMPERATURA (RTD'S) 13
4 13 1 NAMEPLATE, 3.0 x 6.0, WHT W/BLK LTRS LAMACOID

14
15
16
17
18
19
14 1 GROUND (EARTH) BAR, COPPER PANEL BUILDER
ANALOG WIREWAY
ANALOG WIREWAY
6mm x 25mm x 305mm LG
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
540
[21.25]
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
152
45
46
47
[6.0]
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
6
58
59
60
10 11 12
D 3210ML003-JB01 D
DESCANSO Ø3 [0.12]
2 PL
76 LADO DE ALIMENTACIÓN (FIJO)

[3.0] ℄
SOPORTES 1 & 2
FRONT VIEW OF DOOR TRANSDUCTORES
1 2 14
TEMPERATURA (RTD'S)
NOTES:
INTERNAL VIEW OF PANEL
1. CUSTOMER TO LOCATE FIELD TERMINATION HOLES IN BOTTOM OF 3
CONTROL PANEL. [0.12]
C DETAIL ITEM 13 C
2. A MINIMUM OF 25% SPARE TERMINALS ARE PROVIDED FOR FUTURE
USE. SCALE 1:1
4
3 NAMEPLATE TO BE ATTACHED TO FRONT OF COVER WITH
STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS OR RIVETS. SCREWS OR RIVETS TO BE
COVERED WITH SILICONE TO SEAL AGAINST MOISTURE.
4 NAMEPLATE TO HAVE 6mm [0.25] HIGH LETTERS AND SHALL BE IN

SPANISH TRANSLATION. NAMEPLATE TO BE WHITE WITH BLACK LETTERS.
ONE (1) NAMEPLATE REQUIRED FOR EACH JUNCTION BOX. ONE (1)
JUNCTION BOX REQUIRED FOR EACH SIDE OF TRUNNION BEARING.
TWO (2) TOTAL PER TRUNNION BEARING ASSEMBLY. SEE METSO
4 ITEM 13 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING - 6mm [0.25] LETTER HEIGHT
DRAWING 10235054-DWK.
SPANISH TRANSLATION ENGLISH TRANSLATION
MILL No.
5. REFERENCE SHEET 2 & 3 OF THIS DRAWING (TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM) LÍNEA 1 LÍNEA 2 LÍNEA 3 LÍNEA 4 LÍNEA 5 LÍNEA 6 LINE 1 LINE 2 LINE 3 LINE 4 LINE 5
FOR TERMINAL NUMBERS AND INSTRUMENT WIRING FOR BALL MILL 3210-MI-003.
9 3210-MI-003 3210ML003-JB01 DESCANSO LADO DE ALIMENTACIÓN (FIJO) SOPORTES 1 & 2 TRANSDUCTORES DE TEMPERATURA (RTD'S) 3210ML003-JB01 TRUNNION BEARING FEED (FIXED) END PADS 1 & 2 RTD'S
B REFERENCE SHEET 4 & 5 OF THIS DRAWING (TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM) B
FOR TERMINAL NUMBERS AND INSTRUMENT WIRING FOR BALL MILL 3210-MI-004. 9 3210-MI-003 3210ML003-JB02 DESCANSO LADO DE ALIMENTACIÓN (FIJO) SOPORTES 3 & 4 TRANSDUCTORES DE TEMPERATURA (RTD'S) 3210ML003-JB02 TRUNNION BEARING FEED (FIXED) END PADS 3 & 4 RTD'S
WIRE DUCT (ITEM 10) TO BE MOUNTED ON BACK PANEL (ITEM 2) 9 3210-MI-004 3210ML004-JB01 DESCANSO LADO DE ALIMENTACIÓN (FIJO) SOPORTES 1 & 2 TRANSDUCTORES DE TEMPERATURA (RTD'S) 3210ML004-JB01 TRUNNION BEARING FEED (FIXED) END PADS 1 & 2 RTD'S
6
APPROXIMATELY 50mm [2.00] FROM INSIDE ENCLOSURE. 9 3210-MI-004 3210ML004-JB02 DESCANSO LADO DE ALIMENTACIÓN (FIJO) SOPORTES 3 & 4 TRANSDUCTORES DE TEMPERATURA (RTD'S) 3210ML004-JB02 TRUNNION BEARING FEED (FIXED) END PADS 3 & 4 RTD'S
7. THE PANEL MUST BE FABRICATED AND WIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH

U.L. APPROVAL.
8. REFERENCE P&ID DRAWING NUMBER 10236106-DWK FOR BALL MILL 3210-MI-003.

REFERENCE P&ID DRAWING NUMBER 10236107-DWK FOR BALL MILL 3210-MI-004. QUELLAVECO PROJECT
REFERENCE TRUNNION BEARING ASSY DRAWING NUMBER 10235054-DWK FOR Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX. Industries, Inc.
MILL No. METSO EQUIP. No. 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd.,
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
9 ONE JUNCTION BOX REQUIRED PER MILL No. 9 3210-MI-003 90026637 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
CORRECT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
9 3210-MI-004 90026638 By: KJA Date: 12/10/18 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 05 REVISED NOTES 4 & 8 AHA KJA 2019-01-02 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. BALL MILLS 3210-MI-003/004
DRN: AHA
C.3778 SEE CHART
MACHINING DIMENSIONS Grinding Systems DATE: 2011-02-11
04 REVISED NOTE 8; REVISED GROUND BAR (ITEM 14) AHA MGH 2016-01-05
JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11169366
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7 PAD BEARING RTD'S CKD: AHA MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 REVISED DWG & PROJECT BLOCK PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS; ADDED MILL EQUIPMENT CHART; ADDED SHEETS 4 & 5 AHA MGH 2015-11-05 York, PA 17405-7043 USA
MATERIAL Wt.: 15 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' FEED (FIXED) END DATE: 2011-02-14
SCALE: 1:3 For Construction
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES
MACHINE SURFACE FINISH
6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 02 ADDED JUNCTION BOX TAG NUMBERS; ADDED NOTE 8; ADDED SPANISH TRANSLATION AHA AHA 2011-08-08 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: AHA ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2011 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJ LOCATION: QUELLAVECO, PERU DATE: 2011-02-14 A1 10128299-DWK OF 5 05 1
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG INPUT
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
F F
CONNECTION
FIELD
E E
TB1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
1
9
3210ML003-JB01
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
4
3
3
D D
RTD TERMINAL HEAD
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
PAD #1 RTD 3210034B11
PAD #1 RTD 3210034B12
PAD #1 RTD 3210034B21
PAD #1 RTD 3210034B22
PAD #2 RTD 3210034B31
PAD #2 RTD 3210034B32
PAD #2 RTD 3210034B41
PAD #2 RTD 3210034B42
OUTBOARD RTD 3210034B51
(SPARE) 3210034B52
1 INBOARD RTD 3210034B61
(SPARE) 3210034B62
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
C C
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
FEED (FIXED) TRUN BRG
THRUST BRG PAD
THRUST BRG PAD

1 INBOARD RTD
THRUST BRG PAD 1
THRUST BRG PAD 1

OUTBOARD RTD
6
6
6
6
LEGEND:
- INDICATES FIELD WIRING BY CUSTOMER

B NOTES: B
- INDICATES WIRING BY METSO
1. REFERENCE SHEET 1 OF THIS DRAWING FOR JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY. 5. THE PANEL MUST BE FABRICATED AND WIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
U.L. APPROVAL. - SIEMENS PLC TERMINAL
2. ALL INSTRUMENT WIRE SHALL BE 18 AWG SHIELDED TWISTED TRIAD
FOR RTD's. 6 SPARE RTD ELEMENTS ARE WIRED TO THE SIEMENS PLC BUT NOT
CONNECTED. IN CASE OF FAILURE OF THE CONNECTED RTD, CUSTOMER
3 INSULATE SHIELD WIRE BY CLIPPING AND TAPING SHIELD TO CONTROL TO CONNECT THE SPARE FIELD CABLE TO THE RTD PLC TERMINALS.
CABLE WITHIN INSTRUMENT CONNECTION HEAD. SHIELD NOT CONNECTED.
7. REFERENCE P&ID DRAWING NUMBER 10236106-DWK. QUELLAVECO PROJECT
REFERENCE TRUNNION BEARING ASSY DRAWING NUMBER 10235054-DWK
4 SHIELDED TRIAD CABLE SUPPLIED, ROUTED, AND TERMINATED AT Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
FOR LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX. Industries, Inc.
JUNCTION BOX TERMINALS BY METSO. CABLES TO BE TERMINATED TO 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd.,
P.O. Box 15043
RTD HEAD TERMINALS AT FINAL FIELD ASSEMBLY BY OTHERS. York, PA 17405-7043 USA (1) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL
CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBER:
CORRECT 3210-MI-003
By: KJA Date: 12/10/18 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBER:

A 90026637 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 05 REVISED NOTE 7 AHA KJA 2019-01-02 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. BALL MILL 3210-MI-003
DRN: AHA
C.3778 90026637
REVISED NOTES 2, 3, 6, & 7; ADDED FIELD WIRING SHIELD TO PLC GROUND; ADDED SPARE RTD FIELD WIRING TO PLC
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 04 AHA MGH 2016-01-05 TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM MATERIAL No: ZX11169366
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7 PAD BEARING 1 & 2 RTD'S CKD: AHA MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 REVISED DWG & PROJECT BLOCK PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS; ADDED SHEETS 4 & 5 AHA MGH 2015-11-05 York, PA 17405-7043 USA
6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 02 ADDED INSTRUMENT TAG NUMBERS; ADDED NOTES 6 & 7 AHA AHA 2011-08-08 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6
6
6

THRUST BRG PAD 2
THRUST BRG PAD 2

F F
THRUST BRG PAD
THRUST BRG PAD
3210034B121 OUTBOARD RTD
OUTBOARD RTD
3210034B111 2 INBOARD RTD
2 INBOARD RTD
3210034B101 PAD #4 RTD
3210034B102 PAD #4 RTD

3210034B71 PAD #3 RTD
3210034B72 PAD #3 RTD
3210034B81 PAD #3 RTD
3210034B82 PAD #3 RTD
3210034B91 PAD #4 RTD
3210034B92 PAD #4 RTD
(SPARE)
3210034B112 (SPARE)
3210034B122 (SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
RTD TERMINAL HEAD
E E
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
3210ML003-JB02
4
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
D D
TB1
41
43
21
31
45
40
42
47
48
49
51
33
44
46
23
25
32
35
53
60
20
22
29
30
37
38
39
55
26
27
28
34
36
50
52
59
11
24
56
57
58
54
13
15
10
12
19
16
17
18
14
3
9
8
2
7
1
FIELD
CONNECTION
C C
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
LEGEND:

B NOTES: B
P.O. Box 15043
CORRECT 3210-MI-003

A 90026637 A
DRN: AHA
C.3778 90026637
04 REVISED NOTES 2, 3, 6, & 7; ADDED FIELD WIRING SHIELD TO PLC GROUND; ADDED SPARE RTD WIRING TO PLC AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 MGH 2016-01-05 TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM MATERIAL No: ZX11169366
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 REVISED DWG & PROJECT BLOCK PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS; ADDED SHEETS 4 & 5 AHA MGH 2015-11-05 York, PA 17405-7043 USA
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG INPUT
ANALOG INPUT
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
F F
CONNECTION
FIELD
E E
TB1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
1
9
3210ML004-JB01
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
4
3
3
D D
RTD TERMINAL HEAD
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
PAD #1 RTD 3210034D11
PAD #1 RTD 3210034D12
PAD #1 RTD 3210034D21
PAD #1 RTD 3210034D22
PAD #2 RTD 3210034D31
PAD #2 RTD 3210034D32
PAD #2 RTD 3210034D41
PAD #2 RTD 3210034D42
OUTBOARD RTD 3210034D51
(SPARE) 3210034D52
1 INBOARD RTD 3210034D61
(SPARE) 3210034D62
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
C C
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
THRUST BRG PAD
THRUST BRG PAD

1 INBOARD RTD
THRUST BRG PAD 1
THRUST BRG PAD 1

OUTBOARD RTD
6
6
6
6
LEGEND:

B NOTES: B
P.O. Box 15043
CORRECT 3210-MI-004

A 90026638 A
05 REVISED NOTE 7 AHA KJA 2019-01-02 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. BALL MILL 3210-MI-004 C.3778 90026638
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 04 REVISED NOTES 2, 3, 6, & 7; ADDED FIELD WIRING SHIELD TO PLC GROUND; ADDED SPARE RTD FIELD WIRING TO PLC AHA MGH 2016-01-05 TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM MATERIAL No: ZX11169366
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7043 USA PAD BEARING 1 & 2 RTD'S CKD: AHA MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 CREATED SHEET 4 PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS AHA MGH 2015-11-05 MATERIAL Wt.: 15 Wt. Unit: KG
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: AHA ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6
6
6

THRUST BRG PAD 2
THRUST BRG PAD 2

F F
THRUST BRG PAD
THRUST BRG PAD
OUTBOARD RTD
OUTBOARD RTD
2 INBOARD RTD
2 INBOARD RTD
PAD #4 RTD
PAD #4 RTD
3210034D71 PAD #3 RTD
3210034D72 PAD #3 RTD
3210034D81 PAD #3 RTD
3210034D82 PAD #3 RTD
3210034D91 PAD #4 RTD
3210034D92 PAD #4 RTD
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
3210034D101
3210034D111
3210034D121
3210034D102
3210034D112
3210034D122
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
RTD TERMINAL HEAD
E E
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
3210ML004-JB02
4
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
RED
D D
TB1
41
43
21
31
45
40
42
47
48
49
51
33
44
46
23
25
32
35
53
60
20
22
29
30
37
38
39
55
26
27
28
34
36
50
52
59
11
24
56
57
58
54
13
15
10
12
19
16
17
18
14
3
9
8
2
7
1
FIELD
CONNECTION
C C
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
NOT CONNECTED
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
TO SIEMENS PLC
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
(RTD)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
ANALOG INPUT
(SPARE)
LEGEND:

B NOTES: B
P.O. Box 15043
CORRECT 3210-MI-004

A 90026638 A
DRN: AHA
C.3778 90026638
04 REVISED NOTES 2, 3, 6, & 7; ADDED FIELD WIRING SHIELD TO PLC GROUND; ADDED SPARE RTD FIELD WIRING TO PLC AHA MGH 2016-01-05
TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM MATERIAL No: ZX11169366
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 CREATED SHEET 5 PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS AHA MGH 2015-11-05 York, PA 17405-7043 USA
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
24
25
F F
26 12
2 21 22 23
13
14 16
SECTION A-A
4 PLACES
E DETAIL E E
1785
4 REQ'D
4 PLACES 905
B
2
B ℄ CAP
C 5 9
10
6
C
D D
∅3810
SEAL DIAMETER 6
33.75°
4X, 4 PLC'S 23 22 21 A
MILL SIDE
℄ MILL
6 95
6 3 17
940 889
33.75° A
C 635 825
5489
12 13 24 25 26
C 4 (SEE DETAIL-E) C
CONDUIT ARRANGEMENT 10128906-DWK (ZX11171731)

14 16
5
PAD #1
PAD #4 SEE SECTION B-B
3277 (SHEET-2)
JUNCTION BOX
10128306-DWK
(ZX11169422)
34
22 23 31 35X, 2 PLC'S
PAD #2 PAD #3
B 33 32 32 33 8" DRAIN PIPE GROOVED FOR B

CUSTOMER'S VICTAULIC CONNECTION
(SCH. 40, ASTM A53 STEEL)
120
℄ DRAIN
204 241
15 18 (24X) ∅85 THRU ℄ BRG PAD
1 & PEDESTAL
508 508 ANGLO AMERICAN
7162 CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
858
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 08 ADDED NOTE-18, UPDATED ITEMS 16 & 17 MT MT 2019-08-20 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 07 UPDATED ITEM-18 IN BOM MT MT 2019-01-15 TRUNNION BEARING ASSSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11451750
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 06 UPDATED VIEW MT MT 2018-12-05 MATERIAL Wt.: 50,700 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' FREE DATE: 2015-11-06
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 05 UPDATED NOTE-15 MT MT 2018-09-20 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 ' ' 4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPEC MATERIAL DRAWING UNJT WEIGHT
1 1 EA PEDESTAL 150" PAD BEARING FREE ZX11707055 10267454-DWK 27,533 KG
2 1 EA BEARING CAP ASSEMBLY, 150" PAD ZX11544039 10249109-DWK 3,310 KG
3 2 EA COVER PLATE ASSEMBLY, 150" PAD, FREE ZX11556960 10250964-DWK 208 KG
4 4 EA PAD BEARING ASSEMBLY (FREE) ZX11707591 10267572-DWK 3,710 KG
5 4 EA SEGMENT ,RET. RING W/ BUSHING 67.5 ° ZX11553875 10250383-DWK 4.1 KG
F 9 D 29 30 !OX, 2 PLC'S
5 8 EA SEGMENT ,RET. RING W/ BUSHING 56.25 ° ZX11553873 10250381-DWK 3.4 KG F
7 64 EA PLATE , SEAL RETAINING S235JR COLD DRAWN ZX11534094 10247799-DWK 0.29 KG
� � 8 64 EA TUBE, SEAL RETAINING 02-060438 02-060438-01 0.11 KG
BX, 2 PLC'S 20 19 9 1 EA SHIELD , SPLASH (OUTBOARD) ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11553935 10250398-DWK 107 KG
.... .. .. .• -.---- ---. ...... ---. -�

..---- -.,--- .----- ---. •' i-. .. ...... 10
11
1
4
EA
EA
SHIELD , SPLASH (INBOARD)
02-059049, TRUNNION BEARING SEALS
ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11553979 10250401-DWK
02-063133-01
72
10
KG
KG
--- I - - -
0 b I I 0 0 12 15 EA 04-100142, WASHER , 4.12 OD X 2.00 ID 04-100142-01 0.00 KG
0 I I 0
�
13 16 EA 04-100145, BUSHING , 2.50 OD X 2.00 ID X 2.50 LG 04-100145-01 0.00 KG
I
I 14 4 EA ZX11557319, SHIM , INSULATING RYERTEX CE 10251126-DWK 0.60 KG
0 0
iI
I I I I I I
15 8 EA ZX11557320, SHIM , INSULATING RYERTEX CE 10251128-DWK 0.04 KG
0 - I 0 04-085973-01 *
- E3 - - - ' - - - □ - 16 4 QT 04-042409, ADHESIVE SCOCH-GRIP CONTACT ADHESIVE 1 0.00 KG
&B;:
� -�
I - I
'
0 0 ffi18. 17 3 EA 04-091509, GASKET ELIMINATOR LOCTITE 515 , 50ML 04-091509-01 0.00 KG
0
I
I
i !! 0 18
19
1
16
EA
EA
LUBE LINE, ASSY , HYDROSTATIC
BOLT, HEXAGONAL IS04014-M30X90-8.8-UNPL IS0898-1 8.8 UNPLTD
ZX11171279
1003725634
10128758-DWK
04-121144-01
0.00
0.71
KG
KG
I I 0 I I 0 I I
E □ □ o__ - I I
I - - _o □ □ 21 20 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL IS04014-M20X80-8.8-UNPL ST 8.8 UNPLTD 1003724620 04-121144-01 0.25 KG
E
- _.__ __,. _._ _. ._ _._ ._ _. • 22 90 EA WASHER SPRING DIN127-B20-FST-UNPLTD SPRING STEEL 04-096537 04-095628-01 0.02 KG
23 90 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL IS04032-M20-8-UNPLTD 8 UNPLTD 04-096519 04-095617-01 0.12 KG
24 16 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M48X5Xl40-ASMEB18.2.3.5 ASTMA193M GR B7 UNP 04-109952 04-103937-01 3.5 KG
(MILL SIDE) 25 15 EA WASHER,TIE-DOWN FAB,M48 BOLT ASTM A36 02-065371 02-050732-01 1.00 KG
�
10 D 27 64 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL IS04014-M16X80-8.8-UNPL ST 8.8 UNPLTD 04-121229 04-121144-01 0.14 KG
28 64 EA WASHER, PLAIN IS07089-16-140HV-UNPLTD UNPLTD 04-096655 04-095648-01 0.01 KG
29 35 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M16X2.00X90-ASMEB18.2.3 STEEL 4.5 UNPLTD 65-611-195-240 04-111000-01 0.00 KG
PLAN VIEW 30 20 EA WASHER, PLAIN IS07089-12-140HV-UNPLTD STEEL 140HV UNPLTD 1003056031 04-121243-01 0.01 KG
31 70 EA WASHER, PLAIN IS07089-20-140HV-UNPLTD 140HV UNPLTD 04-096557 04-121243-01 0.01 KG
32 8 EA 65-611-196-178, BOLT, HEXAGONAL IS04014-M8X25-8.8-UNPLTD 04-121144-01 0.00 KG
33 8 EA 04-096631, WASHER, LOCK DIN127B-M8-RC45-53-UNPLTD STEEL UNPLTD 04-095628-01 0.00 KG
NOTES:
�
& 34 1 EA CONDUIT ASSY , 150" PAD BEARING, DISCH ( ZX11171731 10128906-DWK 0.00 KG
D 1. ALL PORTS AND FIELD PIPING CONNECTION MUST BE OIL TIGHT, SEAL AS REQUIRED.
D
2. DISASSEMBLE AND CLEAN ALL PARTS PRIOR TO FINAL INSTALLATION. ALL MATING PARTS TO BE
DEBURRED. - SEE INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
[l::::>- EACH
ASSEMBLE SEALS AS SHOWN TO PERMIT SEPARATION OF TRUNNION BEARING CAP FROM BASE.
SEAL EXTRUSION (ITEM-11) IS APPROX 6" (150mm) LONGER THAN NEEDED. TRIM
SQUARELY AND TO PROPER LENGTH AT ASSEMBLY.
- [£::> SEE INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR DETAILED ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE BEARING SEAL. -
OUTBOARD INBOARD
[]::>- EXCESS GREASE PURGES OUTSIDE BEARING HOUSING. ''
6. ALL PIPING CONNECTIONS TO BE PLUGGED FOR SHIPMENT. 9.
11
'
�
7. CENTERLINES ARE SCRIBED ONTO BEARING BASES DURING MANUFACTURE TO BE REFERENCED - � � -
DURING ERECTION.
"'
�FILL SEAL CAVITIES WITH NUMBER TWO GREASE AT INITIAL INSTALLATION USING GREASE -�
_L_-��>;J-,.4, � �
�
''
? ['..
lilll ffil- � lffillil�I
�
' I �I�:i'
C
/
FimNGS PROVIDED (FOUR PLACES). EACH SIDE OF SEAL WILL ACCEPT APPROX 85 CU IN (1393 -+--ff---- 5 C
cc) OF GREASE. DURING MILL OPERATION, ADD GREASE TWICE A MONTH TO MAINTAIN SEAL. �
DO NOT OVER-GREASE. � 10 9
K �
� � 27 28
[E::> RUBBER SEAL AND RETAINING RING SEGMENTS ALLOW FOR CONTINUOUS ADJUSTMENT THRU (GA IQ)
FULL CIRCUMFERENCE. FOR OPTIMUM OPERATION, SEAL MUST BE ADJUSTED RADIALLY WITH NO
PRE-LOAD. PERIODIC GREASE PURGE WILL PROVIDE THE ACTUAL SEAL.
� �
8 7
I
I
- - - - - -
SECTION B-B �
.&. II§:> TORQUE M48 BOLTS (ITEM-24) TO 3000 FT-LB (4000 N-m).
/
�
32 PLACES �
� I
.A. [I:> TORQUE M72 ANCHOR BOLTS (GRADE ASTM A307) TO 5900 FT-LB (8000 N-m).
-� ----------+-- -------�7
L
[?:>-SEE HYDROSTATIC LUBE DRAWING FOR HOSE CONNECTIONS.
[1::>LOCATE AND TAP HOLES FOR JUNCTION BOX AT ASSEMBLY. INBOARD OUTBOARD
J
.&. TORQUE VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR USE WITH "MOLY PASTE" LUBRICANT. OUTBOARD INBOARD SECTION D-D
B [1::> THIS ITEM NOT SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING. 9. :>--,
-- ------- ------- B
ffi ? � "'
··""
ii]:::>sEE TRUNNION BEARING FIELD ASSEMBLY KIT DRAWING 10267912-DWK (ZX11714382) FOR
R
ITEMS 11-17.
0
� THIS ITEM TO BE CHECK-FIT, AND SHIPPED LOOSE
� �
5. �
�
[Iz>-suPPLIED BY METSO - INSTALLED BY VENDOR BEFORE SHIPPING �
�
[I§:> ITEM TO BE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER. 8.

-l.
�
ffi
K
�
�
�)
�
� �
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
'- ANGLO AMERICAN
CONTRACT NUMBER: QlCO
SECTION C-C (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
"ifA.
t)
A t-----c-::-::-=::-===:-====-:c===-=-==,-,-::,-c:::-:==:------.----,--------------------------------------------,----,.----,-------------------------- ■,,,,,,,_,,....------------------....-----------=----,.----------------l n
90026637 & 90026638
UNLESSOTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS AREIN MILLIMETERS, TITLE PR OJ ECT No. EQUIPMENT No. .I,
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, ANDTOLERANCES AREPER TABLE B ELOW. 08 ADDED NOTE-18, UPDATED ITEMS 16 & 17 MT MT 2019-08-20 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN : KXR c.3778 900 26636
metso DATE: 2015-10-06 t- - _ _ _ _ - �
FABRICATION ANDCASTING MACHINING DIMENSIONS Grinding SyStems TRUNNION BEARING ASSSEMBLY MA TERIAL No: ZX - _ l _ _ � _ _ _ ______, .!i
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 07 UPDATED ITEM-18 IN BOM MT MT 2019-01-15 14 517 50 =
x.= ± 6 x. = ± 0.7 150" PAD BEARING CKD: NLE M A T E
RIAL Spec . :
York, PA 17405-7043 USA �
-�;: t.s ANG�LA;: �-��-15,
06 UPDATED ITEM-34 IN BOM MT MT 2018-12-05
FREE DA T : 2015_11_06 ,_M_A TERIA
E _ L_ _ Wt_ ._: _50· ·� 70
� 0
_ �_wt._ un i _ :K
_ t _ G__,iE
_
ThisUnpublished Drawing andcontent is tho CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO t====-----:-;-:::-;--::-=::---------t::::--=::--1�sCA�LEc;.c: 1!,:::2�0�,.,,.,.,.,,JIL,_,,.,,.._!F:£0r�C�o�ns�tru�ct�io�n,...,,..,,,.,....i�
ANGULAR=± 2 DEGREES MACHINE SURFACEFINISH __
t----------
CHAMFER=± 4 DEGREES ----t----c==-:=-::-----::i:---:-----t--
05
6.3 RMS- UNLESS NOTED
---t--- ------------------------------------------;--
UPDATED NOTE- 15 MT
---;------t--------t
MT 2018 -09-20 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC.(MMII), protected by TradeSecret, Copyrightand other PROJECT NA ME:
laws, andmay not be used, copied or disclosed without the specific written consent of MMII.
QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV < <Cu
THIRD ANGLE t:+:\ ,-, DATE:2015-11-12 Al 1 023 5 55-DWI\ OF 2 2 O OS
.
'I/
DO NOT SCALE PROJECTION \.Y./ t:.._1 REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, thefollowing notice shall apply: © 2015 Metso Minerals lnduslries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION : PERU
;
8 7 6 5 ' 4 3 2 1 CLASSIFICATION: INTER NAL

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F F
E E
6
8
D 8 D
SEE DETAIL C
SEE DETAIL B
(SHEET-2)
(SHEET-2)
7 1 2
C C
SEE DETAIL A
(SHEET-2)
B B

A A
C.3778 90026836
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA 150" FREE PAD BEARING CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA BEARING BASE (FREE) ZX11556961 10250966-DWK 778 KG
2 1 EA PISTON 1042 FORGED STEEL ZX11549405 10249857-DWK 769 KG
3 1 EA NUT , HYDRAULIC PEDESTAL 1042 FORGED STEEL ZX11549402 10249855-DWK 160 KG
4 1 EA BALL SPHERICAL 1042 FORGED STEEL ZX11549406 10249856-DWK 270 KG
5 1 EA BEARING PAD ASSEMBLY ZX11550560 10250005-DWK 1,718 KG
F NOTE: 6 1 EA CLIP ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11551275 10250095-DWK 1.6 KG F
7 1 EA PLATE , LOCKING ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11549460 10249870-DWK 0.20 KG
1. MANY OF THE COMPONENTS FOUND IN THIS ASSEMBLY REQUIRE SPECIFIC INSPECTION REPORTS 8 2 EA BACKUP RING , 22.004 ID PARKER # 8-471-N 04-113973 04-113973-01 0.13 KG
& STEEL STAMPING SERIAL NUMBERS ON THE PARTS CORRESPONDING TO THE INDIVIDUAL 9 1 EA O-RING AS568-471-557.66X6.99 04-114582 04-088417-01 0.08 KG
INSPECTION REPORTS. 10 2 EA 04-140723, SENSOR, TEMPERATURE RTD,10.25 DEPTH 04-140723-01 0.00 KG
THE (+ SERIAL NUMBER) IN EACH STAMPING FOR THIS PROJECT ARE TO BE AS FOLLOWS: 11 8 EA EYE BOLT M16X2.0X44.5, 18565 C-1030 FORGE 04-133766 04-133773-01 0.31 KG
12 4 EA TURNBUCKLE , 0.62 X 6.00,TAKEUP MCMASTER 04-132751 04-132751-01 0.00 KG
BALL MILL #1 - SERIAL NUMBER: 90026637 13 4 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M12X30-8.8-UNPLT 65-611-196-241 0.00 KG
BALL MILL #2 - SERIAL NUMBER: 90026638 14 4 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN127-M12-ROCKWELL C 45-5 STL, UNPLTD 04-096633 04-096628-01 0.01 KG
15 2 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M12X25-8.8-UNPLT ISO898-1 8.8 UNPLTD 65-611-196-240 04-121144-01 0.00 KG
2. ITEM-10 TO BE PART OF TRUNNION BEARING KIT (ZX11687799) ON DRAWING 10265777-DWK. 17 1 EA COUPLING 3/8 GG-S STEEL 04-092386 04-092385-01 0.06 KG
18 1 EA FITTING , PLUG,HOLLOW HEX,1.00 STL 04-088255 04-088248-01 0.00 KG
3. PRESSURE TEST ASSEMBLY PER METSO SPECIFICATION A06-002090.
4. PIPE PLUG (ITEM-18 MUST BE RECESSED, MAY NOT PROTRUDE ABOVE SURFACE.
E E
A
914 SQUARE
0.38-18NPT
1.25-11.5NPT
18
D D
7 15
16 17
12
3
10
889
6 13 14
749.5
C 635 12 C
603
9 8
446
11
65
32.5 0.38-18NPT
B 1 2 B
∅65 THRU 712
4 HOLES
900 850
SECTION A-A
A

A A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 04 ADDED ITEM-18 & NOTES 3 & 4 MT MT 2019-04-08 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: MT
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 03 UPDATED ITEM-10 & ADDED FLAG MT MT 2018-12-06 PAD BEARING ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11707591
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7043 USA 150" TRUNNION BEARING CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 02 NOTE 2 ADDED, BOM UPDATED MT MT 2018-09-12 MATERIAL Wt.: 3,710 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' FREE DATE: 2018-09-07
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 01 INITIAL RELEASE MT MT 2018-09-07 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: MT ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA ZX11451750, TRUNNION BEARING ASSEMBLY , FREE 10235055-DWK 48,534 KG
2 2 EA MANIFOLD,BLOCK 02-089643 02-089643-01 34 KG
3 4 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M16X2.00X120-ASMEB18.2. STEEL 4.6 UNPLTD 04-111140 04-111000-01* 0.00 KG
F 6 4 EA FITTING , ELB,ST,90D,0.75, STL PARKER 04-095238 04-090862-01 0.00 KG F
10 16 EA VALVE , PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW PARKER 04-091505 04-091505-01 0.91 KG
#PCM600S
11 4 EA PIPE ELBOW 3/4"NPT, 90 DEGREE, FEMALE, STEEL 04-035330 04-090857-01 0.10 KG
12 4 EA MOUNTING BRACKET ASTM A36 ZX11373631 10219390-DWK 0.11 KG
1 13 24 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M6X1.000X20-ASMEB18.2.3 STEEL 4.6 UNPLTD 04-111007 04-111000-01* 0.00 KG
15 12 EA ELBOW , 3/8-CD-S 04-091598 04-090862-01 0.00 KG
16 4 EA NIPPLE PHN6-6M 04-091541 04-091541-01 0.00 KG
17 4 EA COUPLING PHC6-6F 04-091540 04-091540-01 0.00 KG
18 4 EA VALVE, BALL KHB3K-10-NPT-L-1114-16X ST 04-088109 04-088109-01 0.60 KG
19 4 EA DUST COVER 0.375", PDP-6 PLASTIC 04-088158 04-088158-01* 0.50 KG
20 4 EA DUST COVER 0.375", PDC-6 PLASTIC 04-088157 04-088157-01* 0.50 KG
E 21 2 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.75 X 54.0" ZX11733420 10271503-DWK 1.7 KG
E
23 4 EA FITTING , BUSHING,HEX,1.25X1.00 FST 04-073744 04-090609-01 0.15 KG
24 8 EA FITTING , ELB, ST, 90D, 1.00, STL PARKER 04-090863 04-090862-01 0.00 KG
25 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 1.00 X 48.0" 04-088113 04-088113-01 2.7 KG
26 12 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.50 X 60.0" 04-088114 04-088114-01 2.0 KG
27 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.50 X 96.00 04-088126 04-088126-01 2.5 KG
28 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.38 X 48.0" 04-117143 04-117143-01 1.4 KG
∅3810 [∅150.00] 29 4 EA PIPE NIPPLE 0.375"NPTX4.000"-SCH 40-ASM ASTMA53 04-020041 04-099618-01* 0.10 KG
SEAL 30 4 EA FITTING , NIPPLE,0.38X 6.00,SC40,A53 04-020091 04-099619-01* 0.00 KG
31 4 EA FITTING , ELB,45D, 0.38, 150# MI 04-004272 04-101174-01 0.00 KG
32 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.38 X 42.0" 04-088152 04-088152-01 1.4 KG
33 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.38 X 96.0" 04-088112 04-088112-01 2.0 KG
34 2 EA VALVE ASSY 05-004977 05-004977-01 4.0 KG
35 2 EA VALVE ASSY 05-005839 05-005839-01 3.6 KG
D 34 2 PLACES 36 4 EA NIPPLE,0.38X 6.00,SC80,A53 0.00 KG D
4 PLACES 28 37 4 EA FITTING 3/8 GG-S STEEL 0.00 KG
23 24
40 4 EA FLOW RATE ASSEMBLY ZX11159582 10124551-DWK 0.00 KG
4 PLACES 25 13 16 PLACES 41 4 EA FITTING , BUSHING,RDCR,1.00-0.75 STL 04-117178 04-093698-01 0.00 KG
42 16 EA FITTING , BUSHING,RDCR,0.50-0.38 STL 04-117179 04-093698-01 0.00 KG
14 16 PLACES
43 4 EA PRESSURE CAP MCH-6, 3/8", STEEL MM0356971 N11478960 0.45 KG
A
47 1 EA ASSEMBLY , INSTRUMENT TAG, DISCH TRUN BR ZX11746886 10274805-DWK 0.00 KG
8 PLACES 15 PAD #4
PAD #1
12 PLACES 26
C 4 PLACES 27 C
WIRE ROPE
OVAL SLEEVE
INSTRUMENT TAG
PAD #3 3210
PAD #2 -FCV-
032B51
DETAIL TYPICAL INSTRUMENT TAG

ITEM 47
B B
SEE DETAIL B
(SHEET 2)
RETURN OIL CONNECTION 8"

NOM PIPE WITH IPS
GROOVED END
Industries, Inc.
4 PLACES 32 ANGLO AMERICAN
41 2 PLACES 35 A 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd.,
P.O. Box 15043
4 PLACES 42
16 PLACES
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
CORRECT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
A By: ECB Date: 04/01/19 90026637 & 90026638 A

DIMENSIONS
X. = ± 1.5 .X 240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 = ± 0.7 .XX = ±
York, PA 17405-7312 USA 150" PAD BEARING CKD: ECB MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' FREE END DATE: 2011-02-28

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4 PLACES 29
36 REF
38 2 PLACES
PORT "T" (DRAIN) 4 PLACES 30
37 REF
4 PLACES 23
4 PLACES 31 8 PLACES 9 11 2 PLACES
42 8 PLACES
F 4 PLACES 24 F
PORT "B" PLUGGED E
REF. 25
41 C
44
2 PLACES
45
PORT "P"
E E
PORT "A" 32
15 C 688.8
8
[27.12]
20 2 PLACES 39 8 PLACES
4 PLACES 33 19 17 2 PLACES 22 8 PLACES

2 PLACES
45 10 8 PLACES
INSTALL THIS HOSE FOR 2 PLACES 16 21
[1.75]
FIELD ADJUSTMENT ONLY
42 REF 22.5
[0.88]
191 [7.50]
D DETAIL B: D
38 [1.50]
(LIFT POCKET SUPPLY LINES)
(ALL OTHER LINES OMITTED FOR CLARITY) 2
15 2 PLACES
PLACES
(FROM SHEET 1)
39 2 PLACES 21
2 PLACES 18
4 PLACES 14 12 2 PLACES REF
4 PLACES 46 2 PLACES
13
VIEW F-F:
(PISTON/SWIVEL SUPPLY LINES)
ROTATED 36° CW 39 REF
2 PLACES
C C
6 2 PLACES 40 4 PL
SECTION A-A:
(FROM SHEET 1)
7 2 PLACES
2
11 REF. FLOW MONITOR ASSEMBLY DETAIL:

NOTES:
DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION NOTES 1. WHEN FLUID FLOW MONITORING IS REQUIRED, DISCONNECT ITEM 21 (SWIVEL END)
HYDROSTATIC BEARING PAD INLETS, 1.00 NPT.
FROM ITEM 39 (AT MANIFOLD). CONNECT ITEM 21 (SWIVEL END) TO ITEM 40 (FITTING END) AND ITEM
A4 MAIN LIFT POCKETS, PAD #4 SEE DETAIL B
24 2 PLACES BEARING PAD PISTON/SWIVEL INLETS, 0.38 NPT. 40 (SWIVEL END) TO ITEM 39.
A3 MAIN LIFT POCKETS, PAD #3 SEE DETAIL B 2. FOUR (4) FLOW MONITORS ARE REQUIRED PER BEARING PAD.
B4 CORNER LIFT POCKETS, PAD #4 (4 PL) SEE DETAIL B 3. MONITOR ONE (1) BEARING PAD AT A TIME.
DRILL AND TAP AT ASSEMBLY.
B3 CORNER LIFT POCKETS, PAD #3 (4 PL) SEE DETAIL B
B B
P4 PISTON/SWIVEL SUPPLY, PAD #4 SEE VIEW F-F REPLACE ITEM 33 WITH ITEM 43 AFTER ALL
P3 PISTON/SWIVEL SUPPLY, PAD #3 SEE VIEW F-F FIELD ADJUSTMENTS ARE COMPLETE.
INSTRUMENT TAGS TO BE AFFIXED TO INSTRUMENT AT APPROPRIATE LOCATION USING

STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPE AND (2) STAINLESS STEEL OVAL SLEEVES. SEE METSO DWG
B3 B4
10274805-DWK & 900106258-NCD FOR DETAILS.
3 2 PLACES B3 B4
4 2 PLACES F B3 A3 A4 B4 F
B3 P3 P4 B4
5 2 PLACES Industries, Inc.
2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., ANGLO AMERICAN
P.O. Box 15043
SECTION C-C:
VIEW E-E:
(SIMILAR ARRANGEMENT FOR PADS 1 & 2) 2
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
2 PLACES PLACES CORRECT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
A By: ECB Date: 04/01/19 90026637 & 90026638 A

05 ADDED NOTE 5 AHA BAG 2019-04-01 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: DRL
DIMENSIONS
X. = ± 1.5 .X 240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 = ± 0.7 .XX = ±
York, PA 17405-7312 USA 150" PAD BEARING CKD: ECB MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' FREE END DATE: 2011-02-28

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NOTES: SPEC NUMBER NUMBER WEIGHT UNIT
INSTRUMENT CABLE CHART 1 IN LB
720 CABLE COVER , CONDUIT, FLEX 0.50 04-113693 04-113693-01 0.00
1 RUN FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (ITEM 1) IN A NEAT WORKMANLIKE MANNER PER N.E.C. AND CLAMP TOTAL CABLE LENGTH 2 16 EA CNNCTR , CORD 0.75, T&B 2531 04-025814 04-090640-01 0.00 LB
INSTRUMENT
AS REQUIRED USING 90° BENDS MAX WITH NO MORE THAN 360° OF BENDS PER RUN. PORT # 4 3 16 EA FITTING 0.50"-STRAIGHT, 5332 04-018354 04-104051-01 0.17 LB
TAG # FROM INSTRUMENT TO
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO BE RUN TOWARDS MILL SIDE OF BEARING - AS SHOWN IN RIGHT SIDE VIEW. JUNCTION BOX TERMINAL BLOCK 4 8 EA HUB , CONDUIT 0.50,#HUB-50 04-118675 04-118674-01 0.19 LB
5 16 EA RING, SEAL 0.75", 5263 SANTOPRENE 04-116223 04-116222-01 0.01 LB
TE-3210038x11/x12 1 168" [4270mm]
2 LOCATE CONDUIT ENTRY HOLES AS SHOWN IN "JUNCTION BOX DETAIL". 6 8 EA RING, SEAL , CONNECTOR 0.38-0.50 04-089183 04-089183-01 0.00 LB
TE-3210038x21/x22 2 180" [4570mm] 7 2400 IN CABLE,SINGLE TRIAD,18AWG,300V 04-137657 04-137657-01 0.00 LB
D 3 WIRE MARKERS (ITEM 8) MUST BE APPLIED TO BOTH ENDS OF WIRE, TERMINATED & NON-TERMINATED. LABEL TO TE-3210038x31/x32 3 228" [5790mm]
8 96 EA WIRE MARKER OMNI-GRIP 18-14AWG, 2.29-3.9 04-097734 04- 097731-01 0.00 LB D
9 4 EA PLUG, SQUARE HEAD 0.750"-ASTMA105-GR2-3 ASTMA105 04-045311 04-096962-01 0.31 LB
INCLUDE TERMINAL BLOCK LOCATIONS TB1-1 THRU TB1-32 (SHIELDS N/A). REFERENCE DISCHARGE (FREE) JUNCTION
TE-3210038x41/x42 4 276" [7010mm] 10 2 EA JUNCTION BOX ASSY , TRUNNION BRG RTD, DI ZX11169422 10128306-DWK 33 LB
BOX ASSEMBLY METSO DWG 10128306-DWK.
11 8 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M10X25-8.8-UNPL 1003784543 04-121144-01 0.44 LB
PLUG 5
12 8 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN127B-M10-RC45-53-UNPLTD STEEL UNPLTD 04-096632 04-096628-01 0.00 LB
4 AT FIT-UP, ATTACH INSTRUMENT CABLE (ITEM 7) TO JUNCTION BOX TERMINATIONS, ROUTE THRU CONDUIT & PORT
PLUG 6 13 1 EA ASSEMBLY , INST TAG, DISCH TRUN BRG RTD ZX11744770 10274552-DWK 0.00 LB
LOCATIONS AS SHOWN. CUT INDIVIDUAL CABLE LENGTHS INDICATED IN THE INSTRUMENT CABLE ATTACH PLASTIC
LAMINATED TAG - SEE NOTE 5. (TOTAL CABLE LENGTH EQUALS THE CALCULATED LENGTH PLUS AN ADDITIONAL 20% TE-3210038x81/x82 1 168" [4270mm]
INCLUDED TO ENSURE ENOUGH LENGTH IS PROVIDED) NO SPLICING OF CABLE IS ALLOWED. WRAP, SECURE AND
TE-3210038x71/x72 2 180" [4570mm]
PROTECT NON-TERMINATED END OF CABLE FOR SHIPMENT TO MILL SITE.
TE-3210038x61/x62 3 228" [5790mm]
JUNCTION BOX WIRE ROPE
SEE DETAIL 'A' FOR EXAMPLE OF PLASTIC LAMINATED TAG. QUANTITY OF EIGHT (8) REQUIRED. ONE (1) LABELED PER
TE-3210038x51/x52 4 276" [7010mm] 3.25
5 EACH RTD AS SHOWN. ATTACH PLASTIC LAMINATED TAG TO CABLE ENDS FOR MATCH MARKING WITH [83]
CORRESPONDING RTD INSTRUMENT TAG NUMBER. PLUG 5
TAG TO BE REMOVED AT FIELD ASSEMBLY AFTER CABLE INSTALLATION. 0.12 [3]
PLUG 6 DIA
CONDUIT
SEAL CAVITY IN CORD CONNECTOR (ITEM 2) WITH RTV SILICONE AT SHOP ASSEMBLY.
6
CL 3210-TE-038B11 1.25
[32]
INSTALL PIPE PLUGS (ITEM 9) INTO THE FOUR (4) UNUSED COUPLINGS AS SHOWN WHEN THRUST PADS ARE NOT USED. OVAL SLEEVE
7
ATTACH STAINLESS STEEL INSTRUMENT TAGS FOR RTD'S TO CONDUIT ALONG SIDE JUNCTION BOX AS SHOWN. DO NOT INSTRUMENT TAG
ATTACH TO RTD INSIDE BEARING HOUSING. REFERENCE DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUNNION BEARING ASSEMBLY METSO 0.12 0.25" [6]
8 DWG 10235055-DWK. 13 [3] CHARACTER HEIGHT
3210 (PRINTED ON PAPER OF VENDOR'S
C -TE- CHOICE - LAMINATED IN PLASTIC) C
038B11 DETAIL 'A'
(PLASTIC LAMINATE)
2 5 8 PL
DETAIL OF INSTRUMENT TAG 5
(STAINLESS STEEL) 6.0 [152]
TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE 8 PL REF
3210038x12 3210038x22 3210038x32 3210038x42 3210038x52 3210038x62 3210038x72 3210038x82 8
2.5 [63]
7 8
TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE
3210038x11 3210038x21 3210038x31 3210038x41 3210038x51 3210038x61 3210038x71 3210038x81 3 0
4
LOCATE, DRILL & TAP
6 M10 x 1.5 THREAD 4 PL -
5
16 PL ∅0.88 [∅22]
EACH SIDE
4 PL
MILL SIDE ONLY
1 7.0 [178]
PAD PAD
2 9.0 [229]
#1 #4
3 11.0 [279]
1 1
2 2
4 13.0 [330]
3 3 8
4 4
5 5
B 6 6 DOOR B
(MILL SIDE)
8 8 2
PAD PAD
#2 #3 3 4 8 PL
20.0 [508]
REF
2 PL
1 1 JUNCTION
3
2 2
3 10 11 12 BOX JUNCTION BOX DETAIL
4 4
SCALE - 1:5
44.0
[1118] 8 PL 2
44.0
[1118]
16.0
[406] MILL No. METSO EQUIP No. "x" "y"
3210-MI-003 90026637 B 3
3210-MI-004 90026638 D 4
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
3210ML00y-JB03 1 8 PL 3210ML00y-JB04
ANGLO AMERICAN
PADS 1 & 2 RTD PADS 3 & 4 RTD Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc. CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
JUNCTION BOX 1 JUNCTION BOX 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd.,
P.O. Box 15043
4 PL 9 2 5 3 6
DISCHARGE (FREE) END PAD BRG CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
A RIGHT SIDE VIEW CORRECT 3210- MI-003 & 3210- MI-004 A
PAD ORIENTATION VIEWED FROM FEED END 7 8 PL 8 PL METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
By: KJA Date: 03/19/19
90026637 & 90026638
04 ADDED ITEM 13 TO BOM AHA KJA 2019-03-19 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. BALL MILLS 3210-MI-003/004 C.3778 90026637
DIMENSIONS
= ± 0.06" 03 REVISED LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOXES AHA KJA 2019-02-27 CONDUIT ARRANGEMENT 150" MATERIAL No: ZX11171731
.X = ± 0.25" .XX = ± 0.03"
PA 17405-7043 USA PAD BEARING DISCHARGE (FREE) CKD: AHA MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 0.12" .XXX = ± 0.015" ANGULAR = ± 02 REVISED DWG & PROJECT BLOCK PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS; ADDED MILL EQUIPMENT CHART; REVISED BOM AHA KJA 2018-12-05 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: LB
.XXX = ± 0.062" 0°-15' MACHINE SURFACE END DATE: 2011-09-06
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES FINISH 250 RMS - UNLESS SCALE: 1:15 For Construction
01 INITIAL RELEASE AHA AHA 2011-09-06 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: AHA ANSI DRAWING NO SHEET REV

If© 2011 PROJ LOCATION: QUELLAVECO, PERU DATE: 2011-09-06 D 10128906-DWK 1 04
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
DESCRIPTION
F 8 7 6 5 4 3 3 38 102000 TERMINAL BLOCK, 600V, WDU 2.5 WEIDMULLER F

4 1 105000 END PLATE, WAP 1.5 WEIDMULLER
356
[14.00] 5 2 106120 END BRACKET, WEW 35/2 WEIDMULLER
12 3
℄ 4
7 A/R 23651 MOUNTING CHANNEL, TS35 x 15 WEIDMULLER
DOOR
8 A/R SCREW, SLTD PAN HD, #8 x 0.50

76 9 A/R E2x3LG6 WIRE DUCT PANDUIT
[3.00]
3210ML003-JB03 DESCANSO
LADO DE DESCARGA (LIBRE) 11 A/R SCREW, SLTD PAN HD, #10 x 0.50
SOPORTES 1 & 2 TB1
TRANSDUCTORES
E TEMPERATURA (RTD'S) 1
4 12 1 NAMEPLATE, 3.0 x 6.0, WHT W/BLK LTRS LAMACOID E
2
3
13 1 6mm x 25mm x 305mm LG GROUND (EARTH) BAR, COPPER PANEL BUILDER

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ANALOG WIREWAY
ANALOG WIREWAY
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
540
[21.25]
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
152
31
32
33
[6.0]
34
35
36
37
38
39
6
40
9 10 11
3210ML003-JB03 DESCANSO
D D
LADO DE DESCARGA (LIBRE) Ø3 [0.12]
2 PL
76 SOPORTES 1 & 2
[3.0]
TRANSDUCTORES ℄
TEMPERATURA (RTD'S)
FRONT VIEW OF DOOR
1 2 13
NOTES:
INTERNAL VIEW OF PANEL 3
[0.12]
1. CUSTOMER TO LOCATE FIELD TERMINATION HOLES IN BOTTOM OF
CONTROL PANEL. DETAIL ITEM 12
C C
SCALE 1:1
USE. 4
3 NAMEPLATE TO BE ATTACHED TO FRONT OF COVER WITH

4 NAMEPLATE TO HAVE 6mm [0.25] HIGH LETTERS AND SHALL BE IN

SPANISH TRANSLATION. NAMEPLATE TO BE WHITE WITH BLACK LETTERS.
ONE (1) NAMEPLATE REQUIRED FOR EACH JUNCTION BOX. ONE (1)
JUNCTION BOX REQUIRED FOR EACH SIDE OF TRUNNION BEARING.
TWO (2) TOTAL PER TRUNNION BEARING ASSEMBLY. SEE METSO
4 ITEM 12 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING - 6mm [0.25] LETTER HEIGHT
MILL No.
5. REFERENCE SHEET 2 & 3 OF THIS DRAWING (TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM) LÍNEA 1 LÍNEA 2 LÍNEA 3 LÍNEA 4 LÍNEA 5 LÍNEA 6 LINE 1 LINE 2 LINE 3 LINE 4 LINE 5
9 3210-MI-003 3210ML003-JB03 DESCANSO LADO DE DESCARGA (LIBRE) SOPORTES 1 & 2 TRANSDUCTORES DE TEMPERATURA (RTD'S) 3210ML003-JB03 TRUNNION BEARING DISCHARGE (FREE) END PADS 1 & 2 RTD'S
B REFERENCE SHEET 4 & 5 OF THIS DRAWING (TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM) B
FOR TERMINAL NUMBERS AND INSTRUMENT WIRING FOR BALL MILL 3210-MI-004. 9 3210-MI-003 3210ML003-JB04 DESCANSO LADO DE DESCARGA (LIBRE) SOPORTES 3 & 4 TRANSDUCTORES DE TEMPERATURA (RTD'S) 3210ML003-JB04 TRUNNION BEARING DISCHARGE (FREE) END PADS 3 & 4 RTD'S
WIRE DUCT (ITEM 10) TO BE MOUNTED ON BACK PANEL (ITEM 2) APPROXIMATELY 50mm 9 3210-MI-004 3210ML004-JB03 DESCANSO LADO DE DESCARGA (LIBRE) SOPORTES 1 & 2 TRANSDUCTORES DE TEMPERATURA (RTD'S) 3210ML004-JB03 TRUNNION BEARING DISCHARGE (FREE) END PADS 1 & 2 RTD'S
6
[2.00] FROM INSIDE ENCLOSURE. 9 3210-MI-004 3210ML004-JB04 DESCANSO LADO DE DESCARGA (LIBRE) SOPORTES 3 & 4 TRANSDUCTORES DE TEMPERATURA (RTD'S) 3210ML004-JB04 TRUNNION BEARING DISCHARGE (FREE) END PADS 3 & 4 RTD'S

U.L. APPROVAL.

QUELLAVECO PROJECT
REFERENCE P&ID DRAWING NUMBER 10236107-DWK FOR BALL MILL 3210-MI-004.
Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
REFERENCE TRUNNION BEARING ASSY DRAWING NUMBER 10235055-DWK FOR LOCATION
MILL No. METSO EQUIP. No. Industries, Inc.
OF JUNCTION BOX. P.O. Box 15043
9 ONE JUNCTION BOX REQUIRED PER MILL No. 9 3210-MI-003 90026637 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210- MI-003 & 3210- MI-004
CORRECT
9 3210-MI-004 90026638 By: KJA Date: 12/10/18 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
A 90026637 & 90026638 A

05 REVISED NOTES 4 & 8 AHA KJA 2019-01-02 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. BALL MILLS 3210-MI-003/004 C.3778 SEE CHART
DIMENSIONS
X. = ± 1.5 04 REVISED NOTE 8; REVISED GROUND BAR (ITEM 13) AHA MGH 2016-01-05 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY PAD MATERIAL No: ZX11169422
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
PA 17405-7043 USA BEARING RTD'S DISCHARGE CKD: AHA MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 REVISED DWG & PROJECT BLOCK PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS; ADDED MILL EQUIPMENT CHART; ADDED SHEETS 4 & 5 AHA MGH 2015-11-05 MATERIAL Wt.: 15 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' MACHINE (FREE) END DATE: 2011-02-14
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES SURFACE FINISH 6.3 RMS - SCALE: 1:3 For Construction
02 ADDED JUNCTION BOX TAG NUMBERS; ADDED NOTE 8; ADDED SPANISH TRANSLATION AHA AHA 2011-08-08 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: AHA ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV

If© 2011 PROJ LOCATION: QUELLAVECO, PERU DATE: 2011-02-14 A1 10128306-DWK OF 1 05
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RTD TERMINAL HEAD

FIELD TB1
CONNECTION
WHITE WHITE
1
TO SIEMENS PLC BLACK RED TE DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG
ANALOG INPUT 2 3210038B11 PAD #1 RTD
F (RTD) F
RED RED
3
TO SIEMENS PLC
4 3
GROUND
WHITE WHITE
5
BLACK RED TE DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG 6
(SPARE) 6 3210038B12 PAD #1 RTD NOTES:
TO SIEMENS PLC (SPARE)
RED RED
NOT CONNECTED 7 1. REFERENCE SHEET 1 OF THIS DRAWING FOR JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY.
8 3 2. ALL INSTRUMENT WIRE SHALL BE 18 AWG SHIELDED TWISTED TRIAD

FOR RTD's.
WHITE WHITE
9
3 INSULATE SHIELD WIRE BY CLIPPING AND TAPING SHIELD TO CONTROL
TO SIEMENS PLC BLACK RED TE CABLE WITHIN INSTRUMENT CONNECTION HEAD. SHIELD NOT CONNECTED.
DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG
E ANALOG INPUT 10 3210038B21 PAD #1 RTD E
(RTD)
RED RED 4 SHIELDED TRIAD CABLE SUPPLIED, ROUTED, AND TERMINATED AT
11 JUNCTION BOX TERMINALS BY METSO. CABLES TO BE TERMINATED TO
RTD HEAD TERMINALS AT FINAL FIELD ASSEMBLY BY OTHERS.
TO SIEMENS PLC
12 3
GROUND
WHITE WHITE U.L. APPROVAL.
13
6 SPARE RTD ELEMENTS ARE WIRED TO THE SIEMENS PLC BUT NOT
(SPARE) 14 3210038B22 PAD #1 RTD CONNECTED. IN CASE OF FAILURE OF THE CONNECTED RTD, CUSTOMER
RED RED TO CONNECT THE SPARE FIELD CABLE TO THE RTD PLC TERMINALS.
NOT CONNECTED 15
7. REFERENCE P&ID DRAWING NUMBER 10236106-DWK.
3210ML003-JB03 16 3 REFERENCE TRUNNION BEARING ASSY DRAWING NUMBER 10235055-DWK
FOR LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX.
WHITE WHITE
17
D TO SIEMENS PLC BLACK RED TE D

(RTD)
LEGEND:
RED RED
19 - INDICATES FIELD WIRING BY CUSTOMER
TO SIEMENS PLC
20 3
GROUND - INDICATES WIRING BY METSO
WHITE WHITE
21
- SIEMENS PLC TERMINAL
(SPARE) 22 3210038B32 PAD #2 RTD
RED RED
NOT CONNECTED 23
24 3
WHITE WHITE
25
C TO SIEMENS PLC TE
C
BLACK RED DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG
(RTD)
RED RED
27
TO SIEMENS PLC
28 3
GROUND
WHITE WHITE
29
(SPARE) 30 3210038B42 PAD #2 RTD
RED RED
NOT CONNECTED 31
32 3
B 33 4 B
34
35
36
37
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
38 Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
P.O. Box 15043
39
York, PA 17405-7043 USA (1) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL
40 CORRECT 3210-MI-003

A 90026637 A
DRN: AHA
C.3778 90026637
04 REVISED NOTES 2, 3, 6, & 7, ADDED FIELD WIRING SHIELD TO PLC GROUND; ADDED SPARE RTD FIELD WIRING TO PLC AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 MGH 2016-01-05 TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM MATERIAL No: ZX11169422
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 REVISED DWG & PROJECT BLOCK PER C.3778 SPECIFICATINS; ADDED SHEETS 4 & 5 AHA MGH 2015-11-05 York, PA 17405-7043 USA
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DISCHARGE (FREE) END DATE: 2011-02-14
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RTD TERMINAL HEAD
TB1 FIELD
CONNECTION
WHITE WHITE
1
DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD TE RED BLACK TO SIEMENS PLC

2 ANALOG INPUT
#3 RTD 3210038B51
F (RTD) F
RED RED
3
TO SIEMENS PLC
3 4
GROUND
WHITE WHITE
5
6 DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD TE RED BLACK
#3 RTD 3210038B52 6 (SPARE) NOTES:
(SPARE) TO SIEMENS PLC
RED RED
7 NOT CONNECTED 1. REFERENCE SHEET 1 OF THIS DRAWING FOR JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY.

FOR RTD's.
WHITE WHITE
9
DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD TE RED BLACK TO SIEMENS PLC CABLE WITHIN INSTRUMENT CONNECTION HEAD. SHIELD NOT CONNECTED.
E #3 RTD 3210038B61
10 ANALOG INPUT E
(RTD)
TO SIEMENS PLC
3 12
GROUND
13
6 DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD TE RED BLACK 6 SPARE RTD ELEMENTS ARE WIRED TO THE SIEMENS PLC BUT NOT
#3 RTD 3210038B62 14 (SPARE) CONNECTED. IN CASE OF FAILURE OF THE CONNECTED RTD, CUSTOMER
15 NOT CONNECTED
WHITE WHITE
17
D DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD TE RED BLACK TO SIEMENS PLC D

18 ANALOG INPUT
#4 RTD 3210038B71 LEGEND:
(RTD)
RED RED
TO SIEMENS PLC
3 20
WHITE WHITE
21
#4 RTD 3210038B72 22 (SPARE)
RED RED
23 NOT CONNECTED
3 24
WHITE WHITE
25
C TE TO SIEMENS PLC
C
DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD RED BLACK
26 ANALOG INPUT
#4 RTD 3210038B81
(RTD)
RED RED
27
TO SIEMENS PLC
3 28
GROUND
WHITE WHITE
29
#4 RTD 3210038B82 30 (SPARE)
RED RED
31 NOT CONNECTED
3 32
B 4 33 B
34
35
36
37
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
38 Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
P.O. Box 15043
39
40 CORRECT 3210-MI-003

A 90026637 A
DRN: AHA
C.3778 90026637
04 REVISED NOTES 2, 3, 6, & 7, ADDED FIELD WIRING SHIELD TO PLC GROUND; ADDED SPARE RTD FIELD WIRING TO PLC AHA MGH 2016-01-05
TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM MATERIAL No: ZX11169422
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 REVISED DWG & PROJECT BLOCK PER C.3778 SPECIFCATIONS; ADDED SHEETS 4 & 5 AHA MGH 2015-11-05 York, PA 17405-7043 USA
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RTD TERMINAL HEAD

FIELD TB1
CONNECTION
WHITE WHITE
1
TO SIEMENS PLC BLACK RED TE DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG
ANALOG INPUT 2 3210038D11 PAD #1 RTD
F (RTD) F
RED RED
3
TO SIEMENS PLC
4 3
GROUND
WHITE WHITE
5
(SPARE) 6 3210038D12 PAD #1 RTD NOTES:
RED RED
NOT CONNECTED 7 1. REFERENCE SHEET 1 OF THIS DRAWING FOR JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY.

FOR RTD's.
WHITE WHITE
9
TO SIEMENS PLC BLACK RED TE CABLE WITHIN INSTRUMENT CONNECTION HEAD. SHIELD NOT CONNECTED.
E ANALOG INPUT 10 3210038D21 PAD #1 RTD E
(RTD)
TO SIEMENS PLC
12 3
GROUND
13
6 SPARE RTD ELEMENTS ARE WIRED TO THE SIEMENS PLC BUT NOT
(SPARE) 14 3210038D22 PAD #1 RTD CONNECTED. IN CASE OF FAILURE OF THE CONNECTED RTD, CUSTOMER
NOT CONNECTED 15
WHITE WHITE
17
D TO SIEMENS PLC BLACK RED TE D

(RTD)
LEGEND:
RED RED
TO SIEMENS PLC
20 3
WHITE WHITE
21
(SPARE) 22 3210038D32 PAD #2 RTD
RED RED
NOT CONNECTED 23
24 3
WHITE WHITE
25
C TO SIEMENS PLC TE
C
BLACK RED DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG
(RTD)
RED RED
27
TO SIEMENS PLC
28 3
GROUND
WHITE WHITE
29
(SPARE) 30 3210038D42 PAD #2 RTD
RED RED
NOT CONNECTED 31
32 3
B 33 4 B
34
35
36
37
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
38 Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN CONTRACT
Industries, Inc.
NUMBER: Q1CO
P.O. Box 15043
39
3210-MI-004
40 CORRECT
A 90026638 A

05 REVISED NOTE 7 AHA KJA 2019-01-02 DRN: AHA
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. BALL MILL 3210-MI-004 C.3778 90026638
DATE: 2011-02-12
DIMENSIONS
X. = ± 1.5 04 REVISED NOTES 2, 3, 6, & 7, ADDED FIELD WIRING SHIELD TO PLC GROUND; ADDED SPARE RTD FIELD WIRING TO PLC AHA MGH 2016-01-05
Grinding Systems TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM MATERIAL No: ZX11169422
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7

If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2011 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJ LOCATION: QUELLAVECO, PERU DATE: 2011-02-14 A1 10128306-DWK OF 4 05
PROJECTION 5
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RTD TERMINAL HEAD
TB1 FIELD
WHITE
CONNECTION
WHITE
1
DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD TE RED BLACK TO SIEMENS PLC

2 ANALOG INPUT
#3 RTD 3210038D51
F (RTD) F
RED RED
3
TO SIEMENS PLC
3 4
GROUND
WHITE WHITE
5
#3 RTD 3210038D52 6 (SPARE) NOTES:
RED RED
7 NOT CONNECTED 1. REFERENCE SHEET 1 OF THIS DRAWING FOR JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY.

FOR RTD's.
WHITE WHITE
9
DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD TE RED BLACK TO SIEMENS PLC CABLE WITHIN INSTRUMENT CONNECTION HEAD. SHIELD NOT CONNECTED.
E #3 RTD 3210038D61
10 ANALOG INPUT E
(RTD)
TO SIEMENS PLC
3 12
GROUND
13
6 DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD TE RED BLACK 6 SPARE RTD ELEMENTS ARE WIRED TO THE SIEMENS PLC BUT NOT
#3 RTD 3210038D62 14 (SPARE) CONNECTED. IN CASE OF FAILURE OF THE CONNECTED RTD, CUSTOMER
15 NOT CONNECTED
WHITE WHITE
17
D DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD TE RED BLACK TO SIEMENS PLC D

18 ANALOG INPUT
#4 RTD 3210038D71 LEGEND:
(RTD)
RED RED
TO SIEMENS PLC
3 20
WHITE WHITE
21
#4 RTD 3210038D72 22 (SPARE)
RED RED
23 NOT CONNECTED
3 24
WHITE WHITE
25
C TE TO SIEMENS PLC
C
DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUN BRG PAD RED BLACK
26 ANALOG INPUT
#4 RTD 3210038D81
(RTD)
RED RED
27
TO SIEMENS PLC
3 28
GROUND
WHITE WHITE
29
#4 RTD 3210038D82 30 (SPARE)
RED RED
31 NOT CONNECTED
3 32
B 4 33 B
34
35
36
37
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
38 Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN CONTRACT
Industries, Inc.
NUMBER: Q1CO
P.O. Box 15043
39
3210-MI-004
40 CORRECT
A 90026638 A

05 REVISED NOTE 7 AHA KJA 2019-01-02 DRN: AHA
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. BALL MILL 3210-MI-004 C.3778 90026638
DATE: 2011-02-12
DIMENSIONS
X. = ± 1.5 04 REVISED NOTES 2, 3, 6, & 7, ADDED FIELD WIRING SHIELD TO PLC GROUND; ADDED SPARE RTD FIELD WIRING TO PLC AHA MGH 2016-01-05
Grinding Systems TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM MATERIAL No: ZX11169422
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7

If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2011 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJ LOCATION: QUELLAVECO, PERU DATE: 2011-02-14 A1 10128306-DWK OF 5 05
PROJECTION 5
4 3 2 1
2018-08-16
DATE
APPD
MT
MT
BY
INITIAL RELEASE
REV
01
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES,

ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW.

FABRICATION AND CASTING MACHINING DIMENSIONS .X TITLE EQUIPMENT No.
Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: MT
DIMENSIONS = ± 0.06" M64 x 6 x 220mm LG
.X = ± 0.25" .XX = ± 0.03" TORQUEBOLT ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11686788
.XX = ± 0.12" .XXX = ± 0.015" ANGULAR = ± 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., P.O.Box 15043 York,
PA 17405-7043 USA
CKD: DLC MATERIAL Spec.:
.XXX = ± 0.062" 0°-15' MACHINE SURFACE
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES FINISH 250 RMS - UNLESS DATE: 2018-08-16 MATERIAL Wt.: 21 Wt. Unit: LB
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES NOTED This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: 1:4 For Construction
MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other APPD: MT ANSI DRAWING NO SHEET REV
THIRD ANGLE 1
DO NOT SCALE B 10267158-DWK 01
PROJECTION If©
published, the following notice shall apply: 2018 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DATE: 2018-08-16 OF 1
4 3 2 1
2018-08-16
DATE
APPD
MT
MT
BY
INITIAL RELEASE
REV
01
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES,


FABRICATION AND CASTING MACHINING DIMENSIONS .X TITLE EQUIPMENT No.
DIMENSIONS = ± 0.06" M72x6 x 220mm LG
.X = ± 0.25" .XX = ± 0.03" TORQUEBOLT ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11686794
.XX = ± 0.12" .XXX = ± 0.015" ANGULAR = ± 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., P.O.Box 15043 York,
PA 17405-7043 USA
CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
.XXX = ± 0.062" 0°-15' MACHINE SURFACE
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES FINISH 250 RMS - UNLESS DATE: 2018-08-16 MATERIAL Wt.: 26 Wt. Unit: LB
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES NOTED This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: 1:4 For Construction
MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other APPD: MT ANSI DRAWING NO SHEET REV
THIRD ANGLE 1
DO NOT SCALE B 10267162-DWK 01
PROJECTION If©
published, the following notice shall apply: 2018 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DATE: 2018-08-16 OF 1
4 3 2 1
2019-08-20
2018-12-06
2018-12-05
2018-09-17
DATE
NUMBER NUMBER
1 4 EA TRUNNION BEARING SEALS 02-059049 02-063133-01
2 16 EA WASHER , 4.12 OD X 2.00 ID 04-100142 04-100142-01
APPD
MT
MT
MT
MT
3 16 EA BUSHING , 2.50 OD X 2.00 ID X 2.50 LG 04-100145 04-100145-01
4 4 EA SHIM , INSULATING ZX11557319 10251126-DWK
MT
MT
MT
MT
BY
5 8 EA SHIM , INSULATING ZX11557320 10251128-DWK

6 8 EA SENSOR, TEMPERATURE RTD,10.25 DEPTH 04-140723 04-140723-01
7 1 EA ARRANGEMENT , SEAL GREASE PIPING ZX11727696 10270614-DWK
THIS PACKAGE IS TO BE SHIPPED TO SITE & LABELED:

"HARDWARE KIT, FREE TRUNNION BEARING ASSEMBLY"
REMOVED 04-042409 & 04-091509
ADDED ITEM-9 TO BOM

UPDATED ITEM-8
INITIAL RELEASE
REV
04
03
02
01
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS,

FABRICATION AND CASTING MACHINING DIMENSIONS TITLE PROJECT No. EQUIPMENT No.
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 C.3778 90026636
.X = ± 0.7 Grinding Systems DT: 2018-09-17
X. = ± 6
FIELD KIT, TRUNNION BEARING MATERIAL No.: ZX11714382
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 MATERIAL Spec.:
York, PA 17405-7043 USA (BALL MILL) CKD: MT
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15'
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES MACHINE SURFACE FINISH DT: 2018-09-17 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: 1:1 For Construction
MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: MT ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
THIRD ANGLE laws, and may not be used, copied or disclosed without the specific written consent of MMII .
1
DO NOT SCALE PROJECTION If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2018 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DT: 2018-09-17 A3 10267912-DWK OF 1 04
4 3 2 1
2019-08-20
2018-12-06
2018-12-05
2018-09-17
DATE
NUMBER NUMBER
1 4 EA TRUNNION BEARING SEALS 02-059049 02-063133-01
2 4 EA SENSOR , TEMPERATURE DUAL ELEMENT, 8.75" ZX11359555 10214511-DWK
APPD
MT
MT
MT
MT
3 8 EA SENSOR, TEMPERATURE RTD,10.25 DEPTH 04-140723 04-140723-01
4 1 EA ARRANGEMENT , SEAL GREASE PIPING ZX11727725 10270621-DWK
MT
MT
MT
MT
BY
THIS PACKAGE IS TO BE SHIPPED TO SITE & LABELED:

"HARDWARE KIT, FIXED TRUNNION BEARING ASSEMBLY"
REMOVED 04-042409 & 04-091509
ADDED ITEM-6 TO BOM

UPDATED ITEM-5
INITIAL RELEASE
REV
04
03
02
01

DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 C.3778 90026636
X. = ± 6
FIELD KIT, TRUNNION BEARING MATERIAL No.: ZX11714384
York, PA 17405-7043 USA (BALL MILL) CKD: MT
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15'
1
Shell/Head/Trunnion Assembly Introduction
5-1.0 GENERAL
Because of shipping limitations, large mills must be sectionalized into three

(3) or more major pieces. During fabrication, the pieces are match marked
for field assembly. Erecting personnel must pay close attention to these
match marks, and to assembly drawings, to be certain that the mill is
correctly assembled.
5-1.1 The shell sections are provided with bracing to prevent twisting and
distortion during shipment. Do not remove this bracing until the shell is
assembled and resting in the trunnion bearings. The bracing is not
intended to be used for lifting purposes.
5-1.2 Because of the importance of securing proper torque on the flange bolts, it
is imperative that sturdy platforms be available from which to work. Two-
man teams are required.
5-1.3 Protective wood blocking, oxidation inhibitors, and skids should not be
removed until the components are assembled, or are being assembled.
Wooden protective strips around the machined finishes on the trunnions
should not be removed until after the trunnions are mounted on the shell.
WARNING
Exercise safety during the shell assembly procedures. As the
components are assembled, turning moments will be applied to the
cradle by the unbalanced loadings. To be assured of no movement of
the mill shell and cradle while on the jacks, adequate cribbing should be
provided beneath the cradle while working.
5-2.0 MATCH MARKINGS
Examine the match marks stamped on the flanges of the shell sections,
feed head sections, discharge head sections, and trunnions. Refer to the
Shell/Head/Trunnion Assembly drawing, and note which pairs of flanges
must be bolted together.
5-3.0 CLEANING
All connecting joints must be clean, free from nicks and burrs, and dry.
Remove any protrusions that might interfere with the assembly.
CHAPTER: Shell Assembly Installation Page 1 of 2

Shell/Head/Trunnion Assembly Introduction
5-4.0 FLANGE JOINTS
All flange joints must be dry -- do not use any sealing compounds. All
flange joints must be tight. Open joints will cause bolt breakage during mill
operation. Follow the head joint seal procedure as detailed on the attached
“Installation Procedure For Head Joint Seal” drawing.
NOTE
Since there is a metal-to-metal fit, or up to several thousandths interference fit,
between the trunnions and the shell, and between the shell sections, the
possibility exists that the bores may have to be expanded by moderate heat for
ease of assembly. Generally, the assembly of the shell is accomplished
without resorting to expansion methods. Should heating be required, contact
Metso
5-5.0 BOLT PRELOAD AND TORQUING PROCEDURE
All structural bolts must be torqued (pre-loaded) to values shown in the

"Bolt Tightening Procedure" later in this chapter. This is a very important
step and deserves special attention. Please read the “Bolt Tightening
Procedure” carefully, before proceeding with the bolt tightening.

Shell/Head/Trunnion Assembly
5-6.0 ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE
Refer to the "General Erection Guideline" drawing. The “General Erection

Guideline” shows the assembly sequence with dimensions and
instructional notes included.
The mill should be assembled 3 inches (75mm) above center by installing 1

inch (25mm) shims under the jacks and raising the jacks 5 inches (127mm)
from their collapsed position. Assemble the mill 3 inches (75mm) above
running centerline and crib the lifting cradle. This will facilitate the removal
of the shims under the jacks.
When the shims have been removed, replace the jacks in their original
positions. Raise the mill 1 inch (25mm) to remove all jacking cradle
cribbing. The mill shell is now ready to be lowered into operating position.
5-7.0 SETTING SHELL ASSEMBLY INTO BEARINGS
1. Lower the mill 1 inch (25mm), and adjust the fixed and free end
bearing pads to support the mill at mill centerline. The pad assemblies
must be adjusted to provide even contact between the pad surfaces
and trunnions See Section 4 for details on the positioning and
adjustment of bearing pads.
Adjust both the feed end and discharge charge end pads using the
measuring device to ensure the correct position of the mill.
When all trunnion bearing pads have contact with the trunnions, lower
the jacks and remove the jacks and jacking cradles. The mill will now
be resting in the trunnion bearings.
NOTE
Because eventually the shell will have to be turned for installation of the lining,
removal of the jacking cradles will provide clearance for the shell longitudinal
flanges when the mill is turned.
2. Checks relative to the mill vertical centerline should be made from the
pedestals to the trunnions by using the scribe lines on the pedestal top
flanges and measuring horizontally to the trunnions.

Shell/Head/Trunnion Assembly
Checks relative to the mill horizontal centerline should be made from

the pedestals to the trunnions by measuring vertically from the top of
the pedestals to the trunnions.
3. After all the components are together and the shell is resting in the
trunnion bearings, the steel bracing inside the shell can be removed.
4. Seal the head joints as directed on the Head Joint Seal Installation
Procedure drawing attached to this section.
5. The brake flinger assembly is a multi-sectioned ring designed to

prevent any slurry leakage from dripping onto the brake rotor. Refer to
the Brake Flinger Assembly drawing. Bolt the brake flinger assembly
to the discharge head after all structural bolts have been torqued to
final value.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
9 14 14 15 21 14 15 9 14 21
10 16 10 16
F F
DETAIL A DETAIL B DETAIL C DETAIL D DETAIL E DETAIL F

FEED HEAD/SHELL FEED HEAD/SHELL DISCH. HEAD/SHELL DISCH. HEAD/SHELL FEED HEAD/TRUNNION DISCH. HEAD/TRUNNION
TYP 140 PLACES AT LONGITUDINAL FLANGES TYP 140 PLACES AT LONGITUDINAL FLANGES TYP 120 PLACES TYP 120 PLACES
TYP 4 PLACES TYP 4 PLACES
E 20136 E
18356
2 CL 2
DRAIN
ASSEMBLY MARK 3286 4575.5 4413 4575.5 ASSEMBLY MARK
PORT
MILL SERIAL NO.-12 HEAD SPLIT MILL SERIAL NO.-82
HEAD SPLIT
8
SEE DETAIL B 6 SEE DETAIL D
2
1
890 890
2
CL CL
SHELL SPLIT FIXED FREE
SERIAL NO.-12
SERIAL NO.-12
SERIAL NO.-62
SERIAL NO.-62
FEED END SHELL SPLIT
BRG BRG DISCH. END
ASSEMBLY MARK
D MILL SERIAL NO.-21 ASSEMBLY MARK D
MILL SERIAL NO.-71
SERIAL NO.-61
SERIAL NO.-31
2
SERIAL NO.-71
SERIAL NO.-21
SERIAL NO.-21
SERIAL NO.-31
SERIAL NO.-61
SERIAL NO.-71
FEED DISCH.
END
SERIAL NO.-21
SERIAL NO.-31
SERIAL NO.-61
END
SERIAL NO.-71
J K
30° 30°
3
SERIAL NO.-51
4
SERIAL NO.-41 SERIAL NO.-41
SERIAL NO.-61
SERIAL NO.-61
SERIAL NO.-11
SERIAL NO.-11
SERIAL NO.-51
SEE DETAIL E SEE DETAIL F
SERIAL NO.-41
J
SERIAL NO.-51
SEE DETAIL L K
C SEE DETAIL M
C
2
SHELL SPLIT
CENTER SECTION SHELL SPLIT
ASSEMBLY MARK SEE DETAIL H CENTER SECTION
MILL SERIAL NO.-41 SEE DETAIL A SEE DETAIL G SEE DETAIL C
ASSEMBLY MARK
CL 5 ASSEMBLY MARK ASSEMBLY MARK MILL SERIAL NO.-51
2 7 2
DRAIN 2 MILL SERIAL NO.-41 MILL SERIAL NO-51
ASSEMBLY MARK PORT ASSEMBLY MARK
MILL SERIAL NO.-11 2 2 MILL SERIAL NO.-81
11 14 14 15 22 19 14 14 15 14 15 12 17 17 18 13 17 18
20
B B
Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
York, PA 17405-7312 USA
CERTIFIED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
DETAIL G DETAIL H DETAIL J DETAIL K DETAIL L DETAIL M By: MT Date: 6/5/2019
SHELL/SHELL SHELL/SHELL SHELL SPLIT SHELL SPLIT (FITTED STUDS) HEAD SPLIT HEAD SPLIT (FITTED STUDS) QUELLAVECO PROJECT
TYP 272 PLACES AT LONGITUDINAL FLANGES LONGITUNDINAL FLANGES LONGITUNDINAL FLANGES RADIAL FLANGES RADIAL FLANGES ANGLO AMERICAN
TYP 16 PLACES TYP 112 PLACES TYP 36 PLACES TYP 36 PLACES TYP 24 PLACES CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 05 SEE SHEET-2 MT MT 2019-06-05 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.003778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 04 SEE SHEET-2 MT MT 2019-04-09 SHELL/HEAD/TRUNNION ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11416542
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7312 USA 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL CKD: KXR MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 GENERAL REVISION KSO KSO 2018-11-26 MATERIAL Wt.: 561,485 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2015-10-22
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 02 ADDED CERTIFIED TAG KXR KXR 2016-01-05 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2015 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PERU DATE: 2015-10-22 A1 10229801-DWK OF 1 05
PROJECTION 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA HEAD , FIXED, 28'-0" DIA EN-1563 GR EN-GJS-5 ZX11414845 10229520-DWK 74,690 KG
2 1 EA HEAD , FREE, 28'-0" DIA EN-1563 GR EN-GJS-5 ZX11414886 10229521-DWK 74,690 KG
3 1 EA TRUNNION , FIXED EN-1563 GR EN-GJS-5 ZX11414729 10229478-DWK 50,288 KG
4 1 EA TRUNNION , FREE EN-1563 GR EN-GJS-5 ZX11414731 10229479-DWK 52,048 KG
5 1 EA SHELL MACHINING, FEED END ZX11415372 10229631-DWK 106,610 KG
NOTES:
F 6 1 EA SHELL MACHINING, CENTER SECTION ZX11415600 10229632-DWK 101,890 KG F
1. ALL BOLT ASSEMBLIES MUST BE TORQUED. SEE INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR 7 1 EA SHELL MACHINING, DISCHARGE END ZX11415605 10229633-DWK 106,610 KG
BOLT TORQUE PROCEDURES. 8 2 EA ASSEMBLY , DRAIN PORT ZX11416632 10229949-DWK 116 KG
8 8 9 294 EA ZX11185145, FSTNR , HVY HEX, SPC4 W/CAP, 2.50 X 16.5 10124052-DWK 0.00 KG
2 SHOP MUST PUT ASSEMBLY MARKS ON SHELL FLANGES AFTER MACHINING 10 252 EA ZX11157974, SCREW ,FLG 12-PT,SPC4 W/CAP,2.25X12.5 ASTM A193 GR B7 10124044-DWK 0.00 KG
AND BEFORE SHIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS DRAWING IN ORDER TO 11 286 EA ZX11185143, FSTNR , HVY HEX, SPC4 W/CAP, 2.50 X 14.5 10124052-DWK 0.00 KG
ASSURE CORRECT PLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS WHEN ASSEMBLED IN FIELD.
12 38 EA ZX11224127, FSTNR , HVY HEX SPC4 W/ CAP, 2.75 X 14.0 10124052-DWK 0.00 KG
13 26 EA ZX11749450, FSTNR , FITTED, SPC4 W/CAP, 2.75 X 17.00 10124048-DWK 0.00 KG
3. ALL INTERNAL BRACING IS TO REMAIN IN THE SHELL UNTIL FULLY ASSEMBLED
AND LOWERED INTO BEARINGS. 14 1472 EA 04-088072, WASHER , PLAIN, HDN 2.50 F436 ASTM F436 04-101758-01 0.46 KG
15 774 EA 04-091637, NUT, HEXAGONAL, HEAVY 2.500"-8UN-2B-ASM 04-101757-01 2.6 KG
7 9
4. DO NOT USE ANY LIFTING DEVICES IN INTERNAL BRACING. 16 252 EA 04-088062, WSHR, HRDND, CIRCU 2.250"-REG-ASMEB18.2 ASTMF436 TYPE B UNP 04-101758-01 0.26 KG
17 126 EA 04-101848, WASHER , PLAIN,HDN 2.75 F436 ASTM F436 04-101758-01 0.58 KG
5. USE A HARDENED WASHER UNDER EACH NUT AND BOLT HEAD. 18 88 EA 04-101928, NUT, HEXAGONAL , HVY 2.75-8UN A194 ASTM A194 GR.2H 04-101757-01 3.6 KG
19 118 EA ZX11185142, FSTNR , HVY HEX, SPC4 W/CAP, 2.50 X 13.5 10124052-DWK 0.00 KG
6 SHELL LINER BOLT HOLES MUST BE IN LONGITTUDINAL ALIGNMENT AS SHOWN.
20 38 EA ZX11185313, FSTNR , FITTED, SPC4 W/CAP, 2.50 X 16.5 10124048-DWK 0.00 KG
7. HARDWARE QUANTITIES INCLUDE 5% EXTRA. 21 9 EA ZX11689378, STUD ASSEMBLY, 2.50-8UN X 410 MM 10266110-DWK 14 KG
E 22 17 EA ZX11689341, STUD ASSEMBLY, 2.50-8UN X 365 MM 10266104-DWK 14 KG
E
8 DRAIN PORTS ARE TO BE 180° APART. DRAIN PORT ASSEMBLY 23 1 EA LIFTING LUG ARRANGEMENT, TRUNNION, FIXED ZX11690649 10266417-DWK 780 KG
TYP 2 PLACES 24 1 EA LIFTING LUG ARRANGEMENT, TRUNNION, FREE ZX11690652 10266426-DWK 780 KG
9 ITEMS 9 THROUGH 22 ARE SUPPLIED IN A FIELD ASSEMBLY PACKAGE. 25 2 EA LIFTING LUG, ARRANGEMENT, HEADS ZX11690757 10266430-DWK 2,685 KG
SHIPPED DIRECT TO SITE (SEE DRAWING 10234640-DWK, MATERIAL NUMBER
26 1 EA LIFTING LUG, ARRANGEMENT, FEED SHELL ZX11691301 10266649-DWK 9,290 KG
ZX11441659.)
27 1 EA LIFTING LUG, ARRANGEMENT, CENTER SHELL ZX11691291 10266807-DWK 9,275 KG
28 1 EA LIFTING LUG, ARRANGEMENT, DISCHARGE SHEL ZX11691309 10266810-DWK 9,290 KG
29 1 EA HEAD JOINT SEAL ZX11441660 10234644-DWK 0.00 KG
30 1 EA BRAKE FLINGER ASSEMBLY ZX11419115 10230649-DWK 0.00 KG
31 1 EA INSPECTION TEMPLATE LIST ZX11444757 10234989-DWK 0.00 KG
6
1 5 6 7 8
IMPORTANT NOTE 2
D D
11 14 15 (SEE DETAIL G)
14 15 19 (SEE DETAIL J) (SEE DETAIL G) 15 14 11 (SEE DETAIL J) 19 15 14

(SEE DETAIL A) 15 14 9 15 14 9 (SEE DETAIL C)
14 15 20 (SEE DETAIL K) (SEE DETAIL K) 20 15 14
(SEE DETAIL H)
22 (SEE DETAIL H) 22
900XXXXX-21
900XXXXX-31 900XXXXX-31
C C
900XXXXX-61
900XXXXX-21
900XXXXX-21
900XXXXX-31
900XXXXX-71
(SEE DETAIL B) 21 14 15 19 (SEE DETAIL J) 21 (SEE DETAIL D) 30° TYP
BETWEEN
14 15 20 20 15 14 14 15 20 (SEE DETAIL K) 14 15 20 20 15 14 SHELL SPLITS
(12/144 CIRCUM.)
900XXXXX-41
900XXXXX-51
(SEE DETAIL H) 22 22 (SEE DETAIL H)
B 14 15 20 20 15 14 B
Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
York, PA 17405-7312 USA
CERTIFIED FOR
FEED CENTER CENTER DISCHARGE CONSTRUCTION
By: MT Date: 6/5/19
FLANGE FLANGE FLANGE FLANGE
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
ANGLO AMERICAN
ASSEMBLY MARK EXAMPLE & (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
FLANGE BOLTING ARRANGEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 05 UPDATED ITEMS-21 & 22 MT MT 2019-06-05 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 04 UPDATED BOM TO INCLUDE SPC4 HARDWARE MT MT 2019-04-09 SHELL/HEAD/TRUNNION ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11416542
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7312 USA 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL CKD: KXR MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 ADDED SHEET 2 MT MT 2018-08-06 MATERIAL Wt.: 561,485 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2015-10-22
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
1 1 EA COVER , DRAIN PORT ASTM A36 ZX11416622 10229947-DWK 113 KG
2 1 EA GASKET , DRAIN PORT NEOPRENE, 3mm THK ZX11416626 10229948-DWK 0.25 KG
3 12 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M24X3X90-ASMEB18.2.3.5M- ASTMA193M GR B7 UNP 04-109608 04-103937-01* 0.30 KG
D D
4 3
C C
2018-08-02
DATE
1
APPD
MT
KXR
∅315
BY
OPENING
B B
A A

INITIAL RELEASE
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
ASSEMBLY, DRAIN PORT MATERIAL No: ZX11416632
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7 CKD: MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2018-08-02 MATERIAL Wt.: 116 Wt. Unit: KG
REV
01
If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2015 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2018-08-02 A2 10229949-DWK OF 1 01
PROJECTION 1
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 12 EA BRAKE FLINGER, 30° SEGMENT ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11419079 10230651-DWK 27 KG
2 96 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL , ISO,M12X 30MM 04-125747 04-121144-01 0.00 KG
F F
E E
DISCHARGE HEAD
USE SEALANT AT ASSEMBLY

(BY CUSTOMER)
MILL SHELL
∅8846
D D
∅8955
B.C.
2 3
1
∅9195
O.D.
40 X 75 X 6 STEEL CLIPS
WELDED TO ONE END ONLY OF
BRAKE FLINGER SECTIONS FOR
ALIGNING SECTIONS.
C C
INSTALL SO THAT FLINGER JOINTS
186
CONICIDE WITH HEAD SPLITS. FILL
FLINGER JOINTS WITH SILICONE
(∅9845) 325 RUBBER OR EQUIVALENT.
O.D. (BY CUSTOMER)
FLANGE
HEAD SPLIT
(22.5)
(127)
B B

A A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 01 INITIAL RELEASE KXR MT 2018-08-02 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
BRAKE FLINGER ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11419115
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA 28' DIA BALL MILL CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
PROJECTION 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 EA SHELL BRACING, 28' BALL MILL ZX11693748 10267273-DWK 1,531 KG
9157
2 8 EA LIFTING LUG, 28' DIA SHELL, EXTERNAL ZX11691773 10266647-DWK 362 KG
3 4 EA LIFTING LUG, 28' DIA SHELL, INTERNAL ZX11691772 10266648-DWK 294 KG
5 96 EA WASHER , PLAIN,M48 STL STEEL, DIN 125A 04-096665 04-096648-01 0.15 KG
F 6 48 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL , HVY, M48-5 A194,2H ASTM A194, GR 2H 04-103932 04-103935-01* 1.5 KG F
NOTES:
4439 1. LIFTING LUGS MUST BE PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW.
2. TORQUE ALL BOLTS TO 2970Nm/2200 FT-LB.
HARDWARE CAN BE SUBSTITUTED FROM METRIC CLASS 10.9.
4. EACH LIFTING LUG TO BE CLEARLY MARKED SHOWING MAXIMUM RATED CAPACITY.
5. EACH LIFTING LUG TO BE STAMPED WITH SERIAL NUMBER TO MATCH CORRESPONDING

MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION CERTIFICATE.
6. FOUR EXTERNAL LIFTING LUGS (ITEM-2) TO BE MOUNTED TO EACH 180° SHELL SECTION.
FOR SHIPPING PURPOSES.
E E
7. FOUR INTERNAL LIFTING LUGS (ITEM-3) ARE FOR POSITIONING SHELL HALVES AND ARE TO BE
SEE DETAIL A SHARED BETWEEN ALL SHELL SECTIONS AS REQUIRED. LUGS AND HARDWARE ORDERED
ON THE CENTER SHELL LIFTING LUG ARRANGEMENT DRAWING NUMBER 10266807-DWK.
8. REPOSITION LUGS, AND COMBINE INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL LUGS AS REQUIRED TO SAFELY
LIFT SHELL SECTION IN PROPER POSITION. (SEE DETAIL-C)
CENTER SHELL SECTION
60° MAX
4585.4
EXTERNAL LUG, REF

D D
INTERNAL LUG, REF
55,859 KG
DETAIL C
54,335 KG 2
6 5 4
54,335 KG
C 55,859 KG C
60°
MAX
DETAIL A
60°
MAX 60°
MAX
B B
SEE DETAIL B
2692.6
C.G.
3 Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
York, PA 17405-7312 USA
CERTIFIED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
By: MT Date: 10/30/18
4 5 6
2219.5
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
C.G. ANGLO AMERICAN
4439
DETAIL B CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
ERECTION ARRANGEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
SHIPPING ARRANGEMENT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
C.3778 90026636
LIFTING LUG ARRANGEMENT MATERIAL No: ZX11691291
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA CENTER SHELL CKD: WF MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2018-10-31 MATERIAL Wt.: 92,876 Wt. Unit: KG
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT LOCATION: QUELLAVECO APPD: MT ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2018 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT NAME: PERU DATE: 2018-10-31 A1 10266807-DWK OF 1 01
PROJECTION 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 EA LIFTING LUG, HEAD, MAIN ASTM A36 ZX11690756 10266429-DWK 850 KG
2 4 EA LIFTING LUG, HEAD, AUXILIARY ASTM A36 ZX11690704 10266428-DWK 237 KG
3 16 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M48X5X340-ASMEB18.2.3.5M ASTM193M 04-110048 04-103937-01* 0.00 KG
4 48 EA WASHER, PLAIN M48-ASTMF436M-TYPE 1-UNPL ST TYPE 1 UNPLTD 04-116344 04-104273-01* 0.28 KG
5 16 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL , HVY, M48-5 A194,2H ASTM A194, GR 2H 04-103932 04-103935-01* 1.5 KG
F F
MILL HEAD ASSY. WEIGHT WITH LUGS
77,375 KG/170,582 LB
30° MAX
1 REF
NOTES:
1. LIFTING LUGS MUST BE PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW.
USE ITEM-4 AS NEEDED TO LEVEL LIFTING LUG.

E E
Ø9845 3. TORQUE BOLTS TO 5,870 Nm/4,350 FT-LB
4. EACH LIFTING LUG TO BE CLEARLY MARKED SHOWING

MAXIMUM RATED CAPACITY.
1
5. EACH LIFTING LUG TO BE STAMPED WITH SERIAL NUMBER TO MATCH
CORRESPONDING MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION CERTIFICATE.
6. SEE ERECTION GUIDELINE DRAWING 10267593-DWK.
HARDWARE CAN BE SUBSTITUTED FOR METRIC CLASS 10.9.
D D
LIFT FOR ERECTION:

(SEE ERECTION GUIDELINE)
1361
C C
2614
2255
C.G.
2 REF 1 948 ∅9845
LIFTING LUG ARRANGEMENT FOR SHIPPING ∅100 THRU
5 4 3
(7610)
30° 30°
MAX MAX
2 (7270)
B ∅100 THRU B
(7653)
C.G.
3 4 5 Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
935.9 240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312

York, PA 17405-7312 USA
CERTIFIED FOR
1456
LIFT FOR SHIPPING CONSTRUCTION
EST. WEIGHT PER HALF SECTION: 39,168 KG/86,350 LB By: MT Date: 10/30/18
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
ANGLO AMERICAN
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
C.3778 90026636
LIFTING LUG ARRANGMENT, HEAD MATERIAL No: ZX11690757
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA FEED/DISCHARGE HEADS CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
PROJECTION 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 EA SHELL BRACING, 28' BALL MILL ZX11722154 10269508-DWK 1,515 KG
9195 2 8 EA LIFTING LUG, 28' DIA SHELL, EXTERNAL ZX11691773 10266647-DWK 557 KG
4 64 EA WASHER , PLAIN,M48 STL STEEL, DIN 125A 04-096665 04-096648-01 0.15 KG
5 32 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL , HVY, M48-5 A194,2H ASTM A194, GR 2H 04-103932 04-103935-01* 1.5 KG
F 6 4 EA ZX11691772, LIFTING LUG, 28' DIA SHELL, INTERNAL 10266648-DWK 381 KG F
4588.5
NOTES:
1. LIFTING LUGS MUST BE PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW.
2. TORQUE ALL BOLTS TO 2,427Nm/1,790 FT-LB.
HARDWARE CAN BE SUBSTITUTED FROM METRIC CLASS 10.9.
E 4. EACH LIFTING LUG TO BE CLEARLY MARKED SHOWING MAXIMUM RATED CAPACITY. E

SEE DETAIL A 5. EACH LIFTING LUG TO BE STAMPED WITH SERIAL NUMBER TO MATCH CORRESPONDING
MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION CERTIFICATE.
6. FOUR EXTERNAL LIFTING LUGS (ITEM-2) TO BE MOUNTED TO EACH 180° SHELL SECTION.
FOR SHIPPING PURPOSES.
INTERNAL LIFTING LUGS (ITEM-6) ARE FOR POSITIONING SHELL HALVES AND ARE TO BE
DISCHARGE END SHELL SECTION
SHARED BETWEEN ALL SHELL SECTIONS AS REQUIRED. LUGS AND HARDWARE ORDERED
ON THE CENTER SHELL LIFTING LUG ARRANGEMENT DRAWING NUMBER 10266807-DWK.
8. REPOSITION LUGS, AND COMBINE INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL LUGS AS REQUIRED TO SAFELY
LIFT SHELL SECTION IN PROPER POSITION. (SEE DETAIL-C)
4585.4
D D
58,005 KG
58,709 KG 2 58,005 KG
5 4 3
58,709 KG
C C
60°
DETAIL A MAX
60°
MAX
B SEE DETAIL B
B
1
2694.7
C.G. 6 Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
York, PA 17405-7312 USA
CERTIFIED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
By: MT Date: 10/31/18
2270 ERECTION ARRANGEMENT QUELLAVECO PROJECT

C.G. ANGLO AMERICAN
DETAIL B CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
4588.5
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
SHIPPING ARRANGEMENT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
C.3778 90026636
LIFTING LUG ARRANGEMENT MATERIAL No: ZX11691309
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA DISCHARGE SHELL CKD: WF MATERIAL Spec.:
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: WF ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 3 EA LIFTING LUG, TRUNNION, SHIPPING ASTM A36 ZX11690633 10266419-DWK 90 KG
2 1 EA LIFTING LUG, TRUNNION, ERECTION ASTM A36 ZX11690634 10266420-DWK 90 KG
3 6 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M56X5.5X340-ASMEB18.2.3 ASTMA193M GR B7 UNP 04-110049 04-103937-01 4.0 KG
5 6 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ,HVY,M56-5.5,A194,2H ASTM A194, GR 2H 04-103933 04-103935-01 1.5 KG
F 6 2 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M48X5X160-ASMEB18.2.3.5 ASTMA193M GR B7 UNP 04-109970 04-103937-01 3.1 KG F
120° TYP
77,737 LB/ 35,261 KG 35,122 LB/ 15,931 KG
(Ø4293)
2 6 7
E E
SPREDDER BAR
(NOT BY METSO)
D D
43,075 LB/ 19,540 KG

C.G.
PER ROPE
C LIFTING CABLE
C
3 PLC'S
30° MAX
1 TYP
ERECTION
5 4 3
NOTES:
B 1921
1. LIFTING LUGS MUST BE PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW. B
2. TORQUE M56 BOLTS TO 5,910 Nm/4,359 FT-LB & M48 BOLTS Metso Minerals
TO 3,676 Nm/2,711 FT-LB. Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
York, PA 17405-7312 USA
3. EACH LIFTING LUG TO BE CLEARLY MARKED SHOWING MAXIMUM

RATED CAPACITY.
CERTIFIED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
(925)
CORRESPONDING MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION CERTIFICATE. By: MT Date: 10/30/2018
5. SEE ERECTION GUIDELINE DRAWING 10267593-DWK.

QUELLAVECO PROJECT
(1921)
ANGLO AMERICAN
(∅3810) HARDWARE CAN BE SUBSTITUTED FOR METRIC CLASS 10.9. CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
7. WEIGHT OF TRUNNION = 50,288 KG EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
SHIPPING 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
C.3778 90026638
LIFTING LUG ARRANGEMENT, TRUNNION MATERIAL No: ZX11690649
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA FIXED TRUNNION CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
PROJECTION 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 3 EA LIFTING LUG, TRUNNION, SHIPPING ASTM A36 ZX11690633 10266419-DWK 90 KG
2 1 EA LIFTING LUG, TRUNNION, ERECTION ASTM A36 ZX11690634 10266420-DWK 90 KG
3 6 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M56X5.5X340-ASMEB18.2.3 ASTMA193M GR B7 UNP 04-110049 04-103937-01 4.0 KG
5 6 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ,HVY,M56-5.5,A194,2H ASTM A194, GR 2H 04-103933 04-103935-01 1.5 KG
F 6 2 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M48X5X160-ASMEB18.2.3.5 ASTMA193M GR B7 UNP 04-109970 04-103937-01 3.1 KG F
120° TYP
78,963 LB/ 35,817 KG 37,582 LB/ 17,047 KG
LIFTING CABLE
(Ø4293)
7 6 2
E E
SPREDDER BAR
(NOT BY METSO)
D D
44,566 LB/ 20,215 KG

C.G.
PER ROPE
C LIFTING CABLE
C
3 PLC'S
30° MAX
1 TYP
ERECTION
5 4 3
NOTES:
B 1921
1. LIFTING LUGS MUST BE PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW. B
2. TORQUE M56 BOLTS TO 5,910 Nm/4,359 FT-LB & M48 BOLTS Metso Minerals
TO 3,676 Nm/2,711 FT-LB. Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
York, PA 17405-7312 USA
3. EACH LIFTING LUG TO BE CLEARLY MARKED SHOWING MAXIMUM

RATED CAPACITY.
CERTIFIED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
(945)
CORRESPONDING MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION CERTIFICATE. By: MT Date: 10/30/2018
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
(1921) 5. SEE ERECTION GUIDELINE DRAWING 10267593-DWK.
ANGLO AMERICAN
(∅3810) HARDWARE CAN BE SUBSTITUTED FOR METRIC CLASS 10.9. CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
7. WEIGHT OF TRUNNION = 52,048 KG EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
SHIPPING 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
C.3778 90026636
LIFTING LUG ARRANGEMENT, TRUNNION MATERIAL No: ZX11690652
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA FREE TRUNNION CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
PROJECTION 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 12 EA BRAKE FLINGER, 30° SEGMENT ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11419079 10230651-DWK 27 KG
2 96 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL , ISO,M12X 30MM 04-125747 04-121144-01 0.00 KG
F F
E E
DISCHARGE HEAD
USE SEALANT AT ASSEMBLY

(BY CUSTOMER)
MILL SHELL
∅8846
D D
∅8955
B.C.
2 3
1
∅9195
O.D.
40 X 75 X 6 STEEL CLIPS
WELDED TO ONE END ONLY OF
BRAKE FLINGER SECTIONS FOR
ALIGNING SECTIONS.
C C
INSTALL SO THAT FLINGER JOINTS
186
CONICIDE WITH HEAD SPLITS. FILL
FLINGER JOINTS WITH SILICONE
(∅9845) 325 RUBBER OR EQUIVALENT.
O.D. (BY CUSTOMER)
FLANGE
HEAD SPLIT
(22.5)
(127)
B B

A A
C.3778 90026636
BRAKE FLINGER ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11419115
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA 28' DIA BALL MILL CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
PROJECTION 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 4 EA TOOL BIT DRILL, JOBBER LTH 3/8 MSC # 88 04-114688 04-114688-01 0.00 KG
2 3 EA TOOL BIT COUNTERBORE 1.00 04-114668 04-114668-01 0.00 KG
3 3 EA TOOL BIT DRILL, 7/16 TS #10028 DRIVE 04-114687 04-114687-01 0.00 KG
4 4 EA PIPE ,TAP, 1/4 REGAL 8709 04-114686 04-114686-01 0.00 KG
5 8 EA GREASE FITTING 0.25"-18 PTF, 1627-B STEEL 04-019683 04-019683-01 0.02 KG
F HEAD
6 1 GAL RESIN , INJECTION STRATATHANE #ST-540 04-122195 04-104069-01 0.00 KG F
7 1 GAL RESIN , INJECTION STRATATHANE #ST-541 04-122196 04-104069-01 0.00 KG
8 2 EA GREASE GUN , VARIABLE STROKE LVR 04-114670 04-114670-01 0.00 KG
1/4" NPT ∅8534

5 INJECTION I.D.
TYPE FITTING SHELL
SHELL
∅9195
O.D.
E ∅9562 E
B.C.
∅9845
HEAD 5
O.D.
SEE DETAIL A
HEAD SPLIT
149.5
MILL END VIEW

TYP 2 PLACES EACH END OF MILL
D D
DETAIL A
80
∅25 ∅9.5
∅9.5
C C
NOTES:
1.5
1. ROTATE MILL SO THAT FLUIDS OR CUTTINGS FROM DRILLING AND TAPPING DO NOT FALL INTO THE MOTOR.
2. DRILL AND TAP FOR 1/4" NPT INJECTION TYPE FITTING. DO NOT PENETRATE SHELL FLANGES.
STEP 1 STEP 2
STEP 1. DRILL HOLES USING 9.5mm TOOL, METSO PART NUMBER 04-114688 (ITEM 1).
STEP 2. DRILL COUNTERBORE USING 25mm TOOL, METSO PART NUMBER 04-114668 (ITEM 2).
COUNTERBORE TO BE 1.5 DEEP.
STEP 3. DRILL 11 DIAMETER X 19 DEEP TO WIDEN HOLE USING METSO PART NUMBER 04-114687 (ITEM 3).
STEP 4. TAP 1/4" NPT USING METSO PART NUMBER 04-114686 (ITEM 4). IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT ALL HOLES
BE ACCURATELY TAPPED SO THAT ALL FITTINGS DO NOT HAVE TO BE SCREWED IN TOO TIGHT.
3. CLEAN HOLES WITH SOLVENT AND DRY.

B B
4. INSERT AND TIGHTEN FITTINGS, METSO PART NUMBER 04-019683 (ITEM 5). IF THE FITTINGS ARE SCREWED IN TOO
FAR, THE HOLES WILL BECOME ENLARGED AND SERVICE REPLACEMENTS WILL BE DIFFICULT. OVER-TIGHTENING CAN
STRIP THE THREADS. ACCURATE THREADS AND MODERATE TIGHTENING WILL ENSURE A LEAK PROOF JOINT. ∅11
5. PREPARE STRATATHANE RESIN PARTS A AND B, METSO PART NUMBERS 04-122195 & 04-122196 (ITEMS 6 & 7), IN 1/4" NPT TAP
ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
TOTAL VOLUME TO BE FILLED IS 1300 CUBIC CM (650 CUBIC CM PER SAG MILL FLANGE).
6. INJECT THE RESIN INTO THE DRILLED HOLES BY GREASE GUN, METSO PART NUMBER 04-114670 (ITEM 8).
7. CLEAN ANY SPILL OR LEAKAGE OF THE RESIN IMMEDIATELY.

19
STEP 3 STEP 4

A A
C.3778 90026636
HEAD JOINT SEAL MATERIAL No: ZX11441660
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA INSTALLATION PROCEDURE CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' 28' DIA BALL MILL DATE: 2018-08-02 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
PROJECTION 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
1 1 EA COVER , DRAIN PORT ASTM A36 ZX11416622 10229947-DWK 113 KG
2 1 EA GASKET , DRAIN PORT NEOPRENE, 3mm THK ZX11416626 10229948-DWK 0.25 KG
3 12 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M24X3X90-ASMEB18.2.3.5M- ASTMA193M GR B7 UNP 04-109608 04-103937-01* 0.30 KG
D D
4 3
C C
2018-08-02
DATE
1
APPD
MT
KXR
∅315
BY
OPENING
B B
A A

INITIAL RELEASE
C.3778 90026636
ASSEMBLY, DRAIN PORT MATERIAL No: ZX11416632
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7 CKD: MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA
REV
01
PROJECTION 1
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
1 294 EA FSTNR , HVY HEX, SPC4 W/CAP, 2.50 X 16.5 ZX11185145 10124052-DWK 0.00 KG
2 252 EA SCREW ,FLG 12-PT,SPC4 W/CAP,2.25X12.5 ASTM A193 GR B7 ZX11157974 10124044-DWK 0.00 KG
4 38 EA FSTNR , HVY HEX SPC4 W/ CAP, 2.75 X 14.0 ZX11224127 10124052-DWK 0.00 KG
5 26 EA FSTNR , FITTED, SPC4 W/CAP, 2.75 X 17.00 ZX11749450 10124048-DWK 0.00 KG
6 1472 EA WASHER , PLAIN, HDN 2.50 F436 ASTM F436 04-088072 04-101758-01 0.46 KG
D 7 774 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL, HEAVY 2.500"-8UN-2B-ASM 04-091637 04-101757-01 2.6 KG D
8 252 EA WSHR, HRDND, CIRCU 2.250"-REG-ASMEB18.2 ASTMF436 TYPE B UNP 04-088062 04-101758-01 0.26 KG
9 126 EA WASHER , PLAIN,HDN 2.75 F436 ASTM F436 04-101848 04-101758-01 0.58 KG
10 88 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL , HVY 2.75-8UN A194 ASTM A194 GR.2H 04-101928 04-101757-01 3.6 KG
12 38 EA FSTNR , FITTED, SPC4 W/CAP, 2.50 X 16.5 ZX11185313 10124048-DWK 0.00 KG
13 9 EA STUD ASSEMBLY, 2.50-8UN X 410 MM ZX11689378 10266110-DWK 14 KG
14 17 EA STUD ASSEMBLY, 2.50-8UN X 365 MM ZX11689341 10266104-DWK 14 KG
NOTES:
1. ALL QUANTITIES SHOWN INCLUDE 5% EXTRA.
2. THIS HARDWARE IS TO BE USED ON THE

C SHELL/HEAD/TRUNNION ASSEMBLY, 10229801-DWK. C
2019-06-05
2019-04-09
2018-07-26
DATE
APPD
MT
MT
MT
KXR
MT
MT
BY
B B
UPDATED BOM TO INCLUDE SPC4 HARDWARE
UPDATED ITEMS 13 & 14
A A

INITIAL RELEASE
C.3778 90026636
HARDWARE SET, MILL ROTATING BODY MATERIAL No: ZX11441659
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7 CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA
REV
03
02
01
PROJECTION 1
4 3 2 1
Quellaveco Copper Mine Project, (2) 40' x 24' SAG Mills, Metso # C.3778
5B - Bolt Tightening Procedure
BOLTING IS ONE OF THE MOST IMPORTANT

STEPS IN MILL ERECTION. THE INSTRUCTIONS
BELOW MUST BE READ, UNDERSTOOD, AND
FOLLOWED.
Bolted connections in mill structures are especially important because
this is one area where serious failure can be caused by poor installation
or maintenance. Keeping bolted connections tight with proper preload
will insure a long running mill. Allowing joints to loosen will cause
serious erosion and joint degradation, which may become a permanent
problem, curtailing operation time. Tightness of joints, and random bolts,
should be checked periodically.
NOTE
All bolt tightening and rechecks of bolt torques must be done with
the hardware at a location above the mill horizontal centerline.
This is done to minimize the influence the load exerted by the
components and/or mill charge has on the readings.
5B-1.0 TORQUE WRENCHES
Metso Minerals strongly recommends calibrated torque wrenches. A

calibrated torque wrench is one that has had the input adjusted to
produce a torque to achieve the proper elongation for a particular bolted
joint assembly.
Because of many interrelated variables affecting friction and joint

condition, it is possible to experience as much as ±40% deviation in
preload between fasteners in an individual joint. Close control of friction
while using a calibrated torque wrench can reduce deviation to ±15%.
Friction is controlled by maintaining consistency in surface finish and

lubrication. Manufacturing creates the surface finish and shipping and
storage techniques are intended to preserve the finish. If burrs or other
high spots are encountered in assembling the hardware, be sure to
remove them with a file. The lubricant also affects the friction that must
be overcome in torquing. A lubricant should have consistent properties.
Metso Minerals recommends moly paste as the lubricant to maintain this
consistency. The table at the end of the section takes the moly paste
nut factor into account. If it is unavailable, NeverSeez or a light machine

oil are permissible but, extra care must be taken to avoid the increased
likelihood of thread damage due to higher friction.
5B-2.0 MEASURING FASTENER ELONGATION DUE TO PRELOADING
A micrometer or ultrasonic bolt gauge is used to measure bolt elongation

by taking readings before and after tightening. The micrometer method
cannot be used unless both ends of the bolt are accessible to a caliper
type micrometer. The ultrasonic method is capable of measuring bolt
elongation when only one end of the bolt is accessible. Bolt preload
accuracy obtained when monitoring stretch can be as high as ±3%.
Note that due to internal UT bolt gauge calibration, the individual length
measurements may not exactly correlate with a micrometer. However,
the length differences between the original and stretched conditions will
correlate. To calculate the proper bolt elongation, multiply the elongation
factor inch/inch(mm/mm), shown below, by the effective length of the bolt
assembly. A bolt preload data chart at the end of this section gives the
elongation for the mill rotating hardware for which these instructions
apply.
Both bolt ends must be machined smooth and parallel in order to

measure the bolts with the micrometer or ultrasonic gauge. Before and
after elongation measurements must be taken over the same locations.
5B-2.1 ELONGATION FACTORS: (FOR REFERENCE)
ASTM A-307, Grades A & B (Grade 2) ----- 0.001"/in(0.001mm/mm)
ASTM A-449, Type 1, (Grade 5) ----- 0.002"/in(0.002mm/mm)
ASTM A-193, Grade B7 ----- 0.0025"/in(0.0025mm/mm)
ASTM A-354, Grade BD (Grade 8) ----- 0.003"/in(0.003mm/mm)
Effective Length = 1/3 Bolt Head height + Flange thickness + 1/3 Nut
thickness + Washer thickness.
The factors above correspond to elongation that would be the result of

stresses at 70% of yield strength.

5B-2.2 EXAMPLE:
Effective Length: 8"(203.2mm)

Bolt: ASTM A-193, Grade B7
Required Elongation Factor: 0.0025"/in (0.0025mm/mm)
Calculation: 8 x 0.0025 = 0.020 inches
203.2mm x 0.0025mm = 0.508mm
5B-3.0 EVALUATING ELONGATION RESULTS
The final desired stretch for rotating hardware is given in the Bolt Data
sheet in this section. Elongation values for each particular fastener
should fall within the given tolerances. Values below the minimum
required elongation are NOT ACCEPTABLE.
If by chance a fastener is overstretched, the action taken (if any), for

resolving the overstretching situation will occur only after consulting with
Metso Engineering, or the Metso representative on site.
5B-4.0 CHOOSING A BOLT ELONGATION CONTROL METHOD
Table 1 describes the most commonly used methods of measuring and

recording bolt elongation. Each has its own advantages and
disadvantages. The method chosen must be rigorously adhered to on all
bolted connections. A careful, methodical, well thought out approach to
record keeping will pay dividends in mill uptime by reducing the chances
of joint degradation and the time required for periodic rechecking of bolt
preload.

Table 1 - Bolt Elongation Control Method Comparison

Method of Measuring Material Time Used Accuracy Time to
Elongation Cost in Torquing of Results Recheck after
Running
Torque only
(Not acceptable to Metso Very Low Very Short Very Poor Not Applicable
Minerals)
Partial check of bolt
Elongation. Every 5th to 10th Low Short Good Short
bolt (target bolts) using a
micrometer.
Checking all bolts with a
micrometer Low Long Very Good Long
Partial check of bolt
elongation using a UT High Long Good Long
elongation meter
Checking all bolts with a UT
elongation meter High Very Long Very Good Very Long
Random target bolts with
elongation indicating heads Medium Short Good Very Short
Load indicating fasteners with
electronic control unit High Short Very Good Very Short
5B-5.0 BOLT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE (BEFORE START-UP OF THE

MILL)
5B-5.1 CLEANING AND PREPARATION
All studs and bolts must be cleaned and checked for thread damage.
The stud and bolt threads, and the nut or head faces must be clean
before installation. All dirt, rust, loose scale, and burrs must be removed.
As removed from the shipping crate, hardware is not acceptable for use.
Bolts and nuts invariably have slight shipping damage or dirt clinging to
the preservative oil used in shipping preparation. Before use, each bolt,
stud, and nut must be individually inspected and prepared for assembly
as follows:
• Clean with solvent

• Check for thread damage
• Dress any nicks or burrs from threads
• Run a nut on and off to ensure ease of assembly

5B-5.2 LUBRICATION
Use the lubricant on the threads of the nuts and the bolts or studs.
Metso recommends moly paste since it has a low nut factor. The nut
factor takes into account the geometry of the hardware and the
coefficient of friction of the lubricant itself. The lower the nut factor, the
lower the torque that is needed to stretch the fastener. To ensure
consistency, be sure to apply the lubricant the same for each assembly,
applying the lubricant only to the threads. Below is a table that shows
lubricants in order of preference:
Lubricant: Moly Paste NeverSeez Light Machine Oil

Preference: 1 2 3
Nut Factor: 0.13 0.17 0.20
Manufacturer: Loctite Bostik Many
Manufacturer Part #: 51049 NSBT16 N.A.
The table at the end of this section shows the necessary torque for moly
paste. If moly lube is unavailable, set up a jig to test the substitute
lubricant (NeverSeez or light machine oil) to see how much torque is
needed to stretch the fastener to the appropriate length.
5B-5.3 INSTALLATION AND TORQUING
All stud and bolt requirements are given on the Shell/Head/Trunnion

Assembly drawing. See the table(s) in this section for the Bolt Preload
Data.
The nut must be turned in a steady tightening motion, while the bolt is
prevented from rotating. In some cases, the bolt head can be torqued.
When torquing the bolt head, the nut (when used) must be prevented
from rotating.
The bolt torquing should be done in three stages. The first stage should
be to tighten to one-half the torque value. The second stage should be
to tighten to full torque value, and the third stage is to recheck at full
torque value.
This torque value is the input reading on a torque wrench that has been
field calibrated to produce the proper elongation in the particular bolted
joint being assembled. The input reading may vary between torque
wrenches, even though the wrenches are of the same model and
manufacturer.

The pressure input reading on the torque wrench may or may not
correspond to a calculated elongation value for the fastener in question.
Variations in parameters such as thread finish, or the type of lubricant
used, may cause the input reading to fall above or below the calculated
input value to achieve the required elongation given in the Bolt Preload
chart.
5B-5.4 SELECTING THE APPROPRIATE NUMBER OF TARGET BOLTS
Once the method and equipment for checking bolt elongation have been
chosen, a decision must be made on the number of bolts to be checked.
If all bolts are checked, there is very little chance for any bolt in the entire
assembly to be over or under elongated. As the percentage of bolts
(target bolts) chosen decreases, the possibility of undetected bolts with
improper elongation increases. However, if all torquing procedures are
followed, there is a very low percent chance that the bolts not checked
will be over or under torqued.
When deciding on the number of target bolts, choose every 5 th to 10 th

bolt. Use a number that would give a good spacing of target bolts on the
flange. For example, on radial and horizontal flanges, choose the two
end bolts, the middle bolt, and space the remainder of the target bolts in
between. Do not space such that there are more than ten bolts in a row
without having a target bolt. By choosing every 5th bolt, as opposed to
10, the chances for error are reduced. For circular flanges, choose a
spacing between 5 and 10 that would divide the flange bolts evenly.

Examples of target bolt spacing - Sketches 1, 2, & 3
Used for torque wrench calibration
Indicates target bolts
HORIZONTAL FLANGE
SKETCH 1

Used for torque

wrench calibration
CIRCULAR
FLANGE
Indicates target bolts
SKETCH 2

Indicates
target bolts
Used for torque

wrench calibration
RADIAL FLANGE
SKETCH 3

5B-5.5 USING A UT METER FOR BOLT ELONGATION CHECKS
The UT (ultrasonic testing) meter must be calibrated with a test block

before it is used to measure any bolt elongations. Calibrate the UT
meter at least once a day when in use.
When starting to torque a flange and measure elongations, choose the

torque listed in the Metso Minerals IO&M manual and set the pressure
on the torque wrench to achieve the percentage of full torque required at
the stage of joint assembly. A torque versus pressure chart will be
supplied with each torque wrench. Check the first bolt in the flange after
torquing, and adjust the pressure, if required, so that the elongation falls
within the required range. Be careful not to over torque. Torque the
second bolt on the flange and check elongation. Adjust the pressure if
required. Torque the third bolt in the flange and check elongation. The
elongation should fall within the limits with no pressure adjustment.
Proceed torquing sequential bolts, including the next target bolt.
Measure the elongation of this target bolt; it should fall within the
required elongation limits. If the elongation reading on this target bolt is
not acceptable, all bolts must be back checked until the previous target
bolt is reached. Adjust the bolts as required and recalibrate the torque
wrench using three bolts in the flange. Be careful when torquing a bolt
the second time, as second torquing may result in greater elongations for
the same torque. This is a function of thread surface changes.
5B-5.6 USING A MICROMETER FOR BOLT ELONGATION CHECKS
The same procedures noted above for initial torquing and checking of
bolts will be followed when using a micrometer, with one important
difference. When using a micrometer, the Head/Trunnion bolts, and the
Shell to Head bolts that pass through the Gear and Shell to Head joint,
cannot be measured for elongation. A mock flange, to the exact
dimensions of the flange on which the bolts will be used, can be
fabricated. The torque wrench can be calibrated on three bolts on the
mock flange. The same input pressure used to achieve proper
elongation on the mock flange will then be used on the actual flange.
5B-5.7 USING SPC-4 BOLTS WITH AN SPC-4 MONITOR
When the mill is supplied with SPC-4 Bolts, the bolts will be
tightened with the preload monitored by the SPC-4 torque monitor.
When the preload reaches the desired preload value, the torque
wrench will be shut off.

5B-6.0 RECHECKING OF TORQUE VALUES (AFTER START-UP OF THE

MILL)
After one to three weeks of running at full load, recheck all mill rotating
hardware at full torque. A second full torque check should be made after
about 6 months of running, and then the bolts should be randomly
checked every six months (a few bolts on each flange). If excessive
preload was lost on the few bolts, all the bolts should be retorqued.
5B-7.0 CHECKING PRELOAD OF EXISTING TORQUED BOLT

CONNECTIONS AFTER THE MILL HAS RUN
Once a bolt assembly has been working in a mill flange joint for a period
of time, the preload on the joint will decrease. This decrease in preload
is more prevalent when the joint is first assembled and when the mill is
first run. It is important to increase the preload to the desired level
before the flange assembly sustains damage due to low preload. The
friction in the nut and bolt assembly changes (most often increases) from
the time it was installed until it is rechecked so it is important that the
torque versus elongation be checked each time the bolts are retorqued.
If the ultrasonic gauge or micrometer was used during initial installation
or previous torquing, these values can be used as references to check
against present readings to determine if any, or how much, preload was
lost over time. The UT meter or micrometers can now be used to
determine the new torque versus elongation relationship. If there are no
previous elongation readings available, then about 3 to 5 bolts per flange
must be checked for length and recorded. The bolt is then loosened and
the untorqued length is recorded. The difference between the two
readings is the elongation (preload) of the bolt before loosening. This
bolt is then retightened to obtain the proper stretch and reestablish the
proper torque versus elongation relationship. If the test bolts indicate
low preload, then retorque all bolts.
With SPC-4 Bolts, the preload can be checked with the hand meter to
confirm, Rotating Flange Bolts are still within required preload specs.
5B-8.0 RECORD KEEPING
When using bolt extension to determine preload, the bolts must be

marked by stamping on the bolt head and flange, or painting the flange
so that the installed stretch and preload measurements can, in the
future, be related to the proper bolts.

5B-9.0 SPECIAL PRELOAD INDICATING BOLTS
Some bolt manufacturers are now supplying bolts with preload indicators
built into the bolts. These bolts can be installed randomly in the mill
flanges (about every 10th bolt). Preload can be read directly from the
indicator in the bolt. This indicator can be used to establish the torque-
preload (stretch) relationship for initial and subsequent torquings. These
bolts can be checked whenever the mill is stopped for any loss in
preload. If enough of these bolts are in the mill, then they can be used
as an indicator to determine when retorquing is required.

4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION MATERIAL DRAWING UNIT WEIGHT
2019-07-03
2019-04-16
DATE
1 1 EA MONITOR , BOLT LOAD, SPC4 MODEL 404A ZX11274965 10171605-DWK 0.00 KG

3 1 EA MONITOR , BOLT LOAD, SPC4 MODEL 424A 220 ZX11275021 10171714-DWK 0.00 KG
APPD

MT
MT
MT
MT
BY
ADDED ITEM-4 TO BOM
INITIAL RELEASE
REV
02
01

DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 C.3778 90026840
X. = ± 6
BOLT LOAD MONITOR MATERIAL No.: ZX11750925
York, PA 17405-7043 USA SPC-4 BOLT MONITOR KIT CKD: MT
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15'
1
Valley Forge & Bolt Mfg. Co.
Product Specification Sheet
SPC4™ READERS
All Models: SPC4™ Reader 500 Series:
• Displays bolt clamp load with ±5% accuracy. • Analog display.
• Significantly reduces installation and maintenance • Two different connection styles:
time. - Model 500A: Traditional Snap On connection.
• Safer bolted assemblies. - Model 5050B: Magnetic connection.
• Applies uniform distributed load on gasketed joints. • Intrinsically safe mechanical operation does not
• Comes with a certified calibration gage. require power supply.
• Annual recertification services available. • Operating Temperature:
• Warranty & Repairs: Meter Probe: -10°F to 150°F, or -23°C to 65°C.
- 5 year limited warranty on manufacturing defects. Bolt/Stud: Less than 625°F.
- Repairs and refurbishment of older, out of
warranty units available. SPC4™ Model 600A:
- Loaner units available during repairs. • Electronic Load Data Logger.
• Protection from the Elements: • Bolt data can be recorded in the field and transferred
- When not in use, readers should be kept inside to an Excel spreadsheet for analysis.
included carrying case and in a dry environment. • Can be preset for different “locations” and “bolts in
each location” for a maximum of 13,100 records.
SPC4™ Reader Model 404A: • Power Supply: Six (6) AA Batteries
• Direct replacement for the SPC4™ Reader Model 402. • Operating Temperature: -4°F to 158°F, or -20°C to
• Digital display. 70°C.
• Power Supply: Two (2) AA Batteries
• Operating Temperature: 14°F to 140°F, or -10°C to
60°C.
SPC4™ Reader Model 424A:

• Digital display.
• Electronic control of an installation tool to a preset
clamp load.
• Tightening tool can be hydraulic, pneumatic or
electric.
• Power Supply: Can be set to work on 110 or 220 Vac;
30 A maximum output.
• Operating Temperature: 14°F to 140°F, or -10°C to
60°C.
Instructional videos available at www.vfbolts.com/instructional-videos/
www. VF B O LTS . c om
SPC4™ WIRELESS READERS

SPC4™ Reader 702 Series
Reading:
The SPC4™ 702 Readers operate using the same technology as the SPC4™ Readers
on the previous page. They allow wireless monitoring of a fastener’s load as a
percentage of yield strength of the fastener by logging and saving data at a receiving
station. Data is equal to 100% being the minimum yield load of the fastener.
Specifications
• Probes use standard WiFi protocol, IEEE 802.11.
• Probes can wirelessly communicate to an access point up to 100 m (328 ft).
• Individual probe dimensions: 61 x 66 x 76 mm (2.4 x 2.6 x 3.0 inches) 0.3 kg
(0.65 lbs.)
• Wireless units can be configured to transmit continuous data in intervals
ranging from 1 second to 16 hours to meet your specific application’s needs.
• Uses a non-rechargeable CR123A battery allowing up to three years of life.
• Capable of being installed on either static or dynamic applications and
provide data-logging.
• Probes are built to the Ingress Protection Class IP-67.
• Operating Temperature: Probes are designed to function over the range:
-40°C to 70°C, -40°F to 158°F.
• Can be paired with either a SPC4™ 702-DL WiFi Data Logger or be integrated
into your operation site’s WiFi network and or SCADA system for remote
data logging.
Data Logging with the SPC4™ 702 Series

The data logger serves as a wireless access point that has its own WiFi network in
which the configured probes can connect to. The data logger continuously monitors
for wireless probe data transmissions. The data received from a probe transmission is
the probe number and the bolt load as a percentage of yield strength of the fastener.
The data logger saves this information along with a time and date stamp of when the
data was received. The data log is saved on a shared drive in the form of a USB Flash
Drive that can be either accessed directly or remotely via the data logger’s network.
The data log is formatted to be easily imported into Excel® for data manipulation and
graphing.
the SPC4™ load indicating system
Reading: Clearance Above Indicator:

• SPC4™ equipped fasteners require the use of an external • To attach a mechanical load reader to SPC4™ bolt or stud,
load reader device to attach to the fastener and display it is recommended that a minimum of 2 inches in diameter
load as a percentage of total capacity, default is equal to be kept free around the end of the fastener. This free space
100% of minimum yield load. should extend 3 inches beyond the SPC4™ attachment
• Two load reading meter styles available; a mechanical point at the end of the bolt or stud.
dial type displaying 0-100% in 5% increments and an • To attach an electronic load reader to SPC4™ bolt or stud,
electronic design displaying 0-100% in 1% increments. it is recommended that a minimum of 1 3/4 inches in
diameter be kept free around the end of the fastener. This
Temperature: free space should extend 2 1/2 inches beyond the SPC4™
• The SPC4 ™ can withstand the same service attachment point at the end of the bolt or stud.
temperatures as the base fastener material they are
manufactured from. Protection from the elements:
• Internal components are constructed to match the • With all SPC4™ fasteners we offer threaded metal caps
material of the base fastener. or plastic caps, in sealing and non-sealing configurations
• Load readings may be collected at temperatures up to depending on the application. Also, depending on the
and including 600°F. intended use and expected service additional protection
• Load reader temperature may not exceed 150°F or may be required.
permanent damage may result. • An SPC4™ indicator is a precision measurement device
and should be treated with care. Any damage sustained
Install Location: from mechanical impact corrosion or contamination from
• With the SPC4™ installation into the thread-end of foreign matter can render the device inoperable. Prior to
a bolt, or in a stud where the use of a ‘thread stop’ is installation with SPC4™ equipped fasteners, any risks to
impractical or impossible, a ‘no-standoff’ configuration indicator damage in the service environment should be
must be used. SPC4™ No-Standoff type indicators assessed.
allow for a nut positioning range in place of the fixed
position requirement. De-ration:
• SPC4™ in standard configuration may be installed in • Occurs as a result of the removal of material required for
the head of a bolt or on the end of a stud providing the SPC4™ installation.
nut has been secured in position with a ‘thread stop’ • Will be present for all stud or thread-end bolt installations.
feature. • A standard bolt with in-head SPC4™ will generally not
• Positioning range will be determined based on the incur de-ration, but exceptions can occur.
intended use of the fastener. • Any SPC4™ fastener which has been de-rated will be scaled
accordingly, meaning that 100% on the indicator will not
exceed the de-rated minimum yield load of that particular
fastener unless otherwise specified.
SPC4™
The SPC4™ Load Indicating System allows users to install a bolted assembly with confidence. The
user is able to constantly monitor the clamp load of any SPC4™ bolted joint, whether static or dynamic.
By easily attaching a probe to the datum disc located on the end of the fastener, the user is able to read
the value on a hand held digital or analog reader or via wireless technology from a remote location.
A fastener is modified by machining a small hole into the head. Minimal modifications to the bolt
assure basic bolt design integrity. A gage pin is then inserted into the hole and secured at the bottom.
Next, a datum disk is fitted on the top of the bolt head and forms a flat surface with the top of the gage
pin when the bolt is unloaded. When the bolt is tightened, it elongates and the gauge pin is drawn into
the bolt away from the datum disk surface. A portable electronic displacement transducer measures
the distance between the datum disk surface and the tip of the gage pin. The elongation of the bolt is
then correlated to joint clamp load via our electronic, mechanical or wireless monitors.
The SPC4™ joint allows the end-user to re-tighten only the bolts or studs that have lost their clamp
load. This results in a tremendous saving of maintenance time, money and replacement parts. For a
minimal investment, the SPC4™ offers maximum joint integrity with optimum performance.
In addition, there are many different models of SPC4™ Readers to choose from with a variety of
different specifications and capabilities. Including digital and mechanical displays, wireless assemblies
and optional data gathering and storage.
The SPC4™ may be manufactured to many of the ASTM, ISO, SAE, or any specific customer standards
with various types of head configurations.
XXI/Avanti/Stealth SERIES
Operational Manual July 2004
Table of Contents
XXI/Avanti/Stealth SERIES Operational Manual
SECTION I
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION II 2-1 Working Pressure

BEFORE USE 2-2 Hydraulic Connections
2-3 Electrical Connections
2-4 Air Connections
SECTION III 3-1 General

OPERATION 3-2 Connecting the System
3-3 Drive Direction Change
3-4 Reaction Arm XXI/Avanti
3-5 Setting Torque
3-6 Setting Pump Pressure
3-7 Tightening Procedures
3-8 Operating the XXI, Avanti & Stealth Systems
3-9 Loosening Procedures
SECTTION IV 4-1 Tool set up and operation

USE WITH LoaDISC 4-2 LoaDISC Tensioning
WASHER & CLAMP-NUT 4-3 LoaDISC De-tensioning
4-4 LoaDISC Lubrication
4-5 CLAMP-NUT Tensioning
4-6 Clamp-nut De-tensioning
4-7 Clamp Lubrication
SECTTION V 5-1 General Information

OPERATION 5-2 Hydraulic Connections
HYTORC POWER PACKS 5-3 Prior to Use
5-4 Operation –Electric Pump--
5-5 Operation –Air Pump--
5-6 Automatic Pump
5-7 Starting with Automatic System
SECTION VI Tool Dimensions & Parts List

HELPFUL Field-proven Torquing Procedure
INFORMATION Pressure/Torque & Pressure/Load Conversion Chart
Recommended Torque For ASTM A193 Grade B7 Studs
INTRODUCING THE NEW GENERATION HYTORC
Thank you for buying the NEW HYTORC FREEDOM-LINE!
This manual is designed to provide you with the basic knowledge required to operate and maintain
your HYTORC bolting equipment. Please read this manual carefully and follow the instructions
provided. If you have any questions regarding HYTORC bolting equipment, please call us at
201-512-9500 or contact us at hytorsales@hytorc.com.
Your purchase of HYTORC bolting equipment entitles you to the following services at no extra
cost to you.
Free on-site training in the application and operation of your HYTORC bolting equipment
* Free semi-annual training
* Free annual tool inspection.
* Free loner tools in case of failure under warranty
* Free engineering assistance by calling 1-800-FOR-HYTORC or our international office.
Your local HYTORC bolting specialist is available around the clock for your convenience. Should
you require any assistance, please contact us to obtain our local specialist’s information.
World-wide Warranty
HYTORC bolting equipment is engineered to the latest technological standards and is accompanied
by our exclusive 12 word, 12-month warranty:
“YOU BREAK IT UNDER NORMAL USE, WE FIX IT FREE OF CHARGE!”
If your HYTORC equipment cannot be repaired on site, FREE loaner equipment will be made
available to you upon request, while under warranty.
INTRODUCTION
HYTORC tools are uniquely multi-purpose. They can be used as accurate bolting
equipment on conventional nuts in open or confined spaces. They also can be used as
reaction arm free tensioning equipments, when used with HYTORC LoaDISC washer or
HYTORC-Clamp, Hydraulically Actuated Mechanical Tensioner.
SECTION I
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
HYTORC tools are designed for the safety of operators. However, they are powerful tools and certain
safety precautions should be observed to avoid accidents or personal injury. The following tips will
assist you.
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS
KEEP WORK AREA CLEAN AND WELL LIT
CONSIDER WORK AREA Electric pumps should never be used in any atmosphere
ENVIRONMENT which can be considered potentially volatile. If there is any
doubt, use an air pump.
Also note: Metal to metal contact can cause sparks. Precautions must be taken.
AVOID PREMATURE TOOL The pump remote control should be operated by a

STARTING designated operator and ensure “ALL CLEAR” prior to
starting and to avoid premature tool starting.
STAY CLEAR DURING OPERATION In most cases, the tool will allow “hands free” operation. If
the tool must be reset on bolt during operation, make sure the
remote control operator is aware of turning the pump off.
IMPORTANT NOTE: NEVER HOLD THE TOOL DURING OPERATION!
GUARD AGAINST ELECTRIC Ensure the pump is properly grounded and the proper
SHOCK voltage is used.
STORE EQUIPMENT PROPERLY When not in use, tools and accessories should be properly
stored to avoid deterioration.
USE THE RIGHT TOOL Do use tools or attachments suitable for the applications.
*refer to our recommended torque/load chart
PROPER SAFETY ATTIRE When handling/operating hydraulic equipment, wear

work gloves, hard hats, safety shoes, safety glasses and other
applicable clothing.
MOVING EQUIPMENT Do not use hydraulic hoses, uniswivels, pump power or

remote cords as means of moving the equipment.
SECTION I
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS -continued from the previous page-
HOSES Do not kink hoses. Inspect and replace if damaged.
SHROUDS AND COVER PLATES All tools are equipped with shrouds and/or cover plates
to prevent contact with the moving internal parts. Do not
use tools without these safety covers. If the covers are
missing or damaged, replace immediately.
MAINTAIN TOOLS For the best results, inspect tools, power packs, hoses,
connectors, electric lines and accessories for visual
damage before each usage. Always follow instructions
for proper tool and pump maintenance.
SAFETY ALERT Do not use power equipment under the influence of any
mood altering substance.
PRIOR TO OPERATION Ensure that all hydraulic connectors are securely

connected. Verify that the hydraulic hoses are not
kinked. Insure the square drive and its retainer are
fully and securely engaged.
PRIOR TO USE (if use with reaction arm) Before placing your tool on the application, cycle it to
ensure proper function. If using the torque mode,
locate a solid and secure reacting point. Be sure the
reaction arm is retained firmly and positioned to face
the same direction as the square drive. Be sure the
hydraulic hoses are free of the reacting point. Pressurize
the system momentarily; if the tool tends to “ride up” or
to “creep”, stop and adjust the reaction arm to a solid
and secure position.
NOTE: Remain clear of the reaction arm during operation and never put body parts between
reaction arm and reaction surface.
ALWAYS USE QUALITY Use genuine HYTORC accessories. Use correct size
ACCESSORIES accessories and engage them fully. Stay clear of all moving
accessories during operation.
DO NOT USE FORCE Do not apply any impact by using hard objects on bolting
equipment or accessories. This may cause malfunction or
breakage.
ALWAYS CONSULT Please contact HYTORC for any questions related to our
equipment or your bolting needs. Safety is always the
number one priority.
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USING YOUR NEW HYTORC
READ CAREFULLY: Most malfunctions, in new equipment, are the result of improper operation
and/or set-up.
PREPARATION: Remove HYTORC equipment from shipping container.
INSPECTION: Visually inspect all components for any damage during transportation. If damages
are found, notify HYTORC immediately.
2-1 Working Pressure The tool’s maximum

working pressure is 10,000 PSI (700kg/cm2, 690 Bar)
Make sure that all hydraulic equipment used is rated
for 10,000 PSI operating pressure. To set pump
pressure for XXI models to 10,000 PSI for both
advance & retract, locate selector valve underneath
the couplers. Turn the pump off and loosen the lock
nut. Turn the center screw counter-clockwise until
it stops. Tighten the lock-nut. For Avanti & Stealth
models, turn the center screw clockwise until it stops.
Tighten the lock-nut to set the pump pressure to 1,500
PSI for retract.
2-2 Hydraulic Connections With older style pumps, (SST-10, SST-20),

the retract side of the system may remain pressurized after the pump
has been switched “off”. This trapped pressure makes it impossible to
loosen the retract-side fittings by hand. To release the pressure, find
the 5/16 manual override holes in the end of the black solenoids on the
pump. With a welding rod, Allen-key or similar device, push in on the
ends of both solenoids, each in turn, and the residual pressure will be
released. All fittings will, then, be hand tightened again. Hoses and
couplers must be free and unobstructed before and during the operation
of the tool. External impact on the couplers may break off the fittings.
Current pump models are equipped with an auto-pressure relief. Never disconnect or connect any
hydraulic hoses or fittings without first unloading wrench and the pump. Double check the gauge
reading to assure pressure has been released.
When making connections with quick disconnect couplings, make sure the couplings are fully engaged.
Threaded connections such as fittings and gauges must be clean and securely tightened and leak free.
CAUTION: Loose or improper threaded fittings can be potentially dangerous if pressurized. Severe
over tightening can cause premature thread failure. Never grab, touch or in any way come in contact
with a hydraulic pressure leak. Escaping oil can penetrate the skin and cause injury.
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USING YOUR NEW HYTORC -continued from the previous
page-
2-3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS Ensure proper power availability to prevent motor failure or
dangerous electrical overloading. Compare the motor nameplate for required amperage. Do not use
electric pump, if three prong electrical plug is not whole. Minimize the length of extension cords and be
sure they are of adequate wire size, with ground connectors. Extension cord up to 50 feet should be #10
AWG gauge.
CAUTION: Electric motors may spark. Do not operate in an explosive atmosphere or in the presence
of conductive liquids. Use an air pump instead.
2-4 AIR CONNECTIONS Ensure that you have sufficient air flow of 80 psi ( 50 cfm) to operate your
pneumatic pump. If in doubt, compare the pump manufacturer’s recommended air flow rating prior
to pressurizing pump. Improper air flow may damage the pump motor. For best results, use air hose
larger than 3/4 “ diameter.
Use of a filter regulator lubricator (FRL) is highly recommended. (diagram below)
AIR ADJUSTMENT KNOB
AIR FLOW
OIL LUBRICATOR
ON/OFF LEVER
ADJUSTMENT KNOB
FILTER CAP
AIR PRESSURE GAUGE
CONDENSATION
BOWL
DRIER AUTO WATER DRAIN PORT
1. Adjust flow to 1-2 drops per minute.

2. Fill half way with grade 46 hydraulic oil supplied.
SECTION III
OPERATION – Torquing Conventional Nuts
3-1 General All HYTORC tools are supplied completely assembled and are ready to use. A
HYTORC Hydraulic Power Pack, for use with your HYTORC tools, is recommended to provide
the speed, pressure and portability that makes your HYTORC SYSTEM more efficient and accurate.
The SYSTEM accuracy of your HYTORC tool is +-3% based upon manufacturer’s specifications.
This accuracy maybe certified through calibration by HYTORC or any other qualified calibration
facility whose program is traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (N.I.S.T.)
Using a calibrated gauge enhances the accuracy of your HYTORC SYSTEM.
3-2 Connecting the SYSTEM The wrench head and power pack are connected by a
10,000 PSI operating pressure (40,000 PSI burst) twin line hose assembly. Each end of the hose have
one male and one female connector to assure proper interconnection between pump and wrench
head.
IMPORTANT: To avoid tool malfunction, do not reverse connectors.
Connect the twin line hose to the uniswivel as shown below. Make sure male couplers are connected to
female couplers. During the operation, check the connection to ensure the couplers are not loose.
Insure the connectors are fully engaged and screwed snugly and completely together.
Connect to pump Connect to tool
*Connect male end of hose to female end of both tool and pump &
female end of hose to male end on both tool and pump
From hose From hose

SECTION III
OPERATION – Torquing Conventional Nuts -continued from the previous page-
3-3 Drive Direction Change
Avanti tools To remove the square drive, disengage the drive retainer assembly by
depressing the retaining round button and gently pulling on the square end of the square drive. The
square drive will slide out. To insert the drive in the tool, place the drive in the desired direction,
engage drive spline and ratchet spline, then twist bushing until engage to the housing spline. Push
drive through ratchet. Depress drive retainer button, engage retainer with drive and release button
to lock.
Button
Drive Retainer Square Drive
The diagram on the right illustrates the direction that the square
drive should face for tightening and loosening of a standard
Loosening Tightening
right hand fastener.
Stealth tools The Stealth tools use interchangeable ratcheting links. For tightening, simply engage
the nut with the right side of the link facing down. For loosening, the left side of the link faces down.
Ratcheting link can be detached from the Stealth power head by pulling the power head out while
pressing the button shown below.
STEALTH
MADE IN U.S.A.
STEALTH
MADEIN USA
Please read
Loosening operating
instructions
prior to use,
Tightening
and use
common sense.
Link release button KEEP HANDS

OFF DURING
OPERATION!
3-4 Reaction Arm The Avanti can be used with a 360 degree adjustable universal reaction arm.
Make sure the reaction arm spline is fully

engaged on the square drive spline. Secure
the position by tightening the set screw on
the reaction arm.
*ALWAYS USE A SAFETY HANDLE

SECTION III
3-5 Setting Torque
Once the SYSTEM is fully connected and the proper power supply is available, it is time to adjust the
pump pressure to the level needed on your job. When tightening, use the manufacturer’s specifications
to determine the torque value ultimately required. Appendix I – which is presented as a guideline for
comparison only – gives typical torque values specified for the most commonly encountered fasteners.
Torque sequence varies from plant to plant and even within the same plant may vary depending on the
gasket material and other factors. Always abide by on-site-procedures.
Always refer to the pressure-torque conversion table that came with the tool.
3-6 Setting the Pressure on the Pump T Handle
To set the pressure on the pump, follow this procedure.
1. Loosen the knurled locking ring below the “T” handle on the pump’s
external pressure regulator. Then turn the “T” handle counter-
clockwise until it turns freely and easily.
2. Turn the pump “ON”. Using the pump’s remote control pendant, Locking Ring
push down the advance switch (or button on air pump) and hold it.
3. While holding the pump in the advance mode, slowly turn the “T” handle
clockwise and observe the pump pressure gauge rise.
NOTE: Always adjust the regulator pressure up – never down.
4. Once the desired pressure is reached. Turn off the pump and “LOCK IN” the pressure by tightening
the knurled lock nut. Turn on the pump once more and pressurize to verify the pressure is maintained.
3-7 Applying the Avanti – the Tightening Process
1. Once your target pressure is set, cycle the tool three or four times to full pressure. Cycling the tool
ensures that the system is operating properly and removes trapped air, if any.
2. Place the proper size driving unit on the square drive and secure properly.
3. Place the tool on the bolt, making sure that everything is fully engaged. Further ensure that the drive
retainer is engaged.
4. Make sure the reaction arm is firmly abutted against a stationary object.
5. When positioning the wrench, make sure that the hose connections are well clear of any obstructions.
6. After all the above are confirmed, apply momentary pressure to the SYSTEM to ensure proper tool
placement.
SECTION III
3-7 Applying the Stealth – the Tightening Process
1. Once the target pressure is set (refer to 3-6) Cycle the tool several times to full pressure to assure
proper operation.
2. Place the right side of the ratchet link directly over the nut. Ensuring the hex is fully engaged
and the reaction pad portion of the link abuts solidly against an adjacent nut or other stationary
object. (see 3-3 for proper tool placement)
3. Ensure hose connections are clear of any obstacles.
4. After all the above are confirmed, apply momentary pressure to the SYSTEM to assure the
reaction point is stable.
3-8 Operating the Avanti and Stealth SYSTEMS
1. By pushing down on the remote control button in the advance position, the rear of the tool will
be pushed back until the reaction surface will contact its reaction point.
2. Continue to hold down the advance button as the socket turns until you hear a “CLICK” which
will signify the hydraulic cylinder inside the tool is fully extended and will not turn the socket
further.
3. Continuing to hold down the remote control button will result in a rapid buildup of pressure to
the point of where the gauge reads what was preset prior to applying the wrench.
IMPORTANT: The reading of full preset pressure after the cylinder is extended DOES NOT
INDICATE that this pressure (torque) is applied to the bolt. It only indicates that the cylinder is
fully extended and cannot turn the nut further until the tool automatically resets itself.
Releasing the remote control button will retract the cylinder. The tool will automatically reset
itself and the operator will hear a “CLICK” indicating he can again push the remote control
button and the socket will turn. Each time the cylinder is extended and retracted, it is called a
cycle. Successive cycles are made until the tool “STALLS” at the preset Torque/PSI with an
accuracy of +-3%. Repeatability is +-1%.
IMPORTANT: ALWAYS ATTEMPT ONE FINAL CYCLE

TO INSURE THE “STALL” POINT HAS BEEN REACHED.
NEVER HOLD THE TOOL DURING OPERATION.

Use safety handle to set and
remove tools.
SECTION III
3-8 Operating the Avanti and Stealth SYSTEMS
Releasing “LOCKED-ON” tools.
Should the tool “LOCK-ON” after the final cycle, slide the slider (or the lever on Avanti) with the
pump off or in retract position. Turn the pump back on and while maintaining the pressure, cycle
Avanti in the pump’s manual mode. Should Stealth “LOCK-ON”, advance pump pressure
and while advancing, press down on the release button located on the sides of the ratchet link.
Once you are able to press down the button without resistance, continue holding the button down
and release the advance pressure on the pump. Shut off the pump, and remove the tool from the nut.
Avanti Release Procedure

1) Push lever to position A
2) Cycle tool in manual mode, release advance
button
3) Shut pump off
Disengage lever 4) Remove tool and reset lever to position B
Stealth Release Procedure
STEALTH
1) Push remote to full pressure for final stroke
MADE IN U. S.A.
2) Disengage the reaction pawl by holding the

button in the direction of arrow
3) Release the rocker switch
Disengage button 4) Shut pump off
5) Remove tool
SECTION III
3-9 Loosening Procedures Avanti and Stealth SYSTEM
First, set the pump to 10,000PSI. Set the tools for the loosening mode (Refer to 3-3), assuring the
reaction surface abuts squarely off a solid reaction point. Press and hold the remote control button
down. Pressure will decrease as the socket begins to turn. As the cylinder extends fully, you will hear
a “CLICK”. Release the remote control button and the cylinder automatically retracts, at which time
you again hear a “CLICK”. Repeat this process until the fastener can be removed by hand.
NOTE: If the bolt does not loosen with the above procedure, it is an indication that you may
require the next larger size tool to loosen the bolt. Corroded nuts and thread galling on bolts can
cause difficulty in loosening. Please consult your HYTORC bolt specialist.
SECTION IV
OPERATION – HYTORC LoaDISC and Clamp
4-1 Tool Set up and Operation
When used in conjunction with the HYTORC LoaDISC Washer or Clamp, the operation is essentially
the same as with the conventional nuts, but with one notable exception: THERE ARE NO
REACTION FORCES TO CONSIDER OR PROVIDE FOR! The reaction forces are absorbed
through the fastener assembly itself. Each individual customer order for LoaDISC or Clamps will be
provided with specific installation instructions for each application. However, the following general
guidelines outline correct installation procedures.
4-2 HYTORC LoaDISC Tensioning
1. Do not use grease or lubricants on LoaDISC , nut, bolt or joint face. LoaDISC is “DRY LUBE”
protected.
2. Place the LoaDISC over the bolt with the flat surface firmly against joint face.
3. Install the nuts on the bolt and hand tighten snugly on both sides of assembly.
4. Set required pump pressure.
5. Place tooling to engage a nut and the LoaDISC with “TIGHTENING” side facing the operator.
-continued to the next page-
DRIVE SOCKET
HOLDING SOCKET
Soft Joint LoaDISC Reusable LoaDISC
HEX NUT
DISC WASHER
THREADED SEGMENT
Hard Joint LoaDISC Limited Clearance

LoaDISC
SECTION IV
OPERATION – HYTORC LoaDISC and Clamp -continued from the previous page-
4-2 HYTORC LoaDISC Tensioning
6. Verify proper socket engagement by momentarily

pressurizing tool. If tool remains stationary, operate
normally until tool “STALLS OUT”
7. Should tool rotate during initial pressurizing:
A. Insure both socket and sleeve are fully engaged.
B. Insure that joint faces are free from grease and oil.
*Also refer to the trouble shooting section (4-4)
LoaDISC Driver Installation

for Tensioning
LOCK-RING
'NEUTRAL' PLACE DRIVER
POSITION NUT/LoaDisc
ROTATE
LOOSEN TIGHTEN DRIVER
'CW' 'CCW' ASSEMBLY
DIRECTION DIRECTION 'CCW'
DIRECTION
ROTATE 'CW'
FOR
BY HAND, TO
SNUG LoaDisc
TIGHTEN
LoaDisc TO FLANGE MODE
LOCK-GROOVE
1 2 3
NOTE:
* DO NOT GRAB A SWIVEL DURING OPERATION!

* DO NOT PLACE TOOL HOUSING
* TO ABUT AGAINST STATIONARY OBJECTS
* DO NOT STAND UNDERNEATH OR
CLOSE TO TOOL VERIFY
* DO NOT RE-USE SINGLE-TIME ROTATE

LOCK-RING
USE LoaDISC
LOCK-RING
ENGAGE
LoaDisc
LOCK-GROOVE
4 5
SECTION IV
4-3 HYTORC LoaDISC De-tensioning
1. Set pump to maximum pressure.
2. Place tooling to disengage the nut and the LoaDISC with “LOOSENING” side facing the operator.
3. Verify proper socket engagement by momentarily pressurizing tool. If tool remains stationary,
operate normally until the nut is loose.
4. Should tool rotate during initial pressurizing:
A. Insure both socket and sleeve are fully engaged.
B. Insure that joint faces are free from grease and oil.
*Also refer to the trouble shooting section (4-4)

LoaDISC Driver Installation for De-tensioning
ROTATE VERIFY
DRIVER
ASSEMBLY ROTATE
'CW' LOCK-RING
DIRECTION
FOR
LOOSEN
MODE
3 4 5
Releasing “LOCKED-ON” tools. (Refer to 3-8 for Avanti and Stealth)
Should the tool “LOCK-ON” after the final cycle, slide the slider with the pump off or in retract
position. Turn the pump back on and while maintaining the pressure, cycle XXI in the pump’s
manual mode. the pump. Shut off the pump, and remove the tool from the nut.
XXI Release Procedure

1) Push slide cover up to position A
HYT RC
2) Cycle tool in manual mode, release advance
button
3) Shut pump off
4) Remove tool and reset slide cover to position B
SECTION IV
4-4 HYTORC LoaDISC Lubrication Instruction & Trouble Shooting
STEP 1: Make sure all threads and surfaces are free of dirt or grit.
STEP 2: Apply spray lube TS801 moly spray to nut per procedure indicated below. Allow
spray lube to dry (spray lube is shipped with LoaDISC order). Refer to the Dry-lube
container label for a drying time. Do Not Apply Lube to LoaDISC
STEP 3: Clean and dry protruding stud threads and nut seat surfaces.
STEP 4: Install LoaDISC with flat side against joint, turn till snug.
STEP 5: Install lubricated hex nut on top of LoaDISC , snug against top surface of LoaDISC .
LoaDISC Application of Spray TS801

NOTE:
*Allow sufficient time for spray to dry
before use.
Hex nut can be reused, if re-lubricated
per illustration.
NO NOT REUSE ONE TIME USE LoaDISC
HYTORC LoaDISC Trouble Shooting
SYMPTOM CAUSE SOLUTION

Driver does not lock Lock ring misaligned with Check for excessive stud protrusion
LoaDISC
Check that holding socket is flush to
flange surface
LoaDISC groove damaged Replace LoaDISC
Missing or damage lock-ring Replace lock-ring
LoaDISC not snug against Tighten LoaDISC to flange surface
flange surface with driver assembly (CW direction)
Driver un-locks during Worn lock-ring Replace lock-ring
verification
Driver un-locks during Lock-ring rotated in wrong Rotate Holding socket and lock-ring
use direction •CCW toward ‘T’ for Tighten
•CW toward ‘L’ for Loosen
Driver does not un-lock Stud driven up into bottom of Check for excessive stud extension.
after torque procedure drive socket
SECTION IV
4-5 HYTORC Clamp Installation - Tensioning
The HYTORC Clamp is provided with lubrication and is shipped ready for use. For re-lubrication,
please refer to lubrication Instructions. (4-6)
1. Thread the Clamp down on the stud, turn the Puller Sleeve to contact the flange, contacting the
flange or the spot face firmly. The Clamp should fit easily onto the spot face.
2. The Puller Sleeve, when properly installed, should protrude no more than 1/16 (15mm) past the
top of the Nut (outside sleeve). If the Puller Sleeve is raised beyond 1/16”, hold the Puller Sleeve or
the Bridge by hand and turn the Nut counter-clockwise (loosen direction) until the Puller Sleeve
protrudes no more than 1/16” past the top of the Nut. After adjusting the Nut, turn the entire Clamp
assembly down to contact the flange or the spot face firmly.
3. Before using XXI tool on the Clamp, make sure the tool and the drive member are set properly.
The castellated drive and the splined reaction member should stick out on the right side for
tensioning. Cycle the tool and the drive a few times to ensure that the tool is properly operating.
Repeat this step only when you change the tool or the drive.
4. Refer to the load chart supplied with the Clamp and set the pump pressure to achieve the desired
load. Do not engage drive on the Clamp while setting the pump pressure. Turn the pressure
regulator counter-clockwise to set it below the target pressure. While holding the advanced button
on the remote control, slowly turn the pressure regulator clock wise to increase the pressure to the
desired value. Ensure the pressure value is set properly by holding the advanced button.
5 Before applying the tool and the drive, engage the splined reaction member to the Puller Sleeve
first. Then engage the castellated drive to the castellated section of the Nut. Turn the drive manually
until both castellation are fully engaged.
IMPORTANT: If the castellated teeth do not fully engage, the Puller Sleeve is sticking up too far or
stud protrusion is more than maximum value. Refer back to Step 3. Then reposition the Puller
Sleeve and check stud protrusion.
6 Apply the pump pressure to tension the Clamp, until the target pressure is reached. To ensure that
the proper tension has been applied to the stud, allow the tool to fully retract then advance to the
target pressure a final time.
7 Repeat 5 & 6 until all bolts are fully tensioned.

SECTION IV
4-6 HYTORC Clamp Installation - Detensioning
1. Before using XXI or Avanti tool on the Clamp, make sure the tool and the drive member are set
properly. The castellated drive and the splined reaction member should stick out on the left side for
detensioning. Cycle the tool and the drive a few times to ensure that the tool is properly operating.
Repeat this step only when you change the tool or the drive.
2. Detensioning, in general, requires higher pump pressure. Refer to the load chart and set the pump
pressure slightly higher than the value used for tensioning. Turn the pressure regulator counter
clockwise to set it below the target pressure. While holding the advanced button on the remote
control, slowly turn the pressure regulator clockwise to increase the pressure to the desired value.
Ensure the pressure value is set properly by holding the advanced button.
3. Remove drive from tool, engage the splined reaction member to the Puller Sleeve first. Then
engage the castellated drive to the castellated section of the Nut. Turn the drive manually until both
castellation are fully engaged. Place tool on drive with “LOOSEN” side facing the operator. Install
drive retainer.
4. Apply the pump pressure to detension the Clamp, until it can be turned by hand.
5. Repeat 3 & 4 until all bolts are fully tensioned.

On applications that require two or three passes
to tension, it is advised to detension the last few
bolts in two passes.
If corrosion makes it impossible for the Clamp to

be turned by hand even after detensioning, use
the hex/spine adaptor. To use the hex/spline
adaptor, insert the male spline of the adaptor into
the female spline of the Puller Sleeve. Place a
wrench over the hex of the adaptor and rotate
the Sleeve off the bolt.
NOTE: Before reusing the Clamps, it is imperative that the Clamps are properly cleaned and re
lubricated to prolong their life. Refer to the lubrication instruction on the next page.
SECTION IV
4-7 HYTORC Clamp Lubrication Instruction
The Clamp Lubrication Instructions: (Use a clean stiff bristle brush)
STEP 1: Make sure all threads and splines are free of dirt or grit. Generously grease internal
threads on the Jack-up Sleeve with a brush to get full coverage to the thread root.
STEP 2: Generously grease external threads on the Puller Sleeve with a brush to get full
coverage to the thread root.
STEP 3: Grip the bottom splined section and internal threads of the Jack-up Sleeve into
the Jack-up Sleeve as the arrow indicates. Leave the bottom splined section sticking
out the bottom.
STEP 4: Turn the assembled parts upside-down. Spread excess grease around to coat bottom
surface of the Jack-up Sleeve and splines. Apply grease on the splines if coating is
thin.
STEP 5: Apply grease to internal splines on the Washer to get full coverage to the spline root.
Coat top surface of the Washer.
STEP 6: Slide the Washer to the assembled Sleeves as the arrow indicates. When the Puller
Sleeve and the Washer are in contact, the Puller Sleeve and the Washer bottoms
should be flush with each other.
Rotate the Jack-up Sleeve while
holding the Washer to achieve
this desired condition.
SECTION V
OPERATION – HYTORC Power Packs
5-1 HYOTRC Power Packs General Information
All HYTORC Power Packs operate at a pressure range from 500 to 10,000 PSI and are fully
adjustable. They have been engineered and designed for portability and high flow for increased
speed. Before using your HYTORC Power Pack, check the following points:
• Is the reservoir filled with oil?

• Where is the closest electrical outlet at the job site? (Electric pump only)
• Is there enough air pressure (100 PSI) and flow (50 CFM) at the job site? (Air units only)
• Is the gauge mounted and rated for 10,000 PSI
• Is the oil filler plug securely in place?
The Power Packs maximum working pressure is 10,000 PSI (700 kg/cm2, 690 Bar) Make sure all
hydraulic equipment and accessories are rated for 10,000 PSI operating pressure.
5-2 Hydraulic Connections
When making a connection with quick connect couplings, make sure the couplings are fully
engaged. Threaded connectors such as fittings, gauges etc. must be clean and securely tightened and
leak free.
CAUTION: Loose or improperly threaded couplers can be potentially dangerous if pressurized.

Severe over tightening can cause premature thread failure. Knurled sleeve on couplers need to be
only hand tight. Never grab, touch or in any way come in contact with a hydraulic pressure leak.
Escaping oil can penetrate the skin and cause injury. Do not subject the hose to potential hazard
such as sharp surfaces, extreme heat or heavy impact. Do not allow the hose to kink and twist.
Inspect the hose for wear before each usage.
5-3 Prior to Use
Do not use a power or extension cord that is damaged or has exposed wiring. All single phase motors
come equipped with a three prong grounding type plug to fit the proper grounded type electrical
outlet. Do not use a two prong ungrounded extension cord as the pump’s grounded type electrical
outlet. Compare motor nameplate against power availability to prevent motor burnout or dangerous
electrical overloading.
*For electric cord extension, refer to below chart
0-25 Foot Extension Use size 12 gauge cord

Check hydraulic oil level to prevent possible pump burnout.

Look at oil fill level on the oil sight gauge. The oil level
should be approximately 2” from the top of the reservoir
plate-with motor off. Add HYTORC oil as necessary.
Air Pump Oil Sight Gauge Electric Pump Oil Sight Gauge
*Do not mix different grades of oil.
SECTION V
OPERATION – HYTORC Power Packs -continued from the previous page-
5-3 Prior to Use -Continued-
Make sure all desired gauge, valve, hose and quick coupler connections are tight and secure. The
gauge permits the operator to monitor the load on the wrench.
*Calibrated gauges are available for most application.
Before starting your HYTORC pump, connect your hydraulic hoses to both the pump and torque
wrench. (Refer to 3-2)
5-4 Operation Electric Pump
Push the rocker switch on the hand control pendant in the OFF
position. Then, depress and release the safety button.
NOTE: The safety button is an added feature designed to

prevent premature starting and should only be depressed by
the tool operator.
Safety Button
Push the rocker switch to advance position and release
it. This will start your pump and place it in the retract OFF
position. Your HYTORC electric pump has been Retract/Neutral Rocker Switch
designed with an auto shut off system. The pump will Advance
shut off after approximately 20 seconds of non-cycling.

This will prevent overheating or unnecessary wear and
results in longer life of your pump. To restart the
pump, depress the safety button again.
5-5 Operation Air Pump
Before connecting air supply line to the Air Filter Lubricator, make sure the Air Flow Lever is in the
OFF position. Then connect air supply line. Open the Air Flow Lever. Check the PSI reading on the
Air Pressure Gauge. It should be at 100 psi. Depress
the Air Adjustment Knob to increase psi reading. Air Adjustment Knob Air Flow Lever
Adjust lubricator to approximately one drop per
Minute. Lubricator Adjust
*Before operating your HYTORC air pump,

check for air leaks on the air hoses/tubing.
Air Pressure gauge

SECTION V
5-5 Operation Air Pump
To start the pump, depress the advance button and

release it. This will put the tool in the retract mode.
To advance the tool, depress the advance button and
hold it down. When you are done, depress the stop
button and the motor will stop.
NOTE: The pump is still pressurized. To release the air Advance Button
pressure from the pump, put the Air Flow Lever in the
Stop Button
OFF position, then depress the advance button on the air
remote control. This will purge the air in the motor.
Now it is safe to disconnect your air supply line.
5-6 Operation of automatic pump
Before operating automatic pump, the cable line attached to each hose must be connected securely
with the appropriate receptacle on the pump manifold and the receptacle on the tool.
Securely connect
NOTE: Connect only the number of tools used on the
application to the pump.
Set pump pressure to achieve desired torque value. (refer to 3-5 and 3-6)
SECTION V
5-7 Starting with automatic operation
MANUAL MODE
For manual operation, depress the Mode [M] 3-position

rocker switch to the ‘MANUAL’ position. Hold down
the Control [C] rocker switch in the ‘RUN’ position to
advance the tool(s). The switch will toggle to the
‘NEUTRAL’ position when released, retracting the
tool(s). Depress the Control [C] switch to the ‘OFF’ PERSS FOR RUN
position to turn off the system. (TOOL ADVANCE)
RELEASE (TOOL RETRACT)
(NEUTRAL)
AUTOMATIC MODE CONTROL SWITCH
PRESS FOR PUMP OFF
Initialize Computer:
To operate the automatic system, the computer has to

recognize how many tools are attached to the system.
To accomplish this, attach the required number of tools PRESS FOR TIGHTENING
to both hydraulic and electric lines. Then cycle system
NEUTRAL LOOSENING
in manual mode for at least one full cycle.
PRESS FOR MANUAL
MODE SWITCH
AUTOMATIC TIGHTENING MODE
Initialize the computer (see above). Without shutting

pump off, push Mode switch [M] into ‘TIGHTENING’
position. Press and hold control switch [C] in ‘RUN’
position. As long as the run switch is held depressed,
the pump will function in automatic tightening mode.
The tool(s) will continue to cycle until the preset torque
Is achieved. Allow sufficient time to be sure that the
tool(s) have stopped rotating before releasing the run
switch. The pump motor will automatically shut off
after 20 seconds, allowing the tool(s) to return to the
retract position. The ‘OFF’ position on the Control
switch turns off the system.
AUTOMATIC LOOSENING MODE
Initialize the computer (see above). Without shutting

pump off, push Mode switch [M] into ‘LOOSENING’ position. Press and hold control switch [C]
in ‘RUN’ position. As long as the run switch is held depressed, the pump will function in automatic
loosening mode. The tool(s) will continue to cycle until the Control switch is released. Cycle tool(s)
until nuts are free and can be removed by hand. Release the Control switch and depress the Control
switch to the ‘OFF’ position to complete the loosening cycle.
Revision 1.2 / 110V
User's Manual
SPC4TM Model 424A Electronic Load Indicating Fastener System

- Firmware Version 1.2 -
VALLEY FORGE & BOLT MANUFACTURING COMPANY

4410 W. Jefferson St. • Phoenix, AZ 85043 • USA
Phone: (602) 269 – 5748 • Fax: (602) 269 – 7851 • E-mail: sales@vfbolts.com
VALLEY FORGE & BOLT MANUFACTURING COMPANY Phone: (602) 269 - 5748
4410 W. Jefferson St. • Phoenix, AZ 85043 • USA Fax: (602) 269 - 7851
WARNING
FASTENER INSTALLATION CAN BE VERY DANGEROUS OR EVEN
DEADLY! ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AND FOLLOW
INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY WHILE OPERATING YOUR TIGHTENING
EQUIPMENT.
FOR SAFETY REASONS, NEVER PLACE ANY PART OF YOUR BODY,

ESPECIALLY YOUR HEAD, DIRECTLY IN-LINE WITH THE FASTENER.
ELECTRICITY CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURIES OR EVEN DEATH,

SOMETIMES EVEN WITH RELATIVELY LOW VOLTAGES OR
CURRENTS. THEREFORE, IT IS VITALLY IMPORTANT THAT ANY
ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS, SUCH AS THIS SYSTEM, BE FULLY
UNDERSTOOD BEFORE USE.
PLEASE DO NOT USE THIS SYSTEM, OR ANY OTHER PIECE OF

ELECTRICAL OR ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT WITHOUT FIRST
THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZING YOURSELF WITH ITS CORRECT MODE
OF OPERATION AND USE.
SPC4TM SYSTEM • MODEL 424A • USER'S MANUAL Rev. 1.2 / 110V
- Page 2 of 22 -
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1.0 Introduction 4
1.1 Inspection 4
1.2 Included Items 4
1.3 SPC4TM Model 424A Electronic Load Indicating Fastener System Description 5
1.3.1 Power-switching Unit (PSU) 7
1.3.2 Hand-held Unit (HHU) 8
1.3.3 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) 9
1.3.4. Audio Annunciator (Buzzer) 10
1.3.5. Extension Cord (EC) 11
2.0 Operation and Measurement 11
2.1 Warning 11
2.2 Precautions 12
2.3 Connection Diagram 13
2.4 Power-Up 13
2.5 System Calibration Check 15
2.6 Checking the Tightness of a Joint 15
2.7 "MANUAL" Mode 15
2.7.1 Joint Tightening 16
2.7.2 Increasing/Decreasing the Tightness of a Joint 16
2.8 "AUTO" Mode 17
2.8.1 Joint Tightening 18
2.8.2 Increasing the Tightness of a Joint 18
3.0 SPC4TM Model 424A Electronic Load Indicating Fastener System Specifications 19
3.1 Power-switching Unit 19
3.2 Hand-held Unit 19
3.3 Environmental 19
4.0 Physical Characteristics 19
4.1 Power-switching Unit 19
4.2 Hand-held Unit 19
5.0 User Maintenance – Recommended Cleaning Procedures 20
5.1 Cleaning the Probe and the Datum Disks 20
5.2 Cleaning the Enclosures 21
5.3 In Case of Difficulties 21
- Page 3 of 22 -
1.0 Introduction
The SPC4TM Model 424A Electronic Load Indicating Fastener System (SPC4TM System) is designed to
facilitate the fastener installation process by measuring in real time the clamp load seen in a bolted joint.
The SPC4TM System can also control the operation of a tightening device, such as a torque wrench, to a preset
joint clamp load. The SPC4TM System is used in conjunction with fasteners fitted with load indicating
hardware.
The SPC4TM System incorporates precision electronic devices. As all attempts have been made to
manufacture these components as rugged as possible, care must be taken in handling the monitoring unit, the
power-switching unit, the displacement transducer and the connecting cabling. Flagrant or abusive handling
of these components can render them inoperable and/or compromise the accuracy of the measured load
readings. In addition, the precision datum disk reference surface machined into the head of each fastener
must be kept unimpaired and clean for accurate measurement of load (see Paragraph 5.0 for recommended
cleaning procedures). To this end, all of the SPC4TM load indicating fasteners have been shipped with plastic
caps installed to protect the datum disk surface. These protective caps should always remain on the datum
disks and only be removed to install the electronic displacement transducer for measuring load. After
measuring load, the protective caps should be replaced to keep the datum disk surface clean and to protect it
from incidental contact damage.
With proper care and use, this system can provide years of reliable operation. To this end, it is very
important to completely familiarize yourself with the operation of this system before use. Read this manual
carefully and pay particular attention to all precautions and warnings.
1.1 Inspection
During unpacking of the SPC4TM System, carefully check each item for damage that may have occurred
in shipment. If anything is damaged or missing, please contact:
VALLEY FORGE & BOLT MANUFACTURING COMPANY

4410 West Jefferson Street • Phoenix, AZ 85043 • USA
Phone: (602) 269 - 5748 • Fax: (602) 269 - 7851 • E-mail: sales@vfbolts.com
1.2 Included Items
1 SPC4TM System Electronic Load Monitor Model 424A (Hand-held Unit) HHU
1 User’s Manual (this manual) UM
1 Calibration Gage (0% and 100%) CG
1 Brass Bristle Brush BBB
1 Carrying Case CC
1 Power-switching Unit (110 VAC, 50/60 Hz input, 30A max.) PSU
1 50ft. Extension Cord EC
- Page 4 of 22 -
1.3 Description of the SPC4TM Model 424A Electronic Load Indicating Fastener System
-1- - "POWER IN" CABLE

-2- - "POWER ON/OFF" BREAKER
-3- - "POWER ON" INDICATOR
-4- - "READY" INDICATOR
-5- - "POWER OUT" CABLE
-6- - "POWER" CONNECTOR
Figure 1.3.1 - Power-switching Unit - Top View
-1- - "LCD" - LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY

-2- - "POWER ON/OFF | RESET" BUTTON
-3- - "MANUAL | DOWN" BUTTON
-4- - "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" BUTTON
-5- - "START/STOP | UP" BUTTON
-6- - "POWER | READY" INDICATOR
Figure 1.3.2 - Hand-held Unit - Top View
- Page 5 of 22 -
Figure 1.3.3 - Power-switching Unit - Internal Wiring
- Page 6 of 22 -
1.3.1 Power-switching Unit (PSU)
Please see "Figure 1.3.1 - Power-switching Unit - Top View" and "Figure 1.3.3 - Power-switching
Unit - Internal Wiring".
-1- - "POWER IN" CABLE

"Mains" input. Connect to a power outlet with a voltage rating of 110 VAC, 50/60 Hz and a minimum
current rating of 30 A. Requires wiring of a proper plug in concordance with "Figure 1.3.3 - Power-
switching Unit - Internal Wiring".
-2- - "POWER ON/OFF" BREAKER

Main ON/OFF switch. Also 30 A magnetic breaker. Controls the power applied to hand-held unit and
tightening tool. Protected by a splash-proof silicone rubber boot bonded to a built-in mounting nut.
-3- - "POWER ON" INDICATOR

GREEN indicator. ON when the "Power ON/OFF" breaker is switched to ON position. At this point, the
hand-held unit is powered and ready to start.
-4- - "READY" INDICATOR

YELLOW indicator. ON when power is applied to the tightening tool. Controlled by the hand-held unit.
-5- - "POWER OUT" CABLE

Switched power output. Connect to the tightening tool's power plug. Output rated 110 VAC, 50/60 Hz,
30 A maximum. Controlled by the hand-held unit. Requires wiring of a proper socket in concordance
with "Figure 1.3.3 - Power-switching Unit - Internal Wiring".
-6- - "POWER" CONNECTOR

Connect to hand-held unit using the supplied extension cord. Do not forget to properly secure the
connectors at both ends. To reduce the potential inrush current, it is recommended that this operation be
executed with the power-switching unit switched OFF ("POWER ON/OFF" breaker in OFF position and
"POWER ON Indicator" OFF).
IMPORTANT NOTE:
The "Figure 1.3.3 - Power-switching Unit - Internal Wiring" is not to be used as a "repair guide".
It is shown in order to facilitate a better understanding of the operation of SPC4TM Model 424A
System. It will also prove helpful when wiring the plug and the socket connectors at the ends of the
power cables. Please do not try to open the enclosure or change its mode of operation!
In the unlikely situation that the lid must be open, this operation is to be executed only by
qualified personnel!
Exercise extreme caution, observing the potentially lethal voltages present inside!
If the proper operation of the unit can not be restored by the basic troubleshooting
techniques outlined in this manual, it is strongly recommended that the unit should be
returned to manufacturer for repair.
- Page 7 of 22 -
1.3.2 Hand-held Unit (HHU)
Please see "Figure 1.3.2 - Hand-held Unit - Top View".
-1- - "LCD" - LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY

Indicates the load value (most of the time) or the stop point value (when "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT"
button is pressed and held-in). Under certain conditions, it shows the results of the unit's self tests.
-2- - "POWER ON/OFF | RESET" BUTTON

POWER ON/OFF
Turns ON the hand-held unit if the "POWER | READY" indicator blinks - GREEN. If the unit was
previously ON, it turns it OFF. Its operation is disabled when the unit is OFF and the "POWER |
READY" indicator is OFF or blinks - RED.
RESET
Must be pressed and held-in if the result of a tightening operation in "AUTO" mode is not what was
expected (the pre-programmed stop point ± 3%). This is to make sure that the operator is aware of this
situation.
-3- - "MANUAL | DOWN" BUTTON

MANUAL
When pressed and held-in, the hand-held unit switches to "MANUAL" mode and the tightening device is
turned ON (it will stay ON as long as the "MANUAL | DOWN" button is held-in). In this mode, the pre-
programmed value of the stop point is not important. This function provides flexibility in the operation
of the unit as it can be used to fine-tune the tightness, or unload a previously tightened joint.
DOWN
Function available only when the "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" button is pressed and held-in.
Decreases the value of the stop point. The minimum programmable value is 10%.
-4- - "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" BUTTON

PROGRAM
When pressed and held-in (with the hand-held unit already ON), the display will show "P:xx" (where xx
represents the stop point value), and the stop point can be set using the "START/STOP | UP" and/or
"MANUAL | DOWN" buttons. The available range is between 10% and 99%.
BACKLIGHT
Turns the display's backlight ON, if the "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" button is pressed and held-in
before the hand-held unit is switched ON (by pressing the "POWER ON/OFF | RESET" button). To
turn OFF the backlight, switch OFF the hand-held unit.
-5- - "START/STOP | UP" BUTTON

START/STOP
If certain conditions are met, switches the hand-held unit to "AUTO" mode and, in correlation with the
pre-programmed stop point, toggles the operation of the tightening device controlled by the power-
switching unit. When an error condition occurs, this button is made inoperable.
UP
Function available only when the "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" button is pressed and held-in. Increases
the value of the stop point. The maximum programmable value is 99%.
- Page 8 of 22 -
-6- - "POWER | READY" INDICATOR

POWER
When the hand-held unit is switched OFF, but still connected to the external power supply, this LED will
blink - GREEN if the power supply is of the right polarity and voltage (approximately between 9 V and
18 V). It will blink - RED if the voltage is out of range. If this indicator is OFF, the power supply is not
connected or the voltage is less than 5 V or of the wrong polarity.
READY
With the hand-held unit turned ON, this LED will be mostly OFF. It will turn ON (and stay ON -
GREEN) whenever the tightening tool is switched ON. It will blink - RED if the result of a tightening
operation in "AUTO" mode is not what was expected (the pre-programmed stop point ± 3%). It will turn
ON (and stay ON - RED) when "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" button is pressed.
1.3.3 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
" (ARROW) ANNUNCIATOR

-1- - "
-2- - "∼
∼" (TILDE) ANNUNCIATOR
-3- - "−
−" (MINUS) ANNUNCIATOR
-4- - "BAT" (POWER SUPPLY) ANNUNCIATOR
-5- - ":" (COLON) ANNUNCIATOR
-6- - "NUMERICAL DISPLAY AREA"
Figure 1.3.4 - Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
" (ARROW) ANNUNCIATOR

-1- - "
ON when the capacitive probe is not reading any meaningful capacitance
(when it is not attached to the calibration gage or a bolt's datum disk).
The "NUMERICAL DISPLAY AREA" ( -6- ) will show "---".
In "PROGRAM" mode ("PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" button pressed and
held-in), the state of the probe is not checked, and this indicator will be OFF.
-2- - "∼
∼" (TILDE) ANNUNCIATOR
ON when the tightening tool is powered and ready to operate.
In this state, the "POWER | READY" indicator from the hand-held unit will
be ON - GREEN ( -6- in Figure 1.3.2 - Hand-held Unit - Top View).
Also, the "READY" indicator from the power-switching unit ( -4- in Figure
1.3.1 - Power-switching Unit - Top View) will be ON - YELLOW.
- Page 9 of 22 -
-3- - "−
−" (MINUS) ANNUNCIATOR
Normally OFF, but it can become ON in special conditions: around 0% point
(-5%...0%...5%) or, as shown at left, when the displayed value would have to
be smaller than -30% (ex. -31%...-32%... etc.). This last case is probably a
malfunction of some sort (dirty probe, bad contact between probe and datum
disk etc.) and the "---" indication is there to make sure that the operator is
made aware of the situation.
-4- - "BAT" (POWER SUPPLY) ANNUNCIATOR

ON if the power supply of the hand-held unit fluctuates and drops under /
goes over approximately 8.9 V / 18.1 V. At this point, the unit will continue
to operate down-to / up-to approximately 7.75 V / 19.25 V. Outside of these
absolute limits, the hand-held unit will automatically shutdown.
If this indicator comes ON and stays ON for times longer than 1...2 seconds,
it is strongly recommended to stop operating the tightening tool and start
investigating the causes. The guaranteed operating range of the hand-held
unit is between 9 V and 18 V (over the whole operating temperature range).
-5- - ":" (COLON) ANNUNCIATOR

ON when the hand-held unit is in "PROGRAM" mode, or when the LCD is
showing the firmware version (as part of the start-up sequence).
In "PROGRAM" mode, the indication will be "P:xx", where "xx" represents
the stop point (programmable between 10% and 99%).
At start-up, the firmware version will be shown in the following manner:
"F:x.x", where "x.x" represents the version number.
-6- - "NUMERICAL DISPLAY AREA"

Most of the time displays the load in percent (between -30% and 125%).
To accurately determine the clamp load, use this percentage in correlation
with the fastener's calibration certificate.
Outside of range shown above, the LCD will show "- ---" or "^ ---".
In response to user's input, the same area can be used to display the stop
point (in "PROGRAM" mode) or other information (as part of the start-up
sequence).
1.3.4 Audio Annunciator (Buzzer)
In order to make it more "user-friendly", the hand-held unit is also equipped with an audio annunciator.
The role of this annunciator is to provide audible feedback of the operation of the hand-held unit.
There will be a number of beeps at start-up / shutdown, corresponding to the stage the unit is in.
While operating the hand-held unit, the buzzer will emit a short beep every time a button is pressed, a series
of 4 short beeps when an operation completed successfully or one long beep when the operation did not.
- Page 10 of 22 -
1.3.5 Extension Cord (EC)
+12 V - Positive Terminal

CTRL - CONTROL Terminal
LOW (0 V) - tightening tool OFF
HIGH (12 V) - tightening tool ON
GND - Ground Terminal (0 V)
Figure 1.3.5 - Extension Cord - Connectors (EC)
The extension cord has two bayonet lock type, 4-socket metal/plastic plug connectors on the ends of a 50-
ft., three-wire cable. The arrangement of the terminals is the same for both ends.
The power-switching unit and the hand-held unit are both equipped with mating 4-pin metal receptacle
connectors. The arrangement of the terminals is the same for both connectors.
The connectors have arrow markings. Match the position of the arrows on the plug and the receptacle and
push to lock. Rotate the sleeve of the plug counter-clockwise to unlock.
2.0 Operation and Measurement
The following paragraphs describe the operation of the SPC4TM System, which consists of an electronic
hand-held monitoring unit with a permanently attached displacement transducer (probe), a power-switching
unit and the interconnecting cable (see Figure 2.3.1 - Connection Diagram).
The system is used in conjunction with fasteners fitted with load indicating hardware to effectively
tighten bolted joints to a specific clamp load. Calibration certificates, supplied with each fastener, enable
correlation of monitoring unit percentage readings to joint clamp load (bolt tension) in pounds.
2.1 Warning
FASTENER INSTALLATION CAN BE VERY DANGEROUS OR EVEN DEADLY!
ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AND FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
WHILE OPERATING YOUR TIGHTENING EQUIPMENT.
FOR SAFETY REASONS, NEVER PLACE ANY PART OF YOUR BODY, ESPECIALLY YOUR
HEAD, DIRECTLY IN-LINE WITH THE FASTENER.
ELECTRICITY CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURIES OR EVEN DEATH, SOMETIMES EVEN WITH
RELATIVELY LOW VOLTAGES OR CURRENTS. THEREFORE, IT IS VITALLY IMPORTANT
THAT ANY ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS, SUCH AS THIS SYSTEM, BE FULLY
UNDERSTOOD BEFORE USE.
DO NOT USE THIS SYSTEM, OR ANY OTHER PIECE OF ELECTRICAL OR ELECTRONIC
TEST EQUIPMENT, WITHOUT FIRST THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZING YOURSELF WITH
ITS CORRECT MODE OF OPERATION AND USE.
- Page 11 of 22 -
2.2 Precautions
[1] Always check the rating of the main power source before plugging in the power- switching unit. The
working voltage and current are given in Paragraph 3.1.
[2] Be sure that the tightening device’s power rating is within the rating of the power-switching unit (see
Paragraph 3.1).
[3] If the "POWER ON/OFF" breaker is tripped, immediately disconnect the power- switching unit from the
main power supply and investigate the reason(s) for the trip.
[4] The breaker and the contactor of the power-switching unit are rated for 30 A. DO NOT try to override the
breaker or to use the unit to supply current greater than 30 A.
[5] When handling the probe, grip it with your hand in the area of the green arrows as shown in
Figure 2.2.1-A. While the probe is pushed against the datum disk for engagement, slide the exterior
sleeve of the transducer towards the fastener, until it locks the probe on the datum disk of the fastener. To
disengage, grip the probe in a similar manner and simply slide the sleeve in the opposite direction.
It is essential to provide a path for the cable and the cable grip to move freely without crimping or
bending. Do not pull or push the cable of the displacement transducer or the cable grip. Do not use the
cable as a handle to carry the hand-held unit and/or the displacement transducer. Repeated deformation of
the cable as shown in Figure 2.2.1-B will cause fracture of the wires in the region marked on the drawing
(the red sign marked “FRACTURE”) and render the probe inoperable.
[6] The shell of the displacement transducer is not insulated. Always be sure that the bolted joint to be
tightened has no voltage on it.
[7] To obtain accurate measurements, periodically re-check the calibration as outlined in Paragraph 2.5.
[8] Handle the electronic instruments with care and keep protective caps on the fastener datum disks at all
times.
[9] Do not attempt to clean the probe face or the datum disks by abrading them with emery cloth or
sandpaper.
[10] Cleaning of the hand-held unit and/or the power-switching unit should be done with the power switches
in "OFF" position and with all the interconnecting cables disconnected.
[11] Do not use abrasives, solvents or aromatic hydrocarbons to clean the instruments as damage may occur to
the plastic cases. If cleaning is necessary, use only a mild solution of warm water and detergent.
[12] Do not attempt to repair the power-switching unit, the hand-held unit or the displacement transducer.
These units contain no user-serviceable parts inside the enclosures.
Figure 2.2.1 - Handling the Probe
- Page 12 of 22 -
2.3 Connection Diagram
Figure 2.3.1 - Connection Diagram
ALWAYS use only the original power supplies, cables and accessories!
BEFORE making any electrical connections, make sure that all ON/OFF switches are in the OFF position!
DO NOT use non-standard or damaged cables and connectors!
2.4 Power-up
The following power-up procedure should be followed in the order shown to eliminate chances of
damaging the system or to adversely affect its operation (refer to Figure 1.3.1 - Power-switching Unit - Top
View, Figure 1.3.2 - Hand-held Unit - Top View, Figure 1.3.3 - Power-switching Unit - Internal Wiring
and Figure 1.3.5 - Extension Cord - Connectors).
[1] With the power-switching unit unplugged from the main power supply (wall outlet), connect the
tightening tool’s power supply to the "POWER OUT" cable of the power-switching unit.
[2] Using the extension cord, plug and secure one of its connectors into the "POWER" connector located on
the power-switching unit. At this point, DO NOT CONNECT THE HAND-HELD UNIT YET.
[3] With the "POWER ON/OFF" breaker in the OFF position, connect the "POWER IN" cable of the power-
switching unit to the main power supply (wall outlet). Switch the "POWER ON/OFF" breaker in the ON
position. The "POWER ON" light should go on. If not, check the wiring and the power supply. The
"READY" light should be OFF.
- Page 13 of 22 -
[4] Switch the "POWER ON/OFF" breaker in the OFF position.
[5] Plug the remaining connector (at the free end of the extension cord) into the hand-held unit’s socket
(situated on the bottom of the unit).
[6] Switch the "POWER ON/OFF" breaker in the ON position.
[7] Watch the state of the "POWER | READY" LED from the hand-held unit.
If it blinks - GREEN, the right polarity and level supply voltage is present at the input of the
system. Secure the connector into the socket of the hand-held unit. Now the "POWER ON/OFF
RESET" button of the hand-held unit can be pressed and the system will be ready for use.
If the "POWER | READY" LED does not blink - GREEN (blinks - RED or stays OFF), DO
NOT attempt to switch ON the hand-held unit. Unplug the "POWER" connector immediately and
investigate the reason as follows:
First, using a voltmeter (not supplied), determine if the supply voltage (12 V nominal) is reaching
the plug (male) of the "POWER" connector and if it is of the right polarity (see Figure 1.3.5 -
Extension Cord). If everything checks OK, most likely the hand-held unit is defective. If the
supply voltage is not present at this end of the extension cord, or is of the wrong level or polarity,
disconnect the other end of the extension cord and measure the voltage in the socket (female) at
the output of the power-switching unit (see Figure 1.3.5 - Extension Cord - Connectors). If all
tests are OK at this location, the extension cord could be defective. If the level of the supply
voltage is outside of 9 V to 18 V range and/or of the wrong polarity, the power-switching unit
could be defective.
[8] With the "POWER | READY" LED blinking - GREEN, press and release the "POWER ON/OFF |
RESET" button. To turn ON the backlight, before pressing the "POWER ON/OFF | RESET" button,
press and hold-in the "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" button (this button can be released after the start-up
/ self-test phase has ended).
[9] The unit will run a LCD test (all segments ON) and the start-up self tests. The display will show the start-
up screens as shown below. The buzzer will emit one long beep after every stage of the start-up sequence.
If everything checks OK, the display will show the value measured by the capacitive transducer, "^ ---" if
the probe is not attached to anything (calibration gage or bolt), or "- ---" if the displayed value would have
to be smaller than -30% (ex. -31%...-32%... etc.) - most likely the effect of a malfunction of some sort.

Fig. 2.4.1 - Start-up Screens
At all times (with the hand-held unit ON), if the power supply voltage drops below (approximately) 8.9
V or goes over 18.1 V, the "BAT" annunciator will come ON. The operation of the unit is not affected at this
point, but it is strongly recommended to stop operating the system and start investigating the causes, if the
"BAT" annunciator stays ON for more than 1...2 seconds. If the supply voltage is less than (approximately)
7.75 V or greater than 19.25 V, the unit will automatically shutdown. The tightening tool will be then
automatically turned OFF.
- Page 14 of 22 -
2.5 System Calibration Check

Using Figure 2.3.1 - Connection Diagram and Paragraph 2.4, hook-up the system. To perform the
following procedure, the system (power-switching unit and hand-held unit) must be ON and the tightening
tool must be OFF. In this case, the stop point is inconsequential.
[1] Install the probe on the supplied calibration gage (on the end marked “0%”) by pushing it against the
datum disk and sliding the exterior sleeve of the probe until it locks in place. The display should read
"000" (or between "- 005" and "005") as shown below at left in Figure 2.5.1 - System Calibration
Check.
[2] Install the probe on the supplied calibration gage (on the end marked “100%”) by pushing it against the
datum disk and sliding the exterior sleeve of the probe until it locks in place. The display should read
"100" (or between "095" and "105") as shown below at right in Figure 2.5.1 - System Calibration
Check.
If the display does not read 0% or 100% (within ±5%), see Paragraph 5.3.
Figure 2.5.1 - System Calibration Check
2.6 Checking the Tightness of a Joint

tool must be OFF. In this case, the stop point is inconsequential.
[1] Check the calibration of the unit (see Paragraph 2.5.).
[2] Install the probe on the fastener to be checked for tightness by pushing it against the datum disk and
sliding the exterior sleeve of the probe until it locks in place.
[3] Read the percentage on the display.
[4] Remove the probe from the datum disk and repeat the step [2] and [3], two additional times. In checking
the tightness of a previously tightened joint, it is recommended that three readings be taken to assure
uniformity of the load readings.
[5] If the three percentage readings are not within ±5% of each other, see Paragraph 5.3.
[6] Using the calibration curve for the bolt being checked, determine the load corresponding to the average
percentage reading obtained in step [4].
2.7 "MANUAL" Mode

tool must be OFF. In this mode, the stop point is inconsequential.
- Page 15 of 22 -
2.7.1 Joint Tightening
[1] Assemble joint.

[2] Install the probe on the fastener to be tightened by pushing it against the datum disk and sliding the
exterior sleeve of the probe until it locks in place. The display should read "000", within ±5%. If the
display does not read 0% (within ±5%), see Paragraph 5.3.
[3] Select the percentage reading corresponding to the desired load value from the calibration curve for the
bolt being tightened.
[4] Attach the tightening tool.
[5] Press and hold-in the "MANUAL | DOWN" button. At this point, the "∼ ∼" (tilde) annunciator will be ON
(left screen in Figure 2.7.1 - "MANUAL" Mode), the "POWER | READY" LED will be ON - GREEN
and the power will be available at the tightening tool and control joint tightening.
[6] Operate the tightening tool until the desired percentage reading is indicated on the display.
[7] To stop the tightening process, release the "MANUAL | DOWN" button to discontinue power to the
∼" (tilde) annunciator and "POWER | READY" LED will
hydraulic pump and control. At this point the "∼
go OFF (right screen in Figure 2.7.1 - "MANUAL" Mode).
2.7.2 Increasing/Decreasing the Tightness of a Joint
[1] Determine the tightness of the joint as detailed in Paragraph 2.6.

[2] Select the percentage reading corresponding to the new load value from the calibration curve for the bolt
to be re-tightened.
[3] Install the probe on the fastener to be re-tightened by pushing it against the datum disk and sliding the
exterior sleeve of the probe until it locks in place.
[5] Press and hold-in the "MANUAL | DOWN" button. At this point, the "∼ ∼" (tilde) annunciator will be ON
(left screen in Figure 2.7.1 - "MANUAL" Mode), the "POWER | READY" LED will be ON - GREEN
and the power will be available at the tightening tool and control joint tightening.
[6] Operate the tightening tool until the desired percentage reading is indicated on the display.
[7] To stop the tightening process, release the "MANUAL | DOWN" button to discontinue power to the
∼" (tilde) annunciator and "POWER | READY" LED will
hydraulic pump and control. At this point the "∼
go OFF (right screen in Figure 2.7.1 - "MANUAL" Mode).
"MANUAL | DOWN" Button Pressed "MANUAL | DOWN" Button Released

Figure 2.7.1 - "MANUAL" Mode
- Page 16 of 22 -
2.8 "AUTO" Mode
In this mode the tightening tool can be set to deliver the maximum torque energy available, resulting in a
relatively short tightening cycle.
The user can start the tightening procedure by pressing and releasing the "START/STOP | UP" button
and, if the necessary conditions are met, the tightening tool can be cycled using its own control until the pre-
programmed stop point is reached. To stop the tool in the middle of a tightening cycle, press the
"START/STOP | UP" button again. In case of emergency, press the "POWER ON/OFF | RESET" button to
shutdown the whole system.
tool must be OFF. In this mode, the user has to set the desired stop point value. This setting will have to be in
the 10% to 99% range.
NOTES:
(1) The stop point must be set at least 5% above the clamp load value shown on display (unless starting from
0%, when this value has to be at least 10%). Setting a stop point value less than 5% over the clamp load
value shown on the display is possible, but starting the tightening tool (in the "AUTO" mode) is not. If
the user attempts to start the tightening tool under these conditions, an error condition will be experienced
(-see Note (3)-) and the tightening tool will not start.
As an example, if an existing clamp load of 40% is present in the joint, a selection of 44% as the stop
point value will return an error condition after pressing (and releasing) the "START/STOP | UP" button
(-see Note (3)-).
By design, the "AUTO" mode is only to be used to increase the tightness of a bolted joint. For fine tuning
the tightness of a bolted joint, either higher or lower, use the "MANUAL" mode (see Paragraph 2.7).
Only the "MANUAL" mode is available for loosening a joint.
(2) At the end of the tightening cycle (after a manual or automatic shutdown), the power to the tightening tool
∼" (tilde) annunciator and the "POWER | READY" LED will go OFF. The buzzer
will be cut-off, the "∼
will emit 4 short beeps if the operation completed successfully (if the attained clamp load is within ±3%
of the pre-programmed stop point) and the display will show the final clamp load value. If the operation
did not complete successfully (if the attained clamp load is not within ±3% of the pre-programmed stop
point), an error condition will be experienced (-see Note (3)-).
(3) An error condition will trigger the following events: the tightening tool will be turned OFF and the hand-
held unit will "lock" in a cycle where the buzzer emits one long beep. The display will alternately show
the current clamp load (seen by the capacitive probe) and the pre-programmed stop point. Also, the
"POWER | READY" LED will blink - RED. This is to make sure that the operator is made aware of the
result of the tightening operation. To exit this "locked" state, press and hold-in the "POWER ON/OFF |
RESET" button for 1 second or so... After releasing the "POWER ON/OFF | RESET" button), the buzzer
will emit 4 short beeps and the normal mode of operation will be restored.


Clamp Load Display Stop Point Display
Figure 2.8.1 - "AUTO" Mode - Error Condition
- Page 17 of 22 -
2.8.1 Joint Tightening
[1] Assemble joint.

[2] Install the probe on the fastener to be tightened by pushing it against the datum disk and sliding the
exterior sleeve of the probe until it locks in place. The display should read "000", within ±5%. If the
display does not read 0% (within ±5%), see Paragraph 5.3.
[3] Select the percentage reading corresponding to the desired load value (stop point) from the calibration
curve for the bolt being tightened.
[4] Press and hold-in the "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" button. The "POWER | READY" LED will come
ON - RED and the display will switch to "PROGRAM" mode (showing "P:xx"), to confirm the
programming phase.
[5] Using the "START/STOP | UP" and/or "MANUAL | DOWN" buttons set the desired stop point value.
[6] Release the "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" button. The "POWER | READY" LED will go OFF and the
display will switch back to the load indication.
[8] Press and release the "START/STOP | UP" button to power the tightening tool. At this point, the "∼ ∼"
(tilde) annunciator will be ON, the "POWER | READY" LED will be ON - GREEN and the tightening
tool can be cycled using its own control until the stop point is reached (shutting down automatically) or
until the "START/STOP | UP" button is pressed again.
[9] Determine if the tightening operation completed successfully or not.
2.8.2 Increasing the Tightness of a Joint
[1] Determine the tightness of the joint as detailed in Paragraph 2.6.

[2] Select the percentage reading corresponding to the new load value (stop point) from the calibration curve
for the bolt to be re-tightened.
[3] Install the probe on the fastener to be re-tightened by pushing it against the datum disk and sliding the
exterior sleeve of the probe until it locks in place.
[4] Press and hold-in the "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" button. The "POWER | READY" LED will come
ON - RED and the display will switch to "PROGRAM" mode (showing "P:xx"), to confirm the
programming phase.
[5] Using the "START/STOP | UP" and/or "MANUAL | DOWN" buttons set the desired stop point value.
[6] Release the "PROGRAM | BACKLIGHT" button. The "POWER | READY" LED will go OFF and the
display will switch back to the load indication.
[8] Press and release the "START/STOP | UP" button to power the tightening tool. At this point, the "∼ ∼"
(tilde) annunciator will be ON, the "POWER | READY" LED will be ON - GREEN and the tightening
tool can be cycled using its own control until the stop point is reached (shutting down automatically) or
until the "START/STOP | UP" button is pressed again.
[9] Determine if the tightening operation completed successfully or not.
- Page 18 of 22 -
3.0 SPC4TM Model 424 Electronic Load Indicating Fastener System Specifications
3.1 Power-switching Unit

Input Voltage: 110 VAC (±10%), 50/60 Hz
Output Voltages:
To Tightening Device: 110 VAC (±10%), 50/60 Hz, 30 A max.
To Hand-held Unit: 12 VDC (±10%), 500 mA max.
3.2 Hand-held Unit

Input Voltage: 12 VDC
Nominal Range: 9 VDC to 18 VDC (±5%)
Battery Indicator: under 8.9 VDC / over 18.1 VDC (±5%)
Power Consumption: 3.3 mA (40 mW) - standby
65 mA (780 mW) - typical (relay and backlight OFF)
90 mA (1080 mW) - relay ON
100 mA (1200 mW) - backlight ON
120 mA (1440 mW) - maximum (relay and backlight ON)
Display Type: LCD Gray Transflective 3-1/2 Digits
Viewing Area (W x H): 45.7 x 17.8 mm / 1.800 x 0.700 inch
Measuring Method: 16-Bit Analog to Digital Conversion
Precision: Equal to, or better than, ± 5% (± 2% typical)
Optimum Viewing Direction: 6 o'clock
Backlight: Green LED
3.3 Environmental
Operating Conditions:
Temperature: -10 to 60 oC / 14 to 140 oF
Humidity: 80% max.
Storage Conditions:
Temperature: -20 to 70 oC / -4 to 158 oF
Humidity: 95% max.
Ingress Protection Class: IP-40 (dust proof).
4.0 Physical Characteristics
4.1 Power-switching Unit

Dimensions (W x L x H): 250 x 250 x 120 mm / 9.84 x 9.84 x 4.72 inch
Weight: 4.9 kg / 10.8 lbs.
4.2 Hand-held Unit

Dimensions (W x L x H): 110 x 270 x 50 mm / 4.33 x 10.63 x 1.97 inch
Weight: 830 g / 1.8 lbs.
- Page 19 of 22 -
5.0 User Maintenance – Recommended Cleaning Procedures
5.1 Cleaning the Probe and the Datum Disks
IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT BOTH THE PROBE FACE AND FASTENER DATUM DISK SURFACE
BE KEPT CLEAN AND DRY FOR ACCURATE MEASUREMENT OF LOAD. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD THE PROBE FACE OR THE DATUM DISK SURFACE BE
CLEANED BY ABRADING WITH EMERY CLOTH OR SANDPAPER.
Cleaning of the probe face should only consist of wiping with a lint-free, dry cotton cloth followed by
forced, moisture-free, air cleaning. An example of a clean and dirty probe face is shown in Figure 5.2.1.
The following cleaning recommendations are made in the event that incidental soiling of the datum disk
surface does occur.
(1) In most cases, light soiling of the datum disk surface such as moisture, dust, dirt, oil, metal chips, etc., can
be cleaned by wiping with a lint-free, dry cotton cloth followed by forced moisture free, air cleaning. The
forced air stream can be compressed air delivered through an air nozzle, or a can of compressed air
commonly used in cleaning electronic components and computer equipment.
(2) For cleaning oil or grease from the datum disk, soaking the cloth with a solvent such as alcohol or acetone
may be required for thorough cleaning. The use of automotive brake fluid in an aerosol can has proven
successful in cleaning these contaminants. However, it must be a fast-drying formula and one that leaves
no residue.
(3) In the event that light rusting of the datum disk surface occurs, light brushing with the supplied brass
bristle brush should precede the cleaning procedure described above.
NOTE:
To maintain the integrity of SPC4TM load indicating fasteners and minimize error in measuring joint
clamp load, it is imperative that the protective caps remain on the datum disk surface of each fastener at
all times. The cleaning recommendations listed above, in most cases, will assure accurate load
measurement. However, the ONLY WAY to truly assess the effectiveness of a cleaning operation is to
check the 0% (unloaded) reading of the fastener. This can easily be done on fasteners not yet installed in
an assembly. However, loaded bolts in an assembly that require cleaning must be unloaded to assure the
effectiveness of the cleaning process.
It is understood that unloading bolts in a bolted joint assembly to assess the effectiveness of a cleaning
process may present a problem in many applications. For this reason, the imperativeness of leaving the
protective caps on the datum disk is reiterated. It is felt that any light soiling of the datum disk surface that
may occur with protective caps installed can be easily cleaned using the procedures detailed above and
eliminate the need to unload the fastener.
HANDLE THE ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS WITH CARE AND KEEP PROTECTIVE CAPS
ON THE FASTENER DATUM DISKS AT ALL TIMES!
Valley Forge and Bolt Manufacturing Company assumes no responsibility for inaccurate loading or
failure of SPC4TM load indicating fasteners as a result of damage to the measuring instruments caused by
improper handling or as a result of improperly maintained datum surfaces.
- Page 20 of 22 -
5.2 Cleaning the Enclosures
CAUTION: Any attempts of cleaning the hand-held unit and/or the power-switching unit should be made
with the power switches in the "OFF" position and the interconnecting cables should be disconnected!
For exterior cleaning, wipe the cases with a mild solution of warm water and detergent. Do not use any
type of abrasives or solvents! The connectors can be cleaned using moisture-free forced air cleaning. For
very dirty or oxidized connectors, use a combination of forced air cleaning and an electrical contact cleaner
available in aerosol cans. Allow at least 10 minutes to dry before use.
5.3 In Case of Difficulties
THE PROBE AND DATUM DISK FACES SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY INSPECTED BEFORE
EACH USE. MOST OF THE ERRONEOUS LOAD MEASUREMENTS ARE THE RESULT OF A
DIRTY PROBE AND/OR A DIRTY DATUM DISK. CHECK THE SURFACES OF BOTH OF
THEM PERIODICALLY FOR METAL CHIPS, LIQUIDS, DIRT, AND ACCUMULATED RUST ON
THE CONTACT SURFACES. FOREIGN MATTER ACCUMULATING BETWEEN THESE
SURFACES WILL RADICALLY AFFECT THE LOAD MEASUREMENTS.
Figure 5.2.1 - Probe - Front View
A clean probe face is shown in Figure 5.2.1-A, where [1] is the sensor, [2] the guard, [3] the interior body,
[4] the exterior body, and the brown material is an electrical insulator.
For discussion purposes, Figure 5.2.1-B depicts an example of an extremely contaminated probe surface
(most likely severe enough to render it inoperable) that can be experienced if proper cleaning procedures are not
followed.
The red deposits shown as a ring at the edge of part [3] represent dirt that can accumulate after repeated use.
These deposits usually result in erratic and inconsistent load readings. The orange deposits depict small metallic
chips that can often become lodged into the insulator surfaces. In most of the cases, they will render the probe
inoperable. And in other cases, may result in erroneous “consistent” readings with a zero offset. For example,
when using the 0% datum disk gage, a reading of 20% will be displayed instead of 0%, and 120% instead of
100% when using the 100% datum disk gage.
- Page 21 of 22 -
The SPC4TM System is designed to be accurate, reliable, and easy to use. However, it is possible that you
will have trouble during operation. If a problem occurs during operation follow the steps listed below in an
attempt to determine the source of the problem.
(1) Re-read the operating instructions.
(2) Check the power supply. If possible, replace with a new unit.
(3) Visually inspect the connectors and the interconnecting cables. Check them for continuity (see Figure
1.3.5 - Extension Cord - Connectors).
(4) Re-read the recommended cleaning procedures detailed in Paragraph 5.0 and thoroughly clean the
probe, and the supplied calibration gage.
(5) Re-check the calibration of the system as outlined in Paragraph 2.5.
If problems persist, contact Valley Forge & Bolt Manufacturing at the address shown in Paragraph 1.1.
NOTES:
- Page 22 of 22 -
5C - Liner Backing & Mill Liner Assembly Installation
5C-1.0 APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR RUBBER BACKING
Use these procedures for installing the rubber liner backing in the mill
shell and heads. The liner backing must be installed before installing the
shell and head liners. The Liner Backing drawing is attached to this
section.
Rubber lining is also installed on the interior of the trunnions, as shown

on the Liner Backing drawing.
5C-1.1 PREPARATION
5C-1.1.1 Steel Preparation
Before application of the rubber backing, the steel surface must be wire-
brushed to remove rust and contaminants, followed by a thorough
cleaning with the solvent, Acetone Cleaner.
Apply Linatex Primer #17 (or equal) to the clean surface and allow the
primer to set-up for 12 to 24 hours.
5C-1.1.2 Rubber Preparation
In accordance with drawings, the rubber should be cut to the correct

shapes and/or sizes. Buff the rubber surface with coarse grit. For
example, use a disc grinder with No. 36 grit paper. Clean the buffed
rubber surface with Acetone Cleaner.
5C-1.2 ADHESIVE APPLICATION
Using a brush or roller, apply an even coating of adhesive (3M No. FB10
Adhesive, or equal) to the buffed and cleaned steel rubber. Allow both
surfaces to dry until tacky. The adhesive should be tacky but should not
transfer to the fingers when touched.
5C-1.2.1 Coverage
Coverage is approximately 125 square feet(11.63m²) of surface area per

gallon of adhesive. The calculated surface area to be considered should
be the surface area of the rubber and the surface area of the shell. This
translates into one gallon(3.8L) of adhesive for 125 ft²(11.63m²) of

rubber, and one gallon(3.8L) of adhesive for 125 ft²(11.63m²) of steel

surface area.
5C-1.2.2 Bonding Procedure
Properly align and apply the rubber to the steel and roll down. For this
procedure, a 2"(51mm) diameter steel roller is recommended. Begin at
the center and systematically work toward the edges, one-half roller
width at a time; thus driving out any entrapped air.
5C-1.2.3 Flammability
Because the materials used are highly flammable, precautions must be

taken to ensure a safe operation.
1. To prevent static buildup, the vessels containing the materials must

be properly grounded.
2. Smoking and all other flame sources are prohibited.
3. Fire extinguisher(s) suitable for this type of fire hazard must be

readily at hand.
4. Good ventilation is necessary.
5. Compliance with the literature, labels, and safety data information

pertaining to these particular materials is imperative.
NOTE
In addition to the above precautions, strict compliance with any
instructions that may be attached to the cleaners, adhesives, or rubber,
regarding flammability, health hazards, etc., is an absolute must.
5C-1.2.4 Clean-Up
For cleaning and removing adhesive, use 3M No. 3 Scotch-Grip Solvent.

It can also be used for surface preparation prior to bonding, if desired.

5C-2.0 MILL LINER INSTALLATION
Prior to installing the liners, remove all debris from the mill shell that
could prevent the liners from seating securely against the rubber-lined
shell. After the rubber backing is cemented to the shell, liner bolt holes
must be punched. Normally, they are cut by pounding around the edge
of the hole with a hammer or mallet. The liner bolt holes must not fall on
rubber backing joints.
To compensate for slight variations in the mill shell fabrication, additional

rubber strips may have to be added between the lining and the shell, in
areas where the feed and discharge heads join the shell.
5C-2.1 LINING THE SHELL
When installing the lining assembly, we recommend installing a section

at a time in the bottom of the mill, tightening the liner bolts and rotating
the mill to install the next section. When installing liner bolts, all should
be uniformly tightened.
CAUTION
Never rotate the shell until the installed liners are securely bolted
in place. Never rotate the mill without the lubrication system in
operation.
The mill must be at equilibrium, and mill brake system applied,
before anybody can enter the mill. When lining or relining the mill,
the addition or removal of liners must be conducted in a planned,
systematic manner. Heavy metal liners must be removed and
installed across the axis of rotation trying to maintain balance and
equilibrium. If for some reason the mill brake would fail, only a
small movement of the mill will result if the above
recommendations are followed.
5C-2.2 LINING THE HEADS
The feed head liners are bolted through the head. There is no
interference between the liners and feed trunnion liner, so the feed head
liners can be installed before or after the feed trunnion liner.

The discharge head liners are bolted through discharge head. While
there is no interference between the liners and discharge trunnion liner,
it may be easier to install the discharge trunnion liner before completing
the discharge head liner installation.
After all the liners are installed, and prior to putting material into the mill,
fill the shell with water and tighten any leaking liner bolts until leakage
stops. This must be done if liner bolt leakage is to be prevented.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 19 EA RUBBER BACKING, SHELL SBR RUBBER, 60 DURO 10234683-DWK 0 KG
CL MILL 3 1 EA RUBBER BACKING, SHELL SBR RUBBER, 60 DURO 10234683-DWK 0 KG
3023 3023 5 48 EA RUBBER BACKING, HEAD SBR RUBBER, 60 DURO 10234683-DWK 0 KG
60° 60°
F 6 DIA DIA 6 6 10 EA PANEL , TRUNNION BACKING CLOSED CELL RBR ZX11450392 10268291-DWK 22 KG F
7 6329 FT2 RUBBER T60, 0.25 X 55.00 X 394.00 01-000169 01-000831-01 0.97 KG
8 1 EA 06-000085; INST INSTRUCTIONS RUBBER BACKING 06-000085-01 0 KG
9 101 GAL 04-073147 ADHESIVE FASTBOND 10 04-086973-01 0 KG
8534
DIA 10 42 GAL 04-073290, PRIMER, LINATEX #17 150 SQ FT/GAL 04-073290-1 3.5 KG
5
INSIDE 11 21 EA 04-133073, SOLVENT, CLEANER, ACETONE, 5 GAL 120 SQ FT/GAL 04-133073-01 15 KG
4 STEEL 4 4 12 30 EA 04-133803, SEALING COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, SIKAFLEX #11 04-133803-01 0 KG
FEED END 3177 3177 DISCHARGE END
4 4
13564
NOTES:
1. MATERIAL: SBR RUBBER, 60 DUROMETER, 6mm THK

E 4575.5 4413 4575.5 (3177) 1400mm X 10000mm ROLLS E
42 ROLLS REQUIRED (INCLUDES 1 EXTRA)
(13564)
2. HOLES FOR LINER BOLTS MUST NOT FALL ON SEAMS.
3. HOLES FOR LINER BOLTS WILL BE PUNCHED AFTER THE

RUBBER HAS BEEN CEMETED IN PLACES.
1 2
6 RUBBER
(1400) (210) 4 SEAL ALL JOINTS WITH ITEM-12 AT MILL ERECTION.
5 ITEMS SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER.
3564
D D
R1745
13564
3
10000 395
4
C C
19 PC @1400 & 1 PC @ 210 = 26810
R4922 3177
ARRANGEMENT FOR CYLINDER BACKING-FULL CIRCUMFERENTIAL
29 ROLLS REQUIRED
12.99°
B B
1114
1400
DETAIL ITEM 5
1/24 DEVELOPMENT
FEED & DISCHARGE CONE
10000
ARRANGEMENT FOR NESTING CONE LINER BACKING

12 ROLLS REQUIRED

A A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 02 UPDATED BOM AND NOTES MT MT 2019-03-28 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KSO
C.003778
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 01 INITIAL RELEASE KSO KSO 2018-11-20 LINER BACKING ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11442027
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL CKD: KSO MATERIAL Spec.:
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other QUELLAVECO APPD: KSO ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2018 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PERU DATE: 2018-11-20 A1102346831-DWKOF 1 02 1
PROJECTION
Brake System Installation
6-1.0 MILL BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system provides the means for emergency stopping of the
mill in the event of a power failure or a trunnion bearing lubrication
system fault. In either event, the brake system is designed to stop the
mill before the loss of lubricating oil to the trunnion bearings can
cause damage to the bearings.
The brake system is also used to hold the mill in position during
inching operation.
Caliper brake assemblies use the mill shell flange on the non-drive
end of the mill as the brake rotor.
Refer to the manufacturer's instructions included in this section for

information on the installation, operation, and maintenance of the
brake system.
CHAPTER: Mill Brake Installation Page 1 of 1

Section 7
Not Used
Section 8
Not Used
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
9 1 1 EA ASSEMBLY , INSTRUMENT TAG, MILL BRAKE ZX11745992 10274645-DWK 0.00 KG
ONE (1) MILL BRAKE SYSTEM FOR A 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL CONSISTING OF:
-TWO (2) 1TL800 SPRING SET, HYDRAULIC RELEASE, FOOT MOUNT BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLIES PER MILL, SIZED FOR 20° CHARGE HOLDING ANGLE.
-ONE (1) ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT
-ONE (1) PORTABLE HU024SRD HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT COMPLETE WITH WHEELS, STARTER, CONTROL WIRED TO NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE & HYDRAULIC CABLE AND HOSES.
F F
ELECTRICALS TO BE: 460V / 3PH / 60HZ POWER (MOTOR)
24V DC SOLENOID POWER
HYDRAULIC POWER PACK RESERVOIR HEATER: 230V / 1PH / 60HZ POWER
ISOLATION VALVE WITH LIMIT SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED ON EACH BRAKE PEDESTAL RACK. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
WITH 4-20mA REQUIRED ON HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT.
RTD (3 WIRE) INCLUDED IN RESERVOIR.
FILTERS WITH PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL SWITCHES AT EACH PEDESTAL.
JUNCTION BOXES AT EACH PEDESTAL WITH LOCAL INSTRUMENTATION PRE-WIRED TO JUNCTION BOX. BRAKING REACTION
NOTES:
1. BRAKE TO BE DESIGNED FOR THE FOLLOWING:

MILL SIZE: 28' DIA X 44.5' LG 1245 1346
MILL SPEED: 11.2 RPM (@ 76% C.S.) 787 [49.00] [53.00]
MOTOR POWER: 29,502 HP (22,000 KW) [31.00]
FLANGE O.D.: 9845mm (387.60") 127 [5.00 BRAKE
FLANGE I.D.: 9194mm (361.97") (CALIPER MUST CLEAR THIS DIMENSION) FLANGE FLANGE
E THICKNESS: 127mm (5.00")
E
MILL WK² (EMPTY MILL): 564,156,600 Nm² (416,099,948 FT-LB² ) CHARGE 130
WEIGHT: 1,539,633 KG (3,394,309 LB) [5.13] 229
MILL ℄ TO CHARGE C.G.: 2317 mm (7.60 FT) SHOE GAP [9.00]
2. MOTORS, ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, AND INSTRUMENTATION TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: 140
OUTDOOR SERVICE [5.50]
NEMA PREMIUM TEFC LV MOTORS
LOCAL CONTROL PANEL, NEMA 4X, STAINLESS STEEL REST, 76
CREEP, INCHING, AND EMERGENCY MODES [3.00]
2.50 [63] DIA THRU 20
3. COMPLETE DRAWINGS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL AS PER METSO RFQ INCLUDING INSTRUMENT LISTS, LOGIC DIAGRAMS, CONTROL PHILOSOPHY AND MOTOR
4 EQ SP @ 203 = 813 HOLES FOR M52
DATA SHEETS. [8.00] [32.00] ANCHOR BOLTS
4. HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATORS TO BE REGISTERED FOR USE IN PERU. 965

EDGE OF MILL
[38.00]
FLANGE
5. ACCUMULATOR CHARGING KIT TO BE SUPPLIED.
D 6. BRAKE SYSTEM MUST BE CAPABLE OF OPERATING AT 3600 METER ELEVATION. D
7. REF: JOHNSON QUOTE NO.: MM181016 SAG & BALL MILL.
8. SEISMIC COMPLIANCE W/ ZONE UBC 1997 EDITION, ZONE IV. 283

[11.12]
INSTRUMENT TAGS TO BE AFFIXED TO INSTRUMENTS AT APPROPRIATE LOCATION
9 SWEPT
USING STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPE AND (2) STAINLESS STEEL OVAL SLEEVES. PATH
SEE METSO DWG 10274645-DWK & 900106247-NCD FOR DETAILS.
SAFETY GUARD
SPECIFICATIONS PER CALIPER:

CL MILL 1221
C WIRE ROPE [48.06] C
BRAKE MODEL: ACTION: 1TL800 CALIPER BRAKE
SHOE GAP: SPRING SET / HYDRAULIC RELEASE 711
MAX PAD FLOAT: 5.12 [130] FOR 5.00 [127] THICK FLANGE [28.00]
MIN DISC FACE: +/-10mm FROM CENTERLINE OF ASSEMBLY FRAME 11.0
OVAL SLEEVE PAD AREA: CLAMPING [280] 235 [9.25] MAX 254
INSTRUMENT TAG FORCE: PRESSURES: 720 in² [4645 cm²] [10.00]
STUD EXTENSION
810,000 LBS [3605 kN] NOMINAL
3210 RELEASE: 1500 PSI [10,300 kPa]
-PT-
RELEASE VOLUME: HOLD-OFF: 1440 PSI [9,900 kPa] 57
094B [2.25]
MAXIMUM: 2500 PSI [17,200 kPa] 6 X 6 NEMA 4X
ACTUATOR STROKE: NOMINAL: 114 in³ [1.9 L] 0 STAINLESS STEEL
DETAIL TYPICAL INSTRUMENT TAG MAXIMUM: 294 in³ [4.8 L] 26.6 [0] 40.7 ENCLOSURE
ITEM 1 ASSEMBLY WEIGHT: NOMINAL: 1.75 in [45 mm] [118] HYDRAULIC INLET C/W
54.8 [181] ISOLATION VALVE, INLET
PAINT SPECIFICATION: MAXIMUM: 4.5 in [114 mm] 68.9 [244][307]
9 11,000 LBS [5000 KG] FILTER & -16 SAE, CODE 61
EPOXY, (GRAY). (YELLOW GUARD) FLANGED CONNECTION
B FOUNDATION LOADS (KIPS[KN] / BOLT ) B
Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
York, PA 17405-7312 USA
CERTIFIED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
ANGLO AMERICAN
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210- MI-003 & 3210- MI-004
A 90026637 & 90026638 A

ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 05 ADDED ITEM 1 TO BOM - INSTRUMENT TAG ASSEMBLY AHA MT 2019-03-21 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS
X. = ± 1.5 04 UPDATED NOTE-7 MT MT 2018-11-27 BRAKE SYSTEM MATERIAL No: ZX11458231
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
PA 17405-7043 USA 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL CKD: NLE MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 UPDATED NOTE-2 TO REMOVE FIELDBUS KXR KXR 2016-03-25 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' MACHINE DATE: 2015-11-11
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES SURFACE FINISH 6.3 RMS - SCALE: 1:15 For Construction
02 UPDATED NOTES; ADDED CERTIFIED TAG KXR KXR 2016-02-05 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV

If© 2015 PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2015-11-12 A1 10236543-DWK OF 1 05
Feed End Arrangement Installation
9-1.0 GENERAL
The feed end arrangement consists of a feed chute assembly and the feed
end assembly, which is comprised of the feed trunnion liner and
sandwheel assembly. The feed chute directs feed and make up grinding
balls into the mill. The feed trunnion liner and sandwheel protect the
trunnion from exposure to the feed material and the charge, and act as a
seal for the feed end of the mill. Install the components of the feed end
arrangement in the following sequence.
9-2.0 FEED TRUNNION LINER & SANDWHEEL INSTALLATION
The sandwheel can be bolted to the feed trunnion liner either before the
trunnion liner is installed in the feed trunnion, however it is usually found to
be easier to bolt the sandwheel in position before installing the trunnion
liner. The feed chute has an outrigger assembly that will be used to
remove and install the sandwheel assembly during maintenance, but it
should not be used for initial installation because the feed chute will not
have been properly aligned at this time.
If the trunnion liner was shipped without its protection plates installed, bolt
the PP plates to the trunnion liner as shown on the Feed Trunnion Liner
Assembly drawing. Bolt the sandwheel assembly to the trunnion liner
using the hardware called out on the Feed End Assembly drawing. The
feed end assembly can now be installed in the feed trunnion.
Cut the extruded rubber seal to length so that it fits the circumference of
the feed trunnion liner. Place the extruded rubber seal in front of the
forward “lip” of the feed trunnion liner and insert the feed trunnion liner in
the feed trunnion. Care should be taken to not damage the rubber seal
while installing the feed trunnion liner.
The drip ring assembly is secured by the same hardware used to fasten
the feed trunnion liner to the feed trunnion. Position the drip ring
segments and use the hardware called out on the Feed End Assembly
drawing to fasten the feed trunnion liner and drip ring assembly to the feed
trunnion.
With the feed trunnion liner installed, the feed chute can be installed and
aligned.
CHAPTER: Feed & Discharge Arrangements Installation Page 1 of 3

9-3.0 FEED CHUTE ASSEMBLY
Place the feed chute carriage on the rails and chock the wheels to prevent
movement during assembly. Fill the counterweight box on the feed chute
carriage with 8000kg of grinding balls.
Bolt the spout feeder box to the carriage using the hardware called out on
the Feed Chute Assembly drawing. If the spout feeder box liners were not
shipped installed, install the liners as shown on the Spout Feeder Box
Lining Assembly drawing.
After the spout feeder box liners are installed, bolt the feed spout and its
liner, along with the feed spout extension to the spout feeder box using the
hardware called out on the Feed Chute Assembly drawing.
FEED CHUTE INSTALLATION

9-4.0
With the feed chute assembled, the installation can proceed. Slowly move
the feed chute into position for initial alignment. The feed chute should be
centered in the feed trunnion and sandwheel, and must not come in
contact with either one. Shims on the axle assemblies can be added or
removed for vertical alignment of the feed chute, and feed chute body can
be shifted on the axles for horizontal alignment.
With the correct position confirmed, mark the appropriate location on the
foundation for the positioning bracket and then move the feed chute away
from the feed end.
Install the seal and seal retainer on the sandwheel, using the hardware
called out on the Feed End Assembly drawing. Place the wedge seal on
the feed spout extension with its joint at the top, but do not tighten the
banding clamp at this time.
Move the feed chute back into position. Confirm that the feed spout
extension is still centered properly in the feed trunnion liner. Move the
wedge seal forward into the seal on the sandwheel until a moderate
preload is acquired. Tighten the banding clamp to secure the wedge seal
in position.

Use the positioning bracket and locking pin to lock the feed chute
assembly in position as shown on the Feed Chute Assembly drawing.
9-5.0 COMPLETION
Complete the installation by connecting the customer’s feed arrangement

to the top flange of the feed hopper cover assembly.
CHAPTER Feed & Discharge Arrangements Installation Page 3 of 3

Discharge Arrangement Installation
9-6.0 DISCHARGE END ASSEMBLY
The discharge end assembly consists of the discharge trunnion liner with
its replaceable rubber liner assembly and a trunnion magnet assembly.
The trunnion liner protects the discharge trunnion from exposure to
product and the mill charge. The trunnion magnet removes ball chips
from the product exiting the mill.
9-7.0 DISCHARGE TRUNNION LINER ASSEMBLY
If the discharge trunnion liner was shipped without its rubber liner, the
rubber trunnion liner lining must be installed before the discharge
trunnion liner can be installed. The Discharge Trunnion Rubber Lining
Assembly drawing shows the lining assembly, and the hardware used to
secure the lining to the discharge trunnion liner. Assemble the lining
assembly per the drawing.
9-8.0 DISCHARGE TRUNNION LINER INSTALLATION
Insert the discharge trunnion liner into the discharge trunnion with its
extruded rubber seal in place in front of the “lip” on the trunnion liner. The
seal must be cut to length before it is installed.
The drip ring assembly is secured by the same hardware that holds the
discharge trunnion liner to the discharge trunnion. Use the hardware
called out on the Discharge End Assembly drawing to bolt the discharge
trunnion liner and drip ring segments to the discharge trunnion flange.
NOTE
The discharge trunnion liner has drain holes in its fastening flange that
must not be plugged during installation. .
With the discharge trunnion liner in position, the last row of the mill lining
assembly can be installed in the discharge head, if it hadn’t been installed
previously.

Discharge Arrangement Installation
9-9.0 TRUNNION MAGNET ASSEMBLY
The trunnion magnet assembly is supported by customer steel and its

interior flange bolts to the discharge trunnion liner using the hardware
called out on the Discharge End Assembly drawing.
See the attached manual for more information on the installation,

operation, and maintenance of the trunnion magnet.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NOTES: 1 1 EA FEED TRUNNION LINER ASSEMBLY ZX11714486 10267926-DWK 5,850 KG
2 1 EA SANDWHEEL ASSEMBLY (CCW) ZX11622339 10259060-DWK 2,597 KG
1. SEE FEED CHUTE ASSEMBLY DRAWING 10234818-DWK FOR INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL 3 6 EA SEGMENT , RETAINING RING S235JR ZX11458311 10236564-DWK 22 KG
OF FEED END COMPONENTS.
4 1 EA SEAL RETAINING RING S235JR ZX11622338 10259059-DWK 37 KG
6 5 8 EA SEGMENT , DRIP RING ASTM A36, 10 THK ZX11717532 10268464-DWK 36 KG
CUT SEAL TO LENGTH AT TIME OF INSTALLATION.
F 3 6 1 EA ZX11622347; SEAL RING NEOPRENE, 25 THK 10259064-DWK 15 KG F
TORQUE BOLTS TO 6655 N-m (4908 FT-LB). CLEAN BOLTS BEFORE INSTALLING AND LIGHTLY 9 8 7 1 EA 02-068364; SEAL, EXTRD, 0.99" X 1.95" X 392 LG RUBBER 51306800XXX 14 KG
LUBRICATE THREADS WITH LIGHT WEIGHT OIL. 8 16 EA 1003724620; BOLT, HEX HD, M20x2.5 X 80 LG ST 8.8 UNPLTD 04-121144-01 0.25 KG
11 10
9 16 EA 04-096619; NUT, HEX, M20x2.5 8 UNPLTD 04-096617-01 0.12 KG
DRAIN HOLES, DO NOT PLUG.
10 24 EA 1003725105; BOLT, HEX HD, M24x3 X 65 LG ST 8.8 UNPLTD 04-121144-01 0.32 KG
RUBBER BACKING, FIELD INSTALLED (SEE DRAWING 10234683-DWK). 11 24 EA 04-096658; WASHER, PLAIN, M24 STEEL 04-096648-01 0.03 KG
4
12 48 EA 04-109932; BOLT, HEX HD, M48x5 X 120 LG ASTM A193M GR B7 04-103937-01 3 KG
ITEMS 6 THRU 13 ARE SUPPLIED BY METSO IN FIELD ASSEMBLY KIT SHIPPED DIRECT TO SITE.
13 48 EA 04-116344; WASHER, PLAIN, M48 ST, TYPE 1 UNPLTD 04-104273-01 0.3 KG
(SEE DRAWING 10268061-DWK) (REFERENCE MATERIAL ZX11714796)
JACKING SCREW LOCATION (4 PL). USED TO AID IN TRUNNION LINER REMOVAL.

DETAIL A DETAIL B
E E
5 1
13 12
3
2
D D
13 12
∅3011
125 RUBBER
∅2410
Ø1168 Ø2192
∅2192
4020
1280
DIA ∅1168 Ø3011 Ø3640
DIA DETAIL C
C C
SEE DETAIL A
MILL HEAD
LINER
75 RUBBER
SEE DETAIL B 7
SEE DETAIL D
SEE DETAIL C
DETAIL D
B B
Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
York, PA 17405-7312 USA
CL CERTIFIED FOR
BRG SECTION E-E CONSTRUCTION
By: MT Date: 3/6/19
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
ANGLO AMERICAN
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210- MI-003 & 3210- MI-004
A 90026637 & 90026638 A

ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 03 ADDED DIMENSIONS AND VIEW PER CUSTOMER MT MT 2019-03-06 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KSO
C.003778 90026636
DIMENSIONS
X. = ± 1.5 02 UPDATED NOTE-6 MT MT 2019-02-04 FEED END ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11714445
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
PA 17405-7043 USA
CKD: KSO MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 01 INITIAL RELEASE KSO KSO 2018-10-10 MATERIAL Wt.: 9,050 Wt. Unit: KG
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES SURFACE FINISH 6.3 RMS - This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: 1:15 For Construction
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME QUELLAVECO APPD: KSO ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV

If© 2018 PROJECT LOCATION PERU DATE: 2018-10-10 A1 10267924-DWK OF 1 03
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA FEED TRUNNION LINER WELDMENT ZX11714550 10267927-DWK 5,237 KG
2 8 EA LINER , RUBBER CONE SEGMENT PP 75/5 ZX11622334 10259055-DWK 76 KG
3 48 EA TRELLEX GUMMIPLUGG D60/50-50-S T248026 0.11 KG
F F
E E
(3640) (2192)
DIA DIA
D D
C C
IMPORTANT:
THESE SURFACES MUST
BE FLUSH
SEE DETAIL A
3
(1820)
B NOTES: B
TYP
∅20
ITEM 2 AND ITEM 3 (SUPPLIED BY METSO) TO BE WELDED IN POSITION
AS SHOWN, BEFORE COMPLETE ASSEMBLY CAN BE SHIPPED TO SITE FOR
FIELD INSTALLATION.
USE CAUTION WHEN INSTALLING THE RUBBER CONE SEGMENTS (ITEM 2).
RUBBER MAY NOT PROTRUDE BEYOND MACHINED FLANGE INSIDE DIA.
6 GAP
1 DETAIL A

A A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 01 INITIAL RELEASE KSO KSO 2018-10-04 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KSO
C.003778
FEED TRUNNION LINER ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11714486
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7 CKD: KSO MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME QUELLAVECO APPD: KSO ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2018 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION PERU DATE: 2018-10-04 A1 10267926-DWK OF 1 01 1
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY, FEED CHUTE ZX11621735 10259012-DWK 4,805 KG
2 1 EA FEED HOPPER ASSEMBLY ZX11714590 10267939-DWK 6,350 KG
3 2 EA BRACKET , POSITIONING ZX11683800 10265367-DWK 20 KG
8 EQ SP @ 350 = 2800 4 EA
2 PIN , LOCKING S235JR ZX11460117 10236736-DWK 1.2 KG
5 2 EA PIN, COTTER, EXTENDED PRONG 0.250X2.000 ST 04-021308 04-101412-01 0.10 KG
2511 OPENING
F (INSIDE RUBBER)
6 1 EA SPOUT RETAINING RING SEGMENT S235JR ZX11622044 10259044-DWK 113 KG F
7 1 EA PIPE OUTRIGGER ZX11622038 10259042-DWK 260 KG
8 1 EA SHIM SET , FEED HOPPER S235JR ZX11622043 10259043-DWK 109 KG
191 9 1 EA SPOUT FEEDER EXTENSION POLYURETHANE ZX11386976 10223709-DWK 283 KG
24 DIA THRU
95.5 10 1 EA WEDGE SEAL, MOLDED POLYURETHANE ZX11387023 10223717-DWK 24 KG
28 HOLES
11 4 EA 05-043879; RUBBER WEDGE ASSY 05-043879-01 1.4 KG
14 15 16
12 1 EA ZX11387091; CLAMP ASSY, 49.38 ID WEDGE SEAL 05-044174-01 0.00 KG
13 16 EA 65-611-196-434; BOLT, HEX HD, M24x3 X 110 LG ST 8.8 UNPLTD 04-121144-01 0.5 KG
152.5
95.5 14 36 EA 04-128614; BOLT, HEX HD, M24x3 X 240 LG ST 8.8 UNPLTD 04-121144-01 0.9 KG
191 305 15 52 EA 04-103929; NUT, HEX, M24x3 A194 GR 2H 04-103935-01 0.2 KG
16 52 EA 04-096638; LOCKWASHER, M24 STL UNPLTD 04-096628-01 0.1 KG
1645
6 SP @ 17 16 EA 04-096658. WASHER, PLAIN, M24 STL 04-096648-01 0.1 KG
OPENING
325=1950 INSIDE 18 16 EA 1003724634; BOLT, HEX HD, M20x2.5 X90 ST 8.8 UNPLTD 04-121144-01 0.3 KG
RUBBER 19 16 EA 04-121262; NUT, HEX, M20x2.5 ST 8 UNPLTD 04-121255-01 0.1 KG
28 WD X 78 LG SLOTS THRU 25 127 20 2 EA 04-100099; TURNBUCKLE, 0.50" X 6.00" TAKEUP 04-100099-01 0.3 KG
THK PLATE 3 4 5 21 1 EA ZX11393117; WIRE ROPE SLING, 0.25" X 13' LG 102259421-DWK 0.2 KG
E (4) M24 STEEL WEDGE TYPE 254
22 1 EA 02-076424; THREADED ROD, M12x1.75 X 230 LG 02-076424-01 0.2 KG
E
ANCHOR BOLTS
(BY CUSTOMER) 23 2 EA 04-121260; NUT, HEX, M12x1.75 ST 8 UNPLTD 04-121255-01 0.1 KG
24 2 EA 1003056031; WASHER, PLAIN, M12 STL 04-096648-01 0.1 KG
VIEW B-B
(LOCATING PIN DETAIL)
TYPICAL 2 PLACES
1778 LIFT POINTS
PLAN VIEW 200

25 DEEP 25 DEEP
50
200
CLOPENING 115
180 180
D 2666 75
D
1226 40 60
CLMILL 254
50 DIA THRU 4 CL VIEW A-A

2030
PL BEARING LIFT POINT INTERFACE
1015 2880
1797 2
C 17 16 15 13 2192 DIA
C
8
965 DIA 1168 I.D.
25 SHIMS CL MILL
INSIDE SANDWHEEL 3023 DIA
25 DEEP KEYS SPOUT
2030 A A
C.G. 9
2000
1705
1510 12 10
B B
B B
5 4 3 1016 1
TR-45 OR 85# RAIL (BY 1328
2134 RAIL GAUGE CUSTOMER) B A
(INSIDE RAILS) Metso Minerals
618 C.G. Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
3181 LIFT POINTS & WHEEL CENTERS FOR

York, PA 17405-7312 USA
FEED CHUTE TRANSPORTER CERTIFIED FOR

CONSTRUCTION
210 By: KSO Date: 10/10/18
1778 LIFT POINTS 1838 QUELLAVECO PROJECT

FEED END ELEVATION ANGLO AMERICAN
2000 2472 CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
SIDE ELEVATION 3210- MI-003 & 3210- MI-004
A 90026637 & 90026638 A

ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 03 UPDATED FEED CHUTE (REVISED LIFTPOINTS) KSO KSO 2018-11-20 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS
02 ADDED SECTION A-A KXR KXR 2016-01-05 FEED CHUTE ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11442580
X. = ± 1.5 240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312 York,
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
PA 17405-7312 USA 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL CKD: KHB MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 01 INITIAL RELEASE KXR KXR 2015-11-12 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES SURFACE FINISH 6.3 RMS - This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: 1:30 For Construction
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KHB ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV

© 2015 PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2015-11-05 A1 10234818-DWK 1 03
PROJECTION If published, the following notice shall apply: Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. OF 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CL
BEARING
MINIMUM PRELOAD REQ'D TO

INITIAL INSTALLATION:
F MAINTAIN PROPER SEAL F
5812
SPOUT FEEDER MUST BE ALIGNED CAREFULLY WITH MILL AXIS
FOR SUCCESSFUL SEAL OPERATION.
SEE DETAIL E
SLOTTED HOLES & SHIM STACKS ALLOW FOR VERTICAL AND
LATERAL ADJUSTMENTS OF FEED BOX. SEE FLAG NOTE 15.
(A) WITH FEEDER RETRACTED, INSURE THAT SANDWHEEL

FLANGE OF FEED SPOUT EXTENSION IS
CENTERED WHEN BOLTED TO FEED BOX FLANGE.
OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF FLANGES MUST BE
FLUSH WITH EACH OTHER.
(B) MOVE FEEDER UP TO THE MILL AND INSERT

EXTENSION INTO SANDWHEEL. CHECK FOR
CL MILL
INTERFERENCE. IF NOT CONCENTRIC, ADJUST
USING SLOTTED HOLES & SHIM STACKS AS REQUIRED.
E E
H
11
18 19 7
SANDWHEEL
DETAIL D
B A (125) POSITIONING
BRACKETS
NOTES:
SPOUT FEEDER BOX RETRACTED
D SEE TRUNNION BEARING D
LIFTING LUGS ARE SUITABLE FOR LIFTING FULLY LOADED CHUTE WITHOUT CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY. ASSEMBLY FOR SPILL
20 21 TROUGH INFORMATION
SHIM SET (ITEM 9) CONTAINS EXTRA SHIMS OF VARIOUS THICKNESS. INSERT 25mm SHIMS UNDER EACH OF THE FOUR
FEED HOPPER LEGS DURING INITIAL ASSEMBLY. ADJUST AS REQUIRED DURING FEEDER ALIGNMENT.
1838
MATERIAL: CAST POLYURETHANE
4472
SEE FEED END ASSEMBLY DRAWING 10267924-DWK FOR DETAILS.
WEDGE SEAL ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE:
A) WHEN SPOUT IS IN THE FINAL OPERATING POSITION, THRUST WEDGE SEAL FORWARD INTO SEAL DEFORMING IT AS SHOWN. RUBBER WEDGES (ITEM 11)
VIEW H-H 2 PLACES, EQUALLY SPACED
B) MAKE SURE WEDGE SEAL JOINT IS ON TOP. TIGHTEN BOLT ASSEMBLY. INSTALL WORM DRIVE BANDING CLAMP ASSEMBLY AS
DESCRIBED ON DRAWING 05-044174. SEE DETAIL E. ON EACH SIDE SPOUT FEEDER BOX AND SANDWHEEL REMOVAL PROCEDURE:
C) AS SEAL AND WEDGE WEAR DURING OPERATION, PERIODIC READJUSTMENT IS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN PROPER SEAL. 1. REMOVE LOCKING HANDLES LABYRINTH SEAL AND LOWER DOOR.
D) REPLACE WORN ITEMS WHEN SEAL BECOMES INEFFECTIVE. 12 2. RETRACT FEED CHUTE AND INSTALL OUTRIGGER ASSEMBLY.
3. RETURN FEED CHUTE TO OPERATING POSITION.
C 6. FEED CHUTE WEIGHT EMPTY WEIGHT WITH ALL LINERS, CARRIAGE 8,000 KG IN COUNTERWEIGHT BOX = 21,000 KG. 4. INSTALL RUBBER WEDGES AS SHOWN. C
5. WRAP CABLE AROUND SANDWHEEL AND TIGHTEN TURNBUCKLE AS SHOWN.
TRACK LOADING:
6. REMOVE SANDWHEEL RETAINER SEGMENTS.
AXLE A: 19,120 KG (OPERATING POSITION WITH 5,000 KG DEAD BED & 1,780 KG MAT'L IN SPOUT) 7. INSTALL SANDWHEEL BOLTS IN JACKING HOLES IF REQUIRED.
AXLE B: 8,550 KG 8. RETRACT FEED CHUTE AND SANDWHEEL ASSEMBLY.
AXLE A: 32,800 KG (CHUTE PLUGGED WITH PRODUCT)
AXLE B: 7,240 KG
AXLE A: 20,455 KG (RETRACTED WITH DEAD BED & SANDWHEEL ATTACHED)

DETAIL F
AXLE B: 10,075 KG
SPOUT FEEDER BOX AND SANDWHEEL INSTALLATION PROCEDURE:
WORM DRIVE BANDING CLAMP IS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE GROOVE
PROVIDED IN THE WEDGE SEAL. USE A 9/32" HEX-NUT DRIVER TO 1. REPOSITION FEED CHUTE ASSEMBLY.
IMPORTANT: REMOVE OUTRIGGER ASSEMBLY AND RUBBER WEDGES AFTER SANDWHEEL INSTALLATION. DO NOT OPERATE MILL
WITH OUTRIGGER ASSEMBLY MOUNTED TO CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY. THIGHTED SCREW, ONCE THE SEAL HAS BEEN PROPERLY POSITIONED. 2. ASSURE THAT SANDWHEEL IS SEATED PROPERLY.
DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN SCREW. 3. INSTALL SANDWHEEL RETAINER SEGMENTS.
COUNTERWEIGHT AND FEED BOX LINERS MUST BE INSTALLED BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO REMOVE THE SANDWHEEL FROM THE FEED SEE DETAIL G 4. REMOVE CABLE AND RUBBER WEDGES.
TRUNNION LINER TO PREVENT TIPPING OF THE FEED CHUTE ASSEMBLY. (STEEL PLATES NOT FURNISHED BY METSO)
5. RETRACT FEED CHUTE AND REMOVE OUTRIGGER ASSEMBLY.
CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR PAD ASSEMBLY REMOVAL. SEE DETAIL F 12 6. RETURN FEED CHUTE TO OPERATING POSITION.
7. ENGAGE LOCKING PINS IN POSITIONING BRACKETS.
B DURING OPERATION STORE RUBBER WEDGES AND CHAIN ON CART PIPE OUTRIGGERS AS SHOWN.
8. CLOSE LABYRINTH SEAL DOOR AND REPLACE LOCKING HANDLES. B
FEED CHUTE TRANSPORTER TO BE SHARED WITH SAG MILL (SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER). 10
CENTERLINE FORWARD LIFT POINTS AND FRONT WHEELS. MANUFACTURER OF FEED CHUTE TRANSPORTER RECOMMENDS A SUITABLE
SUPPORT BEAM BE IMBEDDED INTO FEEDER PLATFORM AT THIS LOCATION. (REFER TO AXLE "A" LOADS LISTED IN NOTE 6 ABOVE.) 24 23 22 Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
York, PA 17405-7312 USA
ITEMS 11 THRU 24 ARE SUPPLIED BY METSO IN FIELD ASSEMBLY KIT. SHIPPED DIRECT TO SITE (SEE DRAWING 10268061-DWK, POSITION WEDGE SEAL
REFERENCE MATERIAL ZX11714796). JOINT AT TOP CERTIFIED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION. By: KSO Date: 10/10/18
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
ANGLO AMERICAN
DETAIL E DETAIL G (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 03 UPDATED FEED CHUTE (SEE SHEET 1) KSO KSO 2018-11-20 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 02 SEE SHEET 1 KXR KXR 2016-01-05 FEED CHUTE ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11442580
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7312 USA 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL CKD: KHB MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 01 INITIAL RELEASE KXR KXR 2015-11-12 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2015-11-05
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KHB ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA CARRIAGE WELDMENT ZX11621888 10259014-DWK 4,244 KG
2 4 EA WHEEL ASSEMBLY ZX11433670 10233509-DWK 136 KG
3 4 EA WASHER S235JR ZX11433595 10233493-DWK 1.5 KG
4 4 EA END PLATE, AXLE S235JR ZX11433591 10233491-DWK 2.5 KG
5 8 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M20X50-8.8-UNPL ISO898-1 8.8 UNPLTD 65-611-196-369 0.10 KG
F 6 8 EA WASHER SPRING DIN127-B20-FST-UNPLTD SPRING STEEL 04-096637 04-096628-01 0.02 KG F
3876 OVERALL, REF

3368 REF
1778 REF 1220 REF
1
610 REF
210 REF
E E
695
REF
1705
1510
D D
559
TOP OF RAIL, REF
254
25 REF
508 REF 508 REF
2000 2127 REF
3181 REF
C C
2
PURGE WITH EP TYPE GRADE-2 GREASE
AFTER WHEELS ARE MOUNTED TO CARRIAGE
3
6 5
1 REF
B B
4
TYPICAL WHEEL DETAIL
TOP OF RAIL, REF 4 PLACES
25mm

A A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 03 GENERAL REVISION NLE NLE 2018-07-24 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: NLE
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 02 UPDATED DRAWING NLE NLE 2018-07-11 CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY, FEED CHUTE MATERIAL No: ZX11621735
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7 CKD: NLE MATERIAL Spec.:
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 01 INITIAL RELEASE NLE NLE 2017-10-25 MATERIAL Wt.: 4,805 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2017-10-25
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other APPD: NLE ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2017 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DATE: 2017-10-25 A1 10259012-DWK OF 1 03 1
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA SANDWHEEL WELDMENT ZX11622336 10259057-DWK 1,878 KG
2 6 EA LINER , RUBBER RING SEGMENT PP 125/5 ZX11622335 10259056-DWK 118 KG
3 54 EA RUBBER PLUG 60/50-90-RIBBED 271826320.90 0.00 KG
F F
1001 REF
3 NOMINAL GAP
2
2
E E
3 3
D D
2275
DIA
REF
THESE SURFACES MUST

BE FLUSH
C C
B B
TYP
∅20
NOTE:
ITEM-2 AND ITEM-3 (SUPPLIED BY METSO) TO BE WELDED IN POSITION
AS SHOWN, BEFORE COMPLETE ASSEMBLY CAN BE SHIPPED TO SITE FOR
FIELD INSTALLATION.

A A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 01 INITIAL RELEASE NLE NLE 2017-10-16 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: NLE
SANDWHEEL ASSEMBLY (CCW) MATERIAL No: ZX11622339
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7 CKD: NLE MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other APPD: NLE ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2017 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DATE: 2017-10-16 A1 10259060-DWK OF 1 01 1
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NOTES: 420 SPEC NUMBER NUMBER WEIGHT UNIT
1 1 EA ASSEMBLY , DISCHARGE TRUNNION LINER ZX11442194 10234704-DWK 10,449 KG
1. TORQUE M48 BOLTS (ITEM 5) TO 4316N-m (3183 FT-LB). CLEAN BOLTS 80 2 6 EA SEGMENT , DRIP RING ASTM A36 OR EQUAL ZX11442195 10234705-DWK 16 KG
BEFORE INSTALLING AND LIGHTLY LUBRICATE THREADS WITH LIGHT OIL. 3 1 EA TRUNNION MAGNET ARRANGEMENT ZX11442197 10234706-DWK 10,569 KG
40 40
4 1 EA 02-068364; SEAL, EXTRD 0.99 X 1.95, 392.0 LG 02-068335-01 14 KG
2 CUT SEAL TO LENGTH AT TIME OF INSTALLATION. 2 5 6 7 5 96 EA 04-109970; BOLT, HEX HD, M48x5 X 160 LG ASTMA193M GR B7 UNP 04-103937-01 3.1 KG
8
F 3 FOUR M48x5 TAPPED HOLES ARE PROVIDED ON THIS BOLT CIRCLE. 5 7
6 48 EA 04-103932; NUT, HEX, M48x5 ASTM A194, GR 2H 04-103935-01 1.5 KG F
USE ITEM 5 AS JACKING SCREWS TO REMOVE TRUNNION LINER. 7 144 EA 04-116344; WASHER, PLAIN, M48 ST TYPE 1 UNPLTD 04-104273-01 0.28 KG
2 4 8 10 EA ZX11450392; PANEL, TRUNNION BACKING CLOSED CELL RBR 10268291-DWK 46 KG
4 DRAIN HOLE - DO NOT PLUG. 9 1 EA ZX11722591, TRUNNION MAGNET INTERFACE DRAWING 10269599-DWK 0.00 KG
5. CW ROTATION VIEWED FROM FEED END. 4

3910 3 3760
DIA DIA
6 FIELD INSTALLED, SEE RUBBER BACKING ASSEMBLY (10234683-DWK).
7 SHIMS BY CUSTOMER.
8 ITEMS 4 THRU 7 ARE SUPPLIED BY METSO IN FIELD ASSEMBLY KIT SHIPPED

DIRECT TO SITE. (SEE DRAWING 10268296-DWK, REFERENCE MATERIAL 2908
ZX11716718). I.D.
RUBBER
2904
(46) DIA
E E
DETAIL A DETAIL B
CL BRG
3604 ROTATION
6 8
890 420 1829
152
SEE DETAIL B
SEE DETAIL A
3
D D
PRODUCT FLOW
2285 2667
DIA CL MILL I.D. CL MILL
FLIGHTS LINING 4452
C C
BALL RETURN 45° 800
2000
313
288
25 SHIMS
7
B B
2210 2210
2382 2382
Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
1087 York, PA 17405-7312 USA
CERTIFIED FOR
114 2153 2153 114 CONSTRUCTION
By: MT Date: 1/28/2019

441 CL SUPPORT ANGLO AMERICAN
CL SUPPORT 220.5 165
1838 (PAD REMOVAL) EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
28 WD X 53 LG 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
2517 APPROX
BOTTOM VIEW SLOT THRU, 8 PL METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:

A 90026637 & 90026638 A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 05 ADDED DIMENSIONS MT MT 2019-01-28 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KXR
C.3778 90026636
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 04 ADDED ITEM-9 & UPDATED DIMENSION MT MT 2018-11-05 DISCHARGE END ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11442094
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7312 USA 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL CKD: KHB MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 03 UPDATED (ADDED TRUNNION MAGNET) MT KSO 2018/10/11 MATERIAL Wt.: 11,760 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DATE: 2015-11-05
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 01 UPDATED DIMENSION IN LOC D1 KXR KXR 2016/01/06 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: KXR ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA TRUNNION LINER, DISCHARGE ZX11692103 10266023-DWK 8,556 KG
2 1 EA LINING ASSEMBLY, DISCHARGE ZX11692105 10267020-DWK 1,893 KG
3 6 EA PLATE , P.P., 50 THK ZX11716027 10268214-DWK 9.0 KG
4 24 EA RUBBER PLUG, 45/35-40 02-803461 02-803458-01 0.00 KG
F NOTES:
F
ITEM 2 (SUPPLIED BY METSO) TO BE WELDED IN POSITION AS SHOWN,

BEFORE COMPLETE ASSEMBLY IS SHIPPED TO SITE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION.
USE CAUTION WHEN INSTALLING THE RUBBER LINING ASSEMBLY ITEM 2.

RUBBER MUST BE FLUSH AND NOT PROTRUDE BEYOND TRUNNION LINER.
2 1
E E
D D
2645 2485
DIA DIA
2285
3073 DIA 3734
DIA DIA
C C
868 LEAD
434 PITCH 100
100
(46)
B B
2112 A
2175
SECTION A-A
4
TYP
∅20
3

A A
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 01 INITIAL RELEASE KSO KSO 2018-11-20 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KSO
C.003778
DISCHARGE TRUNNION LINER ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11442194
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7 CKD: KSO MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7312 USA
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME QUELLAVECO APPD: KSO ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2015 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION PERU DATE: 2018-11-20 A1 10234704-DWK OF 1 01
PROJECTION 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
2018-11-05
DATE
APPD
MT
MT
BY
ONE (1) TRUNNION MAGNET SYSTEM FOR 28.0' X 44.5' BALL MILL
CONSISTING OF:
TRUNNION MAGNET INCLUDING THE SUB-FRAME

FOR SUPPORT AND FRAME SUPPORT TO THE GROUND. METSO DISCHARGE
TRUNNION LINER, REF Ø2908
STAINLESS STEEL DISCHARGE HOPPER & CHUTE FOR MAGNETIC I.D.
MATERIAL DISCHARGE. (SUPPORT STRUCTURE INCLUDED) RUBBER.
Ø2933
STAINLESS STEEL TRUNNION MAGNET BARREL COMPLETE WITH I.D.
CYLINDER. Ø3404 Ø3734.3 +0.50
ABRASION RESISTANT LINER AND BI-METALLIC CLEATS. +0.80
B.C. ERIEZ
DOUBLE ROW OF PERMANENT MAGNETS, ONE FOR ADDITIONAL FLANGE FIT
UNDERSIZE AND ONE FOR LIFTING. I.D.
SWING OUT TOP SECTION Ø3733.8 +0.00

- 0.50
METSO Ø3759.2
LIFTER WASHING SYSTEM. FLANGE O.D.
TEST
O.D. FLANGE
ALL OTHER PARTS, ENGINEERING, ON-SITE SERVICES, WARRANTIES
AND POST-SALES SERVICES TO BE EQUIVALENT TO ORIGINAL
AGREEMENT.
NOTES:
1) MAXIMUM BALL SIZE IS 76mm/(3.00"). (48) Ø52 HOLES EQ. SP 40 FLANGE

FOR M48x5 BOLTS MACHINED
2) CLOCKWISE ROTATION (CW) WHEN VIEWED 50 MIN
FROM THE FEED END. FLANGE
3) COMPLETE DRAWING PACKAGE REQUIRED

PLATE
SHOWING ALL INTERFACE DIMENSIONS FOR
METSO APPROVAL PRIOR TO MANUFACTURE.
INITIAL RELEASE
4) REFERENCE ERIEZ QUOTE #102018MMS

REV
01

DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 C.3778 90026836
York Grinding DT: 2018-11-01
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
TRUNNION MAGNET INTERFACE DRAWING MATERIAL No.: ZX11722591
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38
York, PA 17405-7312 USA CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15'
1
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
2019-02-04
2018-10-04
DATE
1 4 EA RUBBER WEDGE ASSY 05-043879 05-043879-01 1.4 KG

2 1 EA CLAMP ASSEMBLY , 49.38 ID WEDGE SEAL ZX11387091 05-044174-01 0.00 KG
3 16 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M24X110-8.8-UNP ST 8.8 UNPLTD 65-611-196-434 04-121144-01 0.47 KG
APPD
KSO
4 36 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M24X240-8.8-UNPL 8.8 UNPLTD 04-128614 04-121144-01 0.90 KG

MT
5 52 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL , HVY, M24 A194-2H 04-103929 04-103935-01 0.14 KG

KSO
MT
BY
7 16 EA WASHER , PLAIN, M24 STL STEEL 04-096658 04-096648-01 0.03 KG

9 16 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ISO4032-M20-8-UNPLTD ST 8 UNPLTD 04-121262 04-121255-01 0.12 KG
10 2 EA TURNBUCKLE , 0.50 X 6.00,TAKEUP 04-100099 04-100099-01 0.00 KG
11 1 EA WIRE ROPE SLING, 0.25 X 13' LG ZX11393117 10225941-DWK 0.00 KG
12 2 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ISO4032-M12-8-UNPLTD ST 8 UNPLTD 04-121260 04-121255-01 0.02 KG
13 2 EA WASHER, PLAIN ISO7089-12-140HV-UNPLTD STEEL 140HV UNPLTD 1003056031 04-121243-01 0.01 KG
14 1 EA ROD,THREADED,M12X1.75X230 LG 02-076424 02-076424-01 0.00 KG
15 1 EA SEAL RING NEOPRENE, 12mm THK, ZX11622347 10259064-DWK 15 KG
16 1 EA SEAL,EXTRD 0.99X1.95,392.0 LG 02-068364 02-068335-01* 14 KG
18 16 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ISO4032-M20-8-UNPLTD 8 UNPLTD 04-096619 04-096617-01 0.12 KG
19 24 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL ISO4014-M24X65-8.8-UNPL ISO898-1 8.8 UNPLTD 1003725105 04-121144-01 0.32 KG
20 24 EA WASHER , PLAIN, M24 STL STEEL 04-096658 04-096648-01 0.03 KG
21 48 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL M48X5X120-ASMEB18.2.3.5 ASTMA193M GR B7 UNP 04-109932 04-103937-01* 3.0 KG
NOTE:
THIS PACKAGE SHOULD BE CLEARLY MARKED "FEED END ASSEMBLY KIT"

AND TO BE SHIPPED TO SITE FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY.
UPDATED BOM TO INCLUDE ITEMS 15-22
INITIAL RELEASE
REV
02
01

Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KSO
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 C.003778 90026636
Grinding Systems DT: 2018-09-20
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
HARDWARE KIT-FEED END ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No.: ZX11714796
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38
York, PA 17405-7043 USA FIELD ASSEMBLY CKD: KSO MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15'
MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME QUELLAVECO APPD: KSO ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
1
DO NOT SCALE PROJECTION If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2018 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION PERU DT: 2018-10-04 A3 10268061-DWK OF 1 02
4 3 2 1
2018-10-10
DATE
1 1 EA SEAL,EXTRD 0.99X1.95,392.0 LG 02-068364 02-068335-01 14 KG

3 48 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL , HVY, M48-5 A194,2H ASTM A194, GR 2H 04-103932 04-103935-01 1.5 KG
APPD
KSO
KSO
BY
NOTE:
THIS PACKAGE SHOULD BE CLEARLY MARKED "DISCHARGE END ASSEMBLY KIT"

AND TO BE SHIPPED TO SITE FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY.
INITIAL RELEASE
REV
01

Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: KSO
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 C.003778 90026636
Grinding Systems DT: 2018-09-27
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
HARDWARE KIT-DISCHARGE END ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No.: ZX11716718
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38
York, PA 17405-7043 USA FIELD ASSEMBLY CKD: KSO MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15'
MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME QUELLAVECO APPD: KSO ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
1
DO NOT SCALE PROJECTION If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2018 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION PERU DT: 2018-10-10 A3 10268296-DWK OF 1 01
Portable Trunnion Bearing Lube System
10-1.0 PORTABLE LUBE SYSTEM
The trunnion bearings must be lubricated whenever the mill is rotated.

Two(2) portable lube systems are provided for use during mill installation
and maintenance when the trunnion bearing lube system is unavailable.
Each portable lube system is a self contained unit for providing
lubrication oil to the pad bearings of one trunnion bearing.
10-2.0 PORTABLE LUBE SYTEM INSTALLATION
The portable lube systems are shipped totally assembled. Connect the
oil supply and return lines per the instructions on the “Portable Lube
System” drawing. The portable lube system provides oil to the pad
bearings’ center pockets only.
To ensure proper oil return from the bearings, the portable lube system’s
reservoir must be lower than the drain connection of the trunnion
bearings. Avoid excessive length, unnecessary bends, or low points in
the hose, that could keep the oil from returning to the lube system.
Fill the oil reservoir with 75 gallons (284 liters) of the same oil that will be
used in the trunnion bearing lube system. See the “Mill Lubrication
Recommendations” section for recommended lubricants.
A customer supplied electrical connection must be made to the 20 hp oil

pump motor. The motor is the only component on the portable lube
system that requires electrical power.
10-3.0 PORTABLE LUBE SYTEM OPERATION
The trunnion bearings must be lubricated any time the mill is rotated in
the trunnion bearings. The portable lube systems are used when the
trunnion bearing lube system is not available.
A 20 hp motor drives a gear pump that pumps the oil at a nominal rate of
8.8 GPM (33.3 LPM). The oil passes through a 20 micron filter element,
and then to a four way flow divider that splits the oil flow into four equal
flows (one for each pad bearing). The oil supply piping is connected to
the center pocket supply line for each pad bearing. After passing over
the pad bearing, the oil drains into the bearing pedestal and exits the
pedestal via the drain outlet. The lube system’s drain connection feeds
the oil back to the lube system reservoir to complete the circuit.
CHAPTER: Trunnion Bearing Lube System Installation Page 1 of 2

Portable Trunnion Bearing Lube System
A pressure indicator on the oil supply line indicates the oil pressure, and
a relief valve set at 2,000 PSI (13800 kPa) will relieve and send the oil
back to the reservoir if pressures above 2,000 PSI are present. A level
indicator with a temperature indicator on the side of the reservoir gives
visual indication of the oil temperature and level in the reservoir.
NOTE
During operation, there is oil in the reservoir, and oil in the piping and
bearings, which will return to the reservoir when the system is shut down. DO
NOT FILL RESERVOIR WHEN THE SYSTEM IS IN OPERATION.

Trunnion Bearing Lube System Installation
10-4.0 INTRODUCTION
The trunnion bearing lubrication system contains all the components

necessary to maintain the trunnion bearings fully operational. This system
provides full protection to the bearings when properly interlocked with the
mill starting circuit. The system is designed for hydrostatic operation, with
high pressure oil continuously pumped into the base of the pad bearings
to lift and lubricate the trunnions.
An accumulator assembly, to provide lubricating oil in emergency

situations, is also part of the trunnion bearing lube system. The
accumulator assembly is shipped assembled, with only electrical and
piping hook-ups to be done in the field.
See the Operation Section of the manual for a detailed description of the
operation of the trunnion bearing lube system.
10-5.0 INSTALLATION
The lubrication system is contained on a skid, and is shipped fully

assembled with just field piping and electrical power connections to be
made. See the attached drawings for the field piping runs and electrical
interface. The accumulator assembly is mounted near the lube system
skid.
The trunnion bearings have control instrumentation at the bearings.

These instrumentation assemblies are pre-assembled, allowing the
customer to simply hook up field piping to the appropriate connections,
and wire into the terminal boxes. See the wiring diagrams for correct
wiring connections.
10-5.1 LUBE SYSTEM PLACEMENT AND PIPING RUNS
The trunnion bearing lube system skid should be centrally located as near
the trunnion bearings as possible to minimize the length of the piping runs.
Refer to the Lubrication System Field Piping drawing for slope
requirements for piping runs.
The oil connections to the pad bearing assemblies should not made until
after the lube system piping has been flushed. See below for procedure.

10-5.2 PIPE CLEANING
All field piping must be thoroughly cleaned before installation. Unless

stainless steel piping is utilized, we strongly recommend that all supply
and return pipe lines be pickled to remove mill scale and rust prior to
installation.
10-6.0 PREPARING LUBRICATION SYSTEM FOR START-UP
10-6.1 FLUSHING OF SYSTEM
The trunnion bearing lube system piping must be flushed prior to actual
mill operation. The trunnion bearing assemblies and the trunnion bearing
instrumentation racks must be prepared for the flushing.
Purge the piping on the trunnion bearing instrumentation racks. Following

the purge, connect the instrumentation racks to the oil supply hoses on
the trunnion bearing pedestal. DO NOT connect the oil supply hoses to
the individual pad bearing assemblies at this time. Use customer supplied
clear tubing in 1” (25 mm) and 2” (51 mm) diameters attached the ends of
the oil supply hoses to direct the flushing oil to the return port on the
trunnion bearing pedestal.
NOTE: Use an ISO220 operating oil to flush the system. Change filters as required
and leave the oil used to flush the system as operating oil. This procedure flushes
the operating oil before the mill is put into operation. The oil is now cleaner than it
came out of the oil drums/containers.
1. Fill the main reservoir with oil to the minimum operating level. The
immersion heaters must remain submersed in oil.
2. Turn on the main power to the lube system and turn the Low Pressure
Filtration Pump “Local/Remote” selector switch to “Local”, and the
pump selector to Pump “A”.
3. Start the low pressure oil pump "A", and check for pump rotation. If
the pressure gauge at the pump discharge registers pressure, the
pump has the correct rotation. Repeat the operation for pump "B"
after repositioning the selector switch.

4. Let pump "B" circulate the oil through the conditioning circuit to clean
out the system and check for leaks.
5. Close the isolation valve at the base of each accumulator. Attach a

customer supplied hose to the termination end isolation valve on the
accumulator oil supply piping.
6. Remove the cover plate on the oil reservoir oil return section, and
insert the hose from the accumulator. Secure the hose by safety wire
to the bolt holes on the cover plate flange.
7. Run the accumulator feed pumps to flush the accumulator oil supply
piping.
8. Start the selected high pressure oil pumps.
9. Check for oil delivery to each trunnion bearing housing.
10. Run the high pressure pump for approximately 2 hours to clean out the
system, and check for leaks. For hydrostatic bearings, run the high
pressure pumps continually.
11. Flush for at least 12 hours (even though the filters indicate the system
is clean). System size will dictate the time it takes to flush based on oil
cleanliness.
12. Hammer on the pipes to dislodge material during the early stage of
flushing.
13. Turn off the high pressure pumps.
14. Check the oil filter indicator. When the indicator shows a dirty filter,
reroute the oil flow through the second filter. Remove the dirty filter
cartridge and replace.
15. When the oil filters start to stay clean, stop the low pressure
conditioning oil pump and the high pressure pumps and let all the oil
drain back into the main reservoir. Cleanliness can also be verified by
an oil analysis, if available.
16. Remove the drain plugs from trunnion bearing pedestals and drain any
residual oil left in the bases.

17. Reseal the clean-out ports and replace all drain plugs.
18. Close the accumulator piping isolation valve and remove the hose
connected to the reservoir. Open the individual accumulator isolation
valves.
19. Remove the tubing from the oil supply hoses and connect the oil
supply hoses to the appropriate locations on the pad bearing
assemblies in the trunnion bearings.
20. Attach the external trunnion bearing pedestal covers after the oil
supply hoses are connected.
21. Drain the main oil reservoir into the oil drums for re-use at another
time.
22. Remove the access cover to the main oil reservoir and clean out the
tank.
23. Replace the cover, close the drain valve, replace all drain plugs.
24. Replace the dirty filter elements with new filter elements.
25. The system is now ready to receive the operating oil.
10-6.2 GENERAL INSPECTION
1. Inspect piping and instrumentation for correct installation as shown on

drawings.
2. Make sure all field piping runs are clean and free from debris.
3. Clean out the bearing housings and the oil reservoir.
4. Make sure all drain plugs are installed.
5. Make sure drain valves at lube system skid are closed.
6. Make sure that all pumps are operational. Warning: Do not run the
pumps without oil, or serious damage may occur.
7. At initial installation, for cleaning out the lubrication system and field
piping, verify that filter cartridges are installed in the filter housing.
8. Open the valve train to the heat exchangers.
9. Open the ball valves located at the suction and discharge lines of all
the oil pumps.

10-6.3 OIL FILL
1. Fill the oil reservoir with the oil recommended in Section 23 of the
manual, to the high level mark on the sight gauge.
2. Open the isolation valves located in the suction lines for the high
pressure, pinion bearing, and low pressure oil pumps. During normal
operation, the handles should be removed to prevent accidental
closing.
3. Open the valve train to one of the two low pressure pump/filters.
4. Position the selector switches on the control panel to the pumps which
are going to be operated. Make sure the discharge line isolation
valves are in the correct position.
10-7.0 BALANCING THE SYSTEM AND START-UP
10-7.1 LOW PRESSURE OIL FILTRATION SYSTEM START-UP
1. Turn on the main power to lube system. Lights on the control panel
will confirm energizing of the heaters.
2. Wait for the oil to be heated to approximately 80°F (27°C).
3. Start the selected low pressure oil pump.
4. Let the pump circulate oil through the system and check for leaks.
5. Verify oil overflow back into the reservoir's filtration & cooling section
from the aeration section.
6. Check the differential pressure across the oil filter.
7. Let the pump circulate the oil for approximately 2 hours.
10-7.2 HIGH PRESSURE OIL SYSTEM START-UP
1. Start selected high pressure oil pumps.

2. Let the pumps circulate oil through the system and check for leaks.
3. Check for oil delivery to each trunnion.
4. Check for oil return from each bearing.

5. The pressure gauge at the high pressure pump should not exceed
17250 kPa (2,500 psi). Check that the oil flow monitors on the
instrumentation racks are sensing the correct flow as noted on the
P&ID. When this is confirmed, re-install both inspection covers.
6. Let pumps circulate the oil for approximately 2 hours.
10-7.3 FINAL CHECK
1. It is recommended that lubrication failure be simulated by closing the

pump downstream isolation valve in the main supply line to the
trunnion bearings. The lubrication system should shut down, alarm go
off, and the mill motor interlocks open.
2. Shut the lubrication system down for about one hour to let the oil drain
back into the main oil reservoir. Check the oil level at the sight gauge.
Since not all the oil will drain back, the oil level will be below the
original fill. Refill reservoir with additional oil to high level mark on sight
gauge.
NOTE
Do not fill the reservoir while the lube system is operating. When the
system is stopped, oil in the supply piping will drain back to the
reservoir, causing an overflow.
The lube system is now ready for mill start-up.

Cooling Water Requirements
• Strained: Max particle size 500 micron

• Conductivity: 50-600 uS/cm
• Hardness: 8 deg dH Max
• pH: 6.5 -8.2
• Iron: < 1.0 mg/I
• Manganese: <0.05 mg/I
• Sulfate: <250 mg/I
• Chloride: <250 mg/I
• Bacteria: <1000 CFU/ml

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3.75 1 1 EA LB
PUMP, HYDRAULIC 04-127306 04-127306-01 9.0
2 1 EA MOTOR 20HP,1750,460,284TC,60HZ 04-137001 04-137001-01 0.00 LB
3 1 EA COUPLING , #400,1.88/0.75 DIA SHAFT 04-127303 04-127303-01 3.0 LB
4 1 EA BRACKET , PUMP/MOTOR BSF # V1102-330-X-7 04-127319 04-127319-01 24 LB
5 1 EA GAUGE, PRESSURE , 0-3000PSI,0.50 NPT PSI/kPa WIKA 04-126859 04-126859-01 3.0 LB
6 1 EA HOUSING , FILTER, NO ELEMENT PARKER # 50 04-127304 04-127304-01 56 LB
7 1 EA FILTER ELEMENT PARKER #931018Q 04-127311 04-127305-01 0.00 LB
D 8 1 EA SUCTION STRAINER LHA PRODUCTS, SHE-30-1. 04-119895 04-119895-01 0.00 LB D
9 1 EA DIVIDER VALVE 04-110248 04-110248-01 29 LB
10 1 EA VALVE, PRESSURE RELIEF , 0.50 04-088368 04-088368-01 1.5 LB
11 1 EA VALVE, CHECK 410C-1, 1-2 PSI CRACK PRE STEEL 04-112581 04-092427-01 0.53 LB
38.50 31.00
12 1 EA VALVE, BALL , 1.00,FULL PORT BRS 04-124332 04-124327-01 0.00 LB
13 1 EA GAUGE , LIQ LEVEL W/THERMOMETER LUBE DEV 04-127322 04-127322-01 0.00 LB
14 1 EA BREATHER, FILLER 57XL-40N 04-073854 04-073854-01 0.64 LB
15 2 EA CASTER,RIGID 04-127309 04-127302-01 0.00 LB
16 1 EA CASTER,SWIVEL 04-127308 04-127302-01 0.00 LB
17 1 EA CASTER,SWIVEL,W/BRAKE 04-127310 04-127302-01 0.00 LB
18 2 EA LOCKING NUT , ESNA,LT 0.50-13UNC CS 04-096691 04-096684-01 0.04 LB
19 1 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.50 X 24.00 EASTMAN # AM08- 04-127354 04-127354-01 0.00 LB
20 1 EA FITTING , NIPPLE,0.50X 2.50,SC80,A120 04-011863 04-099621-01 0.00 LB
21 1 EA PIPE NIPPLE .500X12.000" NPT-SCH 40-ASM ASTMA53 04-020179 04-099620-01* 2.2 LB
22 1 EA PIPE NIPPLE 2.000X12.000" NPT-SCH 40-AS ASTMA53 04-020184 04-099620-01* 2.2 LB
23 2 EA PIPE NIPPLE 1.000"NPTX2.000"-SCH 40-ASM ASTMA53 04-011309 04-099618-01* 0.22 LB
24 1 EA PIPE NIPPLE 1.000"NPTX4.000"-SCH 40-ASM ASTMA53 04-011308 04-099618-01* 0.22 LB
25 1 EA PIPE NIPPLE 1.000X12.000" NPT-SCH 40-AS ASTMA53 04-020181 04-099620-01* 2.2 LB
26 2 EA FITTING , FEM ADPTR PARKER # 24-1F50GS 04-087478 04-087476-01 0.00 LB
27 1 EA FITTING , ELB,90D,STR THD,1.31-1.00 04-094988 04-092803-01 0.00 LB
28 1 EA FITTING , BUSHING,HEX,1.50X1.00 MI 04-067520 04-099565-01 0.00 LB
29 3 EA FITTING , BUSHING,HEX,1.00X0.50 STL 04-015034 04-087462-01 0.00 LB
30 2 EA FITTING , PLUG,HEX HD,1.00,HP STL 04-118113 04-093694-01 0.00 LB
C 31 2 EA FITTING , ELB,90D, 1.00, 150# MI 04-005942 04-096933-01 0.58 LB
C
32 1 EA TEE 1/2 MMO-S STEEL 04-058560 04-099633-01 0.45 LB
33 6 EA TUBE CONNECTION 8-8 FBU-S 04-057629 04-096934-01 1.5 LB
34 4 EA ELBOW 8-8 CBU-S STEEL 04-058527 04-100396-01 0.00 LB
35 30 IN TUBING,MECH 0.50OD X0.06W A269 01-107118 01-107110-01 0.00 LB
(51.23) 36 144 IN RBR STRIP,NPRN 0.12X2.00,60D 01-104425 01-104420-01 0.00 LB
37 1 GAL ADHESIVE BAND 3M #2141 04-073146 04-100380-01 0.00 LB
38 20 EA SCREW, CAP, HEXAGONAL 0.375"-16UNC-2AX1 ST GR 2 ZNPLTD 04-007677 04-101619-01 0.05 LB
39 12 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL , 0.38-16X 1.25 ZPL ZINC PLATED 04-066351 04-101619-01 0.10 LB
40 32 EA WASHER LOCK , 0.38 ZNC PLTD ZINC PLATED 04-053790 04-101483-01 0.01 LB
41 16 EA WASHER , PLAIN 0.38 F844,ZNPL 04-056740 04-101484-01 0.00 LB
42 10 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL , 0.50-13X 1.25 ZPL 04-066476 04-101619-01 0.00 LB
44 12 EA WASHER, LOCK , 0.50 ZNC PLTD 04-056520 04-101483-01 0.02 LB
45 4 EA WASHER , PLAIN 0.50,ZNPL F844 04-113651 04-101484-01 0.00 LB
47 3 EA WASHER LOCK , 0.25 ZNC PLTD ZINC PLATED 04-056516 04-101483-01 0.02 LB
48 3 EA WASHER , PLAIN 0.25 F844,ZNPL ZINC PLATED 04-056738 04-101484-01 0.00 LB
49 1 EA STARTER , MOTOR, 25HP,460-480/60/3 A-B # 04-130454 04-130454-01 0.00 LB
50 4 EA HOSE ASSY , 0.50 X 420.0 EASTMAN, AM08-H 04-127356 04-127356-01 0.00 LB
51 4 EA CNNCTR 12-16 FTX-S ST 706300793300 706300793300 0.51 LB
48.00 52 4 EA CNNCTR 12-6 FTX-S ST 04-132454 04-100311-01 2.2 LB
53 50 FT HOSE , SUCT 2.00IDX2.47OD RUBBER WORLD # 04-113909 04-113907-01 0.00 LB
60.44 54 2 EA FITTING HOSE CONN., 2" M NPT X 2" BARB Steel, Mild 04-099867 04-099865-01 1.1 LB
B (40.84) 55 4 EA CLAMP, HOSE T-BOLT, TBC256 04-113887 04-113884-01 0.00 LB B
56 1 EA WELDMENT,BRG DRAIN CAP 05-042318 05-042318-01 16 LB
57 1 EA FITTING , CPLG, 8.00 GALV VICTAULIC 04-109438 04-101060-01 20 LB
58 1 EA WLDMNT,RESERVOIR,AUX LUBE SYS 05-042569 05-042569-01 400 LB
59 1 EA HANDLE ASSY,AUXILIARY LUBE SYS 05-042570 05-042570-01 8.0 LB
60 1 EA WELDMENT,COVER/MOUNTING PLATE 05-042571 05-042571-01 195 LB
ASSEMBLY NOTES: QUELLAVECO PROJECT

1. ITEMS 35 & 36, CUT TO SUIT AS REQUIRED.
2. ITEMS 50 THRU 57 TO BE FIELD INSTALLED. ANGLO AMERICAN
3. ESTIMATED WEIGHT (EMPTY): 1200 LBS/545 KG. CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
ESTIMATED WEIGHT (FULL): 1800 LBS/818 KG. (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210- MI-003 & 3210- MI-004
A A
90026637 & 90026638

C.3778 90026836
DIMENSIONS
LUBE SYSTEM, AUXILIARY 75 MATERIAL No: ZX11732729
= ± 0.06"
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
.X = ± 0.25"
.XX = ± 0.12"
.XX = ± 0.03"
.XXX = ± 0.015" ANGULAR = ± York, PA 17405-7312 USA GALLON / 284 LITER CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
.XXX = ± 0.062" 0°-15' MACHINE SURFACE 460V/60Hz DATE: 2019-01-08 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: LB
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES FINISH 250 RMS - UNLESS This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: 1:8 For Construction
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: WF ANSI DRAWING NO SHEET REV

If© 2019 PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2019-01-08 D 10271403-DWK 1 01
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A A A A
A
A
D D
VICTAULIC CONNECTION ON
53 55 54 TRUNNION BEARING
56
57
20 MICRON
0-3000 PSI A
PI
(0-21000 kPa)
SET @
2000 PSI
(13800 kPa) A
20 HP B
(15 kW)
(33.3 LPM)
8.8 GPM
C C
53
LG
TI
C
50
55
FLOW DIAGRAM
54
51 52
CONNECTION LEGEND
QTY DESCRIPTION SIZE
A 4 OIL SUPPLY TO BEARING 1"-11.5 NPT MALE
B 1 OIL RETURN FROM BEARING 8" NOM VICTAULIC IPS
B C 1 RESERVOIR DRAIN 3/4"-14 NPT B
FIELD CONNECTION NOTES:

1. ONE (1) PORTABLE LUBE SYSTEM IS REQUIRED PER BEARING.
2. REFER TO METSO DRAWINGS:
10128334-DWK "HYDROSTATIC LUBE LINES 150" PAD BEARINGS FIXED END"
10128758-DWK "HYDROSTATIC LUBE LINES 150" PAD BEARINGS FREE END"
3. CLOSE ALL FLOW CONTROL VALVES TO THE CORNER POCKET OIL LINES
(ITEM 10 ON THE "HYDROSTATIC LUBE LINES").
4. CONNECT THE 1/2" NPT ENDS OF ITEMS 50 TO THE FLOW DIVIDER OUTLETS ON THE PORTABLE LUBE SYSTEM AND
THE JIC SWIVEL ENDS WITH THE 1" NPT ADAPTERS TO THE MANIFOLD INLETS.
5. ATTACH ITEM 56 TO TRUNNION BEARING DRAIN CONNECTION WITH AN 8" VICTAULIC IPS COUPLING (THE PIPE
COUPLING ON ITEM 56 MUST BE ROTATED DOWN TOWARDS THE BEARING BASE).
6. ASSEMBLE ITEMS 53, 54, 55 AND ATTACH TO THE RETURN PORT CONNECTION ON THE PORTABLE LUBE SYSTEM QUELLAVECO PROJECT
RESERVOIR AND THE PIPE COUPLING ON ITEM 56. ITEM 53 MAY BE CUT TO SUIT ANGLO AMERICAN
IN THE FIELD FOR PROPER INSTALLATION.
7. FOR PROPER OIL RETURN FROM THE TRUNNION BEARING TO THE LUBE SYSTEM RESERVOIR, THE
RESERVOIR MUST BE LOWER THAN THE DRAIN CONNECTION ON THE TRUNNION BEARING. WHEN INSTALLING
THE RETURN LINE, AVOID EXCESSIVE LENGTH, UNNECESSARY BENDS OR LOW POINTS IN THE HOSE THAT COULD
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210- MI-004
A KEEP THE OIL FROM RETURNING TO THE LUBE SYSTEM. A
90026637 & 90026638

C.3778 90026836
DIMENSIONS
LUBE SYSTEM, AUXILIARY 75 MATERIAL No: ZX11732729
= ± 0.06"
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
.X = ± 0.25"
.XX = ± 0.12"
.XX = ± 0.03"
.XXX = ± 0.015" ANGULAR = ± York, PA 17405-7312 USA GALLON / 284 LITER CKD: MT MATERIAL Spec.:
.XXX = ± 0.062" 0°-15' MACHINE SURFACE 460V/60Hz DATE: 2019-01-08 MATERIAL Wt.: 0.00 Wt. Unit: LB
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES FINISH 250 RMS - UNLESS This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: 1:8 For Construction
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: MT ANSI DRAWING NO SHEET REV

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA BASE ASSEMBLY ZX11146622 10119695-DWK 3,890 KG
BEARING RETURN CONNECTIONS 8" 2 1 EA ASSY , RESERVOIR ZX11172743 10129197-DWK 3,130 KG
ANSI 150# R.F. FLANGE 1 EA
3 ASSY , CONDITIONING PUMP PIPING ZX11173072 10129276-DWK 2,858 KG
2 PLACES
4 1 EA ASSY ,HYDROSTATIC PUMP PIPING ZX11173709 10129687-DWK 3,289 KG
5 1 EA ACCUMULATOR PUMP PIPING ASSEMBLY ZX11173898 10129769-DWK 431 KG
F 2" SAE 3000# 4-BOLT FLANGE
6 1 EA ASSY ,THRUST PUMP PIPING ZX11174503 10129936-DWK 454 KG F
4310 7 1 EA ASSY ,PISTON PUMP PIPING ZX11174221 10129798-DWK 215 KG
BOTH ENDS
[169.67] 8 1 EA ASSY ,ACCUMULATOR ZX11174508 10129943-DWK 400 KG
4013 9 1 EA PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION RACK (FIXED) ZX11171459 10128814-DWK 337 KG
[158.00] 10 1 EA PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION RACK (FREE) ZX11171325 10128777-DWK 256 KG
3717
45° 11 1 EA LUBRICATION SYSTEM ,FIELD CONNECTION DIA ZX11174962 10130072-DWK 0.00 KG
[146.33] 1589
313 89 12 1 EA CONTROL PANEL ASSY, 150" HYDROSTATIC PAD ZX11171739 10128917-DWK 43 KG
[62.56]
[12.33] [3.50] 13 1 EA CONDUIT ASSY , LUBE SYSTEM ZX11180545 10132747-DWK 0.00 KG
14 1 EA EQUIPMENT TAG LIST-BALL #1 10269384-DWK 0.00 KG
406
15 1 EA EQUIPMENT TAG LIST-BALL #2 10269391-DWK 0.00 KG
[16.00]
3 16 1 EA ASSEMBLY , INSTRUMENT TAG, LUBE SYSTEM ZX11746826 10274763-DWK 0.00 KG
1 419 1422
[16.50] [56.00]
1854
4 [73.00]
E WIRE ROPE E
3505 6
[138.00]
PISTON OIL OUTLETS OVAL SLEEVE

1/2" NPT, 8 PLACES
INSTRUMENT TAG
3210
-TE-
293
997 048B1
[11.53] 819
641 [39.25]
464 [32.25]
[18.25]
[25.25] DETAIL TYPICAL INSTRUMENT TAG
ITEM 16
711 7 3
98 [28.00] 826
[3.87] 762 [32.50]
991
[30.00]
D 7264 [39.00] D
[286.00]
174.00
[4420mm]
MINIMUM CLEARANCE FOR
12
PUMP/MOTOR REMOVAL
1943 8 LOCATION BY CUSTOMER
[76.50]
5
9.46°
C 3 C
WATER INLET/OUTLET CONNECTIONS 2"
ANSI 150# R.F. FLANGE
2 PLACES
3060 3101
2134
[120.48] [122.08]
[84.00]
REF REF
1511
[59.47]
1283
1067 965 [50.50]
[42.00] 89 [38.00] 965 (574)
n0.88 [3.50] [38.00] [22.59]
[22]
32 3442 4 PLACES
[1.25] [135.50] 2
229 6655 1424 THRUST OIL CONNECTION 1" SAE
HYDROSTATIC OIL CONNECTIONS 2"
178 3000# 4-BOLT FLANGE
B [70.00]
[9.00] [262.00] [56.07] SAE 3000# 4-BOLT FLANGE B
2 PLACES
RECOMMENDED
NOTES:
1. FOR BALL MILL #1 P & ID - SEE METSO DWG 10236106-DWK FOR
BALL MILL #2 P & ID - SEE METSO DWG 10236107-DWK
2. ESTIMATED WEIGHT: 31,500 LBS (14288 KG) WITHOUT OIL

Industries, Inc.
46,500 LBS (21136 KG) WITH OIL 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., ANGLO AMERICAN
P.O. Box 15043
3 INSTRUMENT TAGS TO BE AFFIXED TO INSTRUMENT AT APPROPRIATE LOCATION USING
STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPE AND (2) STAINLESS STEEL OVAL SLEEVES. SEE METSO DWG BALL MILL 1 : 3210-MI-003-LU1 CERTIFIED (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
10274763-DWK & 900106252-NCD FOR DETAILS. BALL MILL 2 : 3210-MI-004-LU1
CORRECT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
A By: ECB Date: 4/1/19 90026637 & 90026638 A

ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 06 ADDED ITEM 16 - INSTRUMENT TAG ASSEMBLY AHA BAG 2019-04-01 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: DRL
C.003778
DIMENSIONS
05 ADDED ITEMS 14 & 15 KSO KSO 2018-11-28 GENERAL ASSEMBLY LUBE MATERIAL No: ZX11171718
X. = ± 1.5 240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7312 USA SYSTEM CKD: ECB MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 04 ADDED EQUIPMENT TAG NUMBERS. ECB ECB 2015-11-04 MATERIAL Wt.: 14,288 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' 150" TRUNNION BEARING DATE: 2011-04-13
03 UPDATED PROJECT INFORMATION. ECB ECB 2015-10-06 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other QUELLAVECO APPD: ECB ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV

If© 2011 PERU DATE: 2011-04-13 A1 10128903-DWK 1 06
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 1 EA BRACKET,PIPING/INSTM RACK 05-056199 05-056199-01 205 LB
2 2 EA SUPPORT,FLOW DIVIDER 05-041733 05-041733-01 11 LB
WIRE ROPE 15 3 1 EA FLOW DIVIDER VALVE FLOW DIVIDER,FOUR-WAY 04-126853 04-126853-01 145 LB
14 16 4 4 EA TRANSMITTER, PRESSURE 04-136940 04-136940-01 0.00 LB
5 4 EA TRANSMITTER, PRESSURE 04-142260 04-142260-01 0.00 LB
6 4 EA ORIFICE ASSY,INTEGRAL 04-139665 04-139665-01 0.00 LB
OVAL SLEEVE 7 8 EA BLOCK AND BLEED VALVE 04-117410 04-117410-01 4.4 LB
D INSTRUMENT TAG
8 4 EA GAUGE, PRESSURE , 0-3000PSI,0.50 NPT PSI/kPa WIKA 04- 126859 04-126859-01 3.0 LB D
9 4 EA VALVE, CHECK 1.00" NPT, DC-1000-05 04-071334 04-099584-01 4.0 LB
3210
10 1 EA FLANGE, SCKT WLDNG 2.000", SAE 4-BOLT, W STAINLESS STEEL MM0398384 N11462080 5.5 LB
-FIT-
036B1 11 1 EA PIPE FLANGE 2.000", SAE 4-BOLT, W104-3 MM0350094 10133599-DWK 2.8 LB
12 8 IN PIPE, SEAMLESS 2.375X0.344"-SCH160-ASTMA TP304 01-000338 01-000332-01 0.00 LB
DETAIL TYPICAL INSTRUMENT TAG 12 13 33 30 31 32 13 1 EA PIPE /TUBE CLAMP,2.00 04-123351 04-123350-01 0.13 LB
ITEM 58 14 1 EA PIPE ELBOW 2.000"NPT-90DEG-CL3000-ASMEB ASTMA182-SS 04-115827 04-115818-01 11 LB
SECTION B-B 15 1 EA HOSE ASSY ,2.00" ID X 36" LG 04-136599 04-136599-01 0.00 LB
16 1 EA FITTING , ELB,ST,90D,1.50,3000# 316L 04-096137 04-096106-01 0.00 LB
17 5 EA PF,ELB,ST,90D,1.00,3000# 316L 04-142265 04-096106-01 0.00 LB
18 4 EA HOSE ASSY 1.00X25.00”, HTB16-HY16-16FJ-H 04-127986 04-127986-01 0.00 LB
24.00 12.00 19 4 EA PF,ADPTR,M,1.63JICX11.5NPT,SS 04-142262 04-092547-01 0.00 LB
[610] [305] 32 20 2 EA FITTING , CPLG,1.00,3000# 316 SST 04-094370 04-094373-01 0.00 LB
TYP 32 21 2 EA FITTING , ELB,45D,0.75,3000# 304 SST 04-116823 04-116818-01 0.00 LB
31 12.00 10.00
26 4 54 25 24 TYP. 4 PLC 6 22 120 IN PIPE, SEAMLESS 1.315"X0.179"-SCH80-ASTM AISI304 01-107533 01-107530-01 0.00 LB
31 [305] [254]
9 20.00 4 PL 30 23 8 EA CLAMP , CLAMP,1.00 04-122647 04-122644-01 0.00 LB
1.62-12 19 TYP
[508] 5 24 8 EA TEE 1.000"NPT–CL3000-ASMEB16.11-ASTMA18 ASTMA182-SS 04-114785 04-114779-01 3.0 LB
JIC MALE 8 30 0.75-16 JIC MALE 43
4 OUTLETS 34 25 8 EA FITTING , BUSHING,RDCR,1.00-0.50 SST 04-093704 04-093698-01 0.00 LB
55 ADAPTER, 4 50 4 PL
7 29 OUTLETS TO 45 26 5 EA FITTING , NIPPLE,HEX,1.00-FF-SS SST 04-118753 04-092488-01 0.00 LB
22 47 THRUST PADS 27 4 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL , 0.62-11UNC ZINC PLTD ZINC PLATED 04-056540 04-086601-01 0.07 LB
TO TRUNNION 23 51
25 28 4 EA WSHR, LOCK, HEL SPRNG, RGLR 0.625"-ASME SAEJ403 C38-46 1003064483 04-101483-01 0.01 LB
BRG H.P.
ASTM
CONNECTIONS
4 PLACES 29 16 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL , TAP,M 6X 90 ZPL 04-135813 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
C 30 34 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ISO4032-M6-8-A3A ST 8 A3A N01563006 04-121111-01 0.00 LB

C
31 34 EA WASHER, PLAIN ISO7089-6-140HV-ZNPLTD 140HV ZNPLTD 04-121129 04-121127-01 0.02 LB
32 34 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN125A-M6-RC45-53-ZNPLTD STEEL ZNPLTD 04-112754 04-112777-01 0.00 LB
46
33 2 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL , M6 X 110 LG 04-141463 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
34 16 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL HD TAP M 6X 60 ZPL 04-140529 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
10.00 52 7 49 35 8 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL , TAP,M10X 30 ZPL 04-135815 04-120699-01 0.06 LB
[254]
36 8 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ISO4032-M10-8-A3A ST 8 A3A N01563010 04-121111-01 0.04 LB
TYP
48 37 8 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN127B-M10-ZNPLTD STEEL ZNPLTD 04-112570 04-112777-01 0.00 LB
38 1 EA BRACKET,FLOW DIVIDER 05-041813 05-041813-01 27 LB
39 1 EA FLOW DIVIDER, 4-WAY ROTARY 04-100404 04-100404-01 32 LB
40 1 EA FITTING , THD,600#X 1.00 304 SST 04-128002 04-127999-01 0.00 LB
68.75 41 2 EA PIPE ELBOW 1/2-CD-SS SS 04-092115 04-092423-01 0.00 LB
24 18 20 22 42 4 EA HOSE ASSY 0.50 X 14.00 04-136598 04-136598-01 0.00 LB
35 44 43 8 EA PF,ADPTR,M,0.75JIC X0.5NPT,SS 04-142264 04-092547-01 0.00 LB
42
18 1 44 2 EA PIPE ELBOW, 45 DEGREE 04-142269 04-142266-01 0.00 LB
36 21
45 6 EA FITTING , ELB,90D, 0.50, 316SS PARKER 04-092119 04-092424-01 0.00 LB
11 37 2" NOM 4 PL 43 46 120 IN PIPE, SEAMLESS 0.840"X0.109"-SCH40-ASTM AISI304 01-107504 01-107500-01 0.00 LB
B
46 41
B 3000# SAE 46 47 8 EA CLAMP , CLAMP,0.50 04-122640 04-122634-01 0.00 LB
10 4-BOLT
FROM 3 39 42 48 4 EA FITTING , TEE,STR,0.50 MMO SST 04-043674 04-099633-01 0.00 LB
FLANGE
LUBE SYS 28 53 49 4 EA GAUGE, PRESSURE , DUAL SCALE, 0-1000 PSI ZX11152444 10121469-DWK 3.0 LB
H.P. ASSY 50 4 EA ORIFICE ASSY,INTEGRAL FLOW 04-136945 04-136945-01 0.00 LB
27
51 4 EA TRANSMITTER, PRESSURE 04-136944 04-136944-01 0.00 LB
40 17 26
52 4 EA ADAPTER 1/2" FG-SS STAINLESS STEEL 04-127983 04-091728-01 0.22 LB
45
53 1 EA FITTING , PLUG,HEX HD,1.00,HP SST 04-093712 04-093694-01 0.00 LB
B FROM THRUST
54 4 EA FITTING , NIPPLE,HEX,0.50-FF-SS SST 04-091883 04-092488-01 0.17 LB B
PUMPS
17 55 1 EA PIPE FLANGE 1.000", SAE 4-BOLT, W104-16 04-118953 04-118950-01 2.0 LB
A A 38
EA LB
56 1 JUNCTION BOX ASSY, FLOW & PRESS XMITTER, ZX11171732 10128907-DWK 40
2 57 1 EA CONDUIT ASSY , FLOW DIVIDER RACK, FEED ( ZX11171735 10128911-DWK 0.00 LB
37 36 35 58 1 EA ASSEMBLY , INSTRUMENT TAG, FEED PIPE RAC ZX11747112 10274829-DWK 0.00 LB
10.00 120.00
[254] [3048]
1.50 123.00
8.00 [38] [3124]
[203]
NOTES:
Ø0.62 3.00
[Ø16] [76] PIPING TO BE CUT TO SUIT AND THREADED AT ASSEMBLY. DRILL
SECTION A-A AND TAP AT ASSEMBLY AS REQUIRED.
3. DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN INCHES

MM
Industries, Inc.
4. ESTIMATED WEIGHT: 743 LBS/337 kg. 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., ANGLO AMERICAN
P.O. Box 15043
INSTRUMENT TAGS TO BE AFFIXED TO INSTRUMENT AT APPROPRIATE LOCATION USING
STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPE AND (2) STAINLESS STEEL OVAL SLEEVES. SEE METSO DWG BALL MILL 1 : 3210-MI-003-LU1 CERTIFIED (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
A 10274829-DWK & 900106263-NCD FOR DETAILS. BALL MILL 2 : 3210-MI-004-LU1
CORRECT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
A
By: ECB Date: 04/01/19 90026637 & 90026638

C.003778
FABRICATION AND CASTING MACHINING DIMENSIONS
04 ADDED EQUIPMENT TAG NUMBERS. ECB ECB 2015-11-04 PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION RACK MATERIAL No: ZX11171459
DIMENSIONS .X = ± 0.06" 240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
.X = ± 0.25" .XX = ± 0.03"
York, PA 17405-7312 USA TRUNNION BEARING FLOW DIVIDER CKD: ECB MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 0.12" .XXX = ± 0.015" 03 UPDATED PROJECT INFORMATION. ECB ECB 2015-10-06 MATERIAL Wt.: 743 Wt. Unit: LB
.XXX = ± 0.062" ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' 150" PAD BEARING (FIXED) DATE: 2011-02-28
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES MACHINE SURFACE FINISH
02 ITEM 56 WAS ZX11169366; ITEM 57 WAS ZX11171719 DRL ECB 2011-09-09 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 250 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: ECB ANSI DRAWING NO SHEET REV

If©
published, the following notice shall apply: 2011 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2011-02-28 D 10128814-DWK 1 05
PROJECTION OF 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 SPEC NUMBER NUMBER WEIGHT UNIT
16
1 1 EA BRACKET,PIPING/INSTM RACK 05-056197 05-056197-01 172 LB
2 2 EA SUPPORT,FLOW DIVIDER 05-041733 05-041733-01 11 LB
3 1 EA FLOW DIVIDER VALVE FLOW DIVIDER,FOUR-WAY 04-126853 04-126853-01 145 LB
15 4 4 EA TRANSMITTER, PRESSURE 04-136940 04-136940-01 0.00 LB
12 5 4 EA TRANSMITTER, PRESSURE 04-142260 04-142260-01 0.00 LB
B-B
SECTION 6 4 EA ORIFICE ASSY,INTEGRAL 04-139665 04-139665-01 0.00 LB
7 4 EA BLOCK AND BLEED VALVE 04-117410 04-117410-01 4.4 LB
D 13 35 32 33 34 8 4 EA GAUGE, PRESSURE , 0-3000PSI,0.50 NPT PSI/kPa WIKA 04-126859 04-126859-01 3.0 LB D
9 4 EA VALVE, CHECK 1.00" NPT, DC-1000-05 04-071334 04-099584-01 4.0 LB
10 1 EA FLANGE, SCKT WLDNG 2.000", SAE 4-BOLT, W STAINLESS STEEL MM0398384 N11462080 5.5 LB
11 1 EA PIPE FLANGE 2.000", SAE 4-BOLT, W104-3 MM0350094 10133599-DWK 2.8 LB
12 8 IN PIPE, SEAMLESS 2.375X0.344"-SCH160-ASTMA TP304 01-000338 01-000332-01 0.00 LB
13 1 EA PIPE /TUBE CLAMP,2.00 04-123351 04-123350-01 0.13 LB
26 14 1 EA PIPE ELBOW 2.000"NPT-90DEG-CL3000-ASMEB ASTMA182-SS 04-115827 04-115818-01 11 LB
9 4 27 25 24 TYP. 4 PLC
23 31 32 33 34 15 1 EA HOSE ASSY ,2.00" ID X 36" LG 04-136599 04-136599-01 0.00 LB
1.62-12 19 16 1 EA FITTING , ELB,ST,90D,1.50,3000# 316L 04-096137 04-096106-01 0.00 LB
JIC MALE
17 4 EA PF,ELB,ST,90D,1.00,3000# 316L 04-142265 04-096106-01 0.00 LB
18 4 EA HOSE ASSY 1.00X25.00”, HTB16-HY16-16FJ-H 04-127986 04-127986-01 0.00 LB
TO TRUNNION 19 4 EA PF,ADPTR,M,1.63JICX11.5NPT,SS 04-142262 04-092547-01 0.00 LB
38 5 6 20 2 EA FITTING , CPLG,1.00,3000# 316 SST 04-094370 04-094373-01 0.00 LB
BRG H.P.
CONNECTIONS 4 21 2 EA FITTING , ELB,45D,0.75,3000# 304 SST 04-116823 04-116818-01 0.00 LB
PLACES 22 120 IN PIPE, SEAMLESS 1.315"X0.179"-SCH80-ASTM AISI304 01-107533 01-107530-01 0.00 LB
23 8 EA CLAMP , CLAMP,1.00 04-122647 04-122644-01 0.00 LB
24 8 EA TEE 1.000"NPT–CL3000-ASMEB16.11-ASTMA18 ASTMA182-SS 04-114785 04-114779-01 3.0 LB
25 8 EA FITTING , BUSHING,RDCR,1.00-0.50 SST 04-093704 04-093698-01 0.00 LB
26 4 EA FITTING , NIPPLE,HEX,1.00-FF-SS SST 04-118753 04-092488-01 0.00 LB
28 4 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL , 0.62-11UNC ZINC PLTD ZINC PLATED 04-056540 04-086601-01 0.07 LB
25 29 4 EA WSHR, LOCK, HEL SPRNG, RGLR 0.625"-ASME SAEJ403 C38-46 1003064483 04-101483-01 0.01 LB
7 ASTM
22
C 10.00
8
30 4 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL , TAP,M10X 30 ZPL 04-135815 04-120699-01 0.06 LB
C
[254] 31 16 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL , TAP,M 6X 90 ZPL 04-135813 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
TYP 32 18 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ISO4032-M6-8-A3A ST 8 A3A N01563006 04-121111-01 0.00 LB
33 18 EA WASHER, PLAIN ISO7089-6-140HV-ZNPLTD 140HV ZNPLTD 04-121129 04-121127-01 0.02 LB
1 35 2 EA BOLT, HEXAGONAL , M6 X 110 LG 04-141463 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
37 4 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN127B-M10-ZNPLTD STEEL ZNPLTD 04-112570 04-112777-01 0.00 LB
38 1 EA JUNCTION BOX ASSY, FLOW & PRESS XMITTER, ZX11171734 10128909-DWK 40 LB
24
39 1 EA CONDUIT ASSY , FLOW DIVIDER RACK, DISCH ZX11171737 10128914-DWK 0.00 LB
20
22 40 1 EA ASSEMBLY , INSTRUMENT TAG, DISCH PIPE RA ZX11747113 10274834-DWK 0.00 LB
30
18 18
36 21
37
WIRE ROPE
11
B B
10
3 29
FROM OVAL SLEEVE
LUBE SYS 28
INSTRUMENT TAG
H.P. ASSY
3210
B -FIT-
036B5
B
NOTES: DETAIL TYPICAL INSTRUMENT TAG

ITEM 40
PIPING TO BE CUT TO SUIT AND THREADED AT ASSY.
17
DRILL AND TAP AT ASSEMBLY AS REQUIRED.
A A INCHES
2 3. DIMENSIONS ARE MILLIMETERS
0.50 4. ESTIMATED WEIGHT: 565 LBS/256 Kg
10.00 [13]
[254] REF INSTRUMENT TAGS TO BE AFFIXED TO INSTRUMENT AT APPROPRIATE LOCATION USING
REF
REF STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPE AND (2) STAINLESS STEEL OVAL SLEEVES. SEE METSO DWG
REF 10274834-DWK & 900106264-NCD FOR DETAILS.
8.00
[203] 1.50
3.00 REF
REF [38]
[76]

Industries, Inc.
0.62 DIA HOLES 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., ANGLO AMERICAN
P.O. Box 15043
[16] York, PA 17405-7043 USA CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
BALL MILL 1 : 3210-MI-003-LU1 CERTIFIED (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
SECTIONA-A
A BALL MILL 2 : 3210-MI-004-LU1
CORRECT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
A
By: ECB Date: 04/01/19 90026637 & 90026638

ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 05 ADDED ITEM 40 - INSTRUMENT TAG ASSEMBLY AHA BAG 2019-04-01 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: DRL
C.003778
DIMENSIONS
04 ADDED EQUIPMENT TAG NUMBERS. ECB ECB 2015-11-04 PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION RACK MATERIAL No: ZX11171325
.X = ± 0.06" 240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
.X = ± 0.25" .XX = ± 0.03"
York, PA 17405-7312 USA TRUNNION BEARING FLOW DIVIDER CKD: ECB MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 0.12" .XXX = ± 0.015" ANGULAR = ± 03 UPDATED PROJECT INFORMATION. ECB ECB 2015-10-06 MATERIAL Wt.: 565 Wt. Unit: LB
.XXX = ± 0.062" 0°-15' 150" PAD BEARING (FREE) DATE: 2011-02-28
02 ITEM 38 WAS ZX11169422; ITEM 39 WAS ZX11171731 DRL ECB 2011-09-09 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 250 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: ECB ANSI DRAWING NO SHEET REV

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
37 44 43 48 56 7 54 55 1
A A 1 2 EA ASSY ,CONDITIONING PUMP ASSEMBLY ZX11171760 10128922-DWK 1,500 LB
2 1 EA VALVE,TRANSFER,6-WAY,3.00,STD 04-137038 04-137033-01 184 LB
3 2 EA FILTER HSG,HILCO,16.00 VESSEL 04-140658 04-140658-01 0.00 LB
64 63 4 1 EA MANIFOLD , CONDITIONING PUMP ASSY ASTM A36 ZX11150118 10120745-DWK 413 LB
MANUFACTURER - METSO MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC.

5 EA LB
MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER

2 HEAT EXCHANGER B-2010-E6-T-CN 04-128026 04-128026-01 352
York, PA, 17405-7312 USA

240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
02-030526
37 44 43 9 9 6 2 EA SUPPORT,HEAT EXCHANGER 05-055750 05-055750-01 68 LB
39 43 7 290 IN PIPE, SEAMLESS 3.500"X0.216"-SCH40-ASTM AISI304 01-107506 01-107500-01 0.00 LB
D 8 6 EA FITTING , TEE,WLD,STR,3.00,SC40,304SS 04-118789 04-118782-01 0.00 LB D
9 16 EA FITTING , WELD NK,150#X 3.00,304S 04-115784 04-115778-01 0.00 LB
50 3 10 8 EA ELBOW, BUTT WELD 3.000"-90DEG-LR-SCH40- ASTMA312-TP304 04-118777 04-118771-01 5.0 LB
11 3 EA FITTING , CAP 3.00 SCHED 40,SST 04-119188 04-119181-01 0.00 LB
12 12 EA GASKET 3.000" NOM ANSI 150LB RAISED FAC 04-125784 04-125776-01 2.2 LB
4 PL 12
35 36
13 4 EA FITTING , BHSG,RED 3.00X2.00,150# SST 04-048668 04-092100-01 0.00 LB
2 14 4 EA VALVE, BALL 3.000", 88-100-01 CARBON STEEL 04-128844 04-128029-01 34 LB
15 4 EA FLANGE ADAPTER ASTM A36 ZX11150111 10120742-DWK 23 LB
16 2 EA PLATE,ADAPTER 02-096948 02-096948-01 0.00 LB
9 37 43 44 17 4 EA GASKET 5.000" NOM ANSI 150LB RAISED FAC 04-125787 04-125776-01 2.2 LB
18 1 EA FITTING , ANVILET,0.75X0.75 SST 04-118796 04-118794-01 1.0 LB
42 43 44 43 37 59
19 5 EA FITTING , ANVILET,0.50X0.50 SST 04-118795 04-118794-01 0.37 LB
53 20 1 EA SENSOR, TEMPERATURE RTD-DUAL ELEMENT 04-141001 04-141001-01 0.00 LB
60 21 125 IN PIPE, SEAMLESS 2.375"X0.154"-SCH40-ASTM AISI304 01-107502 01-107500-01 0.00 LB
22 2 EA FITTING , TEE,STR,2.00, 150# SST 04-092709 04-092315-01 0.00 LB
23 2 EA FITTING , ELB,90D, 2.00, 150#,304 SST 04-116363 04-110726-01 0.00 LB
8
24 2 EA FITTING , ELB,ST,90D,2.00, 150#,316SS 04-092048 04-092301-01 0.00 LB
11
7 25 2 EA FITTING , THD,150#X 2.00,RF,304SS 04-115467 04-115461-01 0.00 LB
17 15 14 12 41 43 10
19 11 8 69 26 2 EA VALVE, PRESSURE RELIEF FULFLOW # AAD10F1 04-128027 04-128027-01 100 LB
58 9 38 43 44 27 4 EA FITTING , CPLG,UNIFLEX 2.00 NPT SST 04-128105 04-128033-01 5.0 LB
SEE NOTE 1
46 45 6 28 1 EA VALVE,CONTROL,ELEC,2.00 04-141280 04-141280-01 0.00 LB
VIEW A-A
62 60 47
29 4 EA VALVE, BALL , 2.00,FULL PORT BRS 04-124335 04-124327-01 4.2 LB
31 3 EA GAUGE, PRESSURE , 0-160 PSI,DUAL 04-118930 04-118930-01 3.0 LB
C 44 43 40 5 49 9 9 43 44 37
C
32 2 EA VALVE, CHECK 04-138081 04-138070-01 3.0 LB
TOP VIEW 33 2 EA O-RING AS568-241-98.02X3.53 04-138161 04-088417-01 0.01 LB
73 74 75 46 52 34 4 EA SCREW , HEXAGONAL, TAP,M16X 90 ZPL 04-143647 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
35 32 EA SCREW , HEXAGONAL, M20 X 60MM LG 04-142365 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
72 70 71
26 39 43 48 7 10 38 16 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL , TAP,M16X 70 ZPL 04-135823 04-120699-01 0.28 LB
4
1 40 8 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL , TAP,M16X 50 ZPL 04-135821 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
46 51 52 65 41 16 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL , TAP,M16X 45 ZPL 04-135820 04-120699-01 0.21 LB
7
42 10 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL HD TAP M16X 35 ZPL 04-141771 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
10 27 43 118 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN125A-M16-RC45-53-ZNPLTD STEEL ZNPLTD 04-112759 04-112777-01 0.02 LB
13 21
8 44 76 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ISO4032-M16-8-A3A ST 8 A3A N01563016 300102725* 0.07 LB
57 30 31 45 16 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL HD TAP M12X 25 ZPL 04-142721 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
25 21
28
21 46 36 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN125A-M12-RC45-53-ZNPLTD STEEL ZNPLTD 04-112755 04-112777-01 0.00 LB
22
21 47 1 EA TRANSMITTER,DIFF PRESS 04-136953 04-136953-01 12 LB
33 32
48 2 EA PIPE FLANGE 3.000"-RAISED FACE-CL150-AS 304SS 04-118819 04-118814-01 8.5 LB
21
16 76 12 49 1 EA TRANSMITTER, PRESSURE 04-137772 04-137772-01 0.00 LB
29
19
50 12 EA FILTER ELEMENT KM 6018-8 04-119834 04-119830-01 5.8 LB
9
7 3 PL 21 23
21 22 68
10
24 25 53 2 EA VALVE , NEEDLE 0.25 NPT STEEL 04-092036 04-092036-01 0.41 LB
29
9 9 34 43 44 54 2 EA FITTING , ELB,WLD,90D, 3.00,SH RAD,SS 04-115902 04-115896-01 0.00 LB
B 36 35
55 2 EA PIPE FLANGE 3.000", SAE 4-BOLT, W35-48 STAINLESS STEEL MM0350087 10133632-DWK 4.7 LB B
21 56 2 EA FLANGE, SCKT WLDNG 3.000", SAE 4-BOLT, W STAINLESS STEEL MM0410067 N11462080 9.9 LB
27 43 41 57 2 EA ADAPTER 1/2" FG-SS STAINLESS STEEL 04-127983 04-091728-01 0.22 LB
(TO PISTON PUMP PIPING) 58 2 EA FITTING , PLUG,SQH,0.50 SST 04-045292 04-096962-01 0.09 LB
21 17 15 14 12
59 2 EA FITTING , NIPPLE,HEX,0.50X0.25-FF-SS 04-091893 04-092488-01 0.17 LB
13 60 6 EA TUBE CNNCTN , MALE 0.25-0.25 SST 04-043656 04-096935-01 0.06 LB
61 2 EA TUBE CNNCTN , MALE 0.25-0.50 SST 04-043659 04-096935-01 0.00 LB
18 20
62 120 IN TUBING,MECH 0.25OD X0.03W A269 01-107107 01-107100-01 0.00 LB
63 1 EA NAMEPLATE , METSO, 9" X 4.5" 02-030526 02-030526-01 0.32 LB
19 10 30 31 11 7 49 10 64 4 EA SCRW, DRV, RD HEAD #4X0.250"-ASMEB18.6. ASTMF593 304 04-009472 04-124786-01 0.10 LB
SEE NOTE 1 19
6
7 9 5 65 16 EA WASHER, PLAIN ISO7089-M12-140HV-ZNPLTD 140HV ZNPLTD 04-121132 04-121127-01 0.02 LB
SEE NOTE 1 58 44 43 38 9
66 4 EA RUBBER STRIP, 3.00" X 31.00" X 0.125" TH NPRN, DURO 60, 0.12 ZX11150643 10120869-DWK 0.00 LB
FRONT VIEW 67 4 EA RUBBER STRIP, 3.00" X 25.00" X 0.125" TH NPRN, DURO 60, 0.12 ZX11150640 10120869-DWK 0.00 LB
68 1 EA ORIFICE PLATE 04-137773 04-137773-01 0.00 LB
69 1 EA FITTING THREADED, 1.50", 3000 CLASS, 30 04-118802 04-118794-01 1.3 LB
LEFT SIDE VIEW
(ITEMS 1 & 2 OMITTED FOR CLARITY)
70 24 IN PIPE, SEAMLESS 1.900"X0.145"-SCH40-ASTM AISI304 01-107508 01-107500-01 0.00 LB
NOTES:
71 1 EA ELBOW, BUTT WELD 1.500"-90DEG-LR-SCH40- ASTMA312-TP304 04-118736 04-118771-01 0.90 LB
1. DRILL ∅0.94 HOLE THRU PIPE PRIOR TO MOUNTING ITEM 19. 72 1 EA VALVE, BALL , 1.50,FULL PORT BRS 04-124334 04-124327-01 0.00 LB
QUELLAVECO PROJECT QUELLAVECO PROJECT Metso Minerals 2. DRILL ∅1.19 HOLE THRU PIPE PRIOR TO MOUNTING ITEM 18. 73 1 EA PIPE FLANGE 1.500"-RAISED FACE-CL150-AS 304SS 04-118728 04-118814-01 6.0 LB
Industries, Inc.
ANGLO AMERICAN ANGLO AMERICAN CONTRACT 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., 74 1 EA PIPE FLANGE 1.500"-RAISED FACE-CL150-AS ASTMA240-304 04-115466 04-115461-01 3.0 LB
3. DRILL ∅2.00 HOLE THRU PIPE PRIOR TO MOUNTING ITEM 69.
CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO NUMBER: Q1CO
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
SAG MILL 1 : 3210-MI-001-LU1 75 4 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL HD TAP M12X 60 ZPL 04-142725 04-120699-01 0.00 LB
SAG MILL 2 : 3210-MI-002-LU1
CERTIFIED
4. WELD PREPARATION AND WELDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
(2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS (2) 40' DIA X 24' LG SAG MILLS 76 2 EA VALVE, BALL , 3.00 ANSI 150# W/ LS 04-143020 04-143014-01 0.00 LB
OF THE APPLICABLE SECTION OF ASME/ANSI B31 CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING.
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS: EQUIPMENT NUMBERS: BALL MILL 1 : 3210-MI-003-LU1
A 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
3210- MI-001 & 3210-MI-002
CORRECT BALL MILL 2 : 3210-MI-004-LU1 5. ESTIMATED WEIGHT: 6300 LBS
A
By: ECB Date: 09/17/18

90026637 & 90026638 90026840 & 90026881
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, TITLE PROJECT No.
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 04 ITEM 28 WAS 04-127993. ECB ECB 2018-09-17 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: DRL EQUIPMENT No.
C.003778
FABRICATION AND CASTING MACHINING DIMENSIONS .X Grinding Systems DATE: 2011-03-01
DIMENSIONS = ± 0.06" 03 ADDED EQUIPMENT TAG NUMBERS. ECB ECB 2015-11-05 CONDITIONING PUMP PIPING ASSY MATERIAL No: ZX11173072
.XX = ± 0.03"
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
.X = ± 0.25" TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM CKD: ECB MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 0.12" .XXX = ± 0.015" ANGULAR = ± 02 UPDATED PROJECT INFORMATION; ADDED ITEMS 69-76. ECB ECB 2015-10-05 York, PA 17405-7312 USA
MATERIAL Wt.: 6,300 Wt. Unit: LB
.XXX = ± 0.062" 0°-15' MACHINE SURFACE DATE: 2011-04-29
FINISH 250 RMS - UNLESS SCALE: 1:20 For Construction
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES NOTED 01 INITIAL RELEASE DRL ECB 2011-04-29 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO
MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO APPD: ECB ANSI DRAWING NO SHEET REV
DO NOT SCALE PROJECTION REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2011 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2011-04-29 D 10129276-DWK OF 1 1 04
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION SIZE MATERIAL SPEC MATERIAL DRAWING UNIT WEIGHT
1 1 EA MOTOR ,30HP,1150RPM,460V/60HZ/3PH,326TC ZX11171740 10128916-DWK 627 LB
2 1 EA HYDRAULIC PUMP , VOITH IPC5/40-101 04-136342 04-136342-01 36 LB
3 1 EA COUPLING , MAGNALOY #500,2.12/32MM B , M 04-136348 04-136348-01 4.0 LB
D 1- (30.00)
0
·1 0
4
5
1
1
EA
EA
COVER PLATE ASSEMBLY
CRTRDG , RELIEF VALVE
ZX11150784 10120937-DWK
04-073945 04-073945-01
210
1.0
LB
LB
D
I}' 6 1 EA GAUGE, PRESSURE 233.34, 0-34500 KPA 04-112401 04-112401-01 2.2 LB
===== 7 1 EA BLOCK AND BLEED VALVE 04-117410 04-117410-01 2.2 LB
8 1 EA FLANGE , 1.50,SAE 4-BOLT,O-RING , 1.50,S 04-134319 04-134315-01 4.0 LB
9 36 IN PIPE 1.50,SCHED 40,PO&C,A53,S 01-106057 01-106050-01 0.23 LB
(30.00) 10 1 EA FITTING , ELB,BW,90D,1.50,SCHED 40 04-120391 04-120386-01 0.80 LB
11 3 EA FLANGE , 1.00,SAE 4-BOLT,O-RING , 1.00,S 04-134317 04-134315-01 3.0 LB
12 24 IN PIPE 1.00,SCHED160,PO&C,A53,A ASTM A53 GR A 01-106048 01-106040-01 0.24 LB
13 1 EA ELBOW 04-136702 04-136699-01 0.60 LB
14 30 IN PIPE 1.00,SCHED 40,PO&C,A53,S 01-106061 01-106060-01 0.14 LB
0
I}' 0
�
0 15 6 EA SCREW, HEXAGONAL , 0.62-llX 1.75 ZPL 04-066359 04-101619-01* 0.00 LB
16 6 EA WSHR, LOCK, HEL SPRNG, RGLR 0.625"-ASME SAEJ403 C38-46 ASTM 1003064483 04-101483-01 0.01 LB
17 2 EA WASHER, PLAIN ISO7089-M16-140HV-ZNPLTD 140HV ZNPLTD 04-121134 04-121127-01 0.02 LB
C C
0
w I
t
.-I
.-I
� I
0 co t--(13 .75)
0... u
w
...J
�
0
SECTION A-A
B B
(69.23 )
(3 1.12)
s.oo-+-l
42.00
0 NOTES:
U)
1. WELD PREPARATION AND WELDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
w DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPLICABLE SECTION ASME/ANSI B31 CODE
a::
FOR PRESSURE PIPING.
0
-t
z
0
w
�
1-----------------------=-------------==----------==--------------------------------....-----------------------,=---------------------------.------�------------------1-
U NLESS OTHERWI SE SPECI FI ED, DIMENSIO NS ARE I N INCHES,
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. Metso Minerals Industries, Inc.
TITLE
DRL PROJECTNo.
DRN : EQUIPM NE T No.
g
N
:gO�J\
me tso
A
...J
w C.003 778
er: FABRI STING MACH IN ! �IONS Grinding Systems 2 0 11-03 - 0 7 A E:
DT 'l"\
a:: �i�E�;�N� �� ;�; ACCUMULATOR PUMP ASSEMBLy _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ;...:...M�AT A:::..: NL�o
- :....::.- ::..:E -IR �
,.,_ _ _ _ - :..:..:-=-�-zx-�'= -1-1 :.= �73: - 8�-9'::....;.-1_-'::....- _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_: i
':.:. 1
u ...J
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
U)
w -� :!�--�;:. .:X::g·gf;.. � York, PA 17405-7312 USA TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM ECB _AT
,_M _ _RIE _ A_L_S_pe_c_ CKD: . : -----�----------- �
Wt. Unit: LB it'.
.xxx = ± 0.062" ANGULAR=± 0°-15' DAT E : 2015-11-16 MA TERI A L Wt.: 920
ANGULAR = ± 2 DEGREES MACHI NE SURFACE FI NISH ----------1 SCALE: 1: 12 For Construction �
CHAMFER=± 4 DEGREES 250 RMS- UNLESS NOTED This Unpublished
MINERALS Drawing and
INDUSTRIES, INC.Content
(MMII),is protected
the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY
by Trade Secret, OFand
Copyright METSO
other 1----------------------
> PROJECT NAME: QUELLAVECO A PPD: ECB A N SI DRAWING N O SHE TE R EV §
w t---------------1-.....TH__I___R__D_A-NG.....L__E_""""r'__�---t laws, and may not be used, copied or disclosed without the specific written consent of MMII.
C 1 129773 DW 1
1
,-I
0::: 0 DO NOT SCALE PROJECTION If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2011 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT LOCATION: PERU DATE: 2015-11-16 Q -
OF 1 Q -.;
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 ,r 4 3 2 1
ITEM QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION SIZE MATERIAL SPEC MATERIAL DRAWING UNIT WEIGHT
1 1 EA ACCUMULATOR SUPPORT ASSEMBLY ZX11146887 10119846-DWK 680 LB
& 2 4 EA ACCUMULATOR , 15 GALLON ZX11191277 10136564-DWK 330 LB
'
I I I I I
' 3 2 EA VALVE, BALL 2.00", 72-108-01 04-114818 04-114812-01 15 LB
L1.
I I I
9
4 8 EA VALVE, BALL , 1.00 04-114815 04-114812-01 0.00 LB
I f7 � � rr ----- � rr@� rr =-I� '

5 1 EA ELBOW, BW, 2 NOM-SCH160-90DEG ASTMA234-GR B
ss
04-142279 04-142273-01 0.00 LB
= .. .. .. ..
6 1 EA PIPE FLANGE 2.000", SAE 4-BOLT, W25-32-S 04-142339 04-142334-01 0.00 LB
'
� -( .\.:-
r' \\
- {0 - . '':E) '
I,-,- , II • fl
-= II
�'81 7 1 EA PIPE FLANGE 2.000", SAE-4 BOLT, W27-32- ss 04-142331 04-142326-01 0.00 LB
-- -
7.00
D [178]
8 4 EA FLANGE ,SAE 4-BOLT,3000#,1" NPT,O-RING,M A304 STAINLESS STL ZX11174712 10129994-DWK 4.0 LB D
SEE NOTE 2 9 6 IN PIPE, SEAMLESS 2.375X0.344"-SCH160-ASTMA TP304 01-000338 01-000332-01 0.00 LB
1
6
-1
7 10 4 EA TUBE FTG,FEM ADPTR 1.50 SST 04-142272 04-095595-01 0.00 LB
11 4 EA TEE 1.000"NPT-CL3000 ASTMA182-SS 04-114785 04-114779-01 3.0 LB
32.00
[813]
SEE NOTE 2 13 40 IN PIPE, SEAMLESS 1.315X0.250"-SCH160-ASTMA TP304 01-000335 01-000332-01 3.0 LB
106.63
14 1 EA PIPE MANIFOLD ZX11174698 10129992-DWK 65 LB
[2708]
15 4 EA U-BOLT , ACCUMULATOR 04-099093 04-099093-01 4.0 LB
16 4 EA RING RUBBER, 08520200 04-091553 04-091553-01 1.0 LB
17 1 EA CHARGING & GAUGING ASSY 05-042783 05-042783-01 0.00 LB
19 1 EA GAUGE, PRESSURE 233.34, 0-34500 KPA 04-112401 04-112401-01 2.2 LB
7 6.50
21 8 EA WASHER, PLAIN ISO7089-M12-140HV-ZNPLTD 140HV ZNPLTD 04-121132 04-121127-01 0.02 LB
[1943]
22 8 EA WASHER, LOCK DIN125A-M12-ZNPLTD STEEL ZNPLTD 04-112755 04-112777-01 0.00 LB
I
17.50 23 8 EA NUT, HEXAGONAL ISO4032-M12-8-A3A ST BAJA N01563012 04-121111-01 0.04 LB
[445]
1.75 18.25 18.25 18.25

[44]- [464] [464] [464]
@-_____r---
C r----._ ,.c :::i.., ,.c :::i.., ,.c:::i.., ,- -, C
23 22 21 20 15 ' ' ' ' '
(1.75 [44])
I'-... I I I I t NOTES:
1
-+- ...- - -+- 1. THE WEIGHT OF THE ASSEMBLY IS APPROXIMATELY 881 LBS (400 KG).
2. CUT TO SUIT AND THREAD AT ASSEMBLY.
(20. 75 [527])
-- --
I I I I
= =
- -+- -+- -+- -
r-----.. ---......
�
14.25
[362]
73.50
-+- I I I I -+- [1867] 99.49
[2527 ]
B B
35.00
[889]
I I I I
�
r--- ,_ ''' ' ' '
@-___ �
' ' ' '
�'
... ... ...
13 4 12 11 13
-+-
18 19
- - .... .... ....
2" NOM SAE 3000# '"
0�
I I I I
I I IU '
4-BOLT FLANGE
15.25
[387]
-"' r,- � I � � r,-

- - I ,-J �� ' I Metso Minerals QUELLAVECO PROJECT QUELLAVECO PROJECT
- == I I I I I
l}metso Industries, Inc.
ANGLO AMERICAN ANGLO AMERICAN
\ I 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd.,
SAG MILL 1 : 3210-MI-001-LUl P.O. Box 15043

York, PA 17405-7043 USA CONTRACT NUMBER: QlCO CONTRACT NUMBER: QlCO
SAG MILL 2 : 3210-MI-002-LUl
BALL MILL 1 : 3210-MI-003-LUl CERTIFIED (2) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
(2) 40' DIA X 24' LG SAG MILLS
EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3 14 4 12 8 3
A BALL MILL 2 : 3210-MI-004-LUl
CORRECT 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004 3210-MI-001 & 3210-MI-002 A
METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS: METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
By: ECB Date: 11/05/15 90026637 & 90026638 90026840 & 90026881 �
□
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPE FIED, DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, TITLE
DRL PROJECT No. EQUIPMENT No. '1,
04 ADDED EQUIPMENT TAG NUMBERS. ECB ECB 2015-11-04 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: 0
C.003778 0

DIMENSIONS
.x = ± 0.25""
.x = ± 0.06"
.xx = ± 0.03"
03 UPDATED PROJECT INFORMATION. ECB ECB 2015-10-05
't;>metso Grinding Systems
240 Arch St., P.O. Box 15312
York, PA 17405-7312 USA
ACCUMULATOR ASSEMBLY
(EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN)
DATE:
CKD:
2011-03-09
ECB
MATERIAL No:
MATERIAL Spec.:
ZX11174508 !.
E
.XX = ± 0.12" ± 0.015"
_)()()( = 02 ITEM 2 WAS 04-099021 DRL ECB 2011-09-09 881 LB
JOO( = ± 0.062" ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' 150" PAD BEARINGS DATE: 2011-04-29 MATERIAL Wt.: Wt. Unit: ,£
CHAMFER= ± 4 DEGREES
01 INITIAL RELEASE DRL ECB 2011-04-29 This Unpublished Drawing and Content is the CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF METSO SCALE: 1:10 I For Construction ,;:
250 RMS - UNLESS NOTED
QUELLAVECO ECB REV
--=+
MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII), protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJECT NAME: A PPD: ANSI DRAWING NO SHEET
r"'" laws, and may not be used, copied or disclosed without the specific written consent of MMII.
1
PROJECTION \..'l',f - REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2011 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJECT L OCAT ION: PERU DATE: 2011-04-29 D 10129943-DWK OF 1 04
8 7 6 5 j l
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
DESCRIPTION
44 PL 52 PL
3 96 102010 TERMINAL BLOCK, 600V, WDU 4 WEIDMULLER
H 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 H
222 TYP 4 2 105000 END PLATE, WAP 1.5 WEIDMULLER
[8.75]
5 4 106120 END BRACKET, WEW 35/2 WEIDMULLER
610
89 TYP
5 PL [24.00] 6 4 468760001 MARKING STRIP (#1-50) WEIDMULLER
[3.50]
24 16
DOOR
℄ 21 3
4
22 3
4 8 A/R 67620 MOUNTING CHANNEL, TS35 x 7.5 WEIDMULLER
10 A/R E2x3LG6 WIRE DUCT PANDUIT
3210ML003-LC01
MOLINO DE BOLAS
SISTEMA DE LUBRICACIÓN
PANEL DE CONTROL
13 A/R SMS-A SNAP-IN ADHESIVE BACK MOUNT PANDUIT
G G
102
14 A/R SP-1/2CP ELECTROVENT SPIROBAND, 0.50 NEWARK
[4.00]
15 4 800H-HR2A SEL SWITCH, 2 POS, 2 CONTACT ALLEN BRADLEY
BOMBA DE ACEITE BOMBA DE ACEITE BOMBA DE ACEITE
7 PL
BAJA PRESIÓN ALTA PRESIÓN LEVANTE
16 1 800H-JR2KE7B SEL SWITCH, 3 POS, 4 CONTACT ALLEN BRADLEY
YL-3210010x2 YL-3210010x3 YL-3210020x2 YL-3210020x3 YL-3210020x4 YL-3210040x2 YL-3210040x3
3210-MI-003-PU1
BOMBA
BAJA PRESIÓN
3210-MI-003-PU2
BOMBA
BAJA PRESIÓN
3210-MI-003-PU3
BOMBA
ALTA PRESIÓN
3210-MI-003-PU4
BOMBA
ALTA PRESIÓN
3210-MI-003-PU5
BOMBA
ALTA PRESIÓN
3210-MI-003-PU6
BOMBA
LEVANTE
3210-MI-003-PU7
BOMBA
LEVANTE
19 24 17 12 800H-R1A PUSHBUTTON, GREEN ALLEN BRADLEY
FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO
R R R R R R R 18 1 800H-FRXT6A5 PUSHBUTTON, E-STOP, PUSH-PULL/TWIST ALLEN BRADLEY

TB1 TB2 19 11 800H-QRH2R LIGHT, INDICATING, RED, LED TYPE ALLEN BRADLEY
24 15 YL-3210010x1 YL-3210020x1 YL-3210040x1
15 24
20 1 800H-QRH2W LIGHT, INDICATING, WHITE, LED TYPE ALLEN BRADLEY
1 1
BAJA PRESIÓN ALTA PRESIÓN LEVANTE
2 2
SELECCION SELECCION SELECCION
PU1 PU2 PU4/5 PU6 PU7 3 3
PU3/4 PU3/5 4 4
5 5

6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
7 PL 11
12
11
12
89 TYP 13
14
13
14
DIGITAL WIREWAY
DIGITAL WIREWAY
DIGITAL WIREWAY
DIGITAL WIREWAY
HS-3210010x21 HS-3210010x31 HS-3210020x21 HS-3210020x31 HS-3210020x41 HS-3210040x21 HS-3210040x31 15 15
[3.50]
23 1 LEGEND PLATE, 3.5 x 2.4, WHT W/BLK LTRS LAMACOID F
16 16
4
3210-MI-003-PU1 3210-MI-003-PU2 3210-MI-003-PU3 3210-MI-003-PU4 3210-MI-003-PU5 3210-MI-003-PU6 3210-MI-003-PU7
F
BOMBA
BAJA PRESIÓN
BOMBA
BAJA PRESIÓN
BOMBA
ALTA PRESIÓN
BOMBA
ALTA PRESIÓN
BOMBA
ALTA PRESIÓN
BOMBA
LEVANTE
JOG
BOMBA
LEVANTE
JOG
17 24 17
18
17
18
JOG JOG JOG JOG JOG 19 19
20 20
24 29 800H-W500A LEGEND PLATE, 2.4 x 2.4, WHT W/BLK LTRS ALLEN BRADLEY
21 21
22
23
22
23 4
24 24
25 25
25 A/R WIRE, INSULATION MTW, 14 AWG HW & C

26 26
76 27
28
27
28
29 29
[3.00] 30 30
26 A/R WIRE MARKER, 14 AWG BRADY

31 31
32 32
4 PL 33 33
DOOR
℄ BOMBA DE ACEITE
ACUMULADOR
BOMBA DE ACEITE
PISTÓN
34
35
36
37
38
34
35
36
37
38
1099
[43.25] 27 1 6mm x 25mm x 610mm LG GROUND (EARTH) BAR, COPPER PANEL BUILDER
76 TYP YL-3210050x2 YL-3210050x3 YL-3210070x1 YL-3210060x2 YL-3210060x3
19 24 39
40
39
40
41 41
3210-MI-003-PU10 3210-MI-003-PU11 SISTEMA DE LUBRICACIÓN 3210-MI-003-PU8 3210-MI-003-PU9
42 42
[3.00] BOMBA
ACUMULADOR
BOMBA
ACUMULADOR
CONTROL LOCAL
HABILITADO
BOMBA
PISTÓN
BOMBA
PISTÓN
43
44
43
44
FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO
45
46
47
R R W R R 48
49
50
51
52
YL-3210050x1 HS-3210070x1 YL-3210060x1

ACUMULADOR
SELECCION
SISTEMA DE LUBRICACIÓN
PARADA DE EMERGENCIA
PISTÓN
SELECCION
15 24 711 4 PL
PU10 PU11 PRESIÓNAR GIRAR EJECUTAR MANTENIMIENTO
PARADA O EMPUJAR
LIBERAR
[28.00]
10 11 12
E 24 15
HS-3210050x21 HS-3210050x31 HS-3210060x21 HS-3210060x31 4 PL
E
3210-MI-003-PU10 3210-MI-003-PU11 3210-MI-003-PU8 3210-MI-003-PU9
BOMBA BOMBA BOMBA BOMBA
ACUMULADOR ACUMULADOR PISTÓN PISTÓN
JOG JOG JOG JOG
17 24
HS-3210070x2
PRUEBA
DE LA LÁMPARA
D D
NOTES: (SHEET 1 & 2)
1. CUSTOMER TO LOCATE FIELD TERMINATION HOLES IN BOTTOM OF

CONTROL PANEL.
23 18 17 24 20 24
USE.
1 2 27
FRONT VIEW OF DOOR 3 NAMEPLATE TO BE ATTACHED TO FRONT OF COVER WITH
INTERNAL VIEW OF PANEL 4 REFERENCE SHEET 2 OF THIS DRAWING FOR LEGEND PLATE & NAMEPLATE
ENGRAVING. LEGEND PLATES TO HAVE 3mm [0.12] HIGH LETTERS.
NAMEPLATES TO HAVE 6mm [0.25] HIGH LETTERS. ALL LEGEND PLATES &
NAMEPLATES SHALL BE WHITE WITH BLACK LETTERS. ALL ENGRAVING
SHALL BE IN SPANISH TRANSLATION.
C 5. REFERENCE SHEET 3 OF THIS DRAWING (TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM) C

REFERENCE SHEET 4 OF THIS DRAWING (TERMINAL WIRING DIAGRAM)
152 89 61 FOR TERMINAL NUMBERS AND INSTRUMENT WIRING FOR BALL MILL 3210-MI-004.
[6.0] [3.5] [2.4]
6. WIRE MARKERS MUST BE ATTACHED TO BOTH ENDS OF WIRE.
114
[4.5] 7. THE PANEL MUST BE FABRICATED AND WIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SISTEMA DE LUBRICACIÓN 3210-MI-003-PU1
U.L. APPROVAL.
PARADA DE EMERGENCIA BOMBA
Ø3 [0.12]
3210ML003-LC01 2 PL Ø3 [0.12]
PRESIÓNAR
PARADA
GIRAR
O EMPUJAR
BAJA PRESIÓN
PARTIDA
REFERENCE P&ID DRAWING NUMBER 10236107-DWK FOR BALL MILL 3210-MI-004.
63 MOLINO DE BOLAS 2 PL
61
LIBERAR
61 REFERENCE LUBE SYSTEM GENERAL ASSY DRAWING NUMBER 10128903-DWK FOR
[2.5] ℄ 38 BOMBA DE ACEITE [2.4] [2.4] LOCATION OF CONTROL PANEL.
SISTEMA DE LUBRICACIÓN [1.5]
BAJA PRESIÓN
℄ 9. CONTROL PANEL VOLTAGE IS 24 VDC.
PANEL DE CONTROL
10 ONE CONTROL PANEL REQUIRED PER MILL No.
B B
3
3 [0.12]
DETAIL ITEM 21 [0.12] DETAIL ITEM 22 DETAIL ITEM 23 DETAIL ITEM 24
SCALE 1:1 SCALE 1:1 SCALE 1:1 SCALE 1:1
4 4 4 4
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
MILL No. METSO EQUIP. No. "x" "y" Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
10 3210-MI-003 90026637 B 3 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:

3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
CORRECT
A 10 3210-MI-004 90026638 D 4 By: KJA Date: 12/10/18 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS: A

90026637 & 90026638
06 SEE SHEETS 3 & 4 AHA KJA 2019-01-02 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 05 REVISED NOTE 8; REVISED GROUND BAR (ITEM 27); REVISED CONTROL PANEL WIRING TO 24 VDC AHA MGH 2016-01-05 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11171739
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7043 USA 150" HYDROSTATIC PAD BEARING CKD: AHA MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 04 REVISED DWG & PROJECT BLOCK PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS; ADDED SHEET 4 AHA MGH 2015-11-05 MATERIAL Wt.: 43 Wt. Unit: KG
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' LUBE SYSTEM DATE: 2011-02-28
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 03 REPLACED DEVICE TAGS WITH SPANISH TRANSLATION ON PANEL DOOR AHA AHA 2011-11-15 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: AHA ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION BY APPD DATE If published, the following notice shall apply: © 2011 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. PROJ LOCATION: QUELLAVECO, PERU DATE: 2011-02-28 A0 10128917-DWK OF 1 06
PROJECTION 4
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H H
4 LEGEND PLATE ENGRAVING - 3mm [0.12] LETTER HEIGHT

DEVICE SPANISH TRANSLATION ENGLISH TRANSLATION
TAG No.
LÍNEA 1 LÍNEA 2 LÍNEA 3 LÍNEA 4 LÍNEA 5 LINE 1 LINE 2 LINE 3 LINE 4 LINE 5
HS-3210010x21 3210-MI-00y-PU1 BOMBA BAJA PRESIÓN JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU1 LOW PRESSURE PUMP JOG
HS-3210010x31 3210-MI-00y-PU2 BOMBA BAJA PRESIÓN JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU2 LOW PRESSURE PUMP JOG
HS-3210020x21 3210-MI-00y-PU3 BOMBA ALTA PRESIÓN JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU3 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP JOG
G HS-3210020x31 3210-MI-00y-PU4 BOMBA ALTA PRESIÓN JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU4 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP JOG G
HS-3210020x41 3210-MI-00y-PU5 BOMBA ALTA PRESIÓN JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU5 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP JOG
HS-3210040x21 3210-MI-00y-PU6 BOMBA LEVANTE JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU6 THRUST PUMP JOG
HS-3210040x31 3210-MI-00y-PU7 BOMBA LEVANTE JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU7 THRUST PUMP JOG
HS-3210050x21 3210-MI-00y-PU10 BOMBA ACUMULADOR JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU10 ACCUMULATOR PUMP JOG
HS-3210050x31 3210-MI-00y-PU11 BOMBA ACUMULADOR JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU11 ACCUMULATOR PUMP JOG
HS-3210060x21 3210-MI-00y-PU8 BOMBA PISTÓN JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU8 PISTON PUMP JOG
HS-3210060x31 3210-MI-00y-PU9 BOMBA PISTÓN JOG 3210-MI-00y-PU9 PISTON PUMP JOG
HS-3210070x1 SISTEMA DE LUBRICACIÓN PARADA DE EMERGENCIA PRESIÓNAR GIRAR PARADA O EMPUJAR LIBERAR LUBE SYSTEM EMERGENCY STOP PUSH TO TWIST STOP OR PULL RELEASE
HS-3210070x2 PRUEBA DE LA LÁMPARA LAMP TEST
HS-3210010x1 BAJA PRESIÓN SELECCIONE PU1 PU2 LOW PRESSURE PUMP SELECT PU1 PU2
F F
HS-3210020x1 ALTA PRESIÓN SELECCIONE PU4/5 PU3/4 PU3/5 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP SELECT PU4/5 PU3/4 PU3/5
HS-3210040x1 LEVANTE SELECCIONE PU6 PU7 THRUST PUMP SELECT PU6 PU7
HS-3210050x1 ACUMULADOR SELECCIONE PU10 PU11 ACCUMULATOR PUMP SELECT PU10 PU11
HS-3210060x1 PISTÓN SELECCIONE EJECUTAR MANTENIMIENTO PISTON PUMP SELECT RUN MAINTENANCE
YL-3210010x2 3210-MI-00y-PU1 BOMBA BAJA PRESIÓN FUNCIONANDO 3210-MI-00y-PU1 LOW PRESSURE PUMP RUNNING
YL-3210010x3 3210-MI-00y-PU2 BOMBA BAJA PRESIÓN FUNCIONANDO 3210-MI-00y-PU2 LOW PRESSURE PUMP RUNNING
YL-3210020x2 3210-MI-00y-PU3 BOMBA ALTA PRESIÓN FUNCIONANDO 3210-MI-00y-PU3 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP RUNNING
YL-3210040x2 3210-MI-00y-PU6 BOMBA LEVANTE FUNCIONANDO 3210-MI-00y-PU6 THRUST PUMP RUNNING
E YL-3210040x3 3210-MI-00y-PU7 BOMBA LEVANTE FUNCIONANDO 3210-MI-00y-PU7 THRUST PUMP RUNNING E
YL-3210050x2 3210-MI-00y-PU10 BOMBA ACUMULADOR FUNCIONANDO 3210-MI-00y-PU10 ACCUMULATOR PUMP RUNNING
YL-3210050x3 3210-MI-00y-PU11 BOMBA ACUMULADOR FUNCIONANDO 3210-MI-00y-PU11 ACCUMULATOR PUMP RUNNING
YL-3210060x2 3210-MI-00y-PU8 BOMBA PISTÓN FUNCIONANDO 3210-MI-00y-PU8 PISTON PUMP RUNNING
YL-3210060x3 3210-MI-00y-PU9 BOMBA PISTÓN FUNCIONANDO 3210-MI-00y-PU9 PISTON PUMP RUNNING
YL-3210070x1 SISTEMA DE LUBRICACIÓN CONTROL LOCAL HABILITADO LUBE SYSTEM LOCAL CONTROL ENABLED
D D
4 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING - 6mm [0.25] LETTER HEIGHT

C C
LÍNEA 1 LÍNEA 2 LÍNEA 3 LÍNEA 4 LINE 1 LINE 2 LINE 3 LINE 4
BOMBA DE ACEITE BAJA PRESIÓN LOW PRESSURE OIL PUMPS
MILL No. BOMBA DE ACEITE ALTA PRESIÓN HIGH PRESSURE OIL PUMPS
BOMBA DE ACEITE LEVANTE THRUST OIL PUMPS
BOMBA DE ACEITE ACUMULADOR ACCUMULATOR OIL PUMPS
BOMBA DE ACEITE PISTÓN PISTON OIL PUMPS
10 3210-MI-003 3210ML003-LC01 MOLINO DE BOLAS SISTEMA DE LUBRICACIÓN PANEL DE CONTROL 3210ML003-LC01 BALL MILL LUBE SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
10 3210-MI-004 3210ML004-LC01 MOLINO DE BOLAS SISTEMA DE LUBRICACIÓN PANEL DE CONTROL 3210ML004-LC01 BALL MILL LUBE SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
B B
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
10 3210-MI-003 90026637 B 3 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:

3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
CORRECT
A 10 3210-MI-004 90026638 D 4 By: KJA Date: 12/10/18 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS: A

90026637 & 90026638
06 SEE SHEETS 3 & 4 AHA KJA 2019-01-02 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 05 SEE SHEETS 1, 3, & 4 AHA MGH 2016-01-05 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11171739
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 03 REVISED SPANISH TRANSLATIONS FOR START & STOP AHA AHA 2011-11-15 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: AHA ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 4
CLASSIFICATION: INTERNAL
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3210ML003-LC01
H H
FIELD FIELD
TB1 CONNECTION CONNECTION TB2
PUMP PU1 PUMP PU11
NO 1 1 NO
2 L.P LUBE PUMP C 2 2 C ACCUMULATOR PUMP 2

HS TO SIEMENS PLC TO SIEMENS PLC HS
3210-MI-003-PU1/PU2 3210-MI-003-PU10/PU11
3 3210010B1 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 3210050B1 3
SELECTOR SWITCH C 3 3 C SELECTOR SWITCH
NC PUMP PU2 PUMP PU10 NC

4 4
L.P. LUBE PUMP NO 5 5 NO ACCUMULATOR PUMP

3210-MI-003-PU1 3210-MI-003-PU10
3210010B21 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 3210050B21
JOG C 6 6 C JOG
G L.P. LUBE PUMP

YL
+ 7
FROM SIEMENS PLC FROM SIEMENS PLC
7 + YL
ACCUMULATOR PUMP ALLEN-BRADLEY SELECTOR SWITCH UNIT G
3210-MI-003-PU1 3210-MI-003-PU10 3 POSITION MAINTAINED
3210010B2 DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT 3210050B2
RUNNING - 8 8 - RUNNING
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. PER SIDE
CATALOG NO. 800H-JR2KE7B
HS TO SIEMENS PLC TO SIEMENS PLC HS HS-3210020B1 POSITION
3210-MI-003-PU2 3210-MI-003-PU11
3210010B31 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 3210050B31 CAM CONTACTS PU3/4 PU4/5 PU3/5
JOG C 10 10 C JOG
3 A 4
X O O
L.P. LUBE PUMP + 11 11 + ACCUMULATOR PUMP WHITE
YL FROM SIEMENS PLC FROM SIEMENS PLC YL B
3210-MI-003-PU2 3210-MI-003-PU11 1 2
O X X
3210010B3 DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT 3210050B3
3 A 4
MAINTENANCE O O X
13 13 NO BLACK
WHITE (A) 1 B 2
PISTON PUMP X X O
3 4 14 14 C 2
TO SIEMENS PLC HS 3210-MI-003-PU8/PU9
DIGITAL INPUT 3210060B1 SELECTOR SWITCH X = CLOSED, O = OPEN
C 3
H.P. LUBE PUMP 2 1 15 15 RUN MAINTENANCE
F 2 3210-MI-003-PU3/PU4/PU5 BLACK (B)
HS
WHITE (B) F
SELECTOR SWITCH 1 3210020B1 2 RUN NC
16 16
TO SIEMENS PLC
DIGITAL INPUT
4 3 17 17 NO PISTON PUMP
BLACK (A) TO SIEMENS PLC HS
3210-MI-003-PU8
DIGITAL INPUT 3210060B21
18 18 C JOG
LOW PRESSURE, THRUST,

19 19 + PISTON PUMP
FROM SIEMENS PLC YL
3210-MI-003-PU8
ACCUMULATOR, & PISTON PUMPS
DIGITAL OUTPUT 3210060B2 SELECTOR SWITCH
20 20 - RUNNING
TRUTH TABLE
H.P. LUBE PUMP NO 21 21 NO PISTON PUMP CONTACT LOCATION TARGET PUMP
3210-MI-003-PU3 3210-MI-003-PU9
3210020B21 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 3210060B31
JOG C 22 22 C JOG
SIDE
H.P. LUBE PUMP + 23 23 + PISTON PUMP

YL FROM SIEMENS PLC FROM SIEMENS PLC YL A O X PU2, PU7, PU9, (MAINT), & PU11
E 3210-MI-003-PU3 3210-MI-003-PU9 E
3210020B2 DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT 3210060B3 WHITE
B X O PU1, PU6, PU8, (RUN), & PU10 3
25 25 X = CLOSED, O = OPEN
H.P. LUBE PUMP HS
NO NC
TO SIEMENS PLC TO SIEMENS PLC
3210-MI-003-PU4
3210020B31 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT
JOG C 26 26 C HS EMERGENCY
2
3210070B1 STOP
H.P. LUBE PUMP + 27 27 C
YL FROM SIEMENS PLC TO MILL MOTOR
3210-MI-003-PU4
3210020B3 DIGITAL OUTPUT PRIMARY STARTER
RUNNING - 28 28 NC
H.P. LUBE PUMP NO 29 29 NO NOTES: (SHEET 3)

3210-MI-003-PU5 LAMP TEST 2
3210020B41 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 3210070B2 1. REFERENCE SHEET 1 OF THIS DRAWING FOR CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY.
JOG C 30 30 C
2 SELECTOR SWITCHES, JOG PUSHBUTTONS, E-STOP, LAMP TEST PUSHBUTTON,
H.P. LUBE PUMP + 31 31 + LUBE SYSTEM
YL FROM SIEMENS PLC FROM SIEMENS PLC YL RUNNING LIGHTS, & LOCAL CONTROL ENABLED INDICATING LIGHT ARE WIRED
3210-MI-003-PU5 LOCAL CONTROL 2
3210020B4 DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT 3210070B1 TO THE GEARLESS DRIVE'S (SIEMENS) PLC.
D RUNNING - 32 32 - ENABLED D
PUMP PU7 3 SELECTOR SWITCH SHOWN SELECTED TO PUMPS PU1, PU6, PU10,
NO 33 33 & PUMPS PU8 & PU9 TO "RUN".
2 THRUST PUMP C 34 34 4. THE PANEL MUST BE FABRICATED AND WIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
HS TO SIEMENS PLC U.L. APPROVAL.
3210-MI-003-PU6/PU7
3 3210040B1 DIGITAL INPUT
SELECTOR SWITCH C 35 35
NC PUMP PU6 REFERENCE LUBE SYSTEM GENERAL ASSY DRAWING NUMBER 10128903-DWK
36 36 FOR LOCATION OF CONTROL PANEL.
THRUSTPUMP NO 37 37 6. CONTROL PANEL VOLTAGE IS 24 VDC.

HS TO SIEMENS PLC
3210-MI-003-PU6
3210040B21 DIGITAL INPUT
JOG C 38 38 7. ALL FIELD WIRING SHALL BE 14 AWG FOR CONTROL PANEL DEVICES.
THRUST PUMP + 39 39
YL FROM SIEMENS PLC
3210-MI-003-PU6
3210040B2 DIGITAL OUTPUT
RUNNING - 40 40 LEGEND:
C C
41 41 - INDICATES FIELD WIRING BY CUSTOMER
THRUSTPUMP
HS
NO
TO SIEMENS PLC
3210-MI-003-PU7
3210040B31 DIGITAL INPUT
JOG C 42 42 - INDICATES WIRING BY METSO
THRUST PUMP + 43 43 - SIEMENS PLC TERMINAL

YL FROM SIEMENS PLC
3210-MI-003-PU7
3210040B3 DIGITAL OUTPUT
RUNNING - 44 44 - MILL MOTOR PRIMARY STARTER TERMINAL
(E-STOP CIRCUIT)
45
46
47
48
B B
49
50
51
52
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
Industries, Inc.
(1) 28' DIA X 44.5' LG BALL MILL
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA

3210-MI-003
CORRECT
A By: KJA Date: 12/10/18 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBER: A

90026637
06 REVISED JOG PUSHBUTTONS & RUNNING LIGHTS BE FIELD WIRED TO PLC AHA KJA 2019-01-02 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 05 REVISED NOTE 6; ADDED NOTE 8; REVISED CONTROL PANEL WIRING TO 24 VDC AHA MGH 2016-01-05 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11171739
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 03 SEE SHEETS 1 & 2 AHA AHA 2011-11-15 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: AHA ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 4
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3210ML004-LC01
H H
FIELD FIELD
TB1 CONNECTION CONNECTION TB2
PUMP PU1 PUMP PU11
NO 1 1 NO
2 L.P LUBE PUMP C 2 2 C ACCUMULATOR PUMP 2

3210-MI-004-PU1/PU2 3210-MI-004-PU10/PU11
3 3210010D1 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 3210050D1 3
SELECTOR SWITCH C 3 3 C SELECTOR SWITCH
NC PUMP PU2 PUMP PU10 NC

4 4

3210-MI-004-PU1 3210-MI-004-PU10
3210010D21 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 3210050D21
JOG C 6 6 C JOG
G L.P. LUBE PUMP

YL
+ 7
FROM SIEMENS PLC FROM SIEMENS PLC
7 + YL
ACCUMULATOR PUMP ALLEN-BRADLEY SELECTOR SWITCH UNIT G
3210-MI-004-PU1 3210-MI-004-PU10 3 POSITION MAINTAINED
3210010D2 DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT 3210050D2
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. PER SIDE
CATALOG NO. 800H-JR2KE7B
HS TO SIEMENS PLC TO SIEMENS PLC HS HS-3210020D1 POSITION
3210-MI-004-PU2 3210-MI-004-PU11
3210010D31 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 3210050D31 CAM CONTACTS 03/04 04/05 03/05
JOG C 10 10 C JOG
3 A 4
X O O
L.P. LUBE PUMP + 11 11 + ACCUMULATOR PUMP WHITE
YL FROM SIEMENS PLC FROM SIEMENS PLC YL B
3210-MI-004-PU2 3210-MI-004-PU11 1 2
O X X
3210010D3 DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT 3210050D3
3 A 4
MAINTENANCE O O X
13 13 NO BLACK
WHITE (A) 1 B 2
PISTON PUMP X X O
3 4 14 14 C 2
TO SIEMENS PLC HS 3210-MI-004-PU8/PU9
DIGITAL INPUT 3210060D1 SELECTOR SWITCH X = CLOSED, O = OPEN
C 3
H.P. LUBE PUMP 2 1 15 15 RUN MAINTENANCE
F 2 3210-MI-004-PU3/PU4/PU5 BLACK (B)
HS
WHITE (B) F
SELECTOR SWITCH 1 3210020D1 2 RUN NC
16 16
TO SIEMENS PLC
DIGITAL INPUT
4 3 17 17 NO PISTON PUMP
BLACK (A) TO SIEMENS PLC HS
3210-MI-004-PU8
DIGITAL INPUT 3210060D21
18 18 C JOG
LOW PRESSURE, THRUST,

19 19 + PISTON PUMP
FROM SIEMENS PLC YL
3210-MI-004-PU8
ACCUMULATOR, & PISTON PUMPS
DIGITAL OUTPUT 3210060D2 SELECTOR SWITCH
20 20 - RUNNING
TRUTH TABLE
H.P. LUBE PUMP NO 21 21 NO PISTON PUMP CONTACT LOCATION TARGET PUMP
3210-MI-004-PU3 3210-MI-004-PU9
3210020D21 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 3210060D31
JOG C 22 22 C JOG
SIDE
H.P. LUBE PUMP + 23 23 + PISTON PUMP

YL FROM SIEMENS PLC FROM SIEMENS PLC YL A O X PU2, PU7, PU9, (MAINT), & PU11
E 3210-MI-004-PU3 3210-MI-004-PU9 E
3210020D2 DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT 3210060D3 WHITE
B X O PU1, PU6, PU8, (RUN), & PU10 3
25 25 X = CLOSED, O = OPEN
H.P. LUBE PUMP HS
NO NC
TO SIEMENS PLC TO SIEMENS PLC
3210-MI-004-PU4
3210020D31 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT
JOG C 26 26 C HS EMERGENCY
2
3210070D1 STOP
H.P. LUBE PUMP + 27 27 C
YL FROM SIEMENS PLC TO MILL MOTOR
3210-MI-004-PU4
3210020D3 DIGITAL OUTPUT PRIMARY STARTER
RUNNING - 28 28 NC
H.P. LUBE PUMP NO 29 29 NO NOTES: (SHEET 4)

3210-MI-004-PU5 LAMP TEST 2
3210020D41 DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 3210070D2 1. REFERENCE SHEET 1 OF THIS DRAWING FOR CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY.
JOG C 30 30 C
2 SELECTOR SWITCHES, JOG PUSHBUTTONS, E-STOP, LAMP TEST PUSHBUTTON,
H.P. LUBE PUMP + 31 31 + LUBE SYSTEM
YL FROM SIEMENS PLC FROM SIEMENS PLC YL RUNNING LIGHTS, & LOCAL CONTROL ENABLED INDICATING LIGHT ARE WIRED
3210-MI-004-PU5 LOCAL CONTROL 2
3210020D4 DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT 3210070D1 TO THE GEARLESS DRIVE'S (SIEMENS) PLC.
D RUNNING - 32 32 - ENABLED D
PUMP PU7 3 SELECTOR SWITCH SHOWN SELECTED TO PUMPS PU1, PU6, PU10,
NO 33 33 & PUMPS PU8 & PU9 TO "RUN".
2 THRUST PUMP C 34 34 4. THE PANEL MUST BE FABRICATED AND WIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
HS TO SIEMENS PLC U.L. APPROVAL.
3210-MI-004-PU6/PU7
3 3210040D1 DIGITAL INPUT
SELECTOR SWITCH C 35 35
NC PUMP PU6 REFERENCE LUBE SYSTEM GENERAL ASSY DRAWING NUMBER 10128903-DWK
36 36 FOR LOCATION OF CONTROL PANEL.
THRUSTPUMP NO 37 37 6. CONTROL PANEL VOLTAGE IS 24 VDC.

HS TO SIEMENS PLC
3210-MI-004-PU6
3210040D21 DIGITAL INPUT
JOG C 38 38 7. ALL FIELD WIRING SHALL BE 14 AWG FOR CONTROL PANEL DEVICES.
THRUST PUMP + 39 39
YL FROM SIEMENS PLC
3210-MI-004-PU6
3210040D2 DIGITAL OUTPUT
RUNNING - 40 40 LEGEND:
C C
41 41 - INDICATES FIELD WIRING BY CUSTOMER
THRUSTPUMP
HS
NO
TO SIEMENS PLC
3210-MI-004-PU7
3210040D31 DIGITAL INPUT
JOG C 42 42 - INDICATES WIRING BY METSO
THRUST PUMP + 43 43 - SIEMENS PLC TERMINAL

YL FROM SIEMENS PLC
3210-MI-004-PU7
3210040D3 DIGITAL OUTPUT
RUNNING - 44 44 - MILL MOTOR PRIMARY STARTER TERMINAL
(E-STOP CIRCUIT)
45
46
47
48
B B
49
50
51
52
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA

3210-MI-004
CORRECT

90026638
06 REVISED JOG PUSHBUTTONS & RUNNING LIGHTS BE FIELD WIRED TO PLC AHA KJA 2019-01-02 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 05 REVISED NOTE 6; ADDED NOTE 8; REVISED CONTROL PANEL WIRING TO 24 VDC AHA MGH 2016-01-05 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY MATERIAL No: ZX11171739
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
PROJECTION 4
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Description
11-1.0 MILL DESCRIPTION
The grinding mills on this project are two (2)28’ x 44.5’ Ball Mills.
These mills are designed for a nominal 35% ball charge.
Feed material and process water are introduced to the grinding

system via the feed chute assembly. A customer supplied ring motor
drives the rotation of the mill shell in the trunnion bearings. The
trunnion bearing lube system provides both lift and lubrication for the
trunnion bearings.
The rotation of the mill causes the charge to tumble. The impact of
the material and ball charge reduces the feed material until it is light
enough to overflow the discharge end of the mill. The discharge
arrangement helps keep the grinding balls and feed material in the
mill until it has been properly ground. The discharge material flows
across the discharge trunnion liner to the trunnion magnet assembly.
The trunnion magnet separates metallic material from the ground
slurry.
CHAPTER: System Description & Commissioning Page 1 of 1

Commissioning Procedure
11-2.0 INITIAL MILL START-UP
The initial mill start-up should be accomplished in steps, involving multiple

test runs. The focus of the test runs is to gradually increase the load on the
drive train while closely monitoring the motor and trunnion bearings’
operating condition to insure correct alignment and proper run in of the drive
motor. Commissioning Data Sheets are provided to record operating
conditions during initial test runs. This data will be useful as a reference
tool, and for troubleshooting if necessary.
11-2.1 INITIAL TEST RUN
After the mill is installed and all inspections are final, the mill is ready for a
test run. The initial run is going to be with an empty mill with water. The
length of this initial test run should be until all temperatures have been
checked and stabilized, and all mechanical points are inspected. This
should be between one(1) and four(4) hours.
The amperage of the mill motor should be recorded at the start, and then 4
times an hour thereafter. Record the readings on the Commissioning Data
Sheets provided.
While the test run progresses, all indicators should be checked for correct
readings, including trunnion temperatures, oil levels and temperatures, fit-up
and clearance of moving components. Trunnion bearing operating
temperatures should be recorded on the Commissioning Data Sheets
provided.
At the completion of the test run, the shell liners should be tightened to the
recommended torque value. This should be done following each test run.
11-2.2 INITIAL CHARGING
After a successful empty run, the mill will be stopped and a partial ball
charge will be added. Some feed material should be loaded in the mill
beforehand to cushion the impact of the balls being loaded into the mill.
The feed chute and sandwheel should be removed so that the initial ball
charge can be loaded directly into the mill through the mill’s feed end. A
temporary chute should be fashioned to funnel the balls into the mill.

During normal operation, balls can be added by way of the feed

arrangement. However, we strongly recommend against using the feed
arrangement to load the initial charge. The feed arrangement’s liners will
not have the feed water and feed present to cushion the impact of charging
the balls. As a result, damage to the feed chute liners could occur.
The grinding balls are usually shipped in 55 gallon drums, weighing

approximately 2000 pounds. To lift the balls to the loading chute, some
customers use cement buckets. There is also drum lifting and tilting
equipment on the market designed specifically for this type of application.
Load an initial charge of 30% of the recommended total ball charge. See
the Mill Data Sheet at the front of this manual for the total recommended
size distribution and weight of the ball charge.
11-2.3 SECOND TEST RUN
The second test run should take at least one(1) hour and until operating
temperatures have stabilized. Feed material must be used for this test run.
Operating the mill with grinding balls and without feed will lead to excessive
wearing of the mill liners and balls. Start the feed immediately after the
start-up of the mill. Again, the mill motor current draw should be read and
recorded, along with all bearing temperatures.
11-2.4 SECOND CHARGING
Following a successful second test run, another 30% of the recommended

ball charge should be added through the feed end in the same manner as
the first charging. (This brings the total ball charge in the mill to 60% of the
total recommended charge).
11-2.5 THIRD TEST RUN
With constant feed, allow the mill to run at least one (1) hour and until
operating temperatures have stabilized. Record mill motor current readings
hourly. Following the test run, check the liner bolts and tighten as required.

11-2.6 THIRD CHARGING
If the third test run is successful, add another 30% of the recommended ball
charge for the last test run. This brings the total ball charge to 90% of the
total recommended charge. The last 10% will be added through the feed
arrangement as necessary, as the mill operates to bring mill output and
power draw to optimum levels.
By this time it is possible that some of the bolts, particularly the shell liner
bolts, have loosened. They should be thoroughly tightened again.
Be sure to check those bolts and nuts which might not manifest looseness
by leakage. These would include the trunnion liner connecting bolts.
11-2.7 FULL CHARGE OPERATION
The mill will now be up to full charge as well as the full rate of feed. After a
run of about one(1) to three(3) weeks, the rotating flange bolts should be
checked per the procedures used during the installation. Target bolts
should have been designated, and should be checked for proper tightness.
Motor alignment should be checked and adjusted if necessary.
We further recommend that during the first thirty to sixty (30-60) days of
operation, particular attention must be given to bolt tightness, foundation
settlement, and condition of the grouting. We suggest any unusual
occurrence be recorded so that, should trouble develop later, there may be
a clue which would simplify diagnosing and rectifying the situation.

Commissioning Data Sheets
MILL EQUIPMENT TAG NUMBER: 3210-MI-004
METSO EQUIPMENT NO.: 90026638
SITE CONDITIONS DURING COMMISSIONING
Site Environmental Conditions
Mill installation Indoor Outdoor
Mill exposed to full sun Yes No
Ambient temperature extremes °C Max.
°C Min.
Ambient temperature at start-up °C.
Mill Status Before Start-Up
Mill empty with liners Yes No
Mill loaded with charge Yes No
Charge weight at start-up kg (lbs).
Operating Condition of Mill During Start-Up
Batch Feed Continuous Feed

PRE-COMMISSIONING CHECK LIST
TRUNNION BEARING ASSEMBLIES
CHECK OR VERIFICATION CONFIRMED (√ )

Use the Installation Data Sheets (filled out during
installation) to verify that the bearings have been
installed and aligned correctly.
Verify that the temperature detector assemblies have
been installed and connected to control system.
Verify that the oil supply and return piping has been
connected to the trunnion bearing housings.
Verify that the trunnion bearing seals have been
greased.
TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM

Use the Assembly drawings to verify that the lube
system has been installed and the field piping
connected correctly.
Verify that the temperature, pressure, level monitors
have been connected to control system.
Verify that there is sufficient oil in the main reservoir,
and the immersion heaters are totally immersed.
Verify that the system flow has been balanced and that
the system is operating properly.

SHELL/HEAD/GEAR ASSEMBLY

Verify that the rotating hardware has been installed and
torqued correctly.
installation) to verify that the gear has been installed
and aligned correctly, and that the installation has been
signed off by a Metso Minerals representative.
Confirm that the mill brake system has been installed
correctly and is connected to the control system.
DRIVE ARRANGEMENT

Use the Installation Data Sheets (filled out during installation) to verify t
customer supplied drive motor is installed and aligned correctly.
Follow the mill drive motor’s instructions for preparation
of the motor for operation.
FEED & DISCHARGE ARRANGEMENTS

Use the Assembly drawings to verify that the feed end
arrangement has been installed and aligned correctly.
Use the Assembly drawings to verify that the discharge
end assembly has been installed correctly.

COMMISSIONING TASKS
TRUNNION BEARINGS & TRUNNION BEARING INITIALS

LUBRICATION SYSTEM CHECKS
Confirm that the trunnion bearing lube system reservoir _______

is filled with the correct oil
Oil manufacturer and grade: ____________________
Verify oil flow to the trunnion bearings _______
Verify oil return from the trunnion bearings to the reservoir _______
Verify oil conditioning skid proper operation _______
RECORD OIL PRESSURE TO EACH PAD BEARING LINE
FEED END TRUNNION BEARING:
PAD #1_________ PAD #3_________

PAD #2_________ PAD #4_________
DISCHARGE END TRUNNION BEARING:
PAD #1_________ PAD #3_________

PAD #2_________ PAD #4_________
RECORD OIL PRESSURE TO EACH THRUST LINE
Left Outboard Line _______ Right Outboard Line _______

Left Inboard Line _______ Right Inboard Line _______
RECORD OIL FLOW RATES TO BEARING PADS AND THRUST

BEARINGS
HIGH PRESSURE LINE, FEED END TRUNNION BEARING:
PAD #1_________ PAD #3_________

PAD #2_________ PAD #4_________

HIGH PRESSURE LINE, DISCHARGE END TRUNNION BEARING:
PAD #1_________ PAD #3_________

PAD #2_________ PAD #4_________
THRUST LINES, FEED END TRUNNION BEARING:

RECORD OPERATING TEMPERATURES FOR TRUNNION

BEARINGS DURING TEST RUNS INITIALS
Temperatures recorded on applicable Data Sheets _______
BALL CHARGE ADDITION INITIALS
Record addition of ball charge _______
Time of Addition Amount Added Initials

Initial Charge

FEED END TRUNNION PAD BEARING TEMPERATURE

READINGS
PAD #1 PAD #2 PAD #3 PAD #4
MINUTES HOURS RTD-1 RTD-2 RTD-1 RTD-2 RTD-1 RTD-2 RTD-1 RTD-2
0
15
30
45
60 1
15
30
45
60 2
15
30
45
60 3
15
30
45
60 4
15
30
45
60 5
15
30
45
60 6
15
30
45
60 7
15
30
45
FORM 8-A
DISCHARGE END TRUNNION PAD BEARING

TEMPERATURE READINGS
0
15
30
45
60 1
15
30
45
60 2
15
30
45
60 3
15
30
45
60 4
15
30
45
60 5
15
30
45
60 6
15
30
45
60 7
15
30
45
FORM 8-B
MILL MOTOR CURRENT READINGS

Motor Current
Time Date (Amperes)
FORM 9

COMMISSIONING ACCEPTANCE
Commissioning procedure satisfactorily concluded with mill operating normally
within established parameters.
____________________________________________ Date _______________

Signature of Customer Representative
____________________________________________
Printed Name of Customer Representative
____________________________________________ Date _______________

Signature of Metso Representative
____________________________________________
Printed Name of Metso Representative

SITE CONDITIONS DURING COMMISSIONING
Site Environmental Conditions
Mill installation Indoor Outdoor
Mill exposed to full sun Yes No
Ambient temperature extremes °C Max.
°C Min.
Ambient temperature at start-up °C.
Mill Status Before Start-Up
Mill empty with liners Yes No
Mill loaded with charge Yes No
Charge weight at start-up kg (lbs).
Operating Condition of Mill During Start-Up
Batch Feed Continuous Feed

PRE-COMMISSIONING CHECK LIST
TRUNNION BEARING ASSEMBLIES

installation) to verify that the bearings have been
installed and aligned correctly.
Verify that the temperature detector assemblies have
been installed and connected to control system.
Verify that the oil supply and return piping has been
connected to the trunnion bearing housings.
Verify that the trunnion bearing seals have been
greased.
TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM

Use the Assembly drawings to verify that the lube
system has been installed and the field piping
connected correctly.
Verify that the temperature, pressure, level monitors
have been connected to control system.
Verify that there is sufficient oil in the main reservoir,
and the immersion heaters are totally immersed.
Verify that the system flow has been balanced and that
the system is operating properly.

SHELL/HEAD/GEAR ASSEMBLY

Verify that the rotating hardware has been installed and
torqued correctly.
installation) to verify that the gear has been installed
and aligned correctly, and that the installation has been
signed off by a Metso Minerals representative.
Confirm that the mill brake system has been installed
correctly and is connected to the control system.
DRIVE ARRANGEMENT

Use the Installation Data Sheets (filled out during installation) to verify t
customer supplied drive motor is installed and aligned correctly.
Follow the mill drive motor’s instructions for preparation
of the motor for operation.
FEED & DISCHARGE ARRANGEMENTS

Use the Assembly drawings to verify that the feed end
arrangement has been installed and aligned correctly.
Use the Assembly drawings to verify that the discharge
end assembly has been installed correctly.

COMMISSIONING TASKS
TRUNNION BEARINGS & TRUNNION BEARING INITIALS

LUBRICATION SYSTEM CHECKS
Confirm that the trunnion bearing lube system reservoir _______

is filled with the correct oil
Oil manufacturer and grade: ____________________
Verify oil flow to the trunnion bearings _______
Verify oil return from the trunnion bearings to the reservoir _______
Verify oil conditioning skid proper operation _______
RECORD OIL PRESSURE TO EACH PAD BEARING LINE
FEED END TRUNNION BEARING:
PAD #1_________ PAD #3_________

PAD #2_________ PAD #4_________
DISCHARGE END TRUNNION BEARING:
PAD #1_________ PAD #3_________

PAD #2_________ PAD #4_________
RECORD OIL PRESSURE TO EACH THRUST LINE

RECORD OIL FLOW RATES TO BEARING PADS AND THRUST

BEARINGS
HIGH PRESSURE LINE, FEED END TRUNNION BEARING:
PAD #1_________ PAD #3_________

PAD #2_________ PAD #4_________

HIGH PRESSURE LINE, DISCHARGE END TRUNNION BEARING:
PAD #1_________ PAD #3_________

PAD #2_________ PAD #4_________
THRUST LINES, FEED END TRUNNION BEARING:

RECORD OPERATING TEMPERATURES FOR TRUNNION

BEARINGS DURING TEST RUNS INITIALS
Temperatures recorded on applicable Data Sheets _______
BALL CHARGE ADDITION INITIALS
Record addition of ball charge _______
Time of Addition Amount Added Initials

Initial Charge

FEED END TRUNNION PAD BEARING TEMPERATURE

READINGS
0
15
30
45
60 1
15
30
45
60 2
15
30
45
60 3
15
30
45
60 4
15
30
45
60 5
15
30
45
60 6
15
30
45
60 7
15
30
45
FORM 8-A
DISCHARGE END TRUNNION PAD BEARING

TEMPERATURE READINGS
0
15
30
45
60 1
15
30
45
60 2
15
30
45
60 3
15
30
45
60 4
15
30
45
60 5
15
30
45
60 6
15
30
45
60 7
15
30
45
FORM 8-B
MILL MOTOR CURRENT READINGS

Motor Current
Time Date (Amperes)
FORM 9

COMMISSIONING ACCEPTANCE
Commissioning procedure satisfactorily concluded with mill operating normally
within established parameters.
____________________________________________ Date _______________

Signature of Customer Representative
____________________________________________
Printed Name of Customer Representative
____________________________________________ Date _______________

Signature of Metso Representative
____________________________________________
Printed Name of Metso Representative

Normal Operation
12-1.0 NORMAL OPERATION & MAINTAINING THE MILL CHARGE
Maintaining the mill charge and monitoring the feed rate will help to
ensure maximum efficiency of the grinding system. System interlocks
monitor the operating condition of the grinding mill and will shut down
the mill if conditions deviate from operating parameters.
This mill is expected to be operated with a 35% ball charge. Regular

monitoring of the feed rate, ore hardness, mill power draw, mill charge
volumes (charge weights), and periodic visual checks of the ball volume
(with the charge ground out of the mill and the mill stopped) will give the
trends of ball consumption per ton of material ground.
With the information gathered per the above, a schedule of ball charge
addition (quantity and intervals) can be established and maintained.
12-2.0 TRUNNION BEARINGS
The trunnion bearings have two(2) temperature sensor assemblies per

pad bearing to monitor the operating temperature of the trunnion
bearings. The readings of the temperature sensors are sent to the
control system where they are monitored automatically. If the operating
temperature exceeds the programmed alarm and trip levels, the mill will
be shutdown automatically.
It is difficult to predict the exact operating temperature of trunnion

bearings. Experience has shown that each bearing stabilizes to its own
temperature, ranging between 90°F(32°C) and 125°F(52°C). Many
factors, such as ambient temperature, quantity of oil, viscosity,
alignment, quantity of mill water, etc., contribute to the final operating
temperature. If bearing temperatures do not stabilize after 5 hours of
operation within this parameter, the mill must be shut down and
corrective action taken by calling Metso.
The instrumentation must be calibrated before starting the mill. The

easiest and safest way to adjust the instrumentation is to very carefully
monitor all pad bearing temperatures during start-up and under normal
grinding conditions. Adjust the individual set points for each bearing
10°F(5.5°C) higher than the stabilized temperature for "alarm", and
15°F(8°C) for "shut down".
CHAPTER: Normal Operation Page 1 of 5

Normal Operation
Oil film temperatures above 200°F(93°C) cause rapid deterioration of

the lubricant, evidenced by chemical breakdown and the formation of
harmful acids.
Record obtained temperature readings during mill start-up on the

supplied Commissioning Data Sheets.
12-3.0 TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM
The trunnion bearing lubrication system provides filtered oil for cooling
and hydrostatic lift of the feed and discharge trunnion pad bearings
during start-up and operation of the mill. System monitors including
pressure transmitters, flow meters, and temperature transmitters,
monitor the condition of the lube system and will alarm or trip the
system depending on the deviation from the operating parameters.
12-3.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The trunnion bearing lubrication system is contained on a single skid,

with the exception of the accumulator assembly that is located close to
the lube system skid by the customer.
INSTRUMENTATION RACKS & BEARING PEDESTAL

INSTRUMENTATION
The two (2) 4-stage rotary flow dividers, which distribute oil flow to the
trunnion bearings, are mounted on the instrumentation racks mounted
close to the trunnion bearings in order to conserve on field piping. The
thirty-two (32) flow control valves for adjusting flow to the pad corner
pockets are also located on the instrumentation racks at the bearing
pedestals.
The eight (8) hydrostatic flow transmitters, the four (4) thrust flow
transmitters, the eight (8) hydrostatic pressure transmitters, the eight (8)
hydrostatic pressure indicators, and the four (4) thrust pressure
indicators are on the instrumentation racks.
The eight (8) three-way valves for piston-socket bearing pad

adjustment are mounted on the bearing pedestals. The eight (8) piston-
socket manual adjustment four-way valves are mounted inside the
bearing housing next to the appropriate bearing pad.

Normal Operation
12-3.2 TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM OPERATION
The oil in the reservoir tank is kept at a minimum operating temperature

of 90°F (32°C) by the use of five (5) 2 kW heaters. The operation of the
heaters is controlled by the customer’s control system, which receives a
signal from a dual resistance temperature detector (RTD), provided in
the reservoir for indication of reservoir oil temperature. Also, the RTD
provides a signal for alarms when the oil temperature exceeds or falls
below the preset software high and low limits.
Level transmitters are furnished to alarm on low oil level and sight
gauges are provided to give a visual indication of the oil level.
The filter circuit is set up in a duplex arrangement. Only one of the two
pumps, motors, and filters is to be run at a time; however, both heat
exchangers will be operating simultaneously. To maintain a preset
temperature, a water flow control valve regulates the water flow through
the coolers.
The oil return from the trunnion bearings enters the reservoir on the
"dirty side" compartment. The oil is then pumped from the dirty side of
the reservoir through the filter and cooler circuit, back to the "clean side"
compartment. The volume of oil flow in the filter circuit is slightly larger
than the combined oil flow from the high pressure pumps. This keeps
the clean side (High pressure pump suction side) of the reservoir full
and slightly overflowing at all times.
To indicate when the filters need to be cleaned, a differential switch is

provided across the filters. There will be sufficient time to stop one low
pressure circuit, adjust the appropriate valves, and start the other
circuit, without interrupting normal flow from the high pressure pumps.
The elements in one filter can be changed when the other is operating.
Hydrostatic lift oil is supplied to the bearing pads by two of the three
hydrostatic oil pumps; one pump is required to supply oil to each
bearing. The third pump is a standby pump and can be brought on line
with the appropriate valving.
The oil from each hydrostatic pump discharges into one (1) 4-stage
rotary flow divider, dividing the oil into four equal parts among the four
bearing pads. Each pad has five (5) hydrostatic lift pockets, a large
center pocket, and four (4) corner pockets. The oil flow to each corner

Normal Operation
pocket is supplied through pressure compensated flow control valves to

prevent excess loss of oil through the corner pockets when the
clearances become excessive. Each valve is field adjustable.
Each of the eight hydrostatic lines is provided with a pressure

transmitter, and a flow transmitter which provide a continuous 4-20 mA
signal indicating changes in mill bearing pressure and flow. Each flow
and pressure signal will alarm on low level, and will shut down the mill
on low-low level.
Oil is supplied to either the pad cylinder or the pad socket from the
radial piston pumps. One line is directed to each pad assembly. The
three-way manual valve is normally positioned so that the oil flows into
the pad socket at start-up. After start-up the pump runs for 5 minutes
then automatically stops. In Maintenance mode, the pump can operate
continuously for maintenance purposes.
When there is a requirement for piston (pad) height adjustment, the

three-way valve is positioned so that the oil flows to the pad piston.
This connection has to be made through the access doors on the
bearing side panels. A hose is provided with quick disconnects and is
connected from the three-way valve to the four-way positioning valve
through the access door.
The four-way positioning valve, located just inside the access door, is
open center ported so that oil normally drains to the inside of the
bearing. When the cylinder is to be raised, the handle on the four-way
valve is positioned to direct oil to the piston. When the cylinder is to be
lowered, the four-way valve is positioned so that oil from the piston
returns to the inside of the bearing. The oil then returns to the tank
through the normal drain.
When adjustment is completed, the hose through the access door is

removed and the three-way valve is returned to its normal position.
Hydrostatic thrust oil is supplied to the thrust pads by one of the two
thrust oil pumps. One pump is running and one is on standby. For
selecting the pump desired, manual valving is provided.

Normal Operation
The oil discharge from the thrust pump is directed to one (1) four-way
rotary flow divider, where the oil is divided into four (4) equal parts. The
flows supply hydrostatic oil to the two (2) thrust pads (one pocket on
each side of the thrust pad).
Each thrust line is provided with a flow indicator, flow transmitter, and
pressure indicator. The flow transmitter is set to alarm on low flow and
to shut down the mill on low-low flow.
A two pump system (one active, one standby) maintains oil pressure in
the accumulators. During a power failure, the solenoid valves trip, and
the oil from the accumulators flows through the two flow control valves
to each bearing. After a power failure, the solenoid valve will be reset.
The mill cannot be restarted until the accumulators have been
recharged.
12-4.0 MILL DRIVE MOTOR
The wrap-around drive motor is provided by others. Control logic for

starting the mill is the responsibility of the drive motor supplier. Starting
protocols and sequences are developed within the control logics of the
drive motor.
See the Functional Description in Section 14 that explains the

relationship of the operation of the equipment within Metso’s scope and
the drive motor.

Safety Concerns
SAFETY
Operator safety and the safety of others depends upon reasonable care and
judgment in the operation of this Metso Grinding Mill. A careful operator is
good insurance against an accident. Most accidents, no matter where they
occur, are caused by failure to observe and follow simple fundamental rules or
precautions. For this reason most accidents can be prevented by recognizing
hazards and taking steps to avoid them before an accident occurs.
Regardless of the care used in the design and construction of this type of
equipment, there are conditions that cannot be completely safeguarded
against without interfering with reasonable accessibility and efficient
operation. Warnings are included in this instructional manual to highlight
these conditions.
INTRODUCTION
This manual, together with specific instruction manuals for individual

equipment, has been prepared by Metso to increase the knowledge and
awareness of all persons involved in the operation, supervision, service and
maintenance of grinding equipment with regard to safety and operations. A
copy of this manual must be provided to and studied by each person
entering the machine areas of the Grinding Plant, or otherwise involved in
the operation of the Grinding Plant. It is the responsibility of the Owner to
always keep this manual and other written instructions either in the Grinding
Plant or its vicinity for Operator reference.
Knowledge of the machines and the potential hazards they present are
essential to a safe workplace. Knowledge of and compliance with all state,
provincial, and federal safety laws, safety regulations, and Grinding Plant
safety procedures, warnings and instructions also are essential to a safe
workplace. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death. When in
doubt - don’t! Never bypass instructions or procedures to save time. Never
place foreign items, tools, rods, or any part of your body into an operating
machine. Never reach over, around or beyond safety devices. Never
operate a machine if safety devices are missing or disabled. Never replace
an OEM safety device with a non-OEM device. Never service equipment
until all potentially moving parts are secured and power has been locked out
and tagged out to prevent unexpected movement. The Operator is
responsible for using care and common sense at all times. Remember,
safety is everyone’s business. You are responsible not only for your safety,
but for the safety of those around you.

Safety Concerns
Read this manual carefully. Know its contents. If you have any questions,
contact your Metso representative without delay for advice. Keep in mind
that there are different types of risks, hazards and injury types (see “Typical
Risks in Grinding Plant Working Environment”), which are related to each
other. Foresee and prevent such risks and hazards as well as resulting
injuries and other consequences from occurring by all available means.
Never compromise when the question is safety! Metso, as the machinery
manufacturer and supplier, regards safety as of utmost importance, and
deems the following as essential prerequisites to the safe operation of the
Grinding Plant:
• That the Owner makes available this manual, before using the
machinery, to each person involved with the operation, supervision,
service, or maintenance of the Grinding Plant.
• That compliance with and adherence to this manual be mandated and
supervised by the Owner.
• That all personnel involved in the operation, supervision, service, or
maintenance of the Grinding Plant become familiar with the contents of
this manual prior to such involvement.
• That every person involved in the operation, supervision, service, or
maintenance of the Grinding Plant be properly trained and have adequate
professional skills as required for the performance of the respective
tasks.
• That all visitors to the Grinding Plant be properly informed of applicable
safety precautions and risks, and that safety precautions be adequately
maintained and in connection with any such visits, including, but not
limited to, adherence to this manual.
No changes shall be made in the operation of the machinery supplied by

Metso or the contents of this manual without express written approval of
Metso. All operation, service, maintenance, handling, modifications, or other
use of Grinding Plant equipment and/or systems is the responsibility of the
Owner. Metso shall not be liable for any injury, death, damage or cost
caused by any act or omission on the part of the Owner, Operator or other
personnel, agents, contractors, vendors, or others. All applicable safety
rules, regulations, standards, instructions, and procedures must be followed;
as must be those of this manual as well as any other instructions,
specifications, and recommendations by Metso. This manual is based upon
the safety laws, rules and regulations in effect on the date hereof. The
owner and operator bear sole responsibility for complying with any

Safety Concerns
amendments, additions or other changes to safety law, rules or regulations

arising subsequent to the date on which this manual was drafted.
Although these instructions are intended to be as comprehensive as

possible, there may be hazards that cannot be anticipated, hazards
associated with a particular work-site or hazards covered by special
company safety programs. The information contained in this manual is not
intended to replace safety codes, insurance requirements, federal, state and
local laws, rules and regulations. If you have questions or concerns
regarding safety aspects of machinery supplied by Metso, contact us before
using, operating, servicing or repairing the machinery.
12-1.1 Definitions
“Grinding Plant” means a combination or part of various equipment,

components, systems and parts for Grinding and/or screening of rock,
minerals, recycling or other grindable materials. For the purposes of this
manual, the Grinding Plant also means stand-alone Grinding or screening
equipment as applicable. Throughout this manual, words such as “machine”,
“machinery”, “equipment” and “crusher” are used interchangeably to refer to
the Grinding Plant and its component parts.
“Owner” means the entities or individuals who own or lease the Grinding
Plant and/or the entities or individuals who are in charge of operating and/or
servicing the Grinding Plant.
“Operator” means the individuals who either operate the Grinding Plant or
perform actual maintenance, service, repairs, supervision or any other
activity on or for it.
“This manual” means, as applicable, these general safety instructions,
together with any specific instructions for individual equipment, as amended
from time to time, provided by or on behalf of Metso.
12-2.0 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR A PLANT ENVIRONMENT
All machines require human involvement. Like any other heavy machinery, a
Grinding Plant has inherent dangers that must be identified, understood and
taken into account in order to avoid accidents and injuries. Metso, as
machinery manufacturer and supplier, is committed to promoting safety at
the Grinding Plant by providing safety devices and features, and by providing
training, services, manuals and instructions.

Safety Concerns
12-2.1 Safety and You
Safety is everyone’s responsibility; safety is your responsibility.
Safety is the concern of all personnel. With your actions, you participate in
establishing the safety of the working environment. Metso products are designed
and constructed with safety in mind. The machines incorporate high quality safety
features. To assure safe operation, all personnel must be alert when operating or
working on or around the machine. Be aware of real and potential hazards. Only
properly trained personnel should operate, supervise, maintain, or service the
machine. Personnel must carefully study all aspects of the specific machine,
including:
—operating instructions
—service, trouble-shooting and maintenance instructions
—automated features and motions of the machine
—specific safety features and instructions
12-2.2 Objective
The objective of these instructions is to minimize risks and to avoid or prevent

accidents and injuries. Accidents are often caused by carelessness or disregard of
important instructions. Knowledge of the machine operation and continuous safety
training are necessary for a safe working environment. Safety can be summarized
in three main themes:
—MACHINE KNOWLEDGE
—SAFE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
—GOOD HOUSEKEEPING

Safety Concerns
12-2.3 Safety Signs, Labels, and Symbols
The following symbol may be used in this manual and on the machine to call
attention to instructions which will help prevent machine related injuries. When you
see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for
personal injury.
Alert Symbol
This manual uses the alert words such as DANGER, WARNING or CAUTION, to
alert you and other Grinding Plant personnel of actions or conditions that pose a
potential safety hazard, with an attending risk of personal injury (including death) or
property damage. The machine also displays safety signs, labels and tags at
appropriate points to show safety risks that may exist.
Sign Description
DANGER Immediate hazards or unsafe practices that will result in severe
personal injury or death.
WARNING Hazards or unsafe practices that could result in severe
personal injury or death.
CAUTION Hazards or unsafe practices that could result in minor personal
injury or equipment damage.
CHAPTER Normal Operation Page 5 of 29

Safety Concerns
This manual uses another convention to communicate information which, if

not followed, will affect the performance of the equipment or cause damage
to the equipment. This is indicated by the word NOTE. While such
conditions and practices do not pose an immediate threat of personal injury,
the damage that occurs over time can be hazardous.
12-3.0 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
1. Do not remove, cover or disable any installed safety devices, guards,

warning signs or tags. They are attached to equipment to warn
personnel of possible danger and prevent injury. Use OEM
replacements in the event any safety devices, warning signs or tags
become damaged or unreadable. Observe all instructions. Keep
warnings signs and tags clean, visible and readable. (Warning signs are
listed and their locations described in the machine safety instructions.)
2. Make sure that all required walkways, handrails, barriers, safety devices,
and guards are in place before starting the machine. Do not use non-
OEM walkways, handrails, barriers, safety devices or guards, when such
items are available from OEM.
3. Keep the machine itself and the area around the machine clean and
clear of obstructions. Be aware of dust, smoke or fog, which may
obscure your vision.
4. Wipe up any substance, such as spilled oil, grease, water or ice, which
may cause a person to slip or fall. Good housekeeping practices prevent
injuries. Be a good housekeeper. Keep the machine environment and
walkways clean and free from oil, grease, rags, cables, chains, buckets,
rocks and other obstructions. Keep loose parts in a toolbox or return
them there promptly.
5. Keep clothing and all parts of the body away from nip points and rotating
or moving equipment. Be especially alert to avoid contact with parts that
move intermittently.
6. Know the weight limitations of lifting devices and their loads. Never
detach a lifting device from a load until the load is stable and secured
from unintended movement.
7. Do not climb or stand on equipment other than in areas, which are
designed for that purpose. Do not overreach.

Safety Concerns
8. Emergency-Stop buttons should be tested on a regular schedule for

proper operation, as should electrical interlocks and related limit
switches. Safety defects should be repaired prior to continuing
operation, and thereafter tested and certified for appropriate operation by
skilled personnel.
9. Personal protective equipment and safety uniforms, safety shoes,
helmets, safety glasses, heavy gloves, ear protection devices etc. should
be used at all times. Safety shoes should be used by all personnel
entering into the Grinding Plant. Persons with loose clothing, neck ties,
necklaces, unprotected long beard or long hair should not go near the
machine. Wrist watches and rings can be dangerous. Rings should be
removed or covered with tape. Keep your pockets free of loose objects.
10. Keep all non-operating and non-trained personnel clear of the Grinding
Plant at all times. Injury or death may result if this is not done.
11. The equipment at the control panel should be handled with care. Do not
place objects on the keyboard, color display or other equipment. All
equipment can fail if put in contact with liquids, or excessive heat or
excessive humidity. Allow good air flow around the equipment at all
times. Keep magnets away from computer components, particularly hard
drives and PLC cabinets.
12. A knowledgeable and properly trained Operator familiar with this manual,
safety requirements, and automatic operation of the machine should be
stationed at the controls whenever the machine is operating.
13. Do not consume any alcoholic beverages or other intoxicants before
coming to work or while on the job. Do not operate the Grinding Plant
after taking any medicines, tranquilizers or other drugs, which can impair
the senses.
14. Familiarize yourself with the safety signs on the Grinding Plant. Never
remove or damage any safety signs, nameplates or other safety related
warnings, symbols or components. Replace them as necessary with
OEM equipment.
15. Do not paint over safety signs, name plates or warnings.
WARNING
Only qualified and properly trained operators and servicemen should
operate or service the machine. Everyone else should stay clear of the
machine when it is operating, or under service or maintenance!

Safety Concerns
12-3.1 Safety Instructions after Start-up

1. After equipment has been started, check all gauges and instruments to
be sure that everything is operating properly.
2. Shut down immediately if any improper readings are observed.
3. Test all controls for proper functioning.
4. Listen for and report any unusual noises.
5. Recheck alarms or other warning and safety devices.
6. Do not take a chance with a defective machine. Report it to your
supervisor.
12-3.2 Report a Defective Machine
Inspect your machine daily. Check for loose, worn or damaged parts.
Report or correct any unsafe conditions immediately, and do not operate the
machine until they have been corrected. Even a minor defect can become
serious. Report any machine defects to your supervisor.
12-3.3 Stopping Safely
Be sure equipment is stopped before:

• cleaning
• servicing
• lubricating
• checking belt tension
• removing housing covers
• working on the hydraulic system
• making repairs
• or attempting to clear a plugged cavity.
12-4.0 TYPICAL RISKS IN PLANT WORKING ENVIRONMENT
Even though every Metso machine is designed with many safety features, it
is impossible to design out all safety risks. There are potential hazards, that
must be recognized and avoided. Noise levels may interfere with normal
discussion when the machine is operating. By their nature, Grinding Plant

Safety Concerns
and auxiliary equipment can create dust. Grinding itself and some other
machine processes may momentarily obstruct the view of some machine
parts. In general, high levels of respirable silica and other dust in the air may
expose the Operator to health risks for lung disease depending upon the
length and amount of exposure and type of material being processed.
In addition, there are some risks or hazards which cannot be completely

guarded or avoided because of interference with machine operations.
Accordingly, working on the Grinding Plant requires constant alertness by all
personnel in the area. Accidents happen unexpectedly. Below are some
typical hazards and types of accidents of which everyone working at, on or
around the Grinding Plant should be aware.
12-4.1 Typical Hazards
• nips, gaps, and pinch points

• poor housekeeping
• elevated or narrow working areas
• lifting and shifting heavy loads
• cranes and mobile cranes
• sharp edges
• high-pressure hydraulic equipment
• electrical equipment and power lines
• toxic and corroding agents
• machine inertia
• hot surfaces and fires
• conveyor belts
• dust
• noise and vibration
• improper work methods
• rotating equipment and moving components
• ejection of material from the crusher
• falling material from conveyors, and from loading, unloading and feeding
operations
• Grinding cavity

Safety Concerns
These typical hazards are discussed more fully in the next section of this
chapter. Be aware of these hazards. All personnel working on or around the
machine should be properly trained in avoiding these hazards.
TYPICAL HAZARDS
Nips, Gaps, and Pinch Points
An ingoing nip is formed by drive devices such as belt and

pulley, chain and sprocket or gears. Similarly, a pinch point
may be formed by rotating or moving equipment.
DANGER
Nips and gaps are serious hazards in a Grinding Plant. They are usually
guarded by nip guards, railings, or location. In all cases, extreme care
must be taken to avoid nips, gaps, and pinch points or serious injury or
even death may occur.
Poor Housekeeping
Promote good housekeeping. Keep machine

environment, walkways, platforms etc. clean
and dry and free of debris. Oily or wet machine
environment, walkways, platforms, steps and
hand rails are slippery. In cold weather, watch
out for ice and snow. Wet spots, especially
near electrical equipment, are dangerous. Return tools to their proper place
after use. Even then extreme caution should be used. Follow established
Grinding Plant safety procedures. Clean slippery deposits from walkways,
ladders and floors. Tidiness provides a safer working environment by
preventing or reducing tripping, slipping, fire hazards and electrical shocks.
Elevated or Narrow Working Location
Grinding Plants are tall structures. The walkways and platforms, designed to
be used during machine operation, are furnished with railings to help prevent
falling. When working on an elevated surface be aware of machine
movements and other activities in the area. Do not run on the walkways. Do
not reach over or beyond walkway railings while the machine is running. Do
not stand on railings or toe plates. There may be narrow access routes for
maintenance purposes. Do not use these routes while the machine is

Safety Concerns
operating. Do not enter any close quarters within the

Grinding Plant when the machine is operating.
CAUTION
Extreme caution must always be used on machine walkways.
Lifting and Shifting Heavy Loads
Cranes Grinding Plants, like any other type of mechanical

equipment, require regular periodic maintenance. One of
the most flagrant Grinding Plant safety violations is the use
of inadequate and unsafe lifting equipment. Although a
Grinding Plant is a finely tuned piece of equipment, the
internal parts of a Grinding Plant should be assembled and
disassembled with crane facilities that have the capability of
gently and slowly lifting and lowering the various parts that
make up a Grinding Plant. Do not use chain hoists (chain
blocks) to assemble or disassemble a Grinding Plant. These lifting devices
lack the stability and robustness required in lifting and positioning heavy
components.
Do not use impact hammer boom or any other equipment which are not
designed for lifting, for assembly or disassembly purposes. Affix the load
securely to its destination. Never detach a lifting device from a load until the
load is stable and secured from unintended movement. When it comes to
safety, don’t compromise!
Mobile cranes Safe ratings are based on operating the crane on firm, level
ground. Outriggers must be properly extended and/or lowered whenever
required. Avoid fast swings, hoists or sudden braking. These can cause
overloads. Do not handle large, heavy loads in strong winds. When moving
your crane, check bridges before crossing, make sure they will support the
total weight in question. Check clearances under bridges for overhead
electrical lines and any overhead obstruction. Be sure your hitcher is clear
before starting lift. Make sure the load is securely attached.

Safety Concerns
NOTE: When using a crane, always operate within the rated capacity of the
crane. The safe rated capacity includes weight of hook, block and
any materials handling devices such as cables, slings, spreader bars,
etc. Subtract the weight of all these items from the rated capacity to
find the true maximum weight load that can be handled safely.
Always follow the crane manufacturer’s operational and safety
instructions.
NOTE: The weight indicated on machine plates tells the weight of standard
configuration. In many cases the actual weight may differ greatly
from that indicated on a machine plate due to, casting variations,
options, or ancillary equipment. Always verify the weight of the
object you are lifting before attempting to lift it.
Take the following precautions when lifting heavy loads:

• Follow all established Grinding Plant procedures.
• Follow all instructions and safety procedures recommended by the crane
manufacturer.
• Plan the lifting and maintenance procedures in advance. Read and
understand specific instructions for proper use of lifting equipment prior to
using (e.g., instructions of the machine, lifting device and local
regulations).
• Clean the working environment beforehand to prevent slipping and
tripping hazards.
• Make sure that the crane and other lifting devices such as chains and
slings have sufficient capacity and are in good working order.
• Do not attempt to ride or sit on moving loads.
• Be sure that crane operators, riggers and other personnel are properly
trained.
• Rig the load firmly to prevent any unintended movement and assure
stable and accurate positioning.
• Make sure nobody is below or in the path of the load and transfer
routes are clear and proper protective clothing and gear are used.

Safety Concerns
Sharp Edges
Sharp edges may occur on any metal structures. Equipment

damage may uncover or produce unexpected sharp edges.
Sharp edges may inflict deep and serious cuts. Wear protective
gloves when handling materials, parts, etc. with sharp edges.
Repair or guard detected sharp edges immediately.
High-Pressure Equipment — Hydraulic or Air
WARNING
Hydraulic oil under pressure can penetrate body tissue causing serious
injury and possible death. When troubleshooting a hydraulic system for
leaks, always use a mirror, cardboard, wood or other appropriate
techniques as a detector. DO NOT USE YOUR BARE HANDS. If you
are injected with hydraulic oil or any other fluid, immediately seek
treatment from a doctor trained in the treatment of penetrating fluid
injuries.
High pressure oil can be dangerous. Relieve all pressure

before opening or removing any hydraulic or air pressure
lines, valves, fittings, etc. Use a mirror, cardboard or
other appropriate techniques to look for leaks. Do not
touch pressurized components since the pressure from a
pin hole leak is so strong that it can easily penetrate the skin or eyes.
Always exercise caution when handling hydraulic devices. Regularly check

the condition of hoses, pipes, valves and various connections. Replace
them as necessary. Before starting any maintenance work, stop all hydraulic
pumps, lock out pump motors, and depressurize the system, bringing all
components to a zero energy state. Remember to also depressurize the
accumulators through the bleed valve for each accumulator. Do not
disconnect any hoses until the actuator has been brought to a zero energy
state and properly secured. Bleed the hydraulic system regularly to remove
entrapped air that may interfere with normal expected machine operation or
cause a hazard during maintenance.

Safety Concerns
WARNING
Poorly tightened or damaged hydraulic components may create
dangerous jets of fluid. Before restarting the machine, be sure that the
hydraulic system is ready for operation, and personnel are clear of
affected areas.
Electrical Equipment
Be especially cautious when working with or near electrical

equipment. An electric shock can be fatal. Grinding Plant
electrical outlets must be grounded and have ground fault
interruption protection. Tools plugged into the outlets must be
double insulated. Never expose electrical equipment to mechanical damage
or humidity. Protect all electrical equipment from direct contact with water or
high humidity. Protect electrical devices that move as part of the machine
from dirt and mechanical damage. Regularly check the operability of these
devices.
DANGER
There is a risk of an electric shock, if sufficient precautions are not taken.
An electric shock can be fatal. For maintenance work, disconnect all
devices from electric and hydraulic power sources and follow Grinding
Plant lockout procedures.
The lockout program, locks, tags and the blocking/restraining devices

provided are designed for your protection. Your responsibility is to follow the
program and use the proper equipment. Remember:
• Follow procedures.
• Stay alert.
• Do not take anything for granted.
• Verify lockout.
• Each person working on the unit must have his own lock with only 1
key.
• Tag must identify the work being done and the person(s) who locked
and tagged the control.
• Locks and tags are changed with each shift that comes on.

Safety Concerns
Work to prevent injury or death. Follow proper procedures at all times!

Maintenance, repair and installation of electrical equipment must be
performed only by qualified personnel who are familiar with the machinery
and equipment in question.
Welding Equipment
Weld repairs are to be performed only by qualified

personnel. Welders and welder’s helpers must wear
protective clothing and equipment. Precautions must be
taken when torch cutting and/or welding due to the
health hazards posed by many metals. Anyone
performing these types of procedures should avoid
breathing the fumes. Such procedures should be done
outdoors or in a well ventilated area with either a separate clean air supply
provided to the mechanic or with local exhaust of fumes. Please refer to EU,
OSHA, MSHA, or other applicable standards as appropriate.
One of the most frequently used tools around the Grinding Plant is the
cutting torch. Grinding Plants which are equipped with hydraulic
components and/or conveyor belts and/or v-belts should have these
components depressurized and adequately covered with flame-proof
material so that sparks, weld spatter, etc., cannot reach these areas.
Ruptured high pressure hydraulic lines will quickly vaporize the hydraulic
fluid as it reaches the atmosphere. This vaporized fluid can quickly become
a mass of flames, resulting in severe burns for personnel in the immediate
area. Adequate precautions should be made to avoid contact with these
components. Never perform welding or torch cutting activities in the
presence of flammable materials. When cutting or welding on a plant with
gasoline or diesel units, cover fuel filler caps with several layers of wet shop
cloths.
NOTE: All maintenance personnel who use cutting and/or welding torches
should be advised if there are hydraulic components in the immediate
area in which they are working.
WARNING
Risk of injury. Fire may break out. Never perform welding or torch cutting
activities in the presence of flammable materials.

Safety Concerns
CAUTION
Contact Metso or its authorized representative prior to any welding of
major Grinding Plant components. Performing welding on the Grinding
Plant components can be detrimental. Before welding, always verify that
material is weldable! Failure to do so may result in weldment failure and
present a risk of injury and/or property damage.
Toxic, Corroding and Irritating Agents
Before handling chemicals, carefully read

the safety instructions from the supplier of
the respective chemical. Hazardous
chemicals may be in use. Wear protective
clothing, gloves, boots, glasses, and
respirator when necessary. Refer to the
MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) and Grinding Plant procedures for
handling of these materials. Avoid prolonged contact with fluids, such as
gasoline, diesel fuel, hydraulic oil and cleaning solvents, which may cause
skin irritation or other reactions.
Machine Inertia
Due to the large inertial forces of the Grinding Plant and

Grinding Plant components, the machine cannot be
stopped abruptly. This is potentially hazardous to
personnel. All personnel must stay clear of rotating
elements and other moving parts until the machine has
come to a complete stop. Regularly inspect the
structural elements to maintain safe operation.
Hot Surfaces and Fire
There are hot surfaces on Grinding Plants.

Protective gloves and coveralls help protect against
burns. Be aware of hydraulic system, hoses,
fittings, and pipes. Regularly inspect and observe
high temperature lines, and fluid lines for leaks or
damage. On mobile equipment be cautious around the engine because of
exhaust gases. When in contact with hot temperatures, or when heated
themselves, some hydraulic oils may ignite at around 392°F (200°C).

Safety Concerns
Attention must be paid to the condition of hydraulic hoses and couplings.

Remove immediately oil spills from floor, walkways, and pits. Fix all sources
of oil leaks and clean up spills.
It is recommended to equip the Grinding Plant

with manual fire extinguishing equipment.
Legislation and regulations about suitable
equipment may vary by country. Familiarize
yourself with applicable standards. Personnel
must also be trained properly to be able to use
fire extinguishing equipment. A trained person
with sufficient fire extinguishing equipment must be present during welding
maintenance work. Cold water on hot metal surfaces may cause a violent
explosion. Monitoring after welding must be arranged as required by laws
and regulations. If no other regulations apply, monitoring time is a minimum
of one half hour.

Safety Concerns
Fire Hazards
• Do not smoke while refueling, or

when handling fuel containers.
• Shut off engine when refueling
and use extra caution if engine is
hot.
• When pouring fuel into the tank, ground the funnel or spout against the
filler neck to avoid static electric spark.
• Do not use gasoline or diesel fuel for cleaning parts. Good commercial,
nonflammable solvents should be used.
• Do not smoke while using flammable cleaning solvents. Whenever
possible, use non-flammable cleaning solvents.
• Do not let greasy, oily rags accumulate in a poorly ventilated area. Store
oily rags and other combustible material in a safe place.
• Never use an open flame to check fuel, battery electrolyte or coolant
levels, or to look for hydraulic leaks anywhere on the equipment. Use a
flashlight. Know where fire extinguishers are kept; how they operate; and
for what type of fire. Check regularly, at least monthly, to be sure they
are in the working area.
• Do not weld or cause open flame in the presence of flammable materials.
• In the event of a fire, shut down the Grinding Plant, hydraulic power unit
and lubrication system if this can be safely done. Warn other people in
the area and commence fire fighting
activities according to applicable rules. It
is the responsibility of the Owner to
maintain proper training and instructions in
these respects.
Know the location of first aid kits and know how to use them. Know where to
get emergency help.

Safety Concerns
Conveyor Belts
WARNING
Do not use conveyor belts as walkways. Do not
climb on them. Always stay clear of any falling or
dropping materials or components. Never attempt to
stand on, walk on, or step across a conveyor. Never
stand below a running conveyor. Do not use loose
clothing, neck ties, necklaces or other loose items
when near conveyors or other moving or rotating
equipment. Emergency pull cords should be used
only in case of emergency. Do not use them for
routine stoppage of conveyor. Never attempt to
service the conveyor while it is energized. Keep in
mind hazardous nip points.
Plant Dust
By their nature, Grinding Plant and auxiliary equipment

such as chutes, transfer stations, screens, etc. can
create dust and, if not contained, the dust can escape
into the air. In general, high levels of dust (particularly,
respirable silica) in the air can create a hazard of lung
disease, depending upon the concentrations of dust,
the length of exposure, and the type of material being crushed. Dust
protective devices and dust warnings may be required by OSHA, MSHA or
local laws. The Owner and Operator of the Grinding Plant must identify the
material being crushed and ascertain whether respirable dust from the
application poses a health hazard to personnel in the vicinity of the Grinding
Plant. If the material presents such a hazard the Owner and Operator must
take all necessary measures to ensure that personnel are protected from the
dust. Such measures include, but are not limited to providing dust collection
system, using water spray bars at the feed and discharge points, crusher
transfer points and screens and providing adequate personal respiratory
protection devices to workers. Grinding with a choke level may also reduce
the amount of dust issuing from the Grinding Plant itself. Because the
configuration of each rock Grinding installation is different, Metso Minerals
recommends that the Owner and Operator consult Metso Minerals or a dust
consultant about possible alternative means of dust reduction.

Safety Concerns
NOTE: Metso highly recommends that dust protective devices such as an

appropriate respirator be worn by anyone exposed to airborne dust to
prevent its inhalation.
WARNING
Breathing dust may be hazardous to the health of anyone working at, on,
or around the Grinding Plant. It can cause serious or fatal respiratory
diseases including silicosis! It is the responsibility of the Owner and
Operator to determine the necessity and adequacy of protective devices
and warnings, to provide them, and to ensure that they are used and
followed!
Noise and Vibration
Grinding Plant Noise
A Grinding Plant by its very nature is noisy

and the auxiliary equipment found at, on or
around the Grinding Plant such as chutes,
transfer stations, screens, etc., can at times be noisier than the Grinding
Plant itself. Typical Grinding Plant noise level while Grinding ranges from 90
dB to 110 dB measured at 1 m (3 ft) from the Grinding Plant. Metso
recommends wearing ear protection at, on and around Grinding Plant,
particularly when the noise level exceeds 85 dB. It is recommended that the
Owner develop a signaling communication system in noisy environments to
reduce the risk of accidents. Proper machine maintenance and replacement
of worn parts can help reduce noise. The most commonly applied noise
reduction procedures are:
• use of isolation techniques
• equipment enclosures
• operator enclosures
• silencers
Allowable noise levels and exposure limits are regulated by various agencies
such as EC, OSHA, MSHA, etc. Refer to applicable safety regulations for
permissible noise exposures, and take steps to ensure compliance with
those regulations.

Safety Concerns
Vibration
Long term exposure of Operator to vibration may result in detrimental health

effects. There is an increased risk of falling on a vibrating platform. Avoid
standing on a vibrating Operator’s platform or walkway. Unexpected or
excessive vibrations may be a sign of wear and/or maintenance needs.
Excessive vibrations associated with a portable Grinding or screening plant
is frequently caused by improper cribbing.
It is recommended to regularly monitor vibration levels of machine

components including, but not limited to:
• bearings
• shafts
• rollers
• structural members (including conveyor frames, walkways, platforms,
hoppers, chutes, etc.)
Improper Work Methods
Improper work methods and motions may cause

physical injuries. Use suitable tools, cranes or jacks
for moving large and heavy objects. Overreaching
and improper support for loads may lead to injuries to
the back or other parts of the body. If you are unsure
of proper work methods, contact your safety director or other person
responsible for ensuring the safety at your work place. When lifting
equipment by hand, protect your back by lifting close to your body and using
your legs without twisting. Use hoists whenever possible. Stand clear of
hoisted loads and lifting cables.
Rotating Equipment and Moving Components
Rotating and moving components provide pinch points,

snagging possibilities and other potential hazards. Keep
clear of all moving parts until they come to a complete
stop. Do not use any body part, tool or other foreign
object to attempt to stop, adjust, clear, or clean any area
in proximity to moving equipment such as vibrating feeder, conveyor belts,
drives or other rotating parts of the crusher. Engaging in such activities can
result in severe personal injury, including death. Crushers, designed to
operate within a specific RPM range for maximum efficiency, are typically

Safety Concerns
checked with a tachometer. Make sure that any access openings have a
protective cover in place at all times except when RPM readings are being
taken. Never change sheave combinations without first consulting your
Metso representative. Do not use sheaves with damaged rims or spokes.
Falling Material from Conveyors, Loading, Unloading and Feeding

Operations
Rocks or other objects may fall from conveyors during

loading, unloading and feeding operations. Impact of
falling material may cause serious bodily injury. To
assure safe operation, all personnel must be alert
when operating or working at or around the machine.
Wear proper protective clothing (including an approved safety helmet) and
protective devices. Keep all non-operating and non-trained personnel clear
of the Grinding Plant at all times. Never walk under any equipment included
in loading, feeding, Grinding, conveying, discharging or stockpiling material.
12-5.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND CLOTHING
Personal protective equipment and clothing such as foot protection, helmet,

hearing protection, dust protective devices, safety glasses or other personal
protective clothing and equipment should be worn at all times. All equipment
should be maintained in accordance with applicable standards. Respirators,
goggles, protective masks, gloves, boots, and other such equipment shall be
cleaned and disinfected before being used by another employee. The
Owner and Operator are responsible for ensuring that all eye, head,
respiratory, and ear protection conforms to applicable standards.
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the Owner and Operator to determine the

necessity and adequacy of protective devices and warnings, to
provide them, and to ensure that they are used and followed.
Hearing Protection
Noise level in the machinery area may exceed 85 dB, and

exposure to the machinery area in such circumstances
without adequate hearing protection may lead to hearing
loss. Therefore, users must be provided with appropriate
hearing protection of the type and to the extent required by
law.

Safety Concerns
Face and Eye Protection
General requirements should include:

• The Owner should ensure that personnel for the
machine area use appropriate eye or face protection
when exposed to eye or face hazards such as flying
material, molten metal, liquid chemicals, acids or
caustic liquids, chemical gases or vapors.
• The Owner should ensure that affected personnel use eye protection that
includes side protection from flying objects.
• The Owner should ensure that affected personnel who wear prescription
lenses while engaged in operations that involve possible eye hazards
wear eye protection that incorporates the prescription in its design, or
wear eye protection that can be worn over the prescription lenses without
disturbing the proper position of the prescription lenses or the protective
lenses.
Respiratory Protection
Respiratory protection is required when the air contains

contamination such as harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists,
gases, smokes, sprays, or vapors. The primary objective is
to protect the health of workers. Respiratory protection must
be provided by the Owner when such equipment is
necessary to protect the health of personnel. The Owner shall provide the
respiratory protection and training programs, which are applicable and
suitable for the purpose intended and comply with the latest requirements
and recommendations of health authorities and regulatory agencies.
WARNING
Breathing dust may be hazardous to the health of anyone working at, on,
or around the Grinding Plant.

Safety Concerns
Foot Protection
The Owner shall ensure that affected personnel use

protective footwear when working in areas where there is a
danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects
piercing the sole, and where feet are exposed to electrical
or chemical hazards.
Head Protection
The Owner should ensure that affected personnel wear a

protective helmet approved by OSHA, MSHA (or by other
applicable authority) when working in areas where there is a
potential for head injuries from falling objects or walking
throughout areas with low head clearance. The Owner should ensure that a
protective helmet designed to reduce electrical shock hazard is worn by
personnel when near exposed electrical conductors which could contact the
head.
Hand Protection
The Owner should ensure that personnel use properly sized

appropriate hand protection when hands are exposed to
hazards such as those from skin absorption of harmful
substances, cuts or lacerations, abrasions, punctures,
chemical burns, thermal and electrical burns, and harmful
temperature extremes.
MACHINE SAFETY
Protective Devices and Accessories for Machine Safety
The machine system has many built-in safety features. Owners and
Operators should make themselves familiar with the function and purpose of
each feature and make sure all of the features are enabled. Owners and
Operators should never attempt to defeat, bypass or disable any safety
features. If any of the features are defeated or become disabled, the
machine should not be operated until corrective action is taken and all safety
features are restored.

Safety Concerns
Emergency Stop (E-Stop)
Use the emergency stop when injury may occur or human

life is in danger from continued operation of the machine.
This provides the quickest, most sure way to stop the
machine. Due to the large inertial forces of the Grinding
Plant and Grinding Plant parts and components, the
machine cannot be stopped abruptly. Large red emergency stop buttons are
typically located in control panels near the vicinity of danger points.
Emergency stops can be, and often are, in the form of pull cords that run
parallel to conveyors and surround hazards.
WARNING
On large complex systems, the E-stop may control only those components
that are in the immediate area.
The location of local E-stop buttons may vary on different machines;

therefore the locations of these buttons must be verified from the operating
and maintenance manuals specific to the equipment and/or from proper
training. In emergency stop situations, the objective is to stop the machine
as soon as possible to minimize potential injuries while maintaining the
structural integrity of the machine.
CAUTION
Emergency stop not only stops the machine but often it may initiate other
protective sequences.
Safety Interlocks
A safety interlock is a device that will interrupt the supply of electricity,

hydraulic oil or compressed air to an actuator or motor. A machine already
in operation may need to stop quickly due to Operator error, safety
violations, or an unexpected machine event. For example, a safety gate may
be interlocked to stop a machine if the gate is opened while the machine is
running. Interlocks can also be used to prevent sudden unexpected
movement of a machine function or component. During operation, the logic
system (e.g., programmable logic controller, microcontroller, relay system or
similar device) controls the functions of the machine. Interlocks built into the
system employ limit switches and other sensors to help assure proper
machine operation.

Safety Concerns
IT IS IMPORTANT THAT INTERLOCKING ARRANGEMENTS ARE NOT

REMOVED, MODIFIED OR BYPASSED, AND THAT THEY ARE
CORRECTLY ADJUSTED. LIMIT SWITCHES, AND OTHER SENSORS
MUST BE KEPT IN GOOD WORKING ORDER.
Electric Motors
Electric drives and motors may be controlled to stop or

reduce speeds, as determined by the safety interlocks
at a particular location.
Hydraulic System
Components that help protect the hydraulic system include

certain valves, such as hose burst valves, pressure relief
valves, counterbalance valves and pilot-controlled throttle
valves as well as pressure transducers and drain valves for
pressure accumulators. Metso Minerals uses these
components where applicable in the hydraulic systems to minimize the
potential for hazardous situations to occur.
A hose break valve functions to lock up if fluid flow is discharged too rapidly
from an actuating cylinder, as happens if a hose breaks and the loads react
to gravity. The pressure relief valve prevents the system pressure from
rising beyond system capabilities. It helps protect the entire fluid system and
any operators in the vicinity from bursting hoses and components. The pilot-
controlled throttle valve helps prevent uncontrolled actuator movements.
Pressure transducers monitor the system pressure for information or control
purposes.
Safety Gates
Some safety gates are designed so that opening or closing

of the gates will prevent or stop a specific machine function
in that area. Hydraulic or electric limit interlock switches may
cut off the drive or actuator power or initiate an emergency
stop mode.

Safety Concerns
Cable Switches
Cables or ropes connected to the electrical

switches can be used as interlocks also. They
may stop machine function in areas where control
panels cannot be closely located but where Operators may be working.
Know the locations of E-stop pull cords for conveyors.
Additional Warning Devices
Horns and Lights
If visual contact between work places is

obstructed or if communication is difficult, sound
and/or light signaling devices may be used
before starting the machine or a machine
function. The warning device for start-up should operate so that personnel
are given sufficient time to move to a safe distance from the machine. It is
the responsibility of the Owner to ensure that the Grinding Plant is always
equipped with required horns and lights.
Safety Signs and Labels
Safety signs have colors to determine the

degree of hazard in particular areas. These
signs must not be removed. Temporary
placement of safety signs and danger tags
should also be used on the control panels to warn of maintenance work and
lockout situations. Obey all warning and safety signs on the machine and in
the manual.
Color of safety warnings are typically safety yellow.
SAFETY DURING MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
NOTE: Never tamper with safety devices or attempt to modify or eliminate

safety devices installed at the factory.
Detailed instructions for the operation of the machine can be found in

following sections of the manual. Because each machine section may
incorporate unique functions, some of which may be automated,
maintenance personnel should be knowledgeable of the operation of the

Safety Concerns
machine sections in order to perform the maintenance and repair work as

safely as possible. DO NOT COMPROMISE SAFETY DUE TO TIME
PRESSURES.FOLLOW ALL GRINDING PLANT SAFETY AND FIRE
PREVENTION PROCEDURES.
Before starting any repair, maintenance or troubleshooting work on the

machine, ensure the following:
• If you have not been trained to perform the required repairs, maintenance
or troubleshooting, or you are unsure how to safely perform the activity -
STOP! Never attempt to repair, maintain or troubleshoot any aspect of
the Grinding Plant unless you are thoroughly trained for the activity and
understand how to perform the activity in a safe manner.
• Be sure to coordinate all repair and maintenance work with other
Grinding Plant operations.
• Use lockout and warning signs to inform others that maintenance and
repair work are in progress. These signs should only be removed (after
all work has been completed) by the person who has placed them there.
• Transmit all knowledge of the maintenance work to the succeeding shift.
• Know the whereabouts of all personnel in, on, at and around the
machine.
• Never service any machine or component without first referencing its
maintenance manual.
• Before handling chemicals, refer to the MSDS (Material Safety Data
Sheets) and Grinding Plant procedures for handling of these materials.
Mechanical Safety During Maintenance and Repair
DANGER
FOLLOW ALL ESTABLISHED LOCKOUT PROCEDURES.
REFER TO THE APPROPRIATE STANDARDS.
For repair, maintenance or troubleshooting work, disconnect all devices
from electric, pneumatic and hydraulic power sources and follow lockout
procedures. The lockout instructions, locks, tags and the
blocking/restraining devices provided are designed for your protection.
Your responsibility is to follow the instructions and use the proper
equipment.

Safety Concerns
A certain amount of work must be done in the immediate area of the

Grinding equipment during the normal course of operations on a day-to-day
basis. The following are some of the do’s and don’ts to be followed as part of
normal equipment operating procedures.
• Do not perform maintenance on moving machinery. This includes such

items as adding lubricating oil or greasing parts of the equipment while it
is in operation.
• Do not put hands or feet on the release cylinders which protect the
equipment from tramp iron overloads while the equipment is in operation.
• Do check the manufacturer’s recommendations for periodic maintenance
procedures. These maintenance procedures are designed to not only
avoid damage to the equipment but also avoid harm to the operator as
well.
• Do avoid spillage around the equipment. Plant operators should make it a
habit to keep the area immediately adjacent to the equipment free from
this type of spillage which could cause unsuspecting personnel to trip and
fall.
• Never stand in front of the feed opening or look into the Grinding cavity
while the crusher is operating.
• When using a crane to raise or lower a load keep all personnel clear of
the area.
• Never walk, stand, crawl or lay under any load hanging from a crane.

Normal Shutdown Procedures
13-1.0 NORMAL SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES
The procedures for preparing the mill for shutdown differ, depending on
the expected length of the shutdown. This section deals with both
preparing to shut a mill down to place it in standby, and preparing a mill
for extended shutdown.
13-2.0 PREPARING MILL FOR SHUTDOWN FOR STANDBY
1. Run the mill, while flushing it with water, until it is somewhat clear of
mill discharge. Run time should be limited to 5 to 10 minutes.
Running of the mill without feed for extended periods will cause
excessive wear or damage to the mill liners and adversely affect the
mill charge.
2. Shut down mill in the normal manner. Refer to the Functional

Description in Section 14 for the shutdown sequence.
3. Once a day after shutdown:
A. Activate the trunnion bearing lube system.
B. Circulate oil for ten minutes, ensuring that the oil pumps are
operational and observe action on pressure gauges.
C. After the lube system is running, rotate mill 90° so the mill will
be resting on a different part of the journal.
NOTE
See “Preventing a Dropped Charge” in this section for precautions to be
taken when restarting a mill that has been stopped.
13-3.0 PREPARING MILL FOR EXTENDED SHUTDOWN
1. Run the mill, while flushing it with water, until it is fairly clear of mill
discharge. Run time should be limited to 10 to 15 minutes. Running
of the mill without feed for extended periods will cause excessive
wear or damage to the mill liners.
CHAPTER: Mill Shutdown Procedures Page 1 of 2

Normal Shutdown Procedures
2. Run the trunnion bearing lube system to pump oil into the trunnion
bearing pockets so that the oil provides a film at the bottom of the
journal.
Depending on the expected length of shutdown, it may be preferable
to take the mill off the bearings. To do this, the hydraulic jacking
system would be used to support the mill while cribbing is put in
place to support the mill. The individual pad bearing assemblies
could then be lowered, leaving the mill at operating centerline
elevation. This would take the load of the mill off of the bearings.
If this method is used, the pad bearings must be coated with
lubricant to prevent corrosion. They must be re-inspected and re-
lubricated periodically during the shutdown to prevent corrosion.
When it is time to start the mill again, the pad bearings must be
raised into position and their alignment checked. See Section 4 for
the alignment procedures.
3. Turn off power to the mill and accessories. Refer to the Control
Philosophy in Section 14 for the shutdown sequence.
4. Drain oil from the trunnion bearing pedestals and store in sealed oil
drums, if clean.
5. Protect the trunnion bearing lube system against dust but do not
seal so tightly that humidity will collect. Use small space heaters or
protected light bulbs to prevent condensation of moisture.
6. Place bags of desiccant in all control or electrical panels to prevent
moisture buildup and securely seal panels.
The use of a check list noting exactly what was done to the mill will aid in
reactivating the mill.
NOTE
With either type of shutdown, this is also a good time to check mill over
and perform any needed maintenance such as changing of liners,
broken gauges, etc.
NOTE

Emergency Shutdown Procedures
13-4.0 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE
Both the nature of the emergency and the expected length of the
shutdown affect the procedures for shutting down the mill in an
emergency. A mill trip caused by loss of electricity during an electrical
storm would be handled differently than an equipment malfunction
indicated by a component with high operating temperatures, for example.
The operator must take into account such variables as how long the
shutdown is expected to last, the characteristics of the product being
ground, and the amount of time needed for corrective action to be
completed before the mill can be restarted.
As a general guide, an emergency shutdown should be handled the

same as a shutdown to standby in normal operation. If the emergency is
with the mill itself, the mill should not be restarted until action is taken to
correct the condition that necessitated the emergency shutdown.
NOTE

Preventing a Dropped Charge
13-5.0 PREVENTING A DROPPED CHARGE
Grinding mills are susceptible to having the charge inside the mill
solidify after sitting idle for a period of time. If a charge inside the mill
becomes solidified or frozen, then, when the mill is restarted, there is
the possibility that the charge will rotate up to a higher than normal
level before the charge begins to tumble or drop (dropped charge).
This dropping of a significant portion of the charge from a high level
has the potential to cause structural damage to the mill.
In order to prevent mill damage due to a dropped charge at start-up,

the mill operators must make sure that the mill charge is loose and not
frozen before the mill is started under normal conditions. If a mill sits
idle with the charge in the mill for more than 30 minutes, there is a
chance that the charge could become solidified. If the mill sits idle for
more than 30 minutes, steps must be taken to ensure that the charge
has not solidified. Each system varies as to what conditions and
length of time it takes a charge to solidify. Using experience as the
guide, the 30 minute requirement can be modified, but the revised
standard cannot exceed the time it takes the charge to solidify.
Locked charge detection, and its prevention, is addressed within the

mill operation control logics of the mill drive motor, supplied by others.

Anglo American Quellaveco Project, 28’ x 44.5’ Ball Mills
Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
SAG Mill Functional Control Description
Variable Tag Reference: Mill No. 90026637 “x” = B, “y” = 3; 90026638 “x” = D, “y” = 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
14-1.0 GENERAL 2
14-2.0 HYDROSTATIC PAD BEARING LUBRICATION SYSTEM 2
14-2.1 OIL RESERVOIR 2
14-2.2 HEATING AND COOLING 4
14-2.3 LOW PRESSURE OIL CONDITIONING SYSTEM 6
14-2.4 HIGH PRESSURE OIL SYSTEM 8
14-3.0 LUBE SYSTEM CONTROL 18
14-4.0 HYDROSTATIC PAD BRG TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTATION 20
14-5.0 TRUNNION BEARING SEAL GREASE SYSTEM 22
14-6.0 MILL TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM START-UP AND 23
OPERATING SEQUENCE
14-7.0 MILL MOTOR PERMISSIVES AND INTERLOCKS 28
14-8.0 MILL MOTOR START-UP AND OPERATING SEQUENCE 30
14-9.0 MILL MOTOR SHUTDOWN SEQUENCE 31
14-10.0 MILL SHUTDOWN 31
14-11.0 MILL ALARMS 31
14-12.0 MILL BRAKE HYDRAULIC GROUP 36
14-13.0 REFERENCE DRAWINGS 47
CHAPTER: OPERATION Page 1 of 47

SECTION: Functional Description Revision: 3
Document No.: 900103934-NCD Revision Date: 09/26/19
Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
14-1.0 GENERAL
This document provides a functional description and recommended interlock
and operating sequences for the Metso supplied hydrostatic pad bearing
lubrication system. It also provides the necessary requirements for
interfacing with the customer supplied mill motor and Metso supplied brake
system for the startup and operation of the Metso Ball mill. NOTE: This
control functional specification does not include basic standard MCC
drive logic functions.
14-2.0 HYDROSTATIC PAD BEARING LUBRICATION SYSTEM

The hydrostatic pad bearing lubrication system provides filtered oil used for
cooling and hydrostatic lift for the feed and discharge hydrostatic pad
bearings during start-up and operation of the Ball mill. The hydrostatic pad
bearing lubrication system for descriptive purposes is broken down into the
following areas.
14-2.1 OIL RESERVOIR: (Metso P&ID’s 10236106-DWK/10236107-DWK

Sheets 5 & 6)
The 7571 liters (2000 gallon) capacity oil reservoir and pump-mounting base
are an integral assembly. A temperature gauge mounted within compartment
1 indicates the return oil temperature from the pad bearings. A sight level
gauge mounted in compartment 2 indicates the return oil level within the
reservoir tank. A temperature gauge is mounted within compartment 2
indicating temperature of the oil within compartment 2. A sight level gauge
and temperature gauge are mounted in compartment 3 indicates the oil level
and oil temperature within this compartment. A sealed cover contains an oil
filler and breather cap.
The oil reservoir is divided into four (4) compartments. The first compartment
receives return oil from the hydrostatic pad bearings, which is separated from
the second compartment by a dam. The second compartment receives
overflow from the first compartment and feeds the conditioning oil circuit. The
oil is then filtered and cooled filling the third compartment.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
The third compartment is the de-aeration oil compartment that receives

cooled and filtered oil from the conditioning oil circuit. Oil is drawn from the
fourth compartment by the thrust pumps, high-pressure pumps, and the
accumulator charging pumps. The piston socket pumps are precharged by
the conditioning oil pumps. The net oil flow from compartment 2 to
compartment 3 always exceeds the net oil flow from compartment 1 to
compartment 2 so that there is always an overflow from the clean oil side
(compartment 3) to the dirty oil side (compartment 2) of the reservoir. The
instrumentation and interlocks associated with the oil reservoir are as follows:
 LUBE SYSTEM RESERVOIR CONDITIONING OIL LEVEL
TRANSMITTER (3210-LT-012x): The level transmitter has a calibrated
range of 0-1067 mm (0-42 in). The following set points need to be
configured in the control logic.
 LEVEL< 406 mm (16 in), causes a low oil level alarm (3210-LAL-012x)
indication at the operator display.
 LEVEL < 254 mm (10 in) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 2 seconds)
should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping], provides a shutdown
interlock to the low pressure oil pump motors (3210-MI-00y-PU1/PU2)
and the conditioning oil immersion heaters (3210-MI-00y-HE3/HE4/
HE5). This will cause a mill shutdown and provide a low-low oil level
alarm (3210-LALL-012x) indication at the operator display.
 LUBE SYSTEM RESERVOIR CLEAN OIL LEVEL TRANSMITTER (3210-
LT-022x): The level transmitter has a calibrated range of 0-914 mm (0-36
in). The following set points need to be configured in the control logic.
 LEVEL< 406 mm (16 in), causes a low oil level alarm (3210-LAL-022x)
 LEVEL < 254 mm (10 in) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 2 seconds)
should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping], provides a shutdown
interlock to the high-pressure pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU3/PU4/PU5),
thrust pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU6/PU7), accumulator pumps (3213-MI-
00y-PU10/11), piston socket pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU8/PU9) and the
clean side immersion heaters (3210-MI-00y-HE1/HE2). This will cause
a mill shutdown and provide a low-low oil level alarm (3210-LALL-022x)

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
14-2.2 HEATING AND COOLING: (Metso P&ID’s 10236106-DWK/10236107-DWK

Sheets 5 & 6) Low watt density immersion heaters are provided in the second
and third compartments. Two (2) low oil level transmitters (3210-LT-012x &
3210-LT-022x) are provided in the second and third compartments, which
provide interlocks for their respective heaters and pumps. The conditioning
oil immersion heaters are controlled by the use of RTD (3210-TE-011x1)
mounted in the second compartment and the clean oil immersion heaters are
controlled by use of RTD (3210-TE-048x1) mounted in the fourth
compartment. A motorized water temperature regulating control valve (3210-
TCV-018x) mounted on the inlet water line regulates the cooling water by use
of the heat exchanger oil outlet RTD (3210-TE-018x1) to maintain an oil
temperature of about 38oC (100oF). The instrumentation and interlocks
associated with the oil reservoir and the cooling water motorized control valve
are as follows:
 LUBE SYSTEM RESERVOIR CONDITIONING SIDE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR (RTD) (3210-TE-011x1): The temperature range for the RTD is
0-100°C (32-212°F). The following set points need to be configured in the
control logic.
 Temp > 46°C (115°F) causes hi-hi temperature alarm (3210-TAHH-
011x) at the operator display.
 Temp > 43°C (110°F) causes high temperature alarm (3210-TAH-011x)
at the operator display.
 Temp < 21°C (70°F) causes low temperature alarm (3210-TAL-011x) at
the operator display.
 Temp > 27°C (80°F) to be used for high-pressure pumps (3210-MI-00y-
PU3/PU4/PU5), thrust pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU6/PU7), piston socket
pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU8/PU9) and accumulator pumps (3210-MI-00y-
PU10/11) start permissive (3210-TSH-011x).
 Temp < 27°C (80°F) to be used for conditioning oil immersion heaters
auto start permissive provided the oil level is above the level transmitter
set points (3210-LT-012x). If the heaters are on for a period of ten (10)
minutes and the temperature remains below 27°C (80°F), the heaters
are shut down.
 Temp > 32°C (90°F) to be used for conditioning oil immersion heaters
auto shutdown interlock (3210-TSHH-011x).

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 LUBE SYSTEM RESERVOIR CLEAN SIDE TEMPERATURE SENSOR

(RTD) (3210-TE-048x1): The temperature range for the RTD is 0-100°C
(32-212oF). The following set points need to be configured in the control
logic.
 Temp > 27°C (80°F) to be used for low-pressure pumps (3210-MI-00y-
PU1/PU2), high-pressure pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU3/PU4/PU5), thrust
pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU6/PU7), piston socket pumps (3210-MI-00y-
PU8/PU9) and accumulator pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU10/11) start
permissive (3210-TSH-048x).
 Temp > 46°C (115°F) causes hi-hi temperature alarm (3210-TAHH-
 Temp > 43°C (110°F) causes high temperature alarm (3210-TAH-048x)
 Temp < 21°C (70°F) causes low temperature alarm (3210-TAL-048x) at
 Temp < 27°C (80°F) to be used for clean oil immersion heaters auto
start permissive provided the oil level is above the level switches set
points (3210-LT-022x). If the heaters are on for a period of ten - (10)
minutes and the temperature remains below 27°C (80°F), the heaters
are shutdown.
 Temp > 32°C (90°F) to be used for clean oil immersion heaters auto
shutdown interlock (3210-TSHH-048x).
 LUBE OIL HEAT EXCHANGER OIL OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR

(RTD) (3210-TE-018x1): The temperature range for the RTD is 0-100°C
(32-212°F). The outlet oil temperature sensed by the RTD controls the
positioning of the oil cooler inlet water flow control valve (3210-TCV-018x)
via a PLC analog output. The water flow control valve is to be controlled
to maintain an outlet oil temperature of 38°C (100°F). The following set
point needs to be configured in the control logic.
 Temp > 46°C (115°F) causes a hi-hi temperature alarm at the operator
display (3210-TAHH-018x).

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 LUBE OIL HEAT EXCHANGER WATER INLET FLOW CONTROL VALVE

(3210-TCV-018x): The range of the analog output for the flow control
valve is 0-100%. The outlet oil temperature sensed by the RTD controls
the positioning of the oil cooler inlet water flow control valve (3210-TCV-
018x) with respect to the operator setpoint. The operator setpoint range
should be set at 35°C to 43°C on the operator display screen to allow for
adjustment. The water flow control valve is to be controlled to maintain an
outlet oil temperature of 38°C (100°F).
14-2.3 LOW PRESSURE OIL CONDITIONING SYSTEM: (Metso P&ID’s 10236106-

DWK/10236107-DWK Sheet 5)
This system includes two (2) heavy-duty pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU1/PU2), one
(1) operating and one (1) standby sized for 24-hour per day operation. The
low pressure conditioning pump system draws oil from the second
compartment of the reservoir, filters and cools the oil, then returns it to the de-
aeration oil section of the reservoir. They also pre-charge the piston socket
pumps. The low pressure oil pumps can be changed over on-line however,
the operating pump needs to be stopped prior to the standby pump from
starting since the flow transmitter (3210-FIT-019x) is not sized to handle the
flow from two operating pumps. Spare low-pressure pump can be started
locally while the main low-pressure pump is running.
NOTE: This operation must be performed within 10 seconds. If the low-
pressure return oil flow is < 660 LPM (175 GPM) or both low-pressure oil
pumps are stopped for > 10 seconds then this will provide a shutdown
interlock to the mill motor.
The instrumentation and interlocks associated with the low-pressure oil
conditioning system are as follows:
 LUBE SYSTEM LOW PRESSURE PUMPS FILTER DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (3210-PDIT-016x): The differential pressure
transmitter shall be calibrated with a range of 0–414 kPa (0–60 PSI). The
following set point needs to be configured in the control logic.
 Differential pressure across filter exceeds 207 kPa causes high
differential pressure alarm (3210-PDAH-016x) at the operator display.
 LUBE SYSTEM LOW PRESSURE PUMPS FLOW TRANSMITTER
(3210-FIT-019x): The lube system low-pressure pumps flow transmitter
has a calibrated range of 0-1667 LPM (0-440 GPM). The following set
points need to be configured in the control logic.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 FLOW < 720 LPM (190 GPM) and either low pressure oil pump
(PU01/02) running for 10 seconds, causes a low oil flow alarm (3210-
FAL-019x) indication at the operator display.
 FLOW < 660 LPM (175 GPM) for a time period of longer than two (2)
seconds, and either low pressure oil pump (3210-MI-00y-PU4/PU5)
running for 10 seconds, provides a shutdown interlock to the low
pressure oil pump motors which causes a mill shutdown and causes a
low-low oil flow alarm (3210-FALL-019x) indication at the operator
display.
 FLOW < 660 LPM (175 GPM) for a time period of longer than ten (10)
seconds, provides a shutdown interlock to the high-pressure pumps
(3210-MI-00y-PU3/PU4/PU5), thrust pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU6/PU7),
piston socket pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU8/PU9) and the accumulator
pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU10/11) only during normal mode. When the
pumps are set in local, the low flow interlock is not enabled.
 LOW PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU1) OUTLET VALVE CLOSED
LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSC-015x1): This limit switch provides a digital
input to the PLC. When the switch is closed, it provides indication at the
operator display that the valve is closed and provides an interlock for the
low pressure pump.
 LOW PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU1) OUTLET VALVE OPENED
LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSO-015x1): This limit switch provides a digital
input to the PLC. When the switch is closed, it provides indication at the
operator display that the valve is opened and provides an interlock for the
low pressure pump.
 STANDBY LOW PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU2) OUTLET VALVE
CLOSED LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSC-015x2): This limit switch provides a
digital input to the PLC. When the switch is closed, it provides indication at
the operator display that the valve is closed and provides an interlock for
the low pressure pump.
 STANDBY LOW PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU2) OUTLET VALVE
OPENED LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSO-015x2): This limit switch provides a
the operator display that the valve is opened and provides an interlock for
the low pressure pump.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
NOTE: Please reference the Logic Diagram 10236480-DWK sheets 4 &

17 specifically for the interlocking with regards to the low pressure
pumps in association with the outlet isolation valves.
14-2.4 HIGH PRESSURE OIL SYSTEM: (Metso P&ID’s 10236106-DWK/10236107-

DWK Sheets 2, 3, 5, & 6)
Hydrostatic lift oil is supplied to the bearing pads by two (2) of three (3) high-
pressure hydrostatic oil pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU3/PU4/PU5). Two (2) pumps
are required to supply oil to each bearing. The third pump is a standby pump
that can be used for either bearing and can be brought on line with the
appropriate valving and startup procedure. It should be noted that the
valving switchover is manual only. The high-pressure pumps are
provided with relief valves and check valves prior to the pump outlet
isolation valves that protect the pumps from damage when a pump is
run with the valves closed.
It should be noted that the spare pump could be started locally while
the main pump is running. This is valid for the L.P. pumps, thrust
pumps, and accumulator pumps only.
The oil from each high-pressure hydrostatic oil pump discharges into a
pressure compensated rotary flow divider located on the fixed (feed) end and
free (discharge) end instrumentation racks. The rotary flow divider divides
the oil into four (4) equal parts among the four (4) bearing pads located in
each bearing housing. Each pad has five (5) hydrostatic lift pockets, a large
center pocket and four (4) corner pockets. The oil flow to each corner pocket
is 5.68 LPM (1.50 GPM) and the oil flow to the center pocket is 41.6 LPM
(11.0 GPM). The oil flow to each corner pocket is supplied through pressure
compensated flow control valves to prevent excess loss of oil through the
corner pockets when the clearances become excessive. Each valve is field
adjustable.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
Oil is also supplied to each pad’s cylinder or the pad’s socket from the radial
piston socket pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU8/PU9) which are pre-charged by the
low pressure oil conditioning pumps. One line is directed to each pad
assembly. The three-way manual valve is normally positioned so that the oil
flows into the pad socket to provide additional lift oil at start-up. Change
between maintenance (local) / sequence (PLC) control for the radial piston
socket pumps is via the Plant Control System (DCS). This soft switch from the
DCS enables the operator to run the pumps continuously when in the
maintenance (local) mode but when in the sequence (PLC) mode, the pumps
will de-energize five (5) minutes after the mill motor starts.
When there is a requirement for piston (pad) adjustment, the three-way valve
is positioned so that the oil flows to the pad piston. This connection is made
through the access doors on the bearing side panels. A hose is provided with
quick disconnects and is connected from the three-way valve to the four-way
valve through the access door.
The four-way valve, located just inside the access door, is open center ported
so that the oil normally drains to the inside of the bearing. When the cylinder
is to be raised, the handle on the four-way valve is positioned to direct the oil
to the piston. When the cylinder is to be lowered, the four-way valve is
positioned so that the oil from the piston returns to the inside of the bearing.
The oil returns to the tank through the normal drain.
When adjustment is completed, the hose through the access door is removed
and the three-way valve is returned to its normal position.
Hydrostatic oil is also supplied to the thrust pads by one of the two (2) thrust
lube oil pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU6/PU7). One pump is running and one is on
standby. For selecting the desired pump, manual valving is provided.
The oil discharge from the thrust pump is filtered and then directed to a
pressure compensated rotary flow divider mounted on the fixed (feed)
bearing instrumentation rack where the flow is divided into four (4) equal
parts. The four (4) oil flow supply outputs from the flow divider supply
hydrostatic oil to the two (2) thrust pads, (one (1) pocket on each side of the
thrust pad). Each thrust line is provided with a flow transmitter and a
pressure gauge located on the feed bearing instrumentation rack assembly.
The hydrostatic lubrication system also contains four (4) oil accumulators that
are continuously charged by one (1) of two (2) operating accumulator pumps
(3210-MI-00y-PU10/11). The pressure transmitter (3210-PIT-056x) controls
the starting and stopping of the operating accumulator pump to maintain the
proper pressure and volume of oil within the accumulators.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
During any one of the following conditions: a power failure, emergency stop,
loss of oil flow to the trunnion bearing pads, loss of oil flow to the thrust pads,
loss of pressure to the trunnion bearing pads, or less than two (2) High
Pressure pumps running causes the emergency dump valve solenoid (3210-
FV-052x1 and 3210-FV-052x2) to de-energize. The oil from the accumulators
then flows through the two (2) flow control valves (3210-FCV-051x1 and 3210-
FCV-051x2) supplying the necessary oil to each bearing to maintain lift during
stopping of the mill. The instrumentation and interlocks associated with the
mill pad bearing lube system are as follows:
 ACCUMULATOR OIL BANK PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (3210-PIT-
056x): The pressure transmitter shall be calibrated with a range of 0-20700
kPa (0-3000 PSI). The following set points need to be configured in the
control logic.
 The pressure transmitter detects a PRESSURE < 17582 kPa (2550
PSI) (3210-PSLL-056x) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0 seconds)
should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping], the mill motor will be
shutdown.
 The pressure transmitter having a PRESSURE < 17927 kPa (2600 PSI)
(3210-PSL-056x) starts the selected accumulator pump. If the pressure
remains below 17927 kPa (2600 PSI) for a time period longer than ten
(10) seconds at the transmitter, a low-pressure alarm (3210-PAL-056x)
is displayed at the operator display.
 The pressure transmitter having a PRESSURE < 17582 kPa (2550 PSI)
(3210-PSLL-056x) causes low-low pressure alarm (3210-PALL-056x) at
 The pressure transmitter having a PRESSURE > 18200 kPa (2640 PSI)
(3210-PSH-056x) automatically stops the selected accumulator pump.
 The pressure transmitter having a PRESSURE > 18956 kPa (2750 PSI)
(3210-PSHH-056x) causes high-high pressure alarm (3210-PAHH-
 ACCUMULATOR EMERGENCY DUMP VALVE CLOSED LIMIT
SWITCH (3210-ZSC-052x2): This limit switch provides a digital
input to the PLC. When the switch is closed, it provides an
interlock for the mill motor and the accumulator pumps.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 ACCUMULATOR EMERGENCY DUMP VALVE OPEN LIMIT

SWITCH (3210-ZSO-052x2): This limit switch provides a digital
input to the PLC. When the switch is closed, it provides
indication to operator screen that the valve is opened.
 REDUNDANT ACCUMULATOR EMERGENCY DUMP VALVE
CLOSED LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSC-052x1): This limit switch
provides a digital input to the PLC. When the switch is closed, it
provides an interlock for the mill motor and the accumulator
pumps.
 REDUNDANT ACCUMULATOR EMERGENCY DUMP VALVE OPEN
LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSO-052x1): This limit switch provides a digital
input to the PLC. When the switch is closed, it provides indication to
operator screen that the valve is opened.
 ACCUMULATOR EMERGENCY DUMP VALVE SOLENOID (3210-FV-
052x1): A PLC output is continuously energized keeping the valve closed
provided that all of the following interlocks below have been met.
 REDUNDANT ACCUMULATOR EMERGENCY DUMP VALVE SOLENOID
(3210-FV-052x2): A PLC output is continuously energized keeping the
valve closed provided that all of the following interlocks below have been
met.
 Lube system emergency stop pushbutton not depressed (HS-
3210070x1).
 Low-pressure lube oil pumps flow above set point, flow > 660 LPM
(3210-FALL-019x).
 All four (4) fixed (feed) end bearing flow transmitters above set point,
flow > 41.6 LPM (3210-FALL-036x1/036x2/036x3/036x4).
 All four (4) free (discharge) end bearing flow transmitters above set
point, flow > 41.6 LPM (3210-FALL-036x5/036x6/036x7/036x8).
 All four (4) thrust bearing flow transmitters above set point, flow > 7.6
LPM (3210-FALL-042x1/042x2/042x3/042x4).
 All four (4) fixed (feed) end bearing pressure transmitters above set
point, pressure > 5860 kPa (3210-PALL-037x1/037x2/037x3/037x4).
 All four (4) free (discharge) end bearing pressure transmitters above set
point, pressure > 5860 kPa (3210-PALL-037x5/037x6/037x7/037x8).
 At least two (2) High Pressure pumps are running.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU3) OUTLET VALVE CLOSED

LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSC-025x1): This limit switch provides a digital input
to the PLC. When the switch is closed, it provides indication at the operator
display that the valve is closed and provides an interlock for the high
pressure pump.
 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU3) OUTLET VALVE OPENED
LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSO-025x1): This limit switch provides a digital input
display that the valve is opened and provides an interlock for the high
pressure pump.
 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU4) OUTLET VALVE CLOSED
pressure pump.
 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU4) OUTLET VALVE OPENED
pressure pump.
 STANDBY HIGH PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU5) OUTLET VALVE
the high pressure pump.
 STANDBY HIGH PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU5) OUTLET VALVE
 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU3/PU4) CROSSOVER
OUTLET VALVE CLOSED LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSC-026x1): This limit
switch provides a digital input to the PLC. When the switch is closed, it
provides indication at the operator display that the valve is closed and
provides an interlock for the high pressure pump.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638

OUTLET VALVE OPENED LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSO-026x1): This limit
OUTLET VALVE CLOSED LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSC-026x2): This limit
OUTLET VALVE OPENED LIMIT SWITCH (3210-ZSO-026x2): This limit
 THRUST PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU6) OUTLET VALVE CLOSED LIMIT
SWITCH (3210-ZSC-046x1): This limit switch provides a digital input to the
PLC. When the switch is closed, it provides indication at the operator
pressure pump.
 THRUST PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU6) OUTLET VALVE OPENED LIMIT
SWITCH (3210-ZSO-046x1): This limit switch provides a digital input to the
PLC. When the switch is closed, it provides indication at the operator
pressure pump.
 STANDBY THRUST PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU7) OUTLET VALVE CLOSED
pressure pump.
 STANDBY THRUST PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU7) OUTLET VALVE

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 ACCUMULATOR PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU10) OUTLET VALVE CLOSED

pressure pump.
 ACCUMULATOR PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU10) OUTLET VALVE OPENED
pressure pump.
 STANDBY ACCUMULATOR PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU11) OUTLET VALVE
 STANDBY ACCUMULATOR PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU11) OUTLET VALVE
NOTE: Please reference the Logic Diagram 10236480-DWK sheets 5, 6, 7,
17, & 18 specifically for the interlocking with regards to the high
pressure, thrust, & accumulator pumps in association with the outlet
isolation and crossover valves.
The instrumentation racks contain pressure gauges, pressure transmitters and
flow transmitters on each hydrostatic pad bearing oil supply line after the rotary
flow divider to sense the oil pressure and flow to each bearing pocket. The mill
can only be started if all flow and pressure transmitter setpoints have been
satisfied indicating proper lift between the mill and the hydrostatic pads. The
instrumentation and interlocks associated with the high-pressure oil system
instrumentation racks are as follows:
 FIXED (FEED) HYDROSTATIC PAD BEARING FLOW TRANSMITTERS
(3210-FIT-036x1/036x2/036x3/036x4): Each flow transmitter has a
calibrated range of 0-91 LPM (0-24 GPM). The following set points need
to be configured in the control logic.
 FLOW < 48.3 LPM (12.75 GPM) causes a low oil flow alarm indication
at the operator display (3210-FAL-036x1/036x2/036x3/036x4).

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 FLOW < 41.6 LPM (11.0 GPM) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0
seconds) should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping] provides a trip
interlock to the mill motor (3210-FALL-036x1/036x2/036x3/036x4).
 FIXED (FEED) HYDROSTATIC PAD BEARING PRESSURE
TRANSMITTERS (3210-PIT-037x1/037x2/037x3/037x4): Each pressure
transmitter shall be calibrated with a range of 0-17237 kPa (0-2500 PSI).
The following set points need to be configured in the control logic.
 PRESSURE < 6550 kPa (950 PSI) causes a low oil pressure alarm
indication at the operator display (3210-PAL-037x1/037x2/037x3/
037x4). Note: Setpoint shown is for mill at full charge. During
initial startup and commissioning, the setpoint should be changed
to pressure < 3447 kPa (500 PSI).
 PRESSURE < 5860 kPa (850 PSI) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0
seconds) should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping], provides a
shutdown interlock to the mill motor and provides a shutdown
annunciation alarm at the operator display (3210-PALL-037x1/037x2/
037x3/037x4). Note: Setpoint shown is for mill at full charge.
During initial startup and commissioning, the setpoint should be
changed to pressure < 2758 kPa (400 PSI).
 PRESSURE > 15858 kPa (2300 PSI) causes a high oil pressure alarm
indication at the operator display (3210-PAH-037x1/037x2/037x3/
037x4).
 PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL > 3447 kPa (500 PSI) for > 5 seconds
between (3210-PIT-037x1 and 3210-PIT-037x2) causes high differential
pressure alarm (3210-PDAH-037x1/037x2) at the operator display.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 THRUST PAD BEARING FLOW TRANSMITTERS (3210-FIT-042x1/
042x2/042x3/042x4): Each flow transmitter has a calibrated range of 0-
16.7 LPM (0-4.4 GPM). The following set points need to be configured in
the control logic.
 FLOW < 8.8 LPM (2.3 GPM) causes a low oil flow alarm indication at
the operator display (3210-FAL-042x1/042x2/042x3/042x4).
 FREE (DISCHARGE) HYDROSTATIC PAD BEARING FLOW
TRANSMITTERS (3210-FIT-036x5/036x6/036x7/036x8): Each flow
transmitter has a calibrated range of 0-91 LPM (0-24 GPM). Therefore the
PLC analog input range should be configured with that range in mind. The
following set points need to be configured in the control logic.
 FLOW < 48.3 LPM (12.75 GPM) provides a low oil flow alarm indication
at the operator display (3210-FAL-036x5/036x6/036x7/036x8).
 FREE (DISCHARGE) HYDROSTATIC PAD BEARING PRESSURE
TRANSMITTERS (3210-PIT-037x5/037x6/037x7/037x8): Each pressure
transmitter shall be calibrated with a range of 0-17237 kPa (0-2500 PSI).
The following set points need to be configured in the control logic.
 PRESSURE < 6550 kPa (950 PSI) causes a low oil pressure alarm
indication at the operator display (3210-PAL-037x5/037x6/037x7/
037x8). Note: Set point shown is for mill at full charge. During
initial startup and commissioning, the setpoint should be changed
to pressure < 3447 kPa (500 PSI).

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 PRESSURE < 5860 kPa (850 PSI) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0
seconds) should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping], provides a
shutdown interlock to the mill motor and provides a shutdown
annunciation alarm at the operator display (3210-PALL-037x5/037x6/
037x7/037x8). Note: Set point shown is for mill at full charge.
During initial startup and commissioning, the setpoint should be
changed to pressure < 2758 kPa (400 PSI).
 PRESSURE > 15858 kPa (2300 PSI) causes a high oil pressure alarm
indication at the operator display (3210-PAH-037x5/037x6/037x7/
037x8).
pressure alarm (3210-PDAH-037x6F/037x7) at the operator display.
between (3210-PIT-037x7 and 3210-PIT-037x8) causes high
differential pressure alarm (3210-PDAH-037x7/037x8) at the operator
display.
The piston socket pumps will start automatically when the Mill Motor
is started, regardless of the mode of operation – i.e. Normal,
Maintenance. They will continue to run until they are stopped
manually or until the Mill Motor has been running in Normal Mode
for more than five (5) minutes.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
14-3.0 LUBE SYSTEM CONTROL: (Metso P&ID’s 10236106-DWK/10236107-DWK

Sheets 5 & 6)
The PLC and HMI provided by Siemens should contain the following as a
minimum. During normal operation, the start-up and control of the lube
system pumps will be from the DCS. Local startup of the lube system pumps
will be granted from the DCS. Pump selection for each set of pumps is to be
made at the Metso mill lube system local control panel pump selector switches
after the manual valves for the selected pumps have been opened. Individual
jog pushbuttons are provided for each pump by Metso. The Customer
supplies a local lube room emergency stop pushbutton. The local control
signals associated with the mill local control panel are as follows:
 Lube system e-stop pushbutton (HS-3210070x1) provides a PLC digital
input. When pressed, the mill motor is shutdown, the emergency
accumulator dump valves will open causing the oil from the accumulators
to flood the pad bearings and when the motor has stopped, the mill brakes
are applied according to the Siemens sequence interface drawing.
 Low-pressure pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU1/PU2) selector switch (HS-
3210010x1) provides two (2) inputs to the PLC.
 Low-pressure pump (3210-MI-00y-PU1) jog pushbutton (HS-3210010x21)
is wired directly to the PLC digital input.
 Low-pressure pump (3210-MI-00y-PU1) run indicating light (YL-
3210010x2) is wired directly from the PLC digital output.
 Standby low-pressure pump (3210-MI-00y-PU2) jog pushbutton (HS-
3210010x31) is wired directly to the PLC digital input.
 Standby low-pressure pump (3210-MI-00y-PU2) run indicating light (YL-
 High-pressure pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU3/PU4/PU5) selector switch (HS-
3210020x1) provides three (3) inputs to the PLC.
 High-pressure pump (3210-MI-00y-PU3) jog pushbutton (HS-3210020x21)
 High-pressure pump (3210-MI-00y-PU3) run indicating light (YL-
 High-pressure pump (3210-MI-00y-PU4) jog pushbutton (HS-3210020x31)

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 High-pressure pump (3210-MI-00y-PU4) run indicating light (YL-

 Standby high-pressure pump (3210-MI-00y-PU5) jog pushbutton (HS-
 Standby high-pressure pump (3210-MI-00y-PU5) run indicating light (YL-
 Thrust pumps selector switch (HS-3210040x1) provides two (2) inputs to
the PLC.
 Thrust pump (3210-MI-00y-PU6) jog pushbutton (HS-3210040x21) is
wired directly to the PLC digital input.
 Thrust pump (3210-MI-00y-PU6) run indicating light (YL-3210040x2) is
wired directly from the PLC digital output.
 Standby thrust pump (3210-MI-00y-PU7) jog pushbutton (HS-3210040x31)
 Standby thrust pump (3210-MI-00y-PU7) run indicating light (YL-
 Free and fixed end piston-pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU8/PU9) “run /
maintenance” selector switch (HS-3210060x1) provides two (2) inputs to
the PLC.
 Fixed end piston pump (3210-MI-00y-PU8) jog pushbutton (HS-
 Fixed end piston pump (3210-MI-00y-PU8) run indicating light (YL-
 Free end piston pump (3210-MI-00y-PU9) jog pushbutton (HS-
 Free end piston pump (3210-MI-00y-PU9) run indicating light (YL-
 Accumulator pumps (3210-MI-00y-PU10/PU11) selector switch (HS-
3210050x1) provides two (2) inputs to the PLC.
 Accumulator pump (3210-MI-00y-PU10) jog pushbutton (HS-3210050x21)
 Accumulator pump (3210-MI-00y-PU10) run indicating light (YL-

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 Standby accumulator pump (3210-MI-00y-PU11) jog pushbutton (HS-

 Standby accumulator pump (3210-MI-00y-PU11) run indicating light (YL-
 Lube system lamp test pushbutton (HS-3210070x2) wired to a PLC digital
input; when pushed causes all lube system local lights to illuminate.
 Lube system local control panel enabled indicating light (YL-3210070x1) is
wired from a PLC digital output.
14-4.0 HYDROSTATIC PAD BRG TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTATION: (Metso

P&ID’s 10236106-DWK/10236107-DWK Sheet 4)
Each pad bearing is equipped with two (2) duplex RTD’s. In addition, the feed
bearing contains a two (2) thrust pads each equipped with two (2) duplex
RTD’s. The instrumentation and interlocks associated with the hydrostatic pad
bearings are as follows:
 EIGHT (8) FEED HYDROSTATIC PAD BEARING RTD’s (3210-TE-
034x11/034x21/034x31/034x41/034x71/034x81/034x91/034x101): The
temperature range for each RTD analog input is 0-100°C (32-212°F). The
 TEMP < 54°C (130°F) provides mill motor start permissive.
 TEMP > 54°C (130°F) causes high temperature alarms (3210-TAH-
034x11/034x21/034x31/034x41/034x71/034x81/034x91/034x101) at
operator display.
 TEMP > 60°C (140°F) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0 seconds)
should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping], provides shutdown
interlock for mill motor.
should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping], causes high-high
temperature alarms (3210-TAHH-034x11/034x21/034x31/034x41/
034x71/034x81/034x91/034x101) at operator display.
 EIGHT (8) DISCHARGE HYDROSTATIC PAD BEARING RTD’s (3210-TE-
038x11/038x21/038x31/038x41/038x51/038x61/038x71/038x81): The
temperature range for each RTD analog input is 0-100°C (32-212°F). The

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638

038x11/038x21/038x31/038x41/038x51/038x61/038x71/038x81) at
operator display.
temperature alarms (3210-TAHH-038x11/038x21/038x31/038x41/
 FOUR (4) FEED HYDROSTATIC PAD THRUST BEARING RTD’s (3210-
TE-034x51/034x61/034x111/034x121): The temperature range for each
RTD analog input is 0-100°C (32-212°F). The following set points need to
be configured in the control logic.
temperature alarms (3210-TAHH-034x51/034x61/034x111/034x121) at
operator display.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
14-5.0 TRUNNION BEARING SEAL GREASE SYSTEM: (Metso P & ID’s 10236106-
DWK/10236107-DWK Sheet 7)
The trunnion bearing seal grease system consists of an automatic grease
lubrication system, which applies grease to the main mill trunnion bearing
seals in pre-determined amounts on a timed basis and a local operator control
panel. The seal grease system requires a minimum of 414 kPa (60 psi) from
the plant air compressor. The seal grease system is controlled by the
SIEMENS PLC on a timed basis. Once the mill motor is started, the seal
grease system initiates a pre-lube cycle. The barrel pump solenoid valve is
energized to send air to the barrel pump which pumps the grease up to two (2)
manifold valves mounted on each trunnion bearing. The manifold valve
delivers the grease in pre-determined amounts to the grease nozzles located
at the seals. Once the correct number of lube counts [one (1)] has been
accumulated within a twenty (20) second spray time as determined by the
valve manifold switch (3210-ZS-033x) in the PLC logic, the barrel pump
solenoid valve is de-energized. The seal grease system will then be
automatically placed in the idle time mode which is typically set at 12 hours.
The signals and interlocks associated with the seal grease system are as
follows:
 AIR LINE PRESSURE SWITCH (3210-PSL-031x): The pressure

switch has a calibrated range of 0- 690 kPa (0-100 PSI) and
comes with one (1) pre-calibrated SPDT contacts. The contact is
wired to PLC digital input. The pre-calibrated set points are as
follows.
 PRESSURE < 414 kPa (60 PSI) causes a low pressure alarm
indication at the operator display (3210-PAL-031x) and causes an
alarm at the operator display.
 VALVE MANIFOLD SWITCH (3210-ZS-033x): The switch is wired
to a PLC digital input. The limit switch counts the number of
cycles per cycle.
 COUNT < PRESET COUNT causes an alarm in the PLC and
causes an alarm to be displayed.
 BARREL PUMP SOLENOID VALVE (3210-FY-031x): The
solenoid valve is initially energized when the mill motor is started.
The seal grease system local control panel contains the following which are
inputs into the SIEMENS PLC:

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 Seal Grease Alarm Reset pushbutton (3210-HS-030x1) is wired directly to

the PLC digital input.
 Seal Grease Manual Start pushbutton (3210-HS-030x2) is wired directly to
the PLC digital input.
 Seal Grease Manual / Auto selector switch (3210-SS-030x) provides two
(2) inputs to the PLC.
A seal grease alarm within the PLC logic alerts the operator that an alarm with
the seal grease system has occurred. NOTE: This alarm signal does not
trip the mill motor. The alarm can be caused by anyone of the following
reasons:
1. Low air pressure. If low air pressure is the cause an alarm light on the
PLC HMI will be lit.
2. Low level in the grease drum.
3. Insufficient number of lube cycles within the spray time. Lack of air
pressure, lack of grease (low level) or blocked port of manifold block or
nozzle can cause this.
The alarm if known can be cleared by de-pressing the alarm reset
pushbutton located on the seal grease system local control panel.
14-6.0 MILL TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM START-UP AND OPERATING

SEQUENCE
Prior to start up of the hydrostatic pad bearing lube system pump motors, all of
the listed start permissives and interlocks below need to be met.
INTERLOCKS: Lube system reservoir conditioning oil level

transmitter (3210-LT-012x) above set point. Level >
254 mm (10”).
Ten (10) second delay timer to allow low-pressure
return oil flow above set point of 660 LPM (175 GPM).
Operating low pressure oil pump (3210-MI-00y-PU1
or 3210-MI-00y-PU2) shuts down or low-low flow
detected by flow transmitter (3210-FIT-019x) flow <
660 LPM (175 GPM).

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
PERMISSIVES: Lube system reservoir clean oil temperature sensor

(3210-TE-048x1) above set point: Temp. > 27°C
(80°F)
Step 1: Action: Select remote/local control of lubrication system via
DCS lube system remote/local selector switch. If
local is selected, starting from remote is inhibited. If
remote is selected, starting from local is inhibited.
Step 2: Action: Select which low-pressure pumps to be operable via
the control system.
Step 3: Action: Start low-pressure pump locally near the lube system
skid by depressing the start push button only when
drive is set to the local mode for the selected pump or
remotely via the customer’s PLC start command.
Result: A) Start command for the selected motor is initiated and
sent via Profinet to the MCC starter. MCC starter
intelligent relay closes thus energizing the motor
starter coil that in turn energizes the motor.
B) Normally open auxiliary contact from the selected
pump motor starters is wired to the MCC starter
intelligent relay input module that provides indication
to the SIEMENS PLC via Profinet that the motor is
running. The PLC logic seals in the start command of
the selected low-pressure oil pump motor.
INTERLOCKS: Lube system reservoir clean oil level transmitter
(3210-LT-022x) above set point. Level > 254 mm
(10”).
(80°F).
Step 4: Action: Select which set of high-pressure oil pumps to be
operable via the control system.
Step 5: Action: Manually open the discharge valves of the selected
high-pressure oil pumps.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
Step 6: Action: Start two (2) of the three (3) selected high-pressure
pumps locally at the lube system skid by depressing
the start pushbuttons only when the drives are set to
the local mode or remotely via the customer’s PLC
start commands.
B) Each of the normally open auxiliary contacts from the
selected pump motor starters are wired to the MCC
starter intelligent relay input module that provides
indication to the SIEMENS PLC via Profinet that the
motors are running. The PLC logic seals in the start
commands of the selected high-pressure oil pump
motors.
C) With both high pressure pumps operating under
normal conditions, all feed and discharge hydrostatic
pad bearing oil pressure transmitter and flow
transmitter shutdown contacts close above set points
providing interlocks to the start-up and operation of
the mill motor.
(10”).
(80°F).
Step 7: Action: Select which thrust oil pump to be operable via the
control system.
Step 8: Action: Manually open the discharge valve of the selected
thrust oil pump.
Step 9: Action: Start thrust oil pump locally at the lube system skid by
depressing the start push button only when drive is set
to the local mode for the selected pump or remotely

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
via the customer’s PLC start command.

the selected thrust-pressure oil pump motor.
(10”).
(80°F).
Step 10: Action: Select whether the piston pumps to be set to “run” or
“maintenance” mode via the control system.
Result: If the control system is set to the “run” mode which is
the normal mode of operation, the pumps will de-
energize five (5) minutes after the mill motor start. If
the control system is set to the “maintenance” mode,
then the pumps can be run continuously for
maintenance purposes.
Step 11: Action: Start both piston socket pumps locally at the lube
system skid by depressing the start push buttons only
when drive is set to local and the maintenance mode
for both pumps or remotely via the customer’s PLC
start commands.
Result: A) Start command for both motors are initiated and sent
via Profinet to the MCC starter. MCC starter
intelligent relays close thus energize the motor starter
coils that in turn energize the motors.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
B) Normally open auxiliary contacts from the pump

motor starters are wired to the MCC starter intelligent
relay input modules that provide indication to the
SIEMENS PLC via Profinet that the motors are
running. The PLC logic seals in the start commands
for both of the piston socket pump motors.
(10”).
return oil flow above setpoint of 660 LPM (175 GPM).
(80°F).
Step 12: Action: Select which accumulator pumps to be operable via
the control system.
Step 13: Action: Manually open the discharge valves of the selected
accumulator oil pump.
Step 14: Action: Start accumulator oil pump locally at the lube system
skid by depressing the start push button only when
drive is set to the local mode for the selected pump,
remotely via the customer’s PLC start command or
automatically based upon the pressure set points
sensed by the pressure transmitter (3210-PIT-056x).
the selected accumulator-pressure oil pump motor.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
14-7.0 MILL MOTOR PERMISSIVES AND INTERLOCKS

Prior to start up of the mill motor, all of the listed permissives below need to be
met and the interlocks maintained to allow the mill motor to continue operating
after startup.
PERMISSIVES: All eight (8) feed hydrostatic pad bearing RTD temperature
elements (3210-TE-034x11/034x21/034x31/034x41/034x71/
034x81/034x91/034x101) below shutdown set point: Temp. <
54°C (130°F).
All eight (8) discharge hydrostatic pad bearing RTD temperature
elements (3210-TE-038x11/038x21/038x31/038x41/038x51/
038x61/038x71/038x81) below shutdown set point: Temp. < 54°C
(130°F).
All four (4) feed bearing thrust pad RTD temperature elements
(3210-TE-034x51/034x61/034x111/034x121) below shutdown set
point: Temp. < 54°C (130°F).
All four (4) fixed (feed) hydrostatic pad bearing flow transmitters
(3210-FIT-036x1/036x2/036x3/036x4) above low flow set point:
Flow > 48.3 LPM (12.75 GPM).
All four (4) thrust pad bearing flow transmitters (3210-FIT-
042x1/042x2/042x3/042x4) above low flow set point: Flow > 8.8
LPM (2.3 GPM).
All four (4) free (discharge) hydrostatic pad bearing flow
transmitters (3210-FIT-036x5/036x6/036x7/036x8) above low
flow set point: Flow > 48.3 LPM (12.75 GPM).
All four (4) feed hydrostatic pad bearing pressure transmitters
(3210-PIT-037x1/037x2/037x3/037x4) above set point: Pressure
> 6550 kPa. Note: Setpoint shown is for mill at full charge.
During initial startup and commissioning, the setpoint
should be changed to Pressure > 3447 kPa (500 PSI).
All four (4) discharge pad bearing pressure transmitters (3210-
PIT-037x5/037x6/037x7/037x8) above set point: Pressure >
6550 kPa. Note: Setpoint shown is for mill at full charge.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
INTERLOCKS: One (1) of the two (2) low-pressure oil pumps running.
Two (2) of the three (3) high-pressure oil pumps running.
One (1) of the two (2) thrust oil pumps running.
All four (4) fixed (feed) hydrostatic pad bearing flow transmitters
(3210-FIT-036x1/036x2/036x3/036x4) above low-low flow set
point: Flow > 41.6 LPM (11.0 GPM)
All four (4) thrust pad bearing flow transmitters (3210-FIT-
042x1/042x2/042x3/042x4) above low-low flow set point: Flow >
7.6 LPM (2.0 GPM)
All four (4) free (discharge) hydrostatic pad bearing flow
transmitters (3210-FIT-036x5/036x6/036x7/036x8) above low-low
flow set point: Flow > 41.6 LPM (11.0 GPM).
All four (4) feed hydrostatic pad bearing pressure transmitters
(3210-PIT-037x1/037x2/037x3/037x4) above set point. Pressure
> 5860 kPa. Note: Setpoint shown is for mill at full charge.
All four (4) discharge pad bearing pressure transmitters (3210-
PIT-037x5/037x6/037x7/037x8) above set point. Pressure >
5860 kPa. Note: Setpoint shown is for mill at full charge.
All eight (8) feed hydrostatic pad bearing RTD temperature
elements (3210-TE-3210-TE-034x11/034x21/034x31/034x41/
034x71/ 034x81/034x91/034x101) below shutdown set point:
Temp. < 60°C (140°F).
All eight (8) discharge hydrostatic pad bearing RTD temperature
elements (3210-TE-3210-TE-038x11/038x21/038x31/038x41/
038x51/038x61/038x71/038x81) below shutdown set point:
Temp. < 60°C (140°F).
All four (4) feed bearing thrust pad RTD temperature elements
(3210-TE-034x51/034x61/034x111/034x121) below shutdown set
point: Temp. < 60°C (140°F).
The accumulator pressure transmitter (3210-PIT-056x) above
low-low pressure set point (pressure > 17582 kPa).

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
Lube Room E-stop Healthy (HS-)

E-House Excitation Panel E-Stop Healthy (HS-) supplied by
SIEMENS.
14-8.0 MILL MOTOR START-UP AND OPERATING SEQUENCE

The following lists the start-up and operating sequence that need to be met
during the startup of the mill motor.
Step 1: Action: Start either trunnion bearing lube system low-pressure oil
pump motor. Reference section 14-6.0 for startup of pumps.
Action: Start two of the three high-pressure pump motors.
Reference section 14-6.0 for startup of pumps.
Action: Start either thrust pump motors. Reference section 14-6.0
for startup of pumps.
Action: Start either accumulator pump motors. Reference section
14-6.0 for startup of pumps.
Step 2: Action: Check that all permissives and interlocks are met. Operator
display indicates all are met. Reference section 14-7.0 for
list of permissives and interlocks.
Step 3: Action: Check mechanical interlocks are normal.
Step 4: Action: Check for normal supply voltage.

Step 5: Action: Reference section 14-12.0 for Johnson Mill Braking System
“Mill Hydraulic Group Functional Description” and check all
permissives and interlocks are met.
Step 6: Action: Reference SIEMENS PLC Functional Specification
document for the startup sequence of the Gearless Motor.
Action: During mill starting sequence both of the piston socket pump
motors are started. Reference section 14-6.0 for startup of
pumps.
Step 7: Action: Mill motors are now running.
Result: Trunnion bearing seal grease system lube cycle is initiated.
Reference section 14-5.0 for trunnion bearing seal grease
system.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
14-9.0 MILL MOTOR SHUTDOWN SEQUENCE

The following lists the sequence of the events that need to be met and some
of which are acted upon by the SIEMEN’S controls and others by the DCS
control logic during the shutdown of the mill motor.
Step 1: Action: Reference SIEMENS PLC Functional Specification

document for the shutdown sequence of the Gearless Motor.
Step 2: Action: Once the motor is stopped, start an adjustable 3-minute time
delay to allow the mill to be completely stopped.
Step 3: Action: After 3-minute time delay has elapsed in step 2, turn off the
trunnion bearing lube system high pressure pump motors,
then the thrust pump and finally the low pressure oil pump
motor in that order. See Section 14-10.0 regarding mill
shutdown in relation to the lube system pump motors.
14-10.0 MILL SHUTDOWN

If a mill shutdown is to occur, the length of downtime will have an effect on the
operation or non-operation of the pad bearing lubrication system. If the mill
shutdown is to be of short duration, the lubrication system should be kept
operating. If the mill shutdown time is to be of a prolonged nature, then the
lubrication system may also be shutdown.
Whenever planning to shut down the lubrication system, allow the system to
operate for several minutes after stopping the mill. However, it must be noted
that prior to starting the mill, the oil temperature must be at least 27°C (80°F).
for satisfactory operation.
14-11.0 MILL ALARMS

Pressure and flow alarms shall be inhibited until the associated pump is
established as running.
ALARMS: Lube system conditioning oil reservoir temperature sensor
(3210-TAHH-011x1) hi-hi temperature alarm: Temp. > 46°C
(115°F).
Lube system conditioning oil reservoir temperature sensor
(3210-TAH-011x1) high temperature alarm: Temp. > 43°C
(110°F).

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
Lube system conditioning oil reservoir temperature sensor

(3210-TAL-011x1) low temperature alarm: Temp. < 21°C (70°F).
Lube system clean oil reservoir temperature sensor (3210-
TAHH-048x1) hi-hi temperature alarm: Temp. > 46°C (115°F).
Lube system clean oil reservoir temperature sensor (3210-TAH-
048x1) high temperature alarm: Temp. > 43°C (110°F).
Lube system clean oil reservoir temperature sensor (3210-TAL-
048x1) low temperature alarm: Temp. < 21°C (70°F).
Lube system heat exchanger temperature sensor (3210-TAHH-
018x1) high-high temperature alarm: Temp > 46°C (115°F).
Lube system reservoir conditioning oil level transmitter low level
alarm (3210-LAL-012x): Level < 406 mm (16”).
Lube system reservoir conditioning oil level transmitter low-low
level alarm (3210-LALL-012x): Level < 254 mm (10”).
Lube system reservoir clean oil level transmitter low level alarm
(3210-LAL-022x): Level < 406 mm (16”).
Lube system reservoir clean oil level transmitter low-low level
alarm (3210-LALL-022x): Level < 254 mm (10”).
Return oil flow transmitter (3210-FALL-019x) low-low flow alarm:
Flow < 660 LPM (175 GPM) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0
seconds) should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping].
Return oil flow transmitter (3210-FAL-019x) low flow alarm: Flow
< 720 LPM (190 GPM).
Each of the four (4) fixed (feed) hydrostatic pad bearing flow
transmitters (3210-FAL-036x1/036x2/036x3/036x4) low flow
alarm: Flow < 48.3 LPM (12.75 GPM).
Each of the four (4) fixed (feed) hydrostatic pad bearing flow
transmitters (3210-FALL-036x1/036x2/036x3/036x4) low-low
flow alarm: Flow < 41.6 LPM (11.0 GPM) [a de-bounce timer
(initially set @ 0 seconds) should be in the PLC to prevent false
tripping].
Each of the four (4) thrust pad bearing flow transmitters (3210-
FAL-042x1/042x2/042x3/042x4) low flow alarm: Flow < 8.8 LPM
(2.3 GPM).

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
Each of the four (4) thrust pad bearing flow transmitters (3210-
FALL-042x1/042x2/042x3/042x4) low-low flow alarm: Flow < 7.6
LPM (2.0 GPM) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0 seconds)
should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping].
Each of the four (4) free (discharge) hydrostatic pad bearing flow
transmitters (3210-FAL-036x5/036x6/036x7/036x8) low flow
alarm: Flow < 48.3 LPM (12.75 GPM).
Each of the four (4) free (discharge) hydrostatic pad bearing flow
transmitters (3210-FALL-036x5/036x6/036x7/036x8) low-low
flow alarm: Flow < 41.6 LPM (11.0 GPM) [a de-bounce timer
(initially set @ 0 seconds) should be in the PLC to prevent false
tripping].
Each of the four (4) fixed (feed) hydrostatic pad bearing pressure
transmitters (3210-PALL-037x1/037x2/037x3/037x4) low-low
pressure alarm: Pressure < 5860 kPa (850 PSI) [a de-bounce
timer (initially set @ 0 seconds) should be in the PLC to prevent
false tripping]. Note: Setpoint shown is for mill at full charge.
should be changed to Pressure < 2758 kPa (400 PSI).
transmitters (3210-PAL-037x1/037x2/037x3/037x4) low pressure
alarm: Pressure < 6550 kPa (950 PSI). Note: Setpoint shown is
for mill at full charge. During initial startup and
commissioning, the setpoint should be changed to Pressure
< 3447 kPa (500 PSI).
transmitters (3210-PAH-037x1/037x2/037x3/037x4) high
pressure alarms: Pressure > 15858 kPa (2300 PSI).
Fixed (feed) hydrostatic pad bearing pressure transmitters (3210-
PDAH-037x1/037x2) high differential pressure alarm: Pressure
Differential > 3447 kPa (500 PSI).

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638

Each of the four (4) free (discharge) pad bearing pressure
transmitters (3210-PALL-037x5/037x6/037x7/037x8) low-low
pressure alarm: Pressure < 5860 kPa (850 PSI) [a de-bounce
timer (initially set @ 0 seconds) should be in the PLC to prevent
false tripping]. Note: Setpoint shown is for mill at full charge.
should be changed to Pressure < 2758 kPa (400 PSI).
Each of the four (4) free (discharge) hydrostatic pad bearing
pressure transmitters (3210-PAL-037x5/037x6/037x7/037x8) low-
pressure alarm: Pressure < 6550 kPa (950 PSI). Note: Setpoint
shown is for mill at full charge. During initial startup and
commissioning, the setpoint should be changed to Pressure
< 3447 kPa (500 PSI).
Each of the four (4) free (discharge) hydrostatic pad bearing
pressure transmitters (3210-PAH-037x5/037x6/037x7/037x8)
high pressure alarm: Pressure > 15858 (2300 PSI).
Free (discharge) hydrostatic pad bearing pressure transmitters
(3210-PDAH-037x5/037x6) high differential pressure alarm:
Pressure Differential > 3447 kPa (500 PSI).


Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638

Each of the eight (8) fixed (feed) hydrostatic pad bearing RTD’s
(3210-TAHH-034x11/034x21/034x31/034x41/034x71/ 034x81/
034x91/034x101) high-high temperature alarm: Temp. > 60°C
(140°F) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0 seconds) should be
in the PLC to prevent false tripping].
Each of the eight (8) fixed (feed) hydrostatic pad bearing RTD’s
(3210-TAH-034x11/034x21/034x31/034x41/034x71/ 034x81/
034x91/034x101) high temperature alarm: Temp. > 54°C (130°F).
Each of the eight (8) free (discharge) hydrostatic pad bearing

RTD’s (3210-TAHH-038x11/038x21/038x31/038x41/038x51/
038x61/038x71/038x81) high-high temperature alarm: Temp. >
60°C (140°F) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0 seconds)
should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping].
Each of the eight (8) free (discharge) hydrostatic pad bearing

RTD’s (3210-TAH-038x11/038x21/038x31/038x41/038x51/
038x61/038x71/038x81) high temperature alarm: Temp. > 54°C
(130°F).
Each of the four (4) fixed (feed) bearing thrust pad RTD’s (3210-
TAHH-034x51/034x61/034x111/034x121) high-high temperature
alarm: Temp. > 60°C (140°F) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0
seconds) should be in the PLC to prevent false tripping].
Each of the four (4) fixed (feed) bearing thrust pad RTD’s (3210-
TAH-034x51/034x61/034x111/034x121) high temperature alarm:
Temp. > 54oC (130°F).

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
The accumulator pressure transmitter (3210-PIT-056x) high-high

pressure alarm (3210-PAHH-056x): Pressure > 18956 kPa (750
PSI).
The accumulator pressure transmitter (3210-PIT-056x) low-low
pressure alarm (3210-PALL-056x): Pressure < 17582 kPa (2550
PSI) [a de-bounce timer (initially set @ 0 seconds) should be in
the PLC to prevent false tripping].
The accumulator pressure transmitter (3210-PIT-056x) low-

pressure alarm (3210-PAL-056x): Pressure < 17927 kPa (2600
PSI) for a time period of longer than ten (10) seconds.
Lube system low-pressure pump’s filter pressure differential

transmitter (3210-PDIT-016x) high-pressure alarm (3210-PDAH-
016x): Pressure > 207 kPa (30 PSID).
Trunnion bearing seal grease system fault alarm.
14-12.0 MILL BRAKE HYDRAULIC GROUP: (Metso P&ID’s 10236433-DWK/

10236435-DWK)
The brake group herein is used for the following two (2) modes of operation:
1. Normal Braking Mode.
2. Quick Braking Mode (creeping & inching, only).
The brake group consists of the following sub-systems:
1. Hydraulic Power Pack.
2. Hydraulic Power Pack Local Control Panel.
3. Caliper Assemblies.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
14-12.1 HYDRAULIC POWER PACK:

The hydraulic power pack consists mainly of a hydraulic fluid reservoir and
pump, which has the following devices associated with it:
 RESERVOIR OIL PUMP (3210-MI-00y-PU12): The pump charges the
accumulator with hydraulic oil when the accumulator pressure is low (3210-
PAL-094x). Pump operation is controlled by the lube system pressure
transmitter (3210-PT-094x).
 ACCUMULATOR: One (1) accumulator is used to supply pressurized
hydraulic oil to the caliper brakes and maintains brake release without
continuous oil pump operation. When the accumulator is charged, an
indicator light (3210-YL-090x4) is displayed on the local control panel.
 RESERVOIR IMMERSION HEATER (3210-MI-00y-HE6): The heater is
used to regulate hydraulic oil reservoir temperature by way of the reservoir
oil temperature transmitter.
 RESERVOIR OIL TEMPERATURE RTD (3210-TE-091x): The reservoir oil
temperature RTD located in the reservoir delivers two (2) alarm signals to
the PLC. One (1) alarm signal (3210-TAH-091x) indicates high reservoir oil
temperature and one (1) alarm signal (3210-TAHH-091x) indicates high-
high reservoir oil temperature. Signal from the high element is directed
back to the local control panel to display high oil temperature indicator light
(3210-TAH-091x).
 Temp < 20°C (68°F) for a time period of longer than two (2) seconds,
causes the reservoir heater to energize (3210-TSL-091x).
 Temp > 30°C (86°F) for a time period of longer than two (2) seconds,
causes the reservoir heater to de-energize (3210-TSH-091x).
 Temp < 5°C (41°F) for a time period of longer than two (2) seconds,
causes a low temperature alarm (3210-TAL-091x) at the operator
display.
 Temp < -10°C (14°F) for a time period of longer than two (2) seconds,
causes a low-low temperature alarm (3210-TALL-091x) at the operator
display.
causes a high temperature alarm (3210-TAH-091x) at the operator
display.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
causes a high-high temperature alarm (3210-TAHH-091x) at the
operator display.
 RESERVOIR OIL LEVEL SWITCHES (3210-LSL-092x) & (3210-LSLL-
092x): One (1) low level switch and one (1) low-low level switch are
located in the reservoir. Both provide signals to the PLC to indicate oil
levels. Signal from the low level switch is directed back to the local control
panel to display low oil indicator light (3210-LAL-092x).
 LEVEL < 254mm (10”) down, causes a low level oil alarm (3210-LAL-
092x) indication at the operator display.
 LEVEL < 305mm (12”) down, causes a low-low level alarm (3210-
LALL-092x) indication at the operator display.
 LUBE SYSTEM PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (3210-PT-094x): One (1)
pressure transmitter is mounted between the accumulator and the solenoid
valve (3210-YV-098x1) to provide a signal to the PLC. The reservoir oil
pump operation occurs when the pressure is between the high & low set
points:
 Pressure > 16,600 kPa (2400 PSI) for a time period of longer than two
(2) seconds, causes a high pressure alarm (3210-PAH-094x) indication
 Pressure < 13,100 kPa (1900 PSI) for a time period of longer than two
(2) seconds, causes a low pressure alarm (3210-PAL-094x) indication
 Pressure > 17,900 kPa (2600 PSI) for a time period of longer than two
(2) seconds, causes a high-high pressure alarm (3210-PAHH-094x)
(2) seconds, causes a low-low pressure alarm (3210-PALL-094x)
 BRAKE LINE PRESSURE SWITCH (3210-PSL-095x): One (1) pressure
switch is mounted between the solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x1) and the
brake calipers. The pressure switch provides a digital input signal to the
PLC which is used to indicate release pressure and to determine brake
seizure.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
(2) seconds, causes a low pressure alarm (03213-PAL-095x) indication
 BRAKE SOLENOID VALVES (3210-YV-098x1) (3210-YV-098x2) (3210-
YV-098x3): Three (3) solenoid valves are mounted on the hydraulic power
unit. Two (2) two-way solenoid valves used for braking in normal mode
(3210-YV-098x1) & (3210-YV-098x2). These solenoid valves are de-
energized and energized to engage and disengage the brakes,
respectively. The other two-way solenoid valve is used for quick braking
mode (3210-YV-098x3). It is energized to provide a direct oil path to the
hydraulic reservoir (bypassing the normal braking mode flow control valve)
when the brake springs expand, causing rapid brake engagement.
 FLOW CONTROL VALVE, ORIFICE, & PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
(3210-FCV-097x1) (03213-PSV-096x1) (3210-FCV-097x2): One (1) flow
control valve, one (1) pressure relief valve, and one (1) orifice are located
in parallel between the normal brake solenoid valves and oil reservoir.
When the solenoid valves are opened, the pressure relief valve (3210-
PSV-096x1) immediately reduces the pressure to 17,900 kPa (2600 PSI).
The flow control valve (3210-FCV-097x1) then gradually reduces the
remaining pressure. The orifice (3210-FCV-097x2) is used as a back-up
for dumping pressure if the other valves become clogged. The flow control
valve is manually set to control the flow of oil leaving the cylinders,
determining the brake time.
 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE (3210-PSV-096x2): One (1) pressure relief
valve is located within the brake group to provide accumulator pressure
protection by dumping oil back to the reservoir if the brake circuit pressure
is above 8275 kPa (1200 PSI).
 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS w/DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH
(3210-PDSH-093x) (3210-PDSH-103x1) (3210-PDSH-103x2): Three (3) oil
filters, each with their own differential pressure switch are located within
the brake system. The HPU pressure filter and bypass valve are
connected in parallel, providing bypass protection if the filter clogs. One (1)
oil filter assembly (3210-PDSH-093x) is located near the pump and the
other two (2) oil filter assemblies (3210-PDSH-103x1) & (3210-PDSH-
103x2) are located at each brake caliper.
 Pressure > 500 kPa (70 PSI) for a time period of longer than two (2)
seconds, causes a high pressure alarm (3210-PDAH-093x) indication

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
14-12.2 HYDRAULIC POWER PACK LOCAL CONTROL PANEL:

The local control panel is located on the hydraulic power pack and consists of
the following devices:
 LOCAL/REMOTE SELECTOR SWITCH (3210-HS-090x1): This selector
switch allows the operator to select the controlling location of the brake
system (local or remote). Placing the selector in “REMOTE” mode allows
control of the brakes from the PLC.
 JOG PUMP PUSHBUTTON (3210-HS-090x2): This pushbutton allows the
hydraulic oil pump to be operated locally. The Local/Remote selector
switch (3210-HS-090x1) must be in “LOCAL” mode for this pushbutton to
operate.
 MANUAL BRAKE RELEASE/APPLY SELECTOR SWITCH (3210-HS-
090x3): This selector switch when placed in “RELEASE” mode allows local
release of the brakes. The Local/Remote selector switch (3210-HS-090x1)
must be in “LOCAL” mode for this selector switch to operate.
 INDICATING LIGHTS: The following indicating lights are located on the
panel to interface with the control system.
 Reservoir Oil Level Low (3210-LAL-092x).
 Reservoir Oil Temperature High (3210-TAH-091x).
 Oil Filter Clogged (3210-PDAH-093x).
 Local Operation (3210-YL-090x1).
 Quick Braking Mode On (3210-YL-090x2).
 Brakes Released (3210-YL-090x3).
 Accumulator Charged (3210-YL-090x4).
14-12.3 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLIES:

The brake system contains two (2) brake caliper assemblies (Brake Assembly
#1 & Brake Assembly #2). The brakes are located on opposite sides of the mill.
Each assembly consists of the following instruments:
 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER w/DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES
(3210-PDSH-103x1) (3210-PDSH-103x2): Each brake caliper has its own
oil filter and differential pressure switch.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
seconds, causes a high pressure alarm (3210-PDAH-103x1) indication
seconds, causes a high pressure alarm (3210-PDAH-103x2) indication
 PRESSURE SWITCHES (3210-PSL-105x1) (3210-PSL-105x2): Each
brake caliper has its own pressure switch.
 Pressure < 7930 kPa (1150 PSI) for a time period of longer than two (2)
seconds, indicates a low pressure alarm (3210-PAL-105x1) indicating
the brake caliper is engaged.
 Pressure < 7930 kPa (1150 PSI) for a time period of longer than two (2)
seconds, indicates a low pressure alarm (3210-PAL-105x2) indicating
the brake caliper is engaged.
 PROXIMITY SWITCHES (3210-ZSO-106x1) (3210-ZSO-106x2): Each
brake caliper contains one (1) normally open proximity switch to detect the
brake caliper released condition.
 ISOLATION VALVES (3210-ZSO-107x1) (3210-ZSO-107x2): Each brake
caliper contains one (1) normally open proximity switch to isolate each
brake caliper for maintenance by locking the caliper in released or
engaged mode.
14-12.4 NORMAL OPERATION:

Normal operation of the mill brake system consists of the automatic starting
and stopping of the hydraulic oil pump (3210-MI-00y-PU12) to charge the
accumulator and the operation of the solenoid valves depending on the
operating mode of the mill, (NORMAL, INCHING, or CREEPING). Normal
operation also ensures that all required interlocks are satisfied. The mill drive
motor should be interlocked with the brake release proximity switches (3210-
ZSO-106x1 & 3210-ZSO-106x2). A time delay will be required to provide the
brakes enough time to fully release and make the contacts. This time should be
approximately one (1) second. The pump motor (3210-MI-00y-PU12MO1)
should be interlocked with the high-high temperature element (3210-TAHH-
091x) set point, the low-low level switch (3210-LALL-092x) set point, and the
high pressure transmitter (3210-PAH-094x) set point.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
14-12.5 NORMAL BRAKING MODE:

Normal braking mode provides approximately a ten (10) second braking of the
mill. This stopping time can be adjusted by setting the flow control valve (3210-
FCV-097x1). When the brakes are requested to be applied by the PLC, the
following occurs:
 Initially, the mill is turning at operational speed with the brakes in released
condition. The “normal braking” solenoid valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-
YV-098x2) are energized and the “quick-braking” solenoid valve (3210-YV-
098x3) remains de-energized.
 The PLC provides a signal to stop the main mill motor and then apply the
brake calipers in normal mode.
 The “normal braking” solenoid valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-YV-098x2)
are de-energized causing the hydraulic oil in the brake assemblies #1 & #2
to return to the reservoir.
 System pressure is immediately reduced to the set point of the normal
brake pressure relief valve (3210-PSV-096x1).
 Hydraulic oil flow continues via the adjustable flow control valve (3210-
FCV-097x1). Braking time can be adjusted by setting this valve which
governs how fast the hydraulic oil returns to the reservoir.
 A backup flow control orifice (3210-FCV-097x2) is provided as an
emergency/safety feature, allowing hydraulic oil flow in case the adjustable
flow control valve (3210-FCV-097x1) is clogged or closed.
When the brakes are requested to be released by the PLC, the following
occurs:
 The PLC provides a control signal to release the brakes in normal mode
with the brake lube system pressure transmitter (3210-PT-094x) below
high set point satisfying an interlock condition.
are energized. Pressure increases to the pre-charge pressure of the
accumulator, causing the brakes to release. The “quick braking” solenoid
valve (3210-YV-098x3) remains de-energized.
 Brake caliper pressure switches (3210-PSL-105x1 & 3210-PSL-105x2) in
series with the brake release proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1 & 3210-
ZSO-106x2) provide a release indicating interlock (full brake pressure and
both calipers disengaged) to allow the main mill motor to start.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 The brake released condition is monitored by the proximity switches (3210-

ZSO-106x1 & 3210-ZSO-106x2) on each cylinder/spring module.
14-12.6 QUICK BRAKING MODE:

Quick braking mode provides near immediate braking of the mill. This type of
braking is applied in inching and creeping modes.
14-12.7 INCHING MODE QUICK BRAKING:

During inching mode, the mill is turning at 10% of the design rating speed and
the brakes are released. During braking, the motor will rotate to the pre-
selected angle and ramp to a stop. A brake quick stop is required at the end of
the ramp. When requested by the operator, the following occurs:
 Mill is inching and the brakes are released. The “normal braking” solenoid
valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-YV-098x2) are energized and the “quick
braking” solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x3) remains de-energized during
brake release.
 The PLC provides a signal indicating to apply brakes in Quick Mode after
the main mill motor ramps to a stop.
 The “quick braking” solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x3) is energized and the
“normal braking” solenoid valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-YV-098x2) are
de-energized simultaneously to allow an additional path for the hydraulic oil
to return to the reservoir should the “quick braking” solenoid valve (3210-
YV-098x3) fail to open. The “quick braking” solenoid valve (3210-YV-
098x3) can be de-energized after the mill stops turning.
 The pressure transmitter (3210-PT-094x) maintains system pressure for
future brake release and the proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1 & 3210-
ZSO-106x2) confirm brake engagement.
When the operator requests release of the brakes, depending on interlock
requirements, the following occurs:
are energized. Pressure immediately increases to the pressure of the
accumulator, causing the brakes to release. The “quick braking” solenoid
valve (3210-YV-098x3) remains de-energized during brake release.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 The brake caliper pressure switches (3210-PSL-105x1 & 3210-PSL-105x2)

in series with the brake release proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1 &
3210-ZSO-106x2) provide a signal to the control system to allow for the
synchronization of the main mill motor accelerating out of softened braking.
 The brake system pressure switch (3210-PSL-095x) indicates low brake
release pressure and the proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1 & 3210-
ZSO-106x2) confirm the release of the brakes.
14-12.8 CREEPING MODE QUICK BRAKING:

In creeping mode, the mill is turning at 3% design rating speed and the brakes
are released. The mill can have up to a full process charge before quick
braking occurs. When brakes are requested to be applied, the following occurs:
 Mill is creeping and the brakes are released. “Normal braking” solenoid
valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-YV-098x2) are energized and the “quick
braking” solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x3) is de-energized.
 When the creep stop signal is provided by the PLC, the motor ramps to a
stop and the brakes are applied in quick mode at end of ramping.
are de-energized and the “quick braking” solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x3)
is energized simultaneously. Hydraulic oil in the brakes quickly dumps to
the reservoir, causing a quick brake of the mill.
 System pressure is maintained by the pressure transmitter (3210-PT-094x)
for future brake release. Proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1 & 3210-
ZSO-106x2) confirm that the brakes are applied. The “quick braking”
solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x3) may be de-energized when brake
engagement is confirmed.
When the PLC requests the brakes to be released, the following occurs:
 If the interlock conditions are satisfied, a brake release signal is generated
by the PLC.
 The brake release signal from the PLC causes the “quick brake” solenoid
valve (3210-YV-098x3) to de-energize and the “normal brake” solenoid
valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-YV-098x2) to energize. Pressure increases
to the accumulator pressure, causing the brakes to release.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 The brake caliper pressure switches (3210-PSL-105x1 & 3210-PSL-105x2)

in series with the brake release proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1 &
3210-ZSO-106x2) provide a signal to allow for synchronization of main mill
motor acceleration out of softening brakes.
 The brake system pressure switch (3210-PSL-095x) signals control system
of low brake release pressure and the proximity switches (3210-ZSO-
106x1 & 3210-ZSO-106x2) confirm the brakes are released.
14-12.9 MANUAL LOWERING QUICK BRAKING:

Manual lowering is required when the main mill motor is stopped and the mill is
out of balance with the brakes applied. Manual lowering is done by slowly
moving the mill to an equilibrium state and “jogging” the brakes.
 When manual lowering is selected by the operator, the PLC signals to
open the brakes, presuming all interlock requirements are met.
 The “quick brake” solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x3) is de-energized and the
“normal braking” solenoid valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-YV-098x2) are
energized. Pressure increases to the accumulator pressure, releasing the
brakes.
 Brake release is confirmed by the brake caliper pressure switches (3210-
PSL-105x1 & 3210-PSL-105x2) and proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1
& 3210-ZSO-106x2).
 When the operator stops manual lowering, the brakes are signaled to
perform quick braking.
 The “quick brake” solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x3) is energized and the
“normal brake” solenoid valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-YV-098x2) are de-
energized simultaneously. Hydraulic oil returns to the tank and the brakes
are applied. This is confirmed by the brake system pressure switch (3210-
PSL-095x) and the proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1 & 3210-ZSO-
106x2).
14-12.10 LOCAL CONTROL QUICK BRAKING:

Local control is used in maintenance situations where the brake operation is
required to be local to the braking system. Local quick braking in inching or
creeping modes is as follows:

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
 When the mill is turning, the brakes are released. The “normal braking”
solenoid valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-YV-098x2) are energized and the
“quick braking” solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x3) is de-energized.
 The local/remote selector switch (3210-HS-090x1) is set to “LOCAL”. The
indicator light (3210-YL-090x1) on the local control panel is illuminated to
indicate local control is selected.
 The brakes can be released by selecting “RELEASED BRAKES” from the
selector switch (3210-HS-090x3) located on the local control panel and the
brakes released indicator light (3210-YL-090x3) is turned off, indicating
that the brakes are applied.
 Upon switching, the main mill motor is stopped, then the “quick brake”
solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x3) is energized and the “normal brake”
solenoid valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-YV-098x2) are de-energized
simultaneously. Hydraulic oil flows to the reservoir and the brakes are
applied.
 Brake application is confirmed by the proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1
& 3210-ZSO-106x2) and the lube system pressure transmitter (3210-PT-
094x) maintains system pressure for future brake release.
When the brakes are released locally, the following occurs:
 The local/remote selector switch (3210-HS-090x1) located on the local
control panel, is set to “LOCAL”. The indicator light (3210-YL-090x1) is
illuminated to indicate local control is selected.
 The brakes can be released by setting the released brakes selector switch
located on the local control panel such that the “brakes released” indicator
light (3210-YL-090x3) is illuminated.
 Upon switching, the “quick brake” solenoid valve (3210-YV-098x3) is de-
energized and the “normal brake” solenoid valves (3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-
YV-098x2) are energized. Pressure increases to accumulator pressure,
releasing the brakes.
 Brake caliper pressure switches (3210-PSL-105x1 & 3210-PSL-105x2) in
series with the proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1 & 3210-ZSO-106x2)
provide a signal to the PLC to allow synchronization of the main mill motor
acceleration out of softening brakes.
 The lube system pressure switch (3210-PSL-095x) signals the PLC of low
release pressure and the proximity switches (3210-ZSO-106x1 & 3210-
ZSO-106x2) confirm brake release.

Metso Serial No’s: 90026637, 90026638
14-12.11 NORMAL SHUTDOWN SEQUENCE:

Normal shutdown of the mill brake system is permitted only if the main mill
motor is NOT running. Normal shutdown occurs as follows:
 Engage the brakes by de-energizing the “normal brake” solenoid valves
(3210-YV-098x1 & 3210-YV-098x2).
 After ten (10) seconds, the hydraulic oil pump may be disabled.
14-13.0 REFERENCE DRAWINGS

10236106-DWK P & ID Ball Mill 3210-MI-003
10236107-DWK P & ID Ball Mill 3210-MI-004
10236510-DWK Schematic Wiring Diagram
900103929-NCD Instrument I/O List – Ball Mill 3210-MI-003
900103930-NCD Instrument I/O List – Ball Mill 3210-MI-004
10236480-DWK Logic Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
*S
PI NOTES: LEGEND
3210094D
3210-MI-004-HY2 1. BATTERY LIMIT CODE: FIELD PIPING (BY OTHERS).
PSHH HU066SR HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT *S = SIEMENS SUPPLIED
3210094D *S *M = METSO SUPPLIED METSO SUPPLIED PIPING (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED).
F PSH
AI
*M 2. ALL INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED BY SIEMENS PLC. ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO F
YV SIEMENS CONTROL SYSTEM - BY OTHERS).
3210094D 3210098D1 *M
*M 3. COLOR CODE: A = AMBER; W = WHITE; R = RED.
PI
PI COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL.
PSL AC 3210094D2 3210094D3
3210094D
*M *S
PT *M
PSLL DO PSL
3210094D
3210094D
3210095D
#16 ORFS 1TL800 MILL BRAKES
CONNECTION
BRAKE ASS'Y #1 BRAKE ASS'Y #2
TP1 ∅1" SCH. 40 STAINLESS PIPE
(M16x2) X B A
X
#16 CODE 61
FLANGED CONNECTION
∅1" SCH. 40 STAINLESS PIPE (EQUAL LENGTH RUNS)
X P
E Y T A E
CLIENT SCOPE *S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S
PSL ZSO ZSO PSL
DI DI DI DI
3210105D1 3210106D1 3210106D2 3210105D2
*S *M *S *S
YV ZSO ZSO
DO
*M 3210098D2 3210107D1 *M *M *M *M *M *M 3210107D2
PSL PI ZSO ZSO PI PSL
PSV 3210105D1 3210104D1 3210106D1 3210106D2 3210104D2 3210105D2
3210096D2 DI DI
X *S *S
*M
PI
3210099D #16 CODE 61
*M *M FLANGED
*M #16 CODE 61 ZSO ZSO
CONNECTION
N.C. YV FLANGED CONNECTION 3210107D1 3210107D2
TYP
3210098D3 TYP
D D
B A CLIENT SCOPE X X CLIENT SCOPE
Y X
QVB1 PDSH PDSH QVB2
P
T P *S 3210103D1 3210103D2
Y T A
*M *M
DO
A *S *S
B *S *S
MANUAL RELEASE PDAH PDAH
DI DI MANUAL RELEASE
PSV FCV FCV QUICK CONNECT 3210103D1 3210103D2
AEROQUIP 5610-6-65 QUICK CONNECT
3210096D1 3210097D1 3210097D2
AEROQUIP 5610-6-65
*M *M *M A
INSTRUMENT SETPOINTS
3210ML004-LC03
PT-3210094D HIGH-HIGH 17900 kPa [2600 PSI]
C HIGH 16600 kPa [2400 PSI] C
PANEL DE CONTROL LOCAL LOW 13100 kPa [1900 PSI]
SISTEMA FRENADO
*S LOW-LOW 12400 kPa [1800 PSI]
PDAH
TAH-3210091D HIGH 55 °C [131 °F]
3210093D X FILL PORT (#8 JIC) NIVEL BAJO TEMPERATURA ALTA FILTRO DE PRESION
TAHH-3210091D HIGH-HIGH 65 °C [149 °F]
RESERVORIO RESERVORIO OBSTRUIDO
*M DE ACEITE DE ACEITE TSL-3210091D HTR ON 20 °C [68 °F]
PDSH *S *S
DI TSH-3210091D HTR OFF 30 °C [86 °F]
3210093D *S *S
LSLL LSL A A A TAL-3210091D LOW 5 °C [41 °F]
*S DI DI LAL TAH PDAH TALL-3210091D LOW-LOW -10 °C [14 °F]
3210092D 3210092D 3210092D 3210091D 3210093D
LSL-3210092D LOW < 254mm [10"] DOWN
I LSLL-3210092D LOW-LOW < 305mm [12"] DOWN
*M *M
LSLL LSL OPERACIÓN MODO DE FRENADO FRENOS ACUMULADOR
YC-3210090D LOCAL RAPIDO DESCONECTADOS CARREGADO PSV-3210096D2 17900 kPa [2600 PSI]
3210092D 3210092D RESERVOIR VENT
ENCENDIDO FCV-3210097D1 10 SECONDS
(10 PSI VENT)
3210-MI-004-PU12MO1 FCV-3210097D2 15 SECONDS
3210-MI-004-PU12
W W W R PDAH-3210093D 500 kPa [70 PSI]
B HPU PUMP YL YL YL YL B
RESERVOIR PDAH-3210103D1 500 kPa [70 PSI]
M12 *M *S 3210090D1 3210090D2 3210090D3 3210090D4 PDAH-3210103D2 500 kPa [70 PSI]
TE TI
AI PSV-3210096D1 8275 kPa [1200 PSI] FALLING
3210091D 3210091D
5.5 kW 3210-MI-004-HE6 *S PSL-3210095D 10000 kPa [1450 PSI] FALLING
(7.5 HP) 230V, 1PH, 60Hz PSL-3210105D1 7930 kPa [1150 PSI] RISING
LOCAL / REMOTO BOMBA DESCONECTAR
460V, 3PH, 60Hz 170L (45 GAL) 1.5 kW TAH PSL-3210105D2 7930 kPa [1150 PSI] RISING
JOG FRENOS
CAPACITY 3210091D ACCUMULATOR PRECHARGE 11030 kPa [1600 PSI]
(#8 JIC) X
SUCTION STRAINER TALL HS HS HS
3210091D
*M *S
3210090D1 3210090D2 3210090D3 QUELLAVECO PROJECT
LI HE ANGLO AMERICAN
3210092D 3210091D TAHH Metso Minerals
3210091D

P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA

3210-MI-004
CORRECT

A 90026638 A
02 REVISED HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT P/N AHA KJA 2018-12-05 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 3210-MI-004 C.3778 90026638
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 01 INITIAL RELEASE PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS - REF 10126730-DWK REV 4 AHA MGH 2015-12-22 P & ID DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA 28' x 44.5' BALL MILL CKD: BEV MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' MILL BRAKE DATE: 2015-12-21
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: BEV ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
*S
PI NOTES: LEGEND
3210094B
3210-MI-003-HY2 1. BATTERY LIMIT CODE: FIELD PIPING (BY OTHERS).
PSHH HU066SR HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT *S = SIEMENS SUPPLIED
3210094B *S *M = METSO SUPPLIED METSO SUPPLIED PIPING (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED).
F PSH
AI
*M 2. ALL INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED BY SIEMENS PLC. ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO F
YV SIEMENS CONTROL SYSTEM - BY OTHERS).
3210094B 3210098B1 *M
*M 3. COLOR CODE: A = AMBER; W = WHITE; R = RED.
PI
PI COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL.
PSL AC 3210094B2 3210094B3
3210094B
*M *S
PT *M
PSLL DO PSL
3210094B
3210094B
3210095B
#16 ORFS 1TL800 MILL BRAKES
CONNECTION
BRAKE ASS'Y #1 BRAKE ASS'Y #2
TP1 ∅1" SCH. 40 STAINLESS PIPE
(M16x2) X B A
X
#16 CODE 61
FLANGED CONNECTION
∅1" SCH. 40 STAINLESS PIPE (EQUAL LENGTH RUNS)
X P
E Y T A E
CLIENT SCOPE *S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S
PSL ZSO ZSO PSL
DI DI DI DI
3210105B1 3210106B1 3210106B2 3210105B2
*S *M *S *S
YV ZSO ZSO
DO
*M 3210098B2 3210107B1 *M *M *M *M *M *M 3210107B2
PSL PI ZSO ZSO PI PSL
PSV 3210105B1 3210104B1 3210106B1 3210106B2 3210104B2 3210105B2
3210096B2 DI DI
X *S *S
*M
PI
3210099B #16 CODE 61
*M *M FLANGED
*M #16 CODE 61 ZSO ZSO
CONNECTION
N.C. YV FLANGED CONNECTION 3210107B1 3210107B2
TYP
3210098B3 TYP
D D
B A CLIENT SCOPE X X CLIENT SCOPE
Y X
QVB1 PDSH PDSH QVB2
P
T P *S 3210103B1 3210103B2
Y T A
*M *M
DO
A *S *S
B *S *S
MANUAL RELEASE PDAH PDAH
DI DI MANUAL RELEASE
PSV FCV FCV QUICK CONNECT 3210103B1 3210103B2
AEROQUIP 5610-6-65 QUICK CONNECT
3210096B1 3210097B1 3210097B2
AEROQUIP 5610-6-65
*M *M *M A
INSTRUMENT SETPOINTS
3210ML003-LC03
PT-3210094B HIGH-HIGH 17900 kPa [2600 PSI]
C HIGH 16600 kPa [2400 PSI] C
PANEL DE CONTROL LOCAL LOW 13100 kPa [1900 PSI]
SISTEMA FRENADO
*S LOW-LOW 12400 kPa [1800 PSI]
PDAH
TAH-3210091B HIGH 55 °C [131 °F]
3210093B X FILL PORT (#8 JIC) NIVEL BAJO TEMPERATURA ALTA FILTRO DE PRESION
TAHH-3210091B HIGH-HIGH 65 °C [149 °F]
RESERVORIO RESERVORIO OBSTRUIDO
*M DE ACEITE DE ACEITE TSL-3210091B HTR ON 20 °C [68 °F]
PDSH *S *S
DI TSH-3210091B HTR OFF 30 °C [86 °F]
3210093B *S *S
LSLL LSL A A A TAL-3210091B LOW 5 °C [41 °F]
*S DI DI LAL TAH PDAH TALL-3210091B LOW-LOW -10 °C [14 °F]
3210092B 3210092B 3210092B 3210091B 3210093B
LSL-3210092B LOW < 254mm [10"] DOWN
I LSLL-3210092B LOW-LOW < 305mm [12"] DOWN
*M *M
LSLL LSL OPERACIÓN MODO DE FRENADO FRENOS ACUMULADOR
YC-3210090B LOCAL RAPIDO DESCONECTADOS CARREGADO PSV-3210096B2 17900 kPa [2600 PSI]
3210092B 3210092B RESERVOIR VENT
ENCENDIDO FCV-3210097B1 10 SECONDS
(10 PSI VENT)
3210-MI-003-PU12MO1 FCV-3210097B2 15 SECONDS
3210-MI-003-PU12
W W W R PDAH-3210093B 500 kPa [70 PSI]
B HPU PUMP YL YL YL YL B
RESERVOIR PDAH-3210103B1 500 kPa [70 PSI]
M12 *M *S 3210090B1 3210090B2 3210090B3 3210090B4 PDAH-3210103B2 500 kPa [70 PSI]
TE TI
AI PSV-3210096B1 8275 kPa [1200 PSI] FALLING
3210091B 3210091B
5.5 kW 3210-MI-003-HE6 *S PSL-3210095B 10000 kPa [1450 PSI] FALLING
(7.5 HP) 230V, 1PH, 60Hz PSL-3210105B1 7930 kPa [1150 PSI] RISING
LOCAL / REMOTO BOMBA DESCONECTAR
460V, 3PH, 60Hz 170L (45 GAL) 1.5 kW TAH PSL-3210105B2 7930 kPa [1150 PSI] RISING
JOG FRENOS
CAPACITY 3210091B ACCUMULATOR PRECHARGE 11030 kPa [1600 PSI]
(#8 JIC) X
SUCTION STRAINER TALL HS HS HS
3210091B
*M *S
3210090B1 3210090B2 3210090B3 QUELLAVECO PROJECT
LI HE ANGLO AMERICAN
3210092B 3210091B TAHH Metso Minerals
3210091B

P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA

3210-MI-003
CORRECT

A 90026637 A
02 REVISED HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT P/N AHA KJA 2018-12-05 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 01 INITIAL RELEASE PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS - REF 10126730-DWK REV 4 AHA MGH 2015-12-22 P & ID DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA 28' x 44.5' BALL MILL CKD: BEV MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' MILL BRAKE DATE: 2015-12-21
PROJECTION
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H GENERAL NOTES: (ALL SHEETS) H

1 INFORMATION FROM MOTOR VENDOR.
2. REFER TO DRAWING No. 05-014335 FOR SYMBOL

IDENTIFICATION - REFERENCE ONLY.
3. BATTERY LIMIT CODE:

*S = SIEMENS SUPPLIED
*F = FLUOR SUPPLIED
*M = METSO SUPPLIED
4 REFER TO DRAWING No. 10236435-DWK FOR BALL MILL

BRAKING SYSTEM.
5. ALL INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED BY SIEMEN'S PLC.
G LEGEND G
FIELD PIPING (BY OTHERS)
METSO SUPPLIED PIPING.
ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO

SIEMEN'S CONTROL SYSTEM - BY OTHERS).
COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL.

FEED BEARING
PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
(FIXED)
TEMP
SEE SHEET 4
F DISCHARGE BEARING F
(FREE) TEMP
SEE SHEET 4
THRUST PAD BEARING
LUBE
SEE SHEET 2
MILL WATER
THRUST PAD BEARING DISTRUIBUTION
OIL SUPPLY (BY OTHERS)
SEE SHEET 5
E E
BALL MILL
FEED END DISCHARGE END
28' X 44.5' [44' EGL]
(FIXED & THRUST BEARINGS) (FREE BEARINGS)
3210-MI-004
*M
TRUNNION BEARING
MAGNET
FEED BEARING
(FIXED) DISCHARGE BEARING
LUBE (FREE) LUBE
SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 3
D D
FEED BEARING DISCHARGE BEARING
(FIXED) LUBE (FREE) LUBE
OIL SUPPLY OIL SUPPLY
BALL MILL HYDRAULIC
4
BRAKE CALIPERS

SEAL GREASE SEAL GREASE
INSTRUMENTATION BALL MILL HYDRAULIC INSTRUMENTATION
SEE SHEET 7 BRAKE CONTROL UNIT SEE SHEET 7
3210-MI-004-MO1
22,000 kW [29,502 HP] 1
WRAP-AROUND
C THRUST PAD BEARING MOTOR (BY OTHERS) C
TEMP
SEE SHEET 4
B B
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
3210-MI-004
CORRECT

90026638
04 SEE SHEET 7 AHA KJA 2019-09-26 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 03 ADDED SHEET 7 - BEARING SEAL GREASE INSTRUMENTATION AHA KJA 2019-08-13 P & ID DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7043 USA 28'x44.5' [44' EGL] BALL MILL CKD: BEV MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 02 SEE SHEET 6 AHA KJA 2018-12-05 MATERIAL Wt.: Wt. Unit:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' MILL OVERVIEW DATE: 2015-12-21
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 01 INITIAL RELEASE PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS - REF 10126726-DWK REV 6 AHA MGH 2015-12-22 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: BEV ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SEE DETAIL D
SHEET 3
*M FEED BRG (FIXED) (TYP - 8 PL)
FCV
3210032D 1 VIEWED FROM FEED END *M
FCV
D11,D12,D13,D14 3210032D 1
H *M
H
HV D41, D42, D43, D44
3210031D1
SEE DETAIL C
*M
1 4 ZCV
*M 3210031D4
*M
FCV
PDAH PDAH PDAH ZCV 3210032D 1
SHEET 6 G
3210037D1/D4 3210037D1/D3 3210037D2/D4 3210031D1
*M D31, D32, D33, D34
HV *M HV *M
3210031D2 FCV
I PALL PALL I PALL I I PALL
FIELD INTERFACE 2 3210032D 1
3 3210031D4
POINT *M
3210037D1 3210037D2 3210037D3 3210037D4 (TYP - 4 PL)
D21, D22, D23, D24 ZCV
3 3210031D3
PAH PAH PAH PAH
G 3210037D1 3210037D2 3210037D3 3210037D4 *M G
ZCV
3210031D2
PAL PAL PAL PAL HV *M
3210037D1 3210037D2 3210037D3 3210037D4 SHEET 6 H 3210031D3
*S *S *S *S
PI PDAH PI PDAH PI PDAH PI
3210037D1 3210037D1/D2 3210037D2 3210037D2/D3 3210037D3 3210037D3/D4 3210037D4
SHEET 6 I SHEET 6 J
DETAIL C ΔP
THRUST SHOES
OUTBOARD OUTBOARD
LINES LINES
ΔP
*M *M
THRUST THRUST ΔP
F PAD 1 PAD 2
F
ΔP ΔP ΔP
INBOARD
LINES *S *S *S *S
AI AI AI AI
4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART
BY OTHERS BY OTHERS
BY METSO BY METSO
0-6900 kPa 0-6900 kPa 0-6900 kPa 0-6900 kPa
(0-1000 PSI) (0-1000 PSI) (0-1000 PSI) (0-1000 PSI)
OIL RETURN
*M *M *M *M *M *M *M *M
PI PI PI PI PIT PIT PIT PIT FROM BEARING HOUSING
3210041D1 3210041D2 3210041D3 3210041D4 3210037D1 3210037D2 3210037D3 3210037D4
0-21000 kPa
(0-3000 PSI)
E TYP - 4 PL PI
*M
PI
*M
PI
*M
PI
*M E
3210035D1 3210035D2 3210035D3 3210035D4
SHEET 5
*M *M
FE FIT FIT FE TYP
3210042D2 3210042D2 3210042D3 3210042D3 *M
*M *M 64.3 LPM FE
FIT FE FE FIT
(17.0 GPM) 3210036D1
3210042D1 3210042D1 3210042D4 3210042D4
O
FIT
4
3210036D1
*M
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036D2
FIT
4
3210036D2
D *M D
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036D3
THRUST PAD
OIL SUPPLY
FIT
4
3210036D3
*M
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036D4
FIELD INTERFACE NOTES: (THIS SHEET)

4 @ 11.8 LPM (3.12 GPM) FIT
4 POINT
= 47.3 LPM (12.5 GPM) 3210036D4 (TYP - ALL PL) 1 THIS TAG DENOTES A QUANTITY OF FOUR (4) FLOW CONTROL
ROTARY FLOW VALVES FOR EACH PAD BEARING. A TOTAL OF EIGHT (8) PAD
3 BEARINGS TO BE TAGGED.
DIVIDER
(FIXED END)
ROTARY FLOW *M *S = SIEMENS SUPPLIED
DIVIDER FCV *M = METSO SUPPLIED
THRUST PADS 3210033D1
C 3 FOR PIPING INFORMATION (TO INCLUDE PIPE SIZES,
C
*M
FCV PIPE MATERIAL TYPE AND PIPE SCHEDULE) SEE METSO
3210043D BY METSO TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM FIELD PIPING
BY OTHERS DRAWING 10130072-DWK.
4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART SEE PIPING & INSTRUMENT RACK 4 FLOW TRANSMITTER CONSISTS OF A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
DRAWING No. 10128814-DWK TRANSMITTER W/INTEGRAL FLOW ORIFICE ASSEMBLY.
AI AI AI AI FOR REFERENCE SEE METSO INSTRUMENT I/O LIST 900103930-NCD FOR
*S *S *S *S FURTHER DETAILS.
5. ALL FEED (FIXED) TRUNNION BEARING INSTRUMENTATION IS

CONTROLLED BY SIEMEN'S PLC.
BY METSO *S *S *S *S
FI FI FI FI
BY OTHERS
3210036D1 3210036D2 3210036D3 3210036D4
LEGEND
*S *S *S *S FAL FAL FAL FAL FIELD PIPING (BY OTHERS)
FROM
SHEET 5 C AI AI AI AI 3210036D1 3210036D2 3210036D3 3210036D4
B THRUST PUMPS METSO SUPPLIED PIPING. B
FROM TRUNNION BRG FALL FALL FALL FALL ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO
A SHEET 5
OIL SUPPLY SIEMEN'S CONTROL SYSTEM - BY OTHERS).
3210036D1 3210036D2 3210036D3 3210036D4
I I I I COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL.

*S *S *S *S
FI FI FI FI
3210042D1 3210042D2 3210042D3 3210042D4 PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
FAL FAL FAL FAL

3210042D1 3210042D2 3210042D3 3210042D4
FALL FALL FALL FALL QUELLAVECO PROJECT

3210042D1 3210042D2 3210042D3 3210042D4 Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
I I I I
3210-MI-004
CORRECT

90026638
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 03 ADDED SHEET 7 AHA KJA 2019-08-13 P & ID DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' FEED TRUNNION BRG LUBE SYSTEM DATE: 2015-12-21
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 01 INITIAL RELEASE PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONs - REF 10126726-DWK REV 6 AHA MGH 2015-12-22 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: BEV ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SEE DETAIL D
SHEET 3
H (TYP - 8 PL) H
DISCHARGE BRG (FREE) *M
*M VIEWED FROM FEED END FCV

1
FCV 3210032D
1 3210032D
*M
D81, D82, D83, D84
D51, D52, D53, D54
PDAH PDAH PDAH HV
3210033D8
3210037D1/D4 3210037D1/D3 3210037D2/D4
*M
I PALL PALL I PALL I I PALL FIELD INTERFACE ZCV 1 4

POINT 3210033D5 *M
3210037D5 3210037D6 3210037D7 3210037D8 *M
(TYP - 4 PL)
FCV
PAH PAH PAH PAH 3 1 3210032D ZCV
3210037D5 3210037D6 3210037D7 3210037D8 3210033D8 BY METSO
D61, D62, D63, D64
*M
HV *M *M
PAL PAL PAL PAL FCV
G 3210037D5 3210037D6 3210037D7 3210037D8
3210033D5 2 1 3210032D
3 *M FCV
1
G
*M 3210032D
HV
*S *S *S *S ZCV D71, D72, D73, D74 3210033D7
3210033D6 A1 A2 *M
3210037D5 3210037D1/D2 3210037D6 3210037D2/D3 3210037D7 3210037D3/D4 3210037D8
*M
SHEET 6 K ZCV SHEET 6 N
*M
ΔP HV 3210033D7
3210033D6 OIL SUPPLY FROM
RADIAL FLOW DIVIDERS
A3 A4
ΔP
SHEET 6 L SHEET 6 M
ΔP
F ΔP ΔP ΔP F
*S *S *S *S *M
HV
AI AI AI AI
3210033D

OIL SUPPLY FROM
BY OTHERS RADIAL PUMPS
BY METSO
OIL RETURN
*M *M *M *M
PIT PIT PIT PIT FROM BEARING HOUSING
3210037D5 3210037D6 3210037D7 3210037D8
0-21000 kPa
(0-3000 PSI)
*M *M *M *M
TYP - 4 PL PI PI PI PI
3210035D5 3210035D6 3210035D7 3210035D8 P A
E T
T
B E
SHEET 5
*M
ZCV
*M 3210033D
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036D5
P
FIT
4 DETAIL D
3210036D5
*M PAD POSITIONING
64.3 LPM FE SYSTEM DETAIL
(17.0 GPM) 3210036D6
FIT
4
3210036D6
*M
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036D7
D D
FIT
4
3210036D7
*M
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036D8
FIELD INTERFACE
FIT POINT
4
3210036D8 (TYP - ALL PL)
NOTES: (THIS SHEET)
ROTARY FLOW
3
DIVIDER
(FREE END) 1 THIS TAG DENOTES A QUANTITY OF FOUR (4) FLOW CONTROL
VALVES FOR EACH PAD BEARING. A TOTAL OF EIGHT (8) PAD
*M BEARINGS TO BE TAGGED.
FCV
3210033D2 2. BATTERY LIMIT CODE:
*M = METSO SUPPLIED
BY METSO
C BY OTHERS 3 FOR PIPING INFORMATION (TO INCLUDE PIPE SIZES,
C
PIPE MATERIAL TYPE AND PIPE SCHEDULE) SEE METSO
4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART SEE PIPING & INSTRUMENT RACK TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM FIELD PIPING
DRAWING No. 10128777-DWK DRAWING 10130072-DWK.
AI AI AI AI FOR REFERENCE
*S *S *S *S 4 FLOW TRANSMITTER CONSISTS OF A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER W/INTEGRAL FLOW ORIFICE ASSEMBLY.
SEE METSO INSTRUMENT I/O LIST 900103930-NCD FOR
FURTHER DETAILS.
*S *S *S *S 5. ALL DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUNNION BEARING INSTRUMENTATION IS

FI FI FI FI CONTROLLED BY SIEMEN'S PLC.
3210036D5 3210036D6 3210036D7 3210036D8
FAL FAL FAL FAL LEGEND

3210036D5 3210036D6 3210036D7 3210036D8
FROM TRUNNION BRG FALL FALL FALL FALL
B SHEET 5
OIL SUPPLY
B 3210036D5 3210036D6 3210036D7 3210036D8 METSO SUPPLIED PIPING. B
I I I I ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO
PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
3210-MI-004
CORRECT

90026638
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DISCH TRUNNION BRG LUBE SYSTEM DATE: 2015-12-21
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FEED BRG (FIXED) DISCHARGE BRG (FREE)

VIEWED FROM FEED END VIEWED FROM FEED END
H H
SEE DETAIL E
1 4 1 4
TE *M *M TE TE *M *M TE
3210034D12 3210034D102 3210038D12 3210038D82
TE TE TE TE
3210034D11 3210034D101 3210038D11 3210038D81
*M *M *M *M
DUPLEX DUPLEX
DUPLEX
RTD
2 3 RTD
DUPLEX
RTD
2 3 RTD
TE TE TE TE
3210034D21 3210034D91 3210038D21 3210038D71
TE TE TE TE
3210034D22 3210034D92 3210038D22 3210038D72
G DUPLEX DUPLEX DUPLEX DUPLEX
G
RTD *M *M RTD RTD *M *M RTD
TE TE TE TE
3210034D32 3210034D82 3210038D32 3210038D62
3210034D31 3210034D81 3210038D31 3210038D61
TE TE TE TE
DUPLEX 3210034D41 3210034D71 DUPLEX DUPLEX 3210038D41 3210038D51 DUPLEX
TE TE TE TE
RTD RTD RTD RTD
3210034D42 3210034D72 3210038D42 3210038D52
DUPLEX DUPLEX DUPLEX DUPLEX

RTD RTD RTD RTD
BY METSO BY METSO BY METSO

BY OTHERS BY OTHERS BY OTHERS
F F
*S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S *S
AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI
TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI
3210034D11 3210034D21 3210034D31 3210034D41 3210034D71 3210034D81 3210034D91 3210034D101 3210038D11 3210038D21 3210038D31 3210038D41 3210038D51 3210038D61 3210038D71 3210038D81
TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH
TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH
E I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E
D D
I I
TAHH TAHH
3210034D61 3210034D111
TAH TAH
3210034D61 3210034D111 NOTES: (THIS SHEET)
*S *S *S *S
TI TI 1. ALL INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SIGNALS SHALL BE
AI AI
3210034D61 3210034D111 WIRED TO AUXILIARY TERMINAL BOXES FOR CABLING
TO CONTROL SYSTEM AND/OR PROTECTION RELAY
BY OTHERS.

TE TE
*M = METSO SUPPLIED
C *M 3210034D62 *M 3210034D112 C
TE TE
3210034D61 3210034D111 3. ALL TRUNNION BEARING RTD INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED
BY SIEMEN'S PLC.
DUPLEX DUPLEX
RTD RTD
OUTBOARD INBOARD INBOARD OUTBOARD LEGEND
THRUST THRUST FIELD PIPING (BY OTHERS)

PAD 1 PAD 2
*S *S *M *M *S *S
TI TE TE TI ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO
AI AI
3210034D51 3210034D51 3210034D121 3210034D121 SIEMEN'S CONTROL SYSTEM - BY OTHERS).
DUPLEX DUPLEX
TAH TE RTD TE RTD TAH COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL.
3210034D51 3210034D52 3210034D122 3210034D121
PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
THRUST PADS
TAHH BY METSO TAHH
B B
3210034D51 3210034D121
I DETAIL E I
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
3210-MI-004
CORRECT

90026638
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' TRUNNION BRG TEMPERATURE DATE: 2015-12-21
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
TRUNNION BEARING LUBE

CONTROL PANEL (BY METSO)
3210ML004-LC01
L.P. PUMPS H.P. PUMPS THRUST PUMPS

H LUBE LUBE LUBE
H
FEED END DISCHARGE END THRUST
R R R R R R R
SHEET 2 A SHEET 3 B 3 FIELD INTERFACE SHEET 2 C
WATER ΔT =
YL YL YL YL YL YL YL POINT
4°C
3210010D2 3210010D3 3210020D2 3210020D3 3210020D4 3210040D2 3210040D3 (TYP - ALL PL)
RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING WATER-OUT WATER-IN BY OTHERS
757 LPM (200 GPM) BY METSO
PU4/PU5 WATER WATER @ 25°C (77°F)
RETURN SUPPLY
PU1 PU2 PU3/PU4 PU3/PU5 PU6 PU7
HS HS HS
3210010D1 3210020D1 3210040D1
SELECT SELECT SELECT
HS HS HS HS HS HS HS
3210010D21 3210010D31 3210020D21 3210020D31 3210020D41 3210040D21 3210040D31
G G
JOG JOG JOG JOG JOG JOG JOG 24 VDC
4-20mA
*S
I ONLY
AO
M E 74µm 74µm 74µm
173 kPa 173 kPa 173 kPa 173 kPa 173 kPa 173 kPa
(25 PSI) (25 PSI) (25 PSI) (25 PSI) (25 PSI) (25 PSI)
74µm 74µm 74µm
*M
TCV
3210018D
TIC
0-1100 kPa 3210018D
(0-160 PSI)
*M TAHH
PI 3210018D
3210017D
*S
TI POWER FAILURE
F 3210018D FLOW F
PISTON PUMP
POWER FAILURE
FEED LINE SHEET 6 V
FLOW
SHEET 6 X AI
SHEET 6 U
*S
*S *S *S *S
20µm @ DI DI DI DI
PDAH BETA RATIO 75 *M
TE (1) (1) (1) (1)
3210016D
*M 3210018D1 257.4 LPM 257.4 LPM 47.3 LPM
4-20mA/ DUPLEX (68.0 GPM) (68.0 GPM) (12.5 GPM)
PDI HART PDIT 345 kPa 345 kPa RTD
AI TE *M *M *M *M
3210016D 3210016D (50 PSI) (50 PSI)
*S FIT 3210018D2 ZSO ZSC ZSO ZSC
*S SET @ 3210019D 3210026D1 3210026D1 3210026D2 3210026D2
*M
207 kPa FE
(30 PSI) 3210019D
20µm @
4-20mA/
BETA RATIO 75
HART
E AI
E
*S *S *M *S *M *S *M *S *M *M *S
DI ZSC DI ZSC DI ZSC DI ZSC ZSC DI
832.8 LPM
(1) 3210025D1 (1) 3210025D2 (1) 3210025D3 (1) 3210046D1 3210046D2 (1)
(220 GPM)
*S
FI *S *M *S *M *S *M *S *M *M *S
DI ZSO DI ZSO DI ZSO DI ZSO ZSO DI
I 3210019D
TAHH (1) 3210025D1 (1) 3210025D2 (1) 3210025D3 (1) 3210046D1 3210046D2 (1)
3210011D *S *M *M *S FAL
LALL DI ZSC ZSC DI
3210012D (1) 3210015D1 3210015D2 (1) 3210019D
TAL
3210011D *M *M *M *M *M
LAL FALL PI PI PI PI PI
*S *M *M *S I
3210012D DI ZSO ZSO DI 3210019D 3210024D1 3210024D2 3210024D3 3210045D1 3210045D2
TAH 3210015D1 3210015D2
(1) (1) LALL
3210011D *S 0-21000 kPa 0-21000 kPa 0-21000 kPa 0-6900 kPa 0-6900 kPa
LI 690 kPa 690 kPa 3210022D (0-3000 PSI) (0-3000 PSI) (0-3000 PSI) (0-1000 PSI) (0-1000 PSI)
*S 3210012D (100 PSI) (100 PSI)
TI
D LAL D
3210011D
AI 3210022D 257.4 LPM 257.4 LPM 257.4 LPM 47.3 LPM 47.3 LPM
*S *M *M (68.0 GPM) (68.0 GPM) (68.0 GPM) (12.5 GPM) (12.5 GPM)
AI *S
PSV PSV LI
*S 3210013D1 3210013D2 3210022D
17250 kPa 17250 kPa 17250 kPa 5170 kPa 5170 kPa
DUPLEX (2500 PSI) (2500 PSI) (2500 PSI) (750 PSI) (750 PSI)
*M *M *M AI
RTD LT PI PI
3210012D 3210014D1 3210014D2 *S *M *M *M *M *M
TE PSV PSV PSV PSV PSV
*M 3210011D2 0-1100 kPa 0-1100 kPa 3210023D1 3210023D2 3210023D3 3210044D1 3210044D2
TE (0-160 PSI) (0-160 PSI)
SHEET 3 P *M
3210011D1 LT
3210-MI-004-PU1MO1 3210-MI-004-PU2MO1 3210-MI-004-PU3MO1 3210-MI-004-PU4MO1 3210-MI-004-PU5MO1 3210-MI-004-PU6MO1 3210-MI-004-PU7MO1
YC-3210010D2 YC-3210010D3 3210022D YC-3210020D2 YC-3210020D3 YC-3210020D4 YC-3210040D2 YC-3210040D3
*M *M *M *M *M *M *M
SHEET 2 O
M1 I I M2 M3 I M4 I M5 I M6 I M7 I
C C
*M *M *M *M *M *M *M
S
P
3210-MI-004-PU1 STANDBY 3210-MI-004-PU3 3210-MI-004-PU4 STANDBY 3210-MI-004-PU6 STANDBY
*M P = 22 kW P = 93 kW P = 93 kW P = 5.5 kW
TI (30 HP) LOW PRESSURE PUMPS 3210-MI-004-PU2
(125 HP) (125 HP)
3210-MI-004-PU5
(7.5 HP)
3210-MI-004-PU7
P = 22 kW P = 93 kW P = 5.5 kW RESERVOIR
3210047D 460V, 3PH, 60Hz 460V, 3PH, 60Hz 460V, 3PH, 60Hz 460V, 3PH, 60Hz
(30 HP) (125 HP) (7.5 HP) CONTINUED
°C °C 460V, 3PH, 60Hz °C 460V, 3PH, 60Hz 460V, 3PH, 60Hz
3210-MI-004-LU1 ON SHEET 6
*M 3210-MI-004-HE3 *M 3210-MI-004-HE4 *M 3210-MI-004-HE5 7571 L *M 3210-MI-004-HE1
230V, 1PH 230V, 1PH 230V, 1PH
(2000 GAL)
HIGH PRESSURE PUMPS 230V, 1PH THRUST PUMPS
60Hz 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz
CAPACITY
2 kW 2 kW 2 kW 2 kW
B B
*M *M *S *S *S *M *M *S
LI TI HE HE HE LI TI HE
NOTES: (THIS SHEET) 3210012D 3210011D 3210047D3 3210047D4 3210047D5 3210022B 3210021B 3210047D1
1. ALL INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SIGNALS SHALL BE

WIRED TO AUXILIARY TERMINAL BOXES FOR CABLING
BY OTHERS.
2. BATTERY LIMIT CODE: QUELLAVECO PROJECT

*S = SIEMENS SUPPLIED LEGEND Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
*M = METSO SUPPLIED Industries, Inc.
FIELD PIPING (BY OTHERS) P.O. Box 15043
3 FOR PIPING INFORMATION (TO INCLUDE PIPE SIZES, CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBER:
PIPE MATERIAL TYPE AND PIPE SCHDULE) SEE METSO METSO SUPPLIED PIPING. 3210-MI-004
TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM FIELD PIPING CORRECT
DRAWING 10130072-DWK. ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO

90026638
4. ALL INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED BY SIEMEN'S PLC. 04 SEE SHEET 7 AHA KJA 2019-09-26 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL. FABRICATION AND CASTING MACHINING DIMENSIONS Grinding Systems DATE: 2015-10-21
5. ALL CONTROL PANELS & JUNCTION BOXES ARE RATED NEMA 4X DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 03 ADDED SHEET 7 AHA KJA 2019-08-13 P & ID DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
(14 GA STAINLESS STEEL). PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' TRUNNION BRG LUBE SYSTEM DATE: 2015-12-21
6. COLOR CODE: R = RED. CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 01 INITIAL RELEASE PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS - REF 10126726-DWK REV 6 AHA MGH 2015-12-22 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: BEV ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ACCUMULATOR BANK RACK
*M
PI NITROGEN CHARGING
3210058D1 HOSE
H NOTES: (THIS SHEET) H
3210-MI-004-AQ4
3210-MI-004-AQ3
3210-MI-004-AQ2
3210-MI-004-AQ1
BY OTHERS.

*M = METSO SUPPLIED
3 FOR PIPING INFORMATION (TO INCLUDE PIPE SIZES,

PIPE MATERIAL TYPE AND PIPE SCHDULE) SEE METSO
TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM FIELD PIPING
POWER FAILURE FLOW 4. ALL INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED BY SIEMEN'S PLC.

INTERCONNECT PIPING
SHEET 5 U (BY OTHERS) 5. ALL CONTROL PANELS & JUNCTION BOXES ARE RATED NEMA 4X
G (14 GA STAINLESS STEEL). G
POWER FAILURE FLOW 6. COLOR CODE: R = RED; W = WHITE.
SHEET 5 V
*M LEGEND
0-34000 kPa PI
0-5000 PSI 3210058D2
*M *M
FCV FCV
3210051D1 3210051D2 METSO SUPPLIED PIPING.
*S *M
DI ZSC
(1) 3210052D1 ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO
*M
FV
*S *M 3210052D1 COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL.
DI ZSO FIELD INTERFACE 3
(1) 3210052D1 POINT PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
(TYP - ALL PL)
FAIL OPEN
F BY OTHERS F
BY METSO
FAIL OPEN
*M
PSV
*M 3210057D
FV PALL
3210052D2 3210056D
*S *M SET @
DI ZSC PAL 20700 kPa TO TO
(1) 3210052D2 3210056D (3000 PSI) FIXED END FREE END
*S
*S *M PI BACK TO
DI ZSO RESERVOIR
3210056D
M
H
G
N
K
L
3210052D2
J
I
(1)
E E
SHEET 2
SHEET 2
SHEET 2
SHEET 2
SHEET 3
SHEET 3
SHEET 3
SHEET 3
*S *M 4-20mA/ *M
DO FEV AI HART PIT
(1) 3210052D3 A B 3210056D
(1)
*S
EA P EB
BY OTHERS
IAS
0.6 MPa BY METSO
NO AIR CONSUMPTION *S *M *M *S
DURING NORMAL MILL OPERATION *S *M DI ZSC ZSC DI
DO FEV
0.006 m³ DURING 1 SEC ACTUATION TIME (1) 3210055D2 3210055D1 (1)
(1) 3210052D4 A B
(FILTER / REGULATOR INTEGRAL TO
SOLENOID VALVE ASSY)
D *S *M *M *S *M *M *M *M
D
DI ZSO ZSO DI
PI PI PI PI
EA P EB (1) 3210055D2 3210055D1 (1) 3210064D1 3210064D2 3210064D3 3210064D4
0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa

(0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI)
*M *M
PI PI *M *M *M *M *M *M *M *M
3210054D2 3210054D1 PSV PSV PSV PSV PI PI PI PI
3210063D1 3210063D2 3210063D3 3210063D4 3210064D5 3210064D6 3210064D7 3210064D8
0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa
(0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) 20700 kPa 20700 kPa 20700 kPa 20700 kPa 0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa
(3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI)
20700 kPa 20700 kPa
(3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) *M *M *M *M
PSV PSV PSV PSV
BACK TO BACK TO BACK TO BACK TO 3210063D5 3210063D6 3210063D7 3210063D8
TRUNNION BEARING LUBE *M *M RESERVOIR RESERVOIR RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
CONTROL PANEL (BY METSO) PSV PSV
47.3 LPM 47.3 LPM 20700 kPa 20700 kPa 20700 kPa 20700 kPa
3210053D2 3210053D1
C 3210ML004-LC01 (12.5 GPM) (12.5 GPM) (3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) (3000 PSI)
C
3210-MI-004-PU11MO1 3210-MI-004-PU10MO1
YC-3210050D3 YC-3210050D2
*M *M BACK TO BACK TO BACK TO BACK TO
ACCUMULATOR PISTON
0-414 kPa PI
PUMPS PUMPS M11 I M10 I
(0-60 PSI) 3210082D
4 @ 1.3 LPM (0.35 GPM) RESERVOIR RESERVOIR RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
= 5.3 LPM (1.40 GPM)
R R W R R
3210-MI-004-PU8MO1
YL YL YL YL YL PCV YC-3210060D2
3210050D2 3210050D3 3210070D1 3210060D2 3210060D3 3210081D *M
*M *M PISTON PUMP
M8 I
RUNNING RUNNING LOCAL ENABLED RUNNING RUNNING 4 @ 1.3 LPM (0.35 GPM)
FEED LINE *M = 5.3 LPM (1.40 GPM)
3210-MI-004-PU8
S
PU10 PU11 RUN MAINT. SHEET 5 X P = 3.7 kW

HS HS HS SET @ (5 HP) 3210-MI-004-PU9MO1
STANDBY 3210-MI-004-PU10
*M
YC-3210060D3
3210050D1 3210070D1 3210060D1 P = 22 kW 69 kPa 460V, 3PH, 60Hz
3210-MI-004-PU11 (10 PSI)
SELECT E-STOP RESERVOIR P = 22 kW
(30 HP) M9 I
460V, 3PH, 60Hz
CONTINUED (30 HP)
*M
B FROM SHEET 5 460V, 3PH, 60Hz *M *S 3210-MI-004-PU9 B
TE TI P = 3.7 kW
HS HS HS HS *M 3210-MI-004-HE2 AI *S
ACCUMULATOR PUMPS 3210048D1 3210048D (5 HP)
3210050D21 3210050D31 3210060D21 3210060D31 230V, 1PH
60Hz DUPLEX PISTON PUMPS 460V, 3PH, 60Hz
JOG JOG JOG JOG TE RTD TAH
3210048D2 3210048D
2 kW
HS TAL
3210070D2 3210048D
LAMP TEST
*S TAHH
HE 3210048D QUELLAVECO PROJECT
3210047D2 ANGLO AMERICAN
Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
3210-MI-004
CORRECT

90026638
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 02 REVISED EMERGENCY DUMP VALVE POSITIONER SYMBOL AHA KJA 2018-12-05 MATERIAL Wt.: Wt. Unit:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' ACCUM/PISTON PUMP LUBE SYSTEM DATE: 2015-12-21
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H H
BALL MILL
SEAL GREASE SYSTEM
3210ML004-JB09
HS HS
3210030D1 3210030D2
ALARM MANUAL
RESET START
G AUTO MANUAL
G
SS
3210030D
TO TO
TRUNNION BEARING TRUNNION BEARING
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L L L L
L
L
L
L
L
L L L L L L L L
L
L
L
F *S F
L
L
L
PAL
L
L
L
0.50" I.D. HOSE
3210031D L L L L L L L L L L L L
(SUPPLIED BY METSO)
L
PI L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
L
3210031D *M L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
PI
L L
*M *M *M PI 3210033D2 L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
PSL PCV FY 3210032D *M
DI *M ZS
L
3210031D 3210031D 3210031D *M
3 FIELD INTERFACE *S PI 3210033D MANIFOLD MANIFOLD
POINT 3210033D1
L
S
L
CUSTOMER L L L L L L L L L L L L
L L L
SUPPLIED AIR L L L L L L L L L L L L
L
L L L L
L
E E
L
SEAL GREASE SYSTEM
INSTRUMENTATION PANEL
L
GREASE DRUM
(SUPPLIED BY OTHERS)
*M
3210-MI-004-HE7 FY REVERSING
GREASE DRUM HEATER 3210033D VALVE
230V, 1PH, 60HZ
(SUPPLIED BY METSO)
TRUNNION BEARING
SEAL GREASE SYSTEM
D D
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
NOTES: (THIS SHEET)
C C
TO CONTROL SYSTEM AND/OR PROTECTION RELAY BALL MILL
BY OTHERS.
28' x 44.5' [44' EGL]
2. BATTERY LIMIT CODE: 3210-MI-004
*M
*M = METSO SUPPLIED

L
L
SEAL GREASE SYSTEM ASSEMBLY DRAWING 10278671-DWK.
L
L
L
L
4. ALL INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED BY GEARLESS DRIVE
SUPPLIER (SIEMEN'S) PLC.
L
L
L
L
5 THE SEAL GREASE SYSTEM LOCAL CONTROL PANEL SUPPLIED
BY METSO IS RATED NEMA 4X (14 GA STAINLESS STEEL) AND IS
L
L
DIRECTLY WIRED TO GEARLESS DRIVE SUPPLIER PLC.
B B
L
L
L
L
LEGEND

COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL. QUELLAVECO PROJECT

PNEUMATIC SIGNAL. Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
L L GREASE PIPING (BY METSO).

L L GREASE PIPING (BY OTHERS). 3210-MI-004
CORRECT

90026638
04 ADDED TAG NUMBERS AHA KJA 2019-09-26 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 03 ADDED BEARING SEAL GREASE SYSTEM AHA KJA 2019-08-13 P & ID DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA 28'x44.5' [44' EGL] BALL MILL CKD: BEV MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' BEARING SEAL GREASE SYSTEM DATE: 2015-12-21
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H GENERAL NOTES: (ALL SHEETS) H

1 INFORMATION FROM MOTOR VENDOR.
2. REFER TO DRAWING No. 05-014335 FOR SYMBOL

IDENTIFICATION - REFERENCE ONLY.

*F = FLUOR SUPPLIED
*M = METSO SUPPLIED
4 REFER TO DRAWING No. 10236433-DWK FOR BALL MILL

BRAKING SYSTEM.
5. ALL INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED BY SIEMEN'S PLC.
G LEGEND G


FEED BEARING
PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
(FIXED)
TEMP
SEE SHEET 4
F DISCHARGE BEARING F
(FREE) TEMP
SEE SHEET 4
THRUST PAD BEARING
LUBE
SEE SHEET 2
MILL WATER
THRUST PAD BEARING DISTRUIBUTION
OIL SUPPLY (BY OTHERS)
SEE SHEET 5
E E
BALL MILL
28' X 44.5' [44' EGL]
3210-MI-003
*M
TRUNNION BEARING
MAGNET
FEED BEARING
(FIXED) DISCHARGE BEARING
LUBE (FREE) LUBE
D D
(FIXED) LUBE (FREE) LUBE
OIL SUPPLY OIL SUPPLY
BALL MILL HYDRAULIC
4
BRAKE CALIPERS

SEAL GREASE SEAL GREASE
INSTRUMENTATION BALL MILL HYDRAULIC INSTRUMENTATION
SEE SHEET 7 BRAKE CONTROL UNIT SEE SHEET 7
3210-MI-003-MO1
22,000 kW [29,502 HP] 1
WRAP-AROUND
C THRUST PAD BEARING MOTOR (BY OTHERS) C
TEMP
SEE SHEET 4
B B
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
3210-MI-003
CORRECT

90026637
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 03 ADDED SHEET 7 - BEARING SEAL GREASE INSTRUMENTATION AHA KJA 2019-08-13 P & ID DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' MILL OVERVIEW DATE: 2015-12-21
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 01 INITIAL RELEASE PER C.3778 SPECIFICATONS - REF 10126726-DWK REV 6 AHA MGH 2015-12-22 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: MGH ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SEE DETAIL D
SHEET 3
*M FEED BRG (FIXED) (TYP - 8 PL)
FCV
3210032B 1 VIEWED FROM FEED END *M
FCV
B11,B12,B13,B14 3210032B 1
H *M
H
HV B41, B42, B43, B44
3210031B1
SEE DETAIL C
*M
1 4 ZCV
*M 3210031B4
*M
FCV
PDAH PDAH PDAH ZCV 3210032B 1
SHEET 6 G
3210037B1/B4 3210037B1/B3 3210037B2/B4 3210031B1
*M B31, B32, B33, B34
HV *M HV *M
3210031B2 FCV
I PALL PALL I PALL I I PALL
FIELD INTERFACE 2 3210032B 1
3 3210031B4
POINT *M
3210037B1 3210037B2 3210037B3 3210037B4 (TYP - 4 PL)
B21, B22, B23, B24 ZCV
3 3210031B3
PAH PAH PAH PAH
G 3210037B1 3210037B2 3210037B3 3210037B4 *M G
ZCV
3210031B2
PAL PAL PAL PAL HV *M
3210037B1 3210037B2 3210037B3 3210037B4 SHEET 6 H 3210031B3
*S *S *S *S
3210037B1 3210037B1/B2 3210037B2 3210037B2/B3 3210037B3 3210037B3/B4 3210037B4
SHEET 6 I SHEET 6 J
DETAIL C ΔP
THRUST SHOES
OUTBOARD OUTBOARD
LINES LINES
ΔP
*M *M
THRUST THRUST ΔP
F PAD 1 PAD 2
F
ΔP ΔP ΔP
INBOARD
LINES *S *S *S *S
AI AI AI AI
BY OTHERS BY OTHERS
BY METSO BY METSO
0-6900 kPa 0-6900 kPa 0-6900 kPa 0-6900 kPa
(0-1000 PSI) (0-1000 PSI) (0-1000 PSI) (0-1000 PSI)
OIL RETURN
*M *M *M *M *M *M *M *M
PI PI PI PI PIT PIT PIT PIT FROM BEARING HOUSING
3210041B1 3210041B2 3210041B3 3210041B4 3210037B1 3210037B2 3210037B3 3210037B4
0-21000 kPa
(0-3000 PSI)
E TYP - 4 PL PI
*M
PI
*M
PI
*M
PI
*M E
3210035B1 3210035B2 3210035B3 3210035B4
SHEET 5
*M *M
FE FIT FIT FE TYP
3210042B2 3210042B2 3210042B3 3210042B3 *M
*M *M 64.3 LPM FE
FIT FE FE FIT
(17.0 GPM) 3210036B1
3210042B1 3210042B1 3210042B4 3210042B4
O
FIT
4
3210036B1
*M
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036B2
FIT
4
3210036B2
D *M D
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036B3
THRUST PAD
OIL SUPPLY
FIT
4
3210036B3
*M
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036B4
FIELD INTERFACE NOTES: (THIS SHEET)

4 @ 11.8 LPM (3.12 GPM) FIT
4 POINT
= 47.3 LPM (12.5 GPM) 3210036B4 (TYP - ALL PL) 1 THIS TAG DENOTES A QUANTITY OF FOUR (4) FLOW CONTROL
ROTARY FLOW VALVES FOR EACH PAD BEARING. A TOTAL OF EIGHT (8) PAD
3 BEARINGS TO BE TAGGED.
DIVIDER
(FIXED END)
ROTARY FLOW *M *S = SIEMENS SUPPLIED
DIVIDER FCV *M = METSO SUPPLIED
THRUST PADS 3210033B1
C 3 FOR PIPING INFORMATION (TO INCLUDE PIPE SIZES,
C
*M
FCV PIPE MATERIAL TYPE AND PIPE SCHEDULE) SEE METSO
3210043B BY METSO TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM FIELD PIPING
BY OTHERS DRAWING 10130072-DWK.
4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART SEE PIPING & INSTRUMENT RACK 4 FLOW TRANSMITTER CONSISTS OF A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
DRAWING No. 10128814-DWK TRANSMITTER W/INTEGRAL FLOW ORIFICE ASSEMBLY.
AI AI AI AI FOR REFERENCE SEE METSO INSTRUMENT I/O LIST 900103929-NCD FOR
*S *S *S *S FURTHER DETAILS.
5. ALL FEED (FIXED) TRUNNION BEARING INSTRUMENTATION IS

CONTROLLED BY SIEMEN'S PLC.
BY METSO *S *S *S *S
FI FI FI FI
BY OTHERS
3210036B1 3210036B2 3210036B3 3210036B4
LEGEND
*S *S *S *S FAL FAL FAL FAL FIELD PIPING (BY OTHERS)
FROM
SHEET 5 C AI AI AI AI 3210036B1 3210036B2 3210036B3 3210036B4
B THRUST PUMPS METSO SUPPLIED PIPING. B
FROM TRUNNION BRG FALL FALL FALL FALL ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO
A SHEET 5
OIL SUPPLY SIEMEN'S CONTROL SYSTEM - BY OTHERS).
3210036B1 3210036B2 3210036B3 3210036B4
I I I I COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL.

*S *S *S *S
FI FI FI FI
3210042B1 3210042B2 3210042B3 3210042B4 PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
FAL FAL FAL FAL

3210042B1 3210042B2 3210042B3 3210042B4
FALL FALL FALL FALL QUELLAVECO PROJECT

3210042B1 3210042B2 3210042B3 3210042B4 Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
I I I I
3210-MI-003
CORRECT

90026637
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' FEED TRUNNION BRG LUBE SYSTEM DATE: 2015-12-21
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 01 INITIAL RELEASE PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS - REF 10126726-DWK REV 6 AHA MGH 2015-12-22 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: MGH ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SEE DETAIL D
SHEET 3
H (TYP - 8 PL) H
DISCHARGE BRG (FREE) *M
*M VIEWED FROM FEED END FCV

1
FCV 3210032B
1 3210032B
*M
B81, B82, B83, B84
B51, B52, B53, B54
PDAH PDAH PDAH HV
3210033B8
3210037B1/B4 3210037B1/B3 3210037B2/B4
*M
I PALL PALL I PALL I I PALL FIELD INTERFACE ZCV 1 4

POINT 3210033B5 *M
3210037B5 3210037B6 3210037B7 3210037B8 *M
(TYP - 4 PL)
FCV
PAH PAH PAH PAH 3 1 3210032B ZCV
3210037B5 3210037B6 3210037B7 3210037B8 3210033B8 BY METSO
B61, B62, B63, B64
*M
HV *M *M
PAL PAL PAL PAL FCV
G 3210037B5 3210037B6 3210037B7 3210037B8
3210033B5 2 1 3210032B
3 *M FCV
1
G
*M 3210032B
HV
*S *S *S *S ZCV B71, B72, B73, B74 3210033B7
3210033B6 A1 A2 *M
3210037B5 3210037B1/B2 3210037B6 3210037B2/B3 3210037B7 3210037B3/B4 3210037B8
*M
SHEET 6 K ZCV SHEET 6 N
*M
ΔP HV 3210033B7
3210033B6 OIL SUPPLY FROM
RADIAL FLOW DIVIDERS
A3 A4
ΔP
SHEET 6 L SHEET 6 M
ΔP
F ΔP ΔP ΔP F
*S *S *S *S *M
HV
AI AI AI AI
3210033B

OIL SUPPLY FROM
BY OTHERS RADIAL PUMPS
BY METSO
OIL RETURN
*M *M *M *M
PIT PIT PIT PIT FROM BEARING HOUSING
3210037B5 3210037B6 3210037B7 3210037B8
0-21000 kPa
(0-3000 PSI)
*M *M *M *M
TYP - 4 PL PI PI PI PI
3210035B5 3210035B6 3210035B7 3210035B8 P A
E T
T
B E
SHEET 5
*M
ZCV
*M 3210033B
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036B5
P
FIT
4 DETAIL D
3210036B5
*M PAD POSITIONING
64.3 LPM FE SYSTEM DETAIL
(17.0 GPM) 3210036B6
FIT
4
3210036B6
*M
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036B7
D D
FIT
4
3210036B7
*M
64.3 LPM FE
(17.0 GPM) 3210036B8
FIELD INTERFACE
FIT POINT
4
3210036B8 (TYP - ALL PL)
NOTES: (THIS SHEET)
ROTARY FLOW
3
DIVIDER
(FREE END) 1 THIS TAG DENOTES A QUANTITY OF FOUR (4) FLOW CONTROL
VALVES FOR EACH PAD BEARING. A TOTAL OF EIGHT (8) PAD
*M BEARINGS TO BE TAGGED.
FCV
3210033B2 2. BATTERY LIMIT CODE:
*M = METSO SUPPLIED
BY METSO
C BY OTHERS 3 FOR PIPING INFORMATION (TO INCLUDE PIPE SIZES,
C
PIPE MATERIAL TYPE AND PIPE SCHEDULE) SEE METSO
4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART 4-20mA/HART SEE PIPING & INSTRUMENT RACK TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM FIELD PIPING
DRAWING No. 10128777-DWK DRAWING 10130072-DWK.
AI AI AI AI FOR REFERENCE
*S *S *S *S 4 FLOW TRANSMITTER CONSISTS OF A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER W/INTEGRAL FLOW ORIFICE ASSEMBLY.
SEE METSO INSTRUMENT I/O LIST 900103929-NCD FOR
FURTHER DETAILS.
*S *S *S *S 5. ALL DISCHARGE (FREE) TRUNNION BEARING INSTRUMENTATION IS

FI FI FI FI CONTROLLED BY SIEMEN'S PLC.
3210036B5 3210036B6 3210036B7 3210036B8
FAL FAL FAL FAL LEGEND

3210036B5 3210036B6 3210036B7 3210036B8
FROM TRUNNION BRG FALL FALL FALL FALL
B SHEET 5
OIL SUPPLY
B 3210036B5 3210036B6 3210036B7 3210036B8 METSO SUPPLIED PIPING. B
I I I I ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO
PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
3210-MI-003
CORRECT

90026637
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' DISCH TRUNNION BRG LUBE SYSTEM DATE: 2015-12-21
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FEED BRG (FIXED) DISCHARGE BRG (FREE)

VIEWED FROM FEED END VIEWED FROM FEED END
H H
SEE DETAIL E
1 4 1 4
3210034B12 3210034B102 3210038B12 3210038B82
TE TE TE TE
3210034B11 3210034B101 3210038B11 3210038B81
*M *M *M *M
DUPLEX DUPLEX
DUPLEX
RTD
2 3 RTD
DUPLEX
RTD
2 3 RTD
TE TE TE TE
3210034B21 3210034B91 3210038B21 3210038B71
TE TE TE TE
3210034B22 3210034B92 3210038B22 3210038B72
G DUPLEX DUPLEX DUPLEX DUPLEX
G
RTD *M *M RTD RTD *M *M RTD
TE TE TE TE
3210034B32 3210034B82 3210038B32 3210038B62
3210034B31 3210034B81 3210038B31 3210038B61
TE TE TE TE
DUPLEX 3210034B41 3210034B71 DUPLEX DUPLEX 3210038B41 3210038B51 DUPLEX
TE TE TE TE
RTD RTD RTD RTD
3210034B42 3210034B72 3210038B42 3210038B52
DUPLEX DUPLEX DUPLEX DUPLEX

RTD RTD RTD RTD
BY METSO BY METSO BY METSO

BY OTHERS BY OTHERS BY OTHERS
F F
AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI AI
TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI TI
3210034B11 3210034B21 3210034B31 3210034B41 3210034B71 3210034B81 3210034B91 3210034B101 3210038B11 3210038B21 3210038B31 3210038B41 3210038B51 3210038B61 3210038B71 3210038B81
TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH TAH
TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH TAHH
E I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E
D D
I I
TAHH TAHH
3210034B61 3210034B111
TAH TAH
3210034B61 3210034B111 NOTES: (THIS SHEET)
*S *S *S *S
TI TI 1. ALL INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SIGNALS SHALL BE
AI AI
3210034B61 3210034B111 WIRED TO AUXILIARY TERMINAL BOXES FOR CABLING
BY OTHERS.

TE TE
*M = METSO SUPPLIED
C *M 3210034B62 *M 3210034B112 C
TE TE
3210034B61 3210034B111 3. ALL TRUNNION BEARING RTD INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED
BY SIEMEN'S PLC.
DUPLEX DUPLEX
RTD RTD
OUTBOARD INBOARD INBOARD OUTBOARD LEGEND
THRUST THRUST FIELD PIPING (BY OTHERS)

PAD 1 PAD 2
*S *S *M *M *S *S
TI TE TE TI ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO
AI AI
3210034B51 3210034B51 3210034B121 3210034B121 SIEMEN'S CONTROL SYSTEM - BY OTHERS).
DUPLEX DUPLEX
TAH TE RTD TE RTD TAH COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL.
3210034B51 3210034B52 3210034B122 3210034B121
PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
THRUST PADS
TAHH BY METSO TAHH
B B
3210034B51 3210034B121
I DETAIL E I
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
3210-MI-003
CORRECT

90026637
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' TRUNNION BRG TEMPERATURE DATE: 2015-12-21
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
TRUNNION BEARING LUBE

3210ML003-LC01
L.P. PUMPS H.P. PUMPS THRUST PUMPS

H LUBE LUBE LUBE
H
FEED END DISCHARGE END THRUST
R R R R R R R
SHEET 2 A SHEET 3 B 3 FIELD INTERFACE SHEET 2 C
WATER ΔT =
YL YL YL YL YL YL YL POINT
4°C
3210010B2 3210010B3 3210020B2 3210020B3 3210020B4 3210040B2 3210040B3 (TYP - ALL PL)
RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING WATER-OUT WATER-IN BY OTHERS
757 LPM (200 GPM) BY METSO
PU4/PU5 WATER WATER @ 25°C (77°F)
RETURN SUPPLY
PU1 PU2 PU3/PU4 PU3/PU5 PU6 PU7
HS HS HS
3210010B1 3210020B1 3210040B1
SELECT SELECT SELECT
HS HS HS HS HS HS HS
3210010B21 3210010B31 3210020B21 3210020B31 3210020B41 3210040B21 3210040B31
G G
JOG JOG JOG JOG JOG JOG JOG 24 VDC
4-20mA
*S
I ONLY
AO
M E 74µm 74µm 74µm
173 kPa 173 kPa 173 kPa 173 kPa 173 kPa 173 kPa
(25 PSI) (25 PSI) (25 PSI) (25 PSI) (25 PSI) (25 PSI)
74µm 74µm 74µm
*M
TCV
3210018B
TIC
0-1100 kPa 3210018B
(0-160 PSI)
*M TAHH
PI 3210018B
3210017B
*S
TI POWER FAILURE
F 3210018B FLOW F
PISTON PUMP
POWER FAILURE
FEED LINE SHEET 6 V
FLOW
SHEET 6 X AI
SHEET 6 U
*S
*S *S *S *S
20µm @ DI DI DI DI
PDAH BETA RATIO 75 *M
TE (1) (1) (1) (1)
3210016B
*M 3210018B1 257.4 LPM 257.4 LPM 47.3 LPM
4-20mA/ DUPLEX (68.0 GPM) (68.0 GPM) (12.5 GPM)
PDI HART PDIT 345 kPa 345 kPa RTD
AI TE *M *M *M *M
3210016B 3210016B (50 PSI) (50 PSI)
*S FIT 3210018B2 ZSO ZSC ZSO ZSC
*S SET @ 3210019B 3210026B1 3210026B1 3210026B2 3210026B2
*M
207 kPa FE
(30 PSI) 3210019B
20µm @
4-20mA/
BETA RATIO 75
HART
E AI
E
*S *S *M *S *M *S *M *S *M *M *S
DI ZSC DI ZSC DI ZSC DI ZSC ZSC DI
832.8 LPM
(1) 3210025B1 (1) 3210025B2 (1) 3210025B3 (1) 3210046B1 3210046B2 (1)
(220 GPM)
*S
FI *S *M *S *M *S *M *S *M *M *S
DI ZSO DI ZSO DI ZSO DI ZSO ZSO DI
I 3210019B
TAHH (1) 3210025B1 (1) 3210025B2 (1) 3210025B3 (1) 3210046B1 3210046B2 (1)
3210011B *S *M *M *S FAL
LALL DI ZSC ZSC DI
3210012B (1) 3210015B1 3210015B2 (1) 3210019B
TAL
3210011B *M *M *M *M *M
LAL FALL PI PI PI PI PI
*S *M *M *S I
3210012B DI ZSO ZSO DI 3210019B 3210024B1 3210024B2 3210024B3 3210045B1 3210045B2
TAH 3210015B1 3210015B2
(1) (1) LALL
3210011B *S 0-21000 kPa 0-21000 kPa 0-21000 kPa 0-6900 kPa 0-6900 kPa
LI 690 kPa 690 kPa 3210022B (0-3000 PSI) (0-3000 PSI) (0-3000 PSI) (0-1000 PSI) (0-1000 PSI)
*S 3210012B (100 PSI) (100 PSI)
TI
D LAL D
3210011B
AI 3210022B 257.4 LPM 257.4 LPM 257.4 LPM 47.3 LPM 47.3 LPM
*S *M *M (68.0 GPM) (68.0 GPM) (68.0 GPM) (12.5 GPM) (12.5 GPM)
AI *S
PSV PSV LI
*S 3210013B1 3210013B2 3210022B
17250 kPa 17250 kPa 17250 kPa 5170 kPa 5170 kPa
DUPLEX (2500 PSI) (2500 PSI) (2500 PSI) (750 PSI) (750 PSI)
*M *M *M AI
RTD LT PI PI
3210012B 3210014B1 3210014B2 *S *M *M *M *M *M
TE PSV PSV PSV PSV PSV
*M 3210011B2 0-1100 kPa 0-1100 kPa 3210023B1 3210023B2 3210023B3 3210044B1 3210044B2
TE (0-160 PSI) (0-160 PSI)
SHEET 3 P *M
3210011B1 LT
3210-MI-003-PU1MO1 3210-MI-003-PU2MO1 3210-MI-003-PU3MO1 3210-MI-003-PU4MO1 3210-MI-003-PU5MO1 3210-MI-003-PU6MO1 3210-MI-003-PU7MO1
YC-3210010B2 YC-3210010B3 3210022B YC-3210020B2 YC-3210020B3 YC-3210020B4 YC-3210040B2 YC-3210040B3
*M *M *M *M *M *M *M
SHEET 2 O
M1 I I M2 M3 I M4 I M5 I M6 I M7 I
C C
*M *M *M *M *M *M *M
S
P
3210-MI-003-PU1 STANDBY 3210-MI-003-PU3 3210-MI-003-PU4 STANDBY 3210-MI-003-PU6 STANDBY
*M P = 22 kW P = 93 kW P = 93 kW P = 5.5 kW
TI (30 HP) LOW PRESSURE PUMPS 3210-MI-003-PU2
(125 HP) (125 HP)
3210-MI-003-PU5
(7.5 HP)
3210-MI-003-PU7
P = 22 kW P = 93 kW P = 5.5 kW RESERVOIR
3210047B 460V, 3PH, 60Hz 460V, 3PH, 60Hz 460V, 3PH, 60Hz 460V, 3PH, 60Hz
(30 HP) (125 HP) (7.5 HP) CONTINUED
°C °C 460V, 3PH, 60Hz °C 460V, 3PH, 60Hz 460V, 3PH, 60Hz
3210-MI-003-LU1 ON SHEET 6
*M 3210-MI-003-HE3 *M 3210-MI-003-HE4 *M 3210-MI-003-HE5 7571 L *M 3210-MI-003-HE1
230V, 1PH 230V, 1PH 230V, 1PH
(2000 GAL)
HIGH PRESSURE PUMPS 230V, 1PH THRUST PUMPS
60Hz 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz
CAPACITY
2 kW 2 kW 2 kW 2 kW
B B
*M *M *S *S *S *M *M *S
LI TI HE HE HE LI TI HE
NOTES: (THIS SHEET) 3210012B 3210011B 3210047B3 3210047B4 3210047B5 3210022B 3210021B 3210047B1

BY OTHERS.
2. BATTERY LIMIT CODE: QUELLAVECO PROJECT

*S = SIEMENS SUPPLIED LEGEND Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
*M = METSO SUPPLIED Industries, Inc.
FIELD PIPING (BY OTHERS) P.O. Box 15043
3 FOR PIPING INFORMATION (TO INCLUDE PIPE SIZES, CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBER:
PIPE MATERIAL TYPE AND PIPE SCHDULE) SEE METSO METSO SUPPLIED PIPING. 3210-MI-003
TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM FIELD PIPING CORRECT
DRAWING 10130072-DWK. ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO

90026637
4. ALL INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED BY SIEMEN'S PLC. 04 SEE SHEET 7 AHA KJA 2019-09-26 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL. FABRICATION AND CASTING MACHINING DIMENSIONS Grinding Systems DATE: 2015-10-21
5. ALL CONTROL PANELS & JUNCTION BOXES ARE RATED NEMA 4X DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 03 ADDED SHEET 7 AHA KJA 2019-08-13 P & ID DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
(14 GA STAINLESS STEEL). PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' TRUNNION BRG LUBE SYSTEM DATE: 2015-12-21
6. COLOR CODE: R = RED. CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED 01 INITIAL RELEASE PER C.3778 SPECIFICATIONS - REF 10126726-DWK REV 6 AHA MGH 2015-12-22 MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: BEV ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ACCUMULATOR BANK RACK
*M
PI NITROGEN CHARGING
3210058B1 HOSE
H NOTES: (THIS SHEET) H
3210-MI-003-AQ4
3210-MI-003-AQ3
3210-MI-003-AQ2
3210-MI-003-AQ1
BY OTHERS.

*M = METSO SUPPLIED

TRUNNION BEARING LUBE SYSTEM FIELD PIPING
POWER FAILURE FLOW 4. ALL INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED BY SIEMEN'S PLC.

INTERCONNECT PIPING
SHEET 5 U (BY OTHERS) 5. ALL CONTROL PANELS & JUNCTION BOXES ARE RATED NEMA 4X
G (14 GA STAINLESS STEEL). G
POWER FAILURE FLOW 6. COLOR CODE: R = RED; W = WHITE.
SHEET 5 V
*M LEGEND
0-34000 kPa PI
0-5000 PSI 3210058B2
*M *M
FCV FCV
3210051B1 3210051B2 METSO SUPPLIED PIPING.
*S *M
DI ZSC
(1) 3210052B1 ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (FIELD WIRED TO
*M
FV
*S *M 3210052B1 COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL.
DI ZSO FIELD INTERFACE 3
(1) 3210052B1 POINT PNEUMATIC SIGNAL.
(TYP - ALL PL)
FAIL OPEN
F BY OTHERS F
BY METSO
FAIL OPEN
*M
PSV
*M 3210057B
FV PALL
3210052B2 3210056B
*S *M SET @
DI ZSC PAL 20700 kPa TO TO
(1) 3210052B2 3210056B (3000 PSI) FIXED END FREE END
*S
*S *M PI BACK TO
DI ZSO RESERVOIR
3210056B
M
H
G
N
K
L
3210052B2
J
I
(1)
E E
SHEET 2
SHEET 2
SHEET 2
SHEET 2
SHEET 3
SHEET 3
SHEET 3
SHEET 3
*S *M 4-20mA/ *M
DO FEV AI HART PIT
(1) 3210052B3 A B 3210056B
(1)
*S
EA P EB
BY OTHERS
IAS
0.6 MPa BY METSO
NO AIR CONSUMPTION *S *M *M *S
DURING NORMAL MILL OPERATION *S *M DI ZSC ZSC DI
DO FEV
0.006 m³ DURING 1 SEC ACTUATION TIME (1) 3210055B2 3210055B1 (1)
(1) 3210052B4 A B
(FILTER / REGULATOR INTEGRAL TO
SOLENOID VALVE ASSY)
D *S *M *M *S *M *M *M *M
D
DI ZSO ZSO DI
PI PI PI PI
EA P EB (1) 3210055B2 3210055B1 (1) 3210064B1 3210064B2 3210064B3 3210064B4
0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa

(0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI)
*M *M
PI PI *M *M *M *M *M *M *M *M
3210054B2 3210054B1 PSV PSV PSV PSV PI PI PI PI
3210063B1 3210063B2 3210063B3 3210063B4 3210064B5 3210064B6 3210064B7 3210064B8
0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa
(0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) 20700 kPa 20700 kPa 20700 kPa 20700 kPa 0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa 0-34500 kPa
(3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI) (0-5000 PSI)
20700 kPa 20700 kPa
(3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) *M *M *M *M
PSV PSV PSV PSV
BACK TO BACK TO BACK TO BACK TO 3210063B5 3210063B6 3210063B7 3210063B8
TRUNNION BEARING LUBE *M *M RESERVOIR RESERVOIR RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
CONTROL PANEL (BY METSO) PSV PSV
47.3 LPM 47.3 LPM 20700 kPa 20700 kPa 20700 kPa 20700 kPa
3210053B2 3210053B1
C 3210ML003-LC01 (12.5 GPM) (12.5 GPM) (3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) (3000 PSI) (3000 PSI)
C
3210-MI-003-PU11MO1 3210-MI-003-PU10MO1
YC-3210050B3 YC-3210050B2
*M *M BACK TO BACK TO BACK TO BACK TO
ACCUMULATOR PISTON
0-414 kPa PI
PUMPS PUMPS M11 I M10 I
(0-60 PSI) 3210082B
4 @ 1.3 LPM (0.35 GPM) RESERVOIR RESERVOIR RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
= 5.3 LPM (1.40 GPM)
R R W R R
3210-MI-003-PU8MO1
YL YL YL YL YL PCV YC-3210060B2
3210050B2 3210050B3 3210070B1 3210060B2 3210060B3 3210081B *M
*M *M PISTON PUMP
M8 I
RUNNING RUNNING LOCAL ENABLED RUNNING RUNNING 4 @ 1.3 LPM (0.35 GPM)
FEED LINE *M = 5.3 LPM (1.40 GPM)
3210-MI-003-PU8
S
PU10 PU11 RUN MAINT. SHEET 5 X P = 3.7 kW

HS HS HS SET @ (5 HP) 3210-MI-003-PU9MO1
STANDBY 3210-MI-003-PU10
*M
YC-3210060B3
3210050B1 3210070B1 3210060B1 P = 22 kW 69 kPa 460V, 3PH, 60Hz
3210-MI-003-PU11 (10 PSI)
SELECT E-STOP RESERVOIR P = 22 kW
(30 HP) M9 I
460V, 3PH, 60Hz
CONTINUED (30 HP)
*M
B FROM SHEET 5 460V, 3PH, 60Hz *M *S 3210-MI-003-PU9 B
TE TI P = 3.7 kW
HS HS HS HS *M 3210-MI-003-HE2 AI *S
ACCUMULATOR PUMPS 3210048B1 3210048B (5 HP)
3210050B21 3210050B31 3210060B21 3210060B31 230V, 1PH
60Hz DUPLEX PISTON PUMPS 460V, 3PH, 60Hz
JOG JOG JOG JOG TE RTD TAH
3210048B2 3210048B
2 kW
HS TAL
3210070B2 3210048B
LAMP TEST
*S TAHH
HE 3210048B QUELLAVECO PROJECT
3210047B2 ANGLO AMERICAN
Metso Minerals
Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
3210-MI-003
CORRECT

90026637
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 02 REVISED EMERGENCY DUMP VALVE POSITIONER SYMBOL AHA KJA 2018-12-05 MATERIAL Wt.: Wt. Unit:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' ACCUM/PISTON PUMP LUBE SYSTEM DATE: 2015-12-21
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H H
BALL MILL
SEAL GREASE SYSTEM
3210ML003-JB09
HS HS
3210030B1 3210030B2
ALARM MANUAL
RESET START
G AUTO MANUAL
G
SS
3210030B
TO TO
TRUNNION BEARING TRUNNION BEARING
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L L L L
L
L
L
L
L
L L L L L L L L
L
L
L
F *S F
L
L
L
PAL
L
L
L
0.50" I.D. HOSE
3210031B L L L L L L L L L L L L
(SUPPLIED BY METSO)
L
PI L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
L
3210031B *M L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
PI
L L
*M *M *M PI 3210033B2 L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
PSL PCV FY 3210032B *M
DI *M ZS
L
3210031B 3210031B 3210031B *M
3 FIELD INTERFACE *S PI 3210033B MANIFOLD MANIFOLD
POINT 3210033B1
L
S
L
CUSTOMER L L L L L L L L L L L L
L L L
SUPPLIED AIR L L L L L L L L L L L L
L
L L L L
L
E E
L
SEAL GREASE SYSTEM
INSTRUMENTATION PANEL
L
GREASE DRUM
(SUPPLIED BY OTHERS)
*M
3210-MI-003-HE7 FY REVERSING
GREASE DRUM HEATER 3210033B VALVE
230V, 1PH, 60HZ
(SUPPLIED BY METSO)
TRUNNION BEARING
SEAL GREASE SYSTEM
D D
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
NOTES: (THIS SHEET)
C C
TO CONTROL SYSTEM AND/OR PROTECTION RELAY BALL MILL
BY OTHERS.
28' x 44.5' [44' EGL]
2. BATTERY LIMIT CODE: 3210-MI-003
*M
*M = METSO SUPPLIED

L
L
SEAL GREASE SYSTEM ASSEMBLY DRAWING 10278671-DWK.
L
L
L
L
4. ALL INSTRUMENTION IS CONTROLLED BY GEARLESS DRIVE
SUPPLIER (SIEMEN'S) PLC.
L
L
L
L
5 THE SEAL GREASE SYSTEM LOCAL CONTROL PANEL SUPPLIED
BY METSO IS RATED NEMA 4X (14 GA STAINLESS STEEL) AND IS
L
L
DIRECTLY WIRED TO GEARLESS DRIVE SUPPLIER PLC.
B B
L
L
L
L
LEGEND

COMPUTER OR INTERNAL SIGNAL. QUELLAVECO PROJECT

PNEUMATIC SIGNAL. Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
L L GREASE PIPING (BY METSO).

L L GREASE PIPING (BY OTHERS). 3210-MI-003
CORRECT

90026637
04 ADDED TAG NUMBERS AHA KJA 2019-09-26 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 03 ADDED BEARING SEAL GREASE SYSTEM AHA KJA 2019-08-14 P & ID DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
X. = ± 6
.X = ± 3
.X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 0.38 York, PA 17405-7043 USA 28'x44.5' [44' EGL] BALL MILL CKD: BEV MATERIAL Spec.:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' BEARING SEAL GREASE SYSTEM DATE: 2015-12-21
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: MGH ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
@
@
@
@
@
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H H
G G
METSO SHEET
DESCRIPTION COMMENTS REV
DWG. No. No.
10236480-DWK 1 LOGIC DIAGRAM, INDEX 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 2 LOGIC DIAGRAM, LUBE RESERVOIR RTD's, HEATERS, L.P. PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TRANSMITTER & L.P. FLOW TRANSMITTER 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 3 LOGIC DIAGRAM, LUBE RESERVOIR LEVEL TRANSMITTERS 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 4 LOGIC DIAGRAM, L.P. LUBE SYSTEM MOTORS, SELECTOR SWITCHES, PUSHBUTTONS & LIGHTS; E-STOP; LAMP TEST / HEATER RESET; LUBE SYSTEM LOCAL CONTROL 09/26/19 3
F F
10236480-DWK 5 LOGIC DIAGRAM, H.P. LUBE SYSTEM MOTORS, SELECTOR SWITCHES, PUSHBUTTONS & LIGHTS 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 6 LOGIC DIAGRAM, LUBE SYSTEM THRUST PUMP MOTORS, SELECTOR SWITCHES, PUSHBUTTONS & LIGHTS 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 7 LOGIC DIAGRAM, LUBE SYSTEM ACCUMULATOR PUMP MOTORS, SELECTOR SWITCHES, PUSHBUTTONS & LIGHTS; ACCUMULATOR DUMP VALVE LIMIT SWITCHES 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 8 LOGIC DIAGRAM, LUBE SYSTEM PISTON PUMP MOTORS, SELECTOR SWITCHES, PUSHBUTTONS & LIGHTS 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 9 LOGIC DIAGRAM, FEED & DISCHARGE PAD BEARING LUBE OIL FLOW TRANSMITTTERS 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 10 LOGIC DIAGRAM, THRUST BEARING LUBE OIL FLOW TRANSMITTERS 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 11 LOGIC DIAGRAM, FEED BEARING & ACCUMULATOR BANK PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 12 LOGIC DIAGRAM, DISCHARGE BEARING PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS 09/26/19 3

E E
10236480-DWK 13 LOGIC DIAGRAM, FEED BEARING RTD's 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 14 LOGIC DIAGRAM, DISCHARGE BEARING RTD's 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 15 LOGIC DIAGRAM, FEED BRG THRUST PAD RTD's 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 16 LOGIC DIAGRAM, PERMISSIVES/INTERLOCKS 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 17 LOGIC DIAGRAM, L.P. PUMP, THRUST PUMP, & ACCUMULATOR PUMP ISOLATION VALVE LIMIT SWITCHES 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 18 LOGIC DIAGRAM, H.P. PUMP ISOLATION VALVE LIMIT SWITCHES 09/26/19 3
10236480-DWK 19 LOGIC DIAGRAM, SEAL GREASE SYSTEM SELECTOR SWITCH & PUSHBUTTONS; SEAL GREASE REVERSING VALVE SENSING SWITCH; SEAL GREASE AIR LINE PRESSURE SWITCH; SEAL GREASE AIR LINE SOLENOID VALVE 09/26/19 3
D D
C C
NOTES:
1. FOR LOGIC SYMBOLS REFERENCE METSO DRAWING NO. D05-014335.
2. THESE SHEETS REFLECT THE CONTROL PHILOSOPHY FOR THE LUBE

SYSTEM BUT EXCLUDE STANDARD DRIVE LOGIC COVERING:
(a) MONITORING OF MCC MODULE COMPONENTS SUCH AS
- DRIVE HEALTHY
B - OVERLOAD TRIP B
- EARTH (GROUND) FAULT TRIP - WHERE APPLICABLE/AVAILABLE.
(b) CHECKING AND ALARMING IF A "DRIVE FAILED TO START" CONDITION ARISES.
3. GLOBAL REQUIREMENT FOR A DEBOUNCE TIMER ON PLC INPUTS. TIMERS INCLUDED

BUT ALL INITIALLY SET TO ZERO SECONDS BY SIEMENS. CHANGING OF TIMERS IS
ALLOWED ONLY AFTER AUTHORIZATION FROM METSO.
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
MILL No. METSO EQUIP. No. Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
3210-MI-003 90026637 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
CORRECT
A 3210-MI-004 90026638 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS: A
By: KJA Date: 09/26/19

90026637 & 90026638
03 ADDED SHEET 19 - SEAL GREASE SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION AHA KJA 2019-09-26 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 02 ADDED CERTIFIED CORRECT STAMP AHA KJA 2019-01-02 LOGIC DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
York, PA 17405-7043 USA 28'x44.5' BALL MILL-150" PAD CKD: MGH MATERIAL Spec.:
.X = ± 3 .XX = ± 0.38 01 INITIAL RELEASE AHA MGH 2015-11-04 MATERIAL Wt.: Wt. Unit:
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' INDEX DATE: 2015-11-04
PROJECTION 19
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FIELD INPUTS
H H
TE TE TE
3210011x2 (SPARE) 3210048x2 (SPARE) 3210018x2 (SPARE) FE
3210019x
LUBE SYSTEM
L.P. OIL PUMPS
LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM HEAT EXCHANGER
TE TE PDIT TE FIT FLOW TRANSMITTER
3210011x1 CONDITIONING OIL SIDE 3210048x1 CLEAN OIL SIDE L.P. OIL PUMPS
3210016x FILTER PRESSURE 3210018x1 OIL OUTLET 3210019x
RTD RTD RTD
DIFFERENTIAL TRANSMITTER
A.I. (RTD) A.I. (RTD) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (RTD) A.I. (4-20mA/HART)
0°C to 100°C 0°C to 100°C 0 to 414 kPa 0°C to 100°C 0 to 1667 LPM
LUBE SYSTEM
G TI
LUBE SYSTEM
TI
LUBE SYSTEM
PDI L.P. OIL PUMPS TI
LUBE SYSTEM HEAT EXCHANGER
FI
LUBE SYSTEM G
CONDITIONING OIL SIDE CLEAN OIL SIDE OIL OUTLET L.P. OIL PUMPS
3210011x 3210048x 3210016x FILTER DIFFERENTIAL 3210018x 3210019x
TEMP TEMP TEMP FLOW
PRESSURE
TAHH- TAHH- PDAH- TAHH- FAL-

3210011x 3210048x 3210016x 3210018x 3210019x LUBE SYSTEM
LUBE SYSTEM
LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM HEAT EXCHANGER L.P. OIL PUMPS FLOW
TAHH TAHH PDAH L.P. OIL PUMPS TAHH
H/ CONDITIONING OIL SIDE TEMP H/ CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP H/ H/ OIL OUTLET TEMP /L LOW ALARM
3210011x 3210048x 3210016x FILTER PRESSURE 3210018x
HI-HI ALARM HI-HI ALARM HI-HI ALARM
HI ALARM A FAL
T > 46°C T > 46°C P > 207 kPa T > 46°C F < 720 LPM N
D 3210019x
TAH- TAH- L.P. PUMP
3210011x 3210048x 3210-MI-00y-PU1
LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM RUNNING
TAH TAH
H/ CONDITIONING OIL SIDE TEMP H/ CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP
3210011x 3210048x SHT 4 (H-6)
HI ALARM HI ALARM
T > 43°C T > 43°C
F (-) L.P. PUMP DI F
3210-MI-00y-PU2 OR
TAL- TSHH- 10 SEC
3210011x 3210048x (+) RUNNING
OPERATOR HS
LUBE SYSTEM 35°C-43°C
TAL SETPOINT - SHT 4 (E-4)
/L CONDITIONING OIL SIDE TEMP H/ P I D LUBE SYSTEM
3210011x L.P. OIL PUMPS FLOW
LOW ALARM 2
T < 21°C T > 32°C LOW-LOW ALARM
T A ANNUNCIATED (TRIP)
FAIL TO RAISE
TSHH- FALL- A
TEMP ALARM N
FALL
3210011x 3210019x 3210019x
D
XA
OR DI
H/ - /L
2 SEC
LUBE SYSTEM
T > 90°F F < 660 LPM LUBE SYSTEM
HEATER ON
FAIL TO RAISE LUBE SYSTEM L.P. OIL PUMPS
DI LOW FLOW INTERLOCK
TEMP ALARM SHT 2 (C-4) CLEAN OIL SIDE
10 MIN
A OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK 3210-MI-00y-HE4 SHT 4 (G-5)
XA N R CONTACTOR
OR SHT 3 (F-2)
E - D
ON/OFF COMMAND SHT 4 (D-3) E
TAL- A
LUBE SYSTEM
3210048x N VIA PROFINET
HEATER ON D
DI LUBE SYSTEM
SHT 2 (C-4) /L S 3210-MI-00y-HE5
10 MIN L.P. OIL PUMPS
A CONTACTOR FLOW INTERLOCK
N R T < 27°C ON/OFF COMMAND
D DI
NOT SHT 5 (F-4)
VIA PROFINET 10 SEC
TSL- TSL-
3210011x 3210048x SHT 5 (D-4) SHT 7 (D-4)
SHT 5 (B-4) SHT 7 (C-3)
LUBE SYSTEM
TAL SHT 6 (G-4) SHT 8 (F-5)
/L S /L CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP
3210048x SHT 6 (C-3) SHT 8 (C-3)
LOW ALARM
SHT 7 (G-4)
T < 80°F T < 21°C
PLC TSH-
LUBE SYSTEM
CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP
3210048x START PERMISSIVE
D D
H/ SHT 4 (F-6)
T > 27°C SHT 4 (C-6) SHT 6 (B-6)

SHT 5 (H-5) SHT 7 (F-6) 3210-MI-00y-HE1
SHT 5 (F-5) SHT 7 (C-6) CONTACTOR
SHT 5 (C-5) SHT 8 (E-6) RUN FEEDBACK
SHT 6 (F-5) SHT 8 (B-6)
VIA PROFINET
3210-MI-00y-HE1 3210-MI-00y-HE2
CONTACTOR CONTACTOR
ON/OFF COMMAND RUN FEEDBACK
VIA PROFINET VIA PROFINET
3210-MI-00y-HE2 3210-MI-00y-HE3
CONTACTOR CONTACTOR LUBE SYSTEM
ON/OFF COMMAND RUN FEEDBACK HEATER ON
C A A C
LUBE SYSTEM N VIA PROFINET VIA PROFINET N SHT 2 (E-6)
CONDITIONING OIL SIDE D D
OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK SHT 2 (E-8)
3210-MI-00y-HE3 3210-MI-00y-HE4
SHT 3 (F-5) CONTACTOR CONTACTOR
ON/OFF COMMAND RUN FEEDBACK
VIA PROFINET VIA PROFINET
3210-MI-00y-HE5
CONTACTOR
RUN FEEDBACK
VIA PROFINET
B B
0-100%
A.O. (4-20mA ONLY)
LUBE SYSTEM HEAT EXCHANGER

WATER CONTROL
VALVE POSITIONER/ACTUATOR
FIELD OUTPUTS TCV
3210018x
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
NOTES: MILL No. METSO EQUIP. No. "x" "y" Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
1. LUBE SYSTEM RESERVOIR RTD's PROVIDE A RTD SIGNAL 3210-MI-003 90026637 B 3 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
TO SIEMENS PLC. 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
CORRECT
A 3210-MI-004 90026638 D 4 By: KJA Date: 09/26/19 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS: A

2 OPTIMAL SETPOINT IS 38°C FOR HEAT EXCHANGER OUTLET 90026637 & 90026638
OIL TEMPERATURE CONTROL. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS, TITLE PROJECT No. EQUIPMENT No.
03 ADDED SHEET 19 AHA KJA 2019-09-26 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. DRN: AHA
DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 02 ADDED CERTIFIED CORRECT STAMP; REVISED COMMUNICATION FROM PROFIBUS TO PROFINET AHA KJA 2019-01-02 LOGIC DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' LUBE RSVR, RTD, HTR, LP XMTRS DATE: 2015-11-04
PROJECTION 19
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H
FIELD INPUTS H
LT LUBE SYSTEM LT LUBE SYSTEM

3210012x RESERVOIR CONDITIONING OIL 3210022x RESERVOIR CLEAN OIL
LEVEL TRANSMITTER LEVEL TRANSMITTER
A.I. (4-20mA) A.I. (4-20mA)

2 2
0-914mm (0-36") 0-914mm (0-36")
G G
36" 914mm RESERVOIR 36" 914mm RESERVOIR
LI LI
CONDITIONING OIL CLEAN OIL
3210012x LEVEL 3210022x LEVEL
LAL- LAL-
3210012x 3210022x
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
LAL LAL
SPAN /L CONDITIONING OIL SPAN /L CLEAN OIL
3210012x 3210022x
16" 406mm LOW LEVEL ALARM 16" 406mm LOW LEVEL ALARM
L < 406mm L < 406mm
10" 254mm 10" 254mm

LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM
LALL- CONDITIONING OIL SIDE LALL- CLEAN OIL SIDE
F 2 3210012x OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK 2 3210022x OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK F
DI DI
/L NOT SHT 2 (C-7) /L NOT SHT 2 (E-5)
0" 0mm 0 SEC 0" 0mm 0 SEC
L < 254mm SHT 4 (E-6) L < 254mm SHT 5 (G-4) SHT 7 (F-6)
1 SHT 4 (C-6) 1 SHT 5 (E-4) SHT 7 (C-6)
SHT 5 (B-4) SHT 8 (E-6)
SHT 6 (E-5) SHT 8 (B-6)
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR SHT 6 (C-6)
LALL LALL
CONDITIONING OIL CLEAN OIL
3210012x LOW-LOW LEVEL ALARM 3210022x LOW-LOW LEVEL ALARM
E E
D D
C C
NOTES:
1 GLOBAL REQUIREMENT FOR A DEBOUNCE TIMER ON PLC INPUTS. TIMERS INCLUDED

BUT ALL INITIALLY SET TO ZERO SECONDS BY SIEMENS. CHANGING OF TIMERS
B IS ALLOWED ONLY AFTER AUTHORIZATION FROM METSO. B
2 TANK LEVEL IS MEASURED FROM BOTTOM OF TANK TO TOP. SETPOINTS ARE DERIVED
FROM BOTTOM. SEE GRAPH FOR DETAILS.
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
MILL No. METSO EQUIP. No. "x" Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
3210-MI-003 90026637 B CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:

3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
CORRECT
A 3210-MI-004 90026638 D By: KJA Date: 09/26/19 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS: A

90026637 & 90026638
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' LUBE RSVR LEVEL XMTRS DATE: 2015-11-04
PROJECTION 19
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PLC
FIELD INPUTS FIELD OUTPUTS
H H
L.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU1 L.P. PUMPS RUNNING
L.P. PUMP RUNNING MILL RUN INTERLOCK
YL
3210-MI-00y-PU1
RUNNING SHT 2 (F-2) OR SHT 16 (E-3)
L.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU1 SHT 4 (F-6)
CONTACTOR SHT 4 (F-3)
RUN FEEDBACK SHT 4 (D-3)
L.P. PUMP
VIA PROFINET NOT
3210-MI-00y-PU1
JOG (N.O.) L.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU1
D.I. SELECTED
A
HS PO
NOT N
3210010x21 SHT 4 (F-7) D
10 SEC
MILL MOTOR
A
RUNNING
G LUBE SYSTEM N OR L.P. PUMP G
LOCAL SELECTED D L.P. PUMP YL
L.P. PUMP FROM MILL PLC 3210-MI-00y-PU1
3210-MI-00y-PU1 3210-MI-00y-PU2 STOPPED
SHT 4 (B-2) RUNNING L.P. PUMP
REMOTE START
LUBE SYSTEM 3210-MI-00y-PU1
PO L.P. OIL PUMPS 1 SHT 4 (E-4) NOT NOT CONTACTOR
HS
3 SEC LOW FLOW INTERLOCK ON/OFF COMMAND
L.P. PUMP A
PUMP SELECT SAFETY INTERLOCK
L.P. PUMP A SHT 2 (E-1) NOT N VIA PROFINET
3210-MI-00y-PU1/PU2 3210-MI-00y-PU1 LUBE SYSTEM N D
SELECTED REMOTE SELECTED D L.P. PUMP
L.P. PUMP L.P. PUMP
D.I. 3210-MI-00y-PU1
HS (N.O.) 3210--MI-00y-PU1
SHT 4 (G-4) SHT 4 (B-5) 3210-MI-00y-PU1 L.P. PUMP
3210010x1 SELECTED OUTLET VALVE OPENED
RUNNING 3210-MI-00y-PU1
L.P. PUMP L.P. PUMP SHT 17 (G-6) RUNNING
SHT 4 (H-6)
3210-MI-00y-PU1 3210-MI-00y-PU1
D.O.
L.P. PUMP RUNNING STOP (N.O) YL
3210-MI-00y-PU2 OR
3210010x2
SELECTED SHT 4 (H-6) HS PO
L.P. PUMP NOT
D.I. 3 SEC
F (N.C.) 3210--MI-00y-PU2
SHT 4 (E-3) F
SELECTED
LUBE SYSTEM OR
CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP LUBE SYSTEM L.P. PUMP
START PERMISSIVE LAMP TEST 3210-MI-00y-PU2
SAFETY INTERLOCK RUNNING
SHT 2 (D-6) SHT 4 (B-7)
A D.O.
N YL
OR
D 3210010x3
LUBE SYSTEM
CONDITIONING OIL SIDE
OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK
SAFETY INTERLOCK
SHT 3 (F-5)
L.P. PUMP
L.P. PUMP 3210-MI-00y-PU2
LUBE SYSTEM 3210-MI-00y-PU2 OUTLET VALVE OPENED
L.P. PUMP E-STOP RUNNING
E YL
3210-MI-00y-PU2 SHT 17 (F-6) E
RUNNING SHT 4 (B-7) SHT 2 (F-2)
L.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU2 SHT 4 (G-4) L.P. PUMP
CONTACTOR SHT 4 (D-6) 3210-MI-00y-PU2
RUN FEEDBACK SELECTED
VIA PROFINET SHT 4 (F-7)
L.P. PUMP L.P. PUMP L.P. PUMP

3210-MI-00y-PU2 YL
3210-MI-00y-PU1 3210-MI-00y-PU2
REMOTE START RUNNING STOPPED
HS 1 SHT 4 (H-6) NOT

L.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU2 L.P. PUMP
JOG (N.O.) A NOT 3210-MI-00y-PU2
PO
LUBE SYSTEM N OR CONTACTOR
D
3 SEC
D.I. REMOTE SELECTED ON/OFF COMMAND
HS A
D LUBE SYSTEM D
3210010x31 SHT 4 (B-5) N VIA PROFINET
L.P. OIL PUMPS
D
A LOW FLOW INTERLOCK
LUBE SYSTEM N SAFETY INTERLOCK
D SHT 2 (E-1) NOT
LOCAL SELECTED L.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU2
SHT 4 (B-2) RUNNING
SAFETY INTERLOCK
SHT 4 (E-4)
L.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU2
LUBE SYSTEM STOP (N.O)
OR
CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP
START PERMISSIVE HS PO
NOT
3 SEC
SHT 2 (D-6)
A
N
D
LUBE SYSTEM
CONDITIONING OIL SIDE
C OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK
C
SAFETY INTERLOCK
SHT 3 (F-5) LUBE SYSTEM
LOCAL CONTROL
ENABLED
D.O.
YL
3210070x1
LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM
E-STOP REMOTE CONTROL LOCAL CONTROL
LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM
ENABLED ENABLED
E-STOP REMOTE SELECTED LOCAL SELECTED
D.I.
HS (N.C.) HS REMOTE HS LOCAL
3210070x1 SHT 4 (E-5) SHT 4 (F-6) SHT 4 (G-7)
SHT 5 (G-4) SHT 7 (E-6) SHT 4 (D-6) SHT 6 (D-6) SHT 4 (D-7) SHT 6 (D-7)
SHT 5 (D-4) SHT 7 (B-5) SHT 5 (F-6) SHT 7 (G-6) SHT 5 (F-7) SHT 7 (G-7)
SHT 5 (B-4) SHT 8 (D-5) SHT 5 (D-6) SHT 7 (D-6) SHT 5 (D-7) SHT 7 (D-7)
SHT 6 (E-5) SHT 16 (F-3) SHT 5 (B-6) SHT 8 (F-6) SHT 5 (B-7) SHT 8 (G-7)
B SHT 6 (F-6) SHT 8 (C-6) SHT 6 (G-7) SHT 8 (B-7) B
LUBE SYSTEM
LAMP TEST LUBE SYSTEM
LAMP TEST
D.I.
HS (N.O.)
3210070x2 SHT 4 (F-3)
SHT 5 (F-3) SHT 6 (E-3)

SHT 5 (D-3) SHT 7 (E-3)
SHT 6 (G-3) SHT 8 (E-3)
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
NOTES: 3210-MI-003 90026637 B 3 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:

3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
CORRECT
A 1 THIS PREVENTS START OF PUMP FROM VMS IN E-HOUSE. 3210-MI-004 90026638 D 4 By: KJA Date: 09/26/19 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS: A

90026637 & 90026638
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' LP LUBE MOTOR's, PB's & LT's DATE: 2015-11-04
PROJECTION 19
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU3
PLC OUTLET VALVE OPENED
SHT 18 (G-6)
H.P. PUMPS
3210-MI-00y-PU3/PU4
H CROSSOVER H
OUTLET VALVE CLOSED
SHT 18 (D-2)
H.P. PUMP LUBE SYSTEM
H.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU3 CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP
H.P. PUMP 3210-MI-00y-PU3
YL RUNNING START PERMISSIVE
3210-MI-00y-PU3 SELECTED
RUNNING SHT 5 (G-5) SHT 2 (D-6)
H.P. PUMP SHT 5 (A-7)
3210-MI-00y-PU3 SHT 5 (F-3)
CONTACTOR SHT 16 (C-5) OR
RUN FEEDBACK
LUBE SYSTEM
VIA PROFINET CLEAN OIL SIDE
OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK
H.P. PUMP
H.P. PUMP
SHT 3 (F-2) 3210-MI-00y-PU3
3210-MI-00y-PU3 A SAFETY INTERLOCK CONTACTOR
STOP (N.O) N ON/OFF COMMAND
D A
G HS PO
NOT N VIA PROFINET
G
3 SEC D
H.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU3 LUBE SYSTEM
RUNNING NOT
E-STOP
SHT 5 (H-6) SHT 4 (B-7)
H.P. PUMP
LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM YL
3210-MI-00y-PU3
LOCAL SELECTED REMOTE SELECTED L.P. OIL PUMPS
STOPPED
H.P. PUMP FLOW INTERLOCK
3210-MI-00y-PU3 SHT 4 (B-2) SHT 4 (B-5)
JOG (N.O.) 2 SHT 2 (E-1)
A
N A
D.I. D H.P. PUMP PU03 PO OR
HS N
REMOTE START D
3 SEC H.P. PUMP
3210020x21
H.P. PUMPS 3210-MI-00y-PU3
HS RUNNING H.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU3/PU4 OR 3210-MI-00y-PU3
3210-MI-00y-PU4/PU5 CROSSOVER
F ISOLATION VALVES OPENED
SHT 5 (H-6) RUNNING F
D.O.
SHT 18 (B-2) YL
LUBE SYSTEM OR
3210020x2
LAMP TEST
H.P. PUMP LUBE SYSTEM H.P. PUMP
H.P. PUMP 3210-MI-00y-PU4 CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP 3210-MI-00y-PU4 SHT 4 (B-7)
YL
3210-MI-00y-PU4 RUNNING START PERMISSIVE OUTLET VALVE OPENED
RUNNING H.P. PUMP
H.P. PUMP SHT 5 (E-3) SHT 2 (D-6) SHT 18 (F-6) 3210-MI-00y-PU4
3210-MI-00y-PU4
RUNNING
CONTACTOR SHT 5 (D-5)
OR H.P. PUMP
RUN FEEDBACK SHT 16 (C-5) D.O.
3210-MI-00y-PU4 YL
VIA PROFINET RUNNING OR
H.P. PUMP 3210020x3
3210-MI-00y-PU4
SELECTED SHT 5 (F-6)
SHT 5 (A-7)
E LUBE SYSTEM E
CLEAN OIL SIDE H.P. PUMP
OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK 3210-MI-00y-PU4
H.P. PUMP A SAFETY INTERLOCK CONTACTOR
3210-MI-00y-PU4 SHT 3 (F-2) N ON/OFF COMMAND
D A
STOP (N.O)
N VIA PROFINET
HS PO D
NOT
3 SEC
H.P. PUMP
NOT
RUNNING E-STOP
SHT 5 (F-6) SHT 4 (B-7) H.P. PUMP
YL
3210-MI-00y-PU4
LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM STOPPED
LOCAL SELECTED REMOTE SELECTED L.P. OIL PUMPS
H.P. PUMP FLOW INTERLOCK
3210-MI-00y-PU4 SHT 4 (B-2) SHT 4 (B-5)
JOG (N.O.) 2 SHT 2 (E-1)
D A D
N H.P. PUMP A
D.I. D PO
HS 3210-MI-00y-PU4 N OR
D
3 SEC
3210020x31 REMOTE START
H.P. PUMP LUBE SYSTEM
HS 3210-MI-00y-PU5 LAMP TEST H.P. PUMP
OUTLET VALVE OPENED 3210-MI-00y-PU5
SHT 4 (B-7) RUNNING
SHT 18 (E-6)
D.O.
H.P. PUMP YL
H.P. PUMPS OR
3210-MI-00y-PU5 3210020x4
H.P. PUMP LUBE SYSTEM 3210-MI-00y-PU4/PU5 RUNNING
3210-MI-00y-PU5 CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP CROSSOVER
H.P. PUMP RUNNING START PERMISSIVE OUTLET VALVE CLOSED SHT 5 (C-6)
YL
3210-MI-00y-PU5
RUNNING SHT 5 (C-3) SHT 2 (D-6) SHT 18 (C-2)
H.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU5 SHT 5 (B-5)
CONTACTOR SHT 16 (A-5) OR
C RUN FEEDBACK C
H.P. PUMP
VIA PROFINET 3210-MI-00y-PU5
SELECTED
SHT 5 (A-7)
LUBE SYSTEM
CLEAN OIL SIDE H.P. PUMP
OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK 3210-MI-00y-PU5
H.P. PUMP A CONTACTOR
SAFETY INTERLOCK
3210-MI-00y-PU5 SHT 3 (F-2) N ON/OFF COMMAND
STOP (N.O) D A
N VIA PROFINET
HS PO D
NOT
3 SEC
H.P. PUMP
LUBE SYSTEM 3210-MI-00y-PU5 NOT
LUBE SYSTEM
LOCAL SELECTED RUNNING E-STOP
H.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU5
B JOG (N.O.)
SHT 4 (B-2) SHT 5 (C-6) SHT 4 (B-7) B
A H.P. PUMP
YL
N 3210-MI-00y-PU5
D.I. D LUBE SYSTEM LUBE SYSTEM
HS STOPPED
REMOTE SELECTED L.P. OIL PUMPS
3210020x41 FLOW INTERLOCK
SHT 4 (B-5)
2 SHT 2 (E-1)
H.P. PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU3 H.P. PUMP A
PO OR
H.P. PUMP SELECTED 3210-MI-00y-PU5 N
D.I. D
3 SEC
(N.O.) 3210-MI-00y-PU3 REMOTE START
SHT 5 (H-4)
H.P. PUMP SELECTED HS
SHT 16 (D-5) NOTES: QUELLAVECO PROJECT
PUMP SELECT
3210-MI-00y- Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
H.P. PUMP
PU3/PU4 PU4/PU5 PU3/PU5 1 THIS PREVENTS START OF PUMP FROM VMS IN E-HOUSE. MILL No. METSO EQUIP. No. "x" "y" Industries, Inc. CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
3210-MI-00y-PU4 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd.,

P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
H.P. PUMP SELECTED

D.I. 2 NON-SAFETY INTERLOCK FOR LOCAL CONTROL ONLY. CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
HS (N.O.) 3210-MI-00y-PU4 3210-MI-003 90026637 B 3
SHT 5 (E-4) 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
3210020x1 SELECTED CORRECT

SHT 16 (C-5) 90026637 & 90026638
H.P. PUMP UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS, TITLE PROJECT No. EQUIPMENT No.
3210-MI-00y-PU5
H.P. PUMP SELECTED DIMENSIONS X. = ± 1.5 02 ADDED CERTIFIED CORRECT STAMP; REVISED COMMUNICATION FROM PROFIBUS TO PROFINET AHA KJA 2019-01-02 LOGIC DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
D.I. X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7 28'x44.5' BALL MILL-150" PAD CKD: MGH MATERIAL Spec.:
(N.O.) 3210-MI-00y-PU5 York, PA 17405-7043 USA
SHT 5 (C-4)
SELECTED
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' HP LUBE MOTOR's, PB's & LT's DATE: 2015-11-04
CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED
SHT 16 (B-5) MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: MGH ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 19
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PLC
THRUST PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU6
H THRUST PUMP RUNNING H
YL
3210-MI-00y-PU6 THRUST PUMPS RUNNING
RUNNING SHT 6 (G-3) MILL START PERMISSIVE
THRUST PUMP THRUST PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU6 /RUN INTERLOCK
SHT 6 (F-5) 3210-MI-00y-PU6
CONTACTOR SHT 6 (D-3) OUTLET VALVE OPENED OR SHT 16 (E-3)
RUN FEEDBACK
SHT 17 (E-6) SHT 10 (E-7)
VIA PROFINET
THRUST PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU6
SELECTED
THRUST PUMP SHT 6 (F-7)

3210-MI-00y-PU6
JOG (N.O.) THRUST PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU7 THRUST PUMP
D.I. RUNNING 3210-MI-00y-PU6
HS THRUST PUMP
3210040x21 RUNNING
G 1 SHT 6 (E-4) NOT 3210-MI-00y-PU6 G
A SHT 6 (H-6) RUNNING
LUBE SYSTEM N OR
D.O.
LOCAL SELECTED D YL
LUBE SYSTEM OR
THRUST PUMP LUBE SYSTEM 3210040x2
LAMP TEST
SHT 4 (B-2) 3210-MI-00y-PU6 L.P. OIL PUMPS
REMOTE START FLOW INTERLOCK SHT 4 (B-7) THRUST PUMP
THRUST PUMP 3210-MI-00y-PU6
HS PO 3210-MI-00y-PU6 2 SHT 2 (E-1) CONTACTOR
3 SEC STOP (N.O) ON/OFF COMMAND
THRUST PUMP A
SELECT THRUST PUMP A HS PO N VIA PROFINET
3210-MI-00y-PU6/PU7 N THRUST PUMP NOT D
3210-MI-00y-PU6 LUBE SYSTEM 3 SEC
D 3210-MI-00y-PU6
THRUST PUMP SELECTED REMOTE SELECTED
D.I. RUNNING
HS (N.O.) 3210-MI-00y-PU6
SHT 6 (G-4) SHT 4 (B-5) NOT
3210231A SELECTED SHT 6 (H-6)
LUBE SYSTEM
F THRUST PUMP
CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP
OR THRUST PUMP F
3210-MI-00y-PU7 YL
START PERMISSIVE 3210-MI-00y-PU6
THRUST PUMP SELECTED
D.I. STOPPED
(N.C.) 3210-MI-00y-PU7 SHT 2 (D-6)
SHT 6 (D-3)
SELECTED A
N
D
LUBE SYSTEM
CLEAN OIL SIDE LUBE SYSTEM THRUST PUMP
OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK LAMP TEST 3210-MI-00y-PU7
SAFETY INTERLOCK RUNNING
SHT 3 (F-2) SHT 4 (B-7)
D.O.
YL
OR
3210040x3
SAFETY INTERLOCK
E E
THRUST PUMP
LUBE SYSTEM 3210-MI-00y-PU7 THRUST PUMP
THRUST PUMP E-STOP RUNNING 3210-MI-00y-PU7
YL OUTLET VALVE OPENED
3210-MI-00y-PU7
RUNNING SHT 4 (B-7) SHT 6 (G-4)
THRUST PUMP SHT 17 (D-6)
3210-MI-00y-PU7 SHT 6 (C-6)
CONTACTOR
RUN FEEDBACK THRUST PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU7
VIA PROFINET SELECTED
SHT 6 (F-7) THRUST PUMP

YL
3210-MI-00y-PU7
STOPPED
THRUST PUMP THRUST PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU7 3210-MI-00y-PU6
REMOTE START RUNNING
D THRUST PUMP D
1 SHT 6 (H-6) NOT NOT 3210-MI-00y-PU7
HS
CONTACTOR
ON/OFF COMMAND
A A
PO
LUBE SYSTEM N OR N VIA PROFINET
LUBE SYSTEM D
3 SEC D
LOCAL SELECTED REMOTE SELECTED
SHT 4 (B-5) LUBE SYSTEM

SHT 4 (B-2)
THRUST PUMP L.P. OIL PUMPS
3210-MI-00y-PU7 FLOW INTERLOCK
A
JOG (N.O.) N
2 SHT 2 (E-1)
D
D.I.
HS
3210040x31 THRUST PUMP
LUBE SYSTEM 3210-MI-00y-PU7
CLEAN OIL SIDE STOP (N.O)
OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK
HS PO
SAFETY INTERLOCK NOT
3 SEC
C SHT 3 (F-2) C
SAFETY INTERLOCK
THRUST PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU7
RUNNING A
N
SHT 6 (E-4) D
LUBE SYSTEM OR
CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP
START PERMISSIVE
SHT 2 (D-6)
B B
NOTES:
1 THIS PREVENTS START OF PUMP FROM VMS IN E-HOUSE. QUELLAVECO PROJECT

2 NON-SAFETY INTERLOCK FOR LOCAL CONTROL ONLY. MILL No. METSO EQUIP. No. "x" "y" Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
3210-MI-003 90026637 B 3 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:

3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
CORRECT

90026637 & 90026638
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' THRUST PUMP MTR's, PB's & LT's DATE: 2015-11-04
PROJECTION 19
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PLC
ACCUMULATOR PUMP ACCUMULATOR PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU10 3210-MI-00y-PU10
H ACCUMULATOR PUMP RUNNING OUTLET VALVE OPENED H
YL
3210-MI-00y-PU10
RUNNING SHT 7 (F-6) SHT 17 (C-6)
ACCUMULATOR PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU10 SHT 7 (F-3)
ACCUMULATOR BANK
CONTACTOR SHT 7 (D-4) DUMP VALVES CLOSED
RUN FEEDBACK
ACCUMULATOR PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU10 SHT 7 (A-6)
VIA PROFINET
JOG (N.O.)
ACCUMULATOR BANK ACCUMULATOR PUMP
D.I. LOW PRESS / CHARGE DEMAND 3210-MI-00y-PU11
HS RUNNING
3210050x21 SHT 11 (E-1)
1 SHT 7 (E-6) NOT
A
LUBE SYSTEM N
LOCAL SELECTED D OR
ACCUMULATOR PUMP
SHT 4 (B-2)
REMOTE START L.P. OIL PUMPS ACCUMULATOR PUMP
YL
G FLOW INTERLOCK 3210-MI-00y-PU10 G
HS STOPPED
2 SHT 2 (E-1)
A
PO
LUBE SYSTEM N ACCUMULATOR PUMP ACCUMULATOR PUMP
D
3 SEC
REMOTE SELECTED 3210-MI-00y-PU10 NOT 3210-MI-00y-PU10
ACCUMULATOR PUMP SELECTED CONTACTOR
SHT 4 (B-5) 3210-MI-00y-PU10 ON/OFF COMMAND
STOP (N.O) SHT 7 (F-7) A
ACCUMULATOR PUMP N VIA PROFINET
ACCUMULATOR PUMP 3210-MI-00y-PU10 HS PO D
SELECT RUNNING NOT
ACCUMULATOR PUMP 3 SEC
3210-MI-00y-PU10/PU11 3210-MI-00y-PU10
SELECTED SHT 7 (H-6)
ACCUMULATOR PUMP
D.I.
HS (N.O.) 3210-MI-00y-PU10
3210050x1 SHT 7 (G-4) LUBE SYSTEM
SELECTED OR
CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP
START PERMISSIVE
F ACCUMULATOR PUMP SHT 2 (D-6) F

3210-MI-00y-PU11 A
SELECTED N
ACCUMULATOR PUMP
D.I. LUBE SYSTEM D
(N.C.) 3210-MI-00y-PU11
SHT 7 (D-4) CLEAN OIL SIDE ACCUMULATOR PUMP
SELECTED OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK ACCUMULATOR BANK 3210-MI-00y-PU10 ACCUMULATOR PUMP
SAFETY INTERLOCK HIGH PRESS AUTO SHUTOFF RUNNING 3210-MI-00y-PU10
SHT 3 (F-2) RUNNING
SHT 11 (F-1) NOT SHT 7 (H-6)
D.O.
LUBE SYSTEM YL
OR
E-STOP 3210050x2
SAFETY INTERLOCK
SHT 4 (B-7)
LUBE SYSTEM
LAMP TEST
ACCUMULATOR PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU11 SHT 4 (B-7)
OUTLET VALVE OPENED ACCUMULATOR PUMP
ACCUMULATOR PUMP 3210-MI-00y-PU11
3210-MI-00y-PU11 SHT 17 (B-6) RUNNING
ACCUMULATOR PUMP RUNNING
E YL
3210-MI-00y-PU11
ACCUMULATOR PUMP
D.O.
E
3210-MI-00y-PU11 YL
RUNNING SHT 7 (G-4) OR
ACCUMULATOR PUMP RUNNING 3210050x3
ACCUMULATOR BANK
3210-MI-00y-PU11 SHT 7 (E-3) DUMP VALVES CLOSED
CONTACTOR SHT 7 (C-6) SHT 7 (E-6)
RUN FEEDBACK SHT 7 (A-6)
2
VIA PROFINET
LUBE SYSTEM
L.P. OIL PUMPS
ACCUMULATOR BANK FLOW INTERLOCK
LOW PRESS / CHARGE DEMAND ACCUMULATOR PUMP
YL
3210-MI-00y-PU11
SHT 2 (E-1)
SHT 11 (E-1) STOPPED
ACCUMULATOR PUMP
ACCUMULATOR PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU11
3210-MI-00y-PU11 ACCUMULATOR PUMP
SELECTED
REMOTE START NOT 3210-MI-00y-PU11
OR
SHT 7 (F-7) CONTACTOR
HS
ON/OFF COMMAND
D A
D
N VIA PROFINET
A
LUBE SYSTEM PO D
N ACCUMULATOR PUMP
LUBE SYSTEM 3 SEC
LOCAL SELECTED D 3210-MI-00y-PU10
REMOTE SELECTED FEED BRG PADS
RUNNING LUBE OIL PRESSURE
SHT 4 (B-2)
ACCUMULATOR PUMP SHT 4 (B-5) MILL RUN INTERLOCK
3210-MI-00y-PU11 SHT 7 (H-6) NOT
A
JOG (N.O.) SHT 11 (B-2)
N
D ACCUMULATOR PUMP
D.I. LUBE SYSTEM
HS 3210-MI-00y-PU11
CLEAN OIL SIDE
3210050x31 STOP (N.O) DISCHARGE BRG PADS
OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK
LUBE OIL PRESSURE
SAFETY INTERLOCK HS PO MILL RUN INTERLOCK
SHT 3 (F-2) NOT
3 SEC
SHT 12 (B-2)
ACCUMULATOR PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU11 A
RUNNING N
C D
LUBE SYSTEM C
SHT 7 (E-6) L.P. OIL PUMPS
FLOW INTERLOCK
ACCUMULATOR BANK
HIGH PRESS AUTO SHUTOFF 3 D.O. EMERGENCY
LUBE SYSTEM SHT 2 (E-1) FV
OR 3210052x2 ACCUMULATOR
CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP SHT 11 (F-1) NOT DUMP VALVE
START PERMISSIVE
SHT 2 (D-6) H.P. PUMPS RUNNING

INTERLOCK
A
3 D.O. EMERGENCY
FV
SHT 16 (C-3) N
3210052x1 ACCUMULATOR
D DUMP VALVE
LUBE SYSTEM
E-STOP THRUST BRG PADS
SAFETY INTERLOCK LUBE OIL FLOW
SHT 4 (B-7) MILL RUN INTERLOCK
D.I.
ACCUMULATOR ZSO (N.O.) ZSO SHT 10 (C-2)
DUMP VALVE OPENED 3210052x2 3210052x2
B B
ACCUMULATOR
DUMP VALVE OPENED
DISCHARGE BRG PADS
D.I. LUBE OIL FLOW NOTES:
ACCUMULATOR ZSC (N.O.) ZSC ACCUMULATOR MILL RUN INTERLOCK
DUMP VALVE CLOSED 3210052x2 3210052x2 DUMP VALVE CLOSED 1 THIS PREVENTS START OF PUMP FROM VMS IN E-HOUSE.
SHT 9 (D-1)
2 NON-SAFETY INTERLOCK FOR LOCAL CONTROL ONLY.
FEED BRG PADS
3 BRAKE APPLIED ON LOSS OF INTERLOCK.
D.I. LUBE OIL FLOW
ACCUMULATOR ZSO (N.O.) ZSO MILL RUN INTERLOCK
DUMP VALVE OPENED 3210052x1 3210052x1 ACCUMULATOR BANK QUELLAVECO PROJECT
DUMP VALVES CLOSED SHT 9 (B-4) Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
ACCUMULATOR A MILL No. METSO EQUIP. No. "x" "y" Industries, Inc. CONTRACT NUMBER: Q1CO
DUMP VALVE OPENED N SHT 7 (H-4) P.O. Box 15043
D
SHT 7 (E-4) 3210-MI-003 90026637 B 3 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
D.I. 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
ACCUMULATOR ZSC (N.O.) SHT 16 (G-3) CORRECT
A DUMP VALVE CLOSED 3210052x1 3210-MI-004 90026638 D 4 By: KJA Date: 09/26/19 METSO EQUIPMENT NUMBERS: A

90026637 & 90026638
ZSC FABRICATION AND CASTING MACHINING DIMENSIONS Grinding Systems DATE: 2015-11-04
3210052x1 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., P.O.Box 15043
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
ACCUMULATOR .XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' ACCUM PUMP MTR's, PB's & LT's DATE: 2015-11-04
DUMP VALVE CLOSED CHAMFER = ± 4 DEGREES 6.3 RMS - UNLESS NOTED MINERALS INDUSTRIES, INC. (MMII) , protected by Trade Secret, Copyright and other PROJ NAME: ANGLO AMERICAN QUELLAVECO S.A. APPD: MGH ISO DRAWING NO SHEET REV
PROJECTION 19
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PLC
H H
FEED END BRG
PISTON PUMP
FEED END BRG 3210-MI-00y-PU8
YL RUNNING
PISTON PUMP
FEED END BRG 3210-MI-00y-PU8
SHT 8 (F-3)
PISTON PUMP RUNNING
3210-MI-00y-PU8 SHT 8 (F-6)
CONTACTOR
RUN FEEDBACK PISTON PUMPS RUNNING
MILL START SEQUENCE
VIA PROFINET
INTERLOCK
FEED END BRG A
N TO MILL PLC 1
PISTON PUMP
D
3210-MI-00y-PU8
JOG (N.O.)
D.I.
HS
G 3210060x21
G
FEED END BRG
A
YL PISTON PUMP
LUBE SYSTEM N OR
D 3210-MI-00y-PU8
LOCAL SELECTED FEED END BRG STOPPED
PISTON PUMP FEED END BRG
SHT 4 (B-2) PISTON PUMP
3210-MI-00y-PU8
LUBE SYSTEM NOT 3210-MI-00y-PU8
REMOTE START
L.P. OIL PUMPS CONTACTOR
PO FLOW INTERLOCK ON/OFF COMMAND
HS
3 SEC A
2 SHT 2 (E-1) N VIA PROFINET
A D
LUBE SYSTEM N
FEED END BRG FEED END BRG
REMOTE SELECTED D
PISTON PUMP PISTON PUMP FEED END BRG
3210-MI-00y-PU8 3210-MI-00y-PU8 PISTON PUMP
SHT 4 (B-5)
STOP (N.O) RUNNING 3210-MI-00y-PU8
RUNNING
HS SHT 8 (H-6)
PO
F FEED END BRG
3 SEC
NOT D.O. F
PISTON PUMP YL
OR
3210-MI-00y-PU8 3210060x2
RUNNING
SHT 8 (H-6)
LUBE SYSTEM DISCHARGE END BRG

OR
CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP SAFETY INTERLOCK LUBE SYSTEM PISTON PUMP
START PERMISSIVE LAMP TEST 3210-MI-00y-PU9
RUNNING
SHT 2 (D-6) SHT 4 (B-7)
A
N
D.O.
YL
LUBE SYSTEM D OR
3210060x3
CLEAN OIL SIDE
OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK
SAFETY INTERLOCK
SHT 3 (F-2)
E E
A
N
D
D.I.
PISTON PUMP (N.C.) MAINTENANCE
SELECT
MAINT/RUN
OR
D.I.
HS (N.O.) RUN
3210060x1
A
DI
N NOT
D
5 MIN
MILL ROTATING
MILL MOTOR PLC
D D
DISCHARGE END BRG
PISTON PUMP
DISCHARGE END BRG LUBE SYSTEM 3210-MI-00y-PU9
YL PISTON PUMP E-STOP RUNNING
DISCHARGE END BRG 3210-MI-00y-PU9
SHT 4 (B-7) SHT 8 (B-6)
PISTON PUMP RUNNING
3210-MI-00y-PU9
CONTACTOR
RUN FEEDBACK
VIA PROFINET
DISCHARGE END BRG
PISTON PUMP
L.P. OIL PUMPS
REMOTE START
FLOW INTERLOCK
HS
DISCHARGE END BRG 2 SHT 2 (E-1)
C PISTON PUMP DISCHARGE END BRG C
3210-MI-00y-PU9 A YL PISTON PUMP
PO
JOG (N.O.) LUBE SYSTEM N OR 3210-MI-00y-PU9
D
3 SEC
REMOTE SELECTED DISCHARGE END BRG STOPPED
D.I. PISTON PUMP
HS
SHT 4 (B-5) 3210-MI-00y-PU9 DISCHARGE END BRG
3210060x31
STOP (N.O) PISTON PUMP
A NOT 3210-MI-00y-PU9
LUBE SYSTEM N HS PO CONTACTOR
NOT
LOCAL SELECTED D 3 SEC ON/OFF COMMAND
DISCHARGE END BRG A
PISTON PUMP N VIA PROFINET
SHT 4 (B-2)
3210-MI-00y-PU9 D
RUNNING SAFETY INTERLOCK
SHT 8 (D-4)
LUBE SYSTEM
CLEAN OIL SIDE TEMP OR
B START PERMISSIVE B
SHT 2 (D-6)
A
N
LUBE SYSTEM D
CLEAN OIL SIDE
OIL LEVEL INTERLOCK
SAFETY INTERLOCK
SHT 3 (F-2)
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
3210-MI-003 90026637 B 3 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:

NOTES: 3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
CORRECT
1 MUST START DURING START-UP WARNING FOR MILL INCHING,

90026637 & 90026638
CREEPING, & NORMAL MODES AND RUN FOR 5 MINUTES AFTER
MILL START COMMAND. ANGLES ARE IN DEGREES AND MINUTES, AND TOLERANCES ARE PER TABLE BELOW. 03 ADDED SHEET 19 AHA KJA 2019-09-26 Metso Minerals Industries, Inc. BALL MILLS 3210-MI-003/004
DRN: AHA
C.3778 SEE CHART
DIMENSIONS 02 ADDED CERTIFIED CORRECT STAMP; REVISED COMMUNICATION FROM PROFIBUS TO PROFINET AHA KJA 2019-01-02 LOGIC DIAGRAM MATERIAL No:
2 NON-SAFETY INTERLOCK FOR LOCAL CONTROL ONLY. X. = ± 1.5 2715 Pleasant Valley Rd., P.O.Box 15043
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' PISTON PUMP MTR's, PB's & LT's DATE: 2015-11-04
PROJECTION 19
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FIELD INPUTS
FE FE FE FE FE FE FE FE
H 3210036x1 3210036x2 3210036x3 3210036x4 3210036x5 3210036x6 3210036x7 3210036x8 H
FEED BRG PAD #1 FEED BRG PAD #2 FEED BRG PAD #3 FEED BRG PAD #4 DISCHARGE BRG PAD #1 DISCHARGE BRG PAD #2 DISCHARGE BRG PAD #3 DISCHARGE BRG PAD #4
LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL
FLOW TRANSMITTER FLOW TRANSMITTER FLOW TRANSMITTER FLOW TRANSMITTER FLOW TRANSMITTER FLOW TRANSMITTER FLOW TRANSMITTER FLOW TRANSMITTER
FIT FIT FIT FIT FIT FIT FIT FIT
3210036x1 3210036x2 3210036x3 3210036x4 3210036x5 3210036x6 3210036x7 3210036x8
A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART)
0 to 91 LPM 0 to 91 LPM 0 to 91 LPM 0 to 91 LPM 0 to 91 LPM 0 to 91 LPM 0 to 91 LPM 0 to 91 LPM
FI FI FI FI FI FI FI FI
LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL LUBE OIL
3210036x1 3210036x2 3210036x3 3210036x4 3210036x5 3210036x6 3210036x7 3210036x8
FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW
G LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW G
LOW ALARM LOW ALARM LOW ALARM LOW ALARM LOW ALARM LOW ALARM LOW ALARM LOW ALARM
FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL

FAL- 3210036x1 FAL- 3210036x2 FAL- 3210036x3 FAL- 3210036x4 FAL- 3210036x5 FAL- 3210036x6 FAL- 3210036x7 FAL- 3210036x8
3210036x1 3210036x2 3210036x3 3210036x4 3210036x5 3210036x6 3210036x7 3210036x8
/L /L /L /L /L /L /L /L
A A A A A A A A
F < 48.3 LPM N F < 48.3 LPM N F < 48.3 LPM N F < 48.3 LPM N F < 48.3 LPM N F < 48.3 LPM N F < 48.3 LPM N F < 48.3 LPM N
D D D D D D D D
FALL- FALL- FALL- FALL- FALL- FALL- FALL- FALL-

3210036x1 3210036x2 3210036x3 3210036x4 3210036x5 3210036x6 3210036x7 3210036x8
DI DI DI DI DI DI DI DI
F /L
0 SEC
/L
0 SEC
/L
0 SEC
/L
0 SEC
/L
0 SEC
/L
0 SEC
/L
0 SEC
/L
0 SEC
F
A A A A A A A A
F < 41.6 LPM 1 N F < 41.6 LPM 1 N F < 41.6 LPM 1 N F < 41.6 LPM 1 N F < 41.6 LPM 1 N F < 41.6 LPM 1 N F < 41.6 LPM 1 N F < 41.6 LPM 1 N
D D D D D D D D
DISCHARGE BRG PAD #4

H.P. PUMPS RUNNING FALL
LUBE OIL FLOW
MILL START PERMISSIVE 3210036x8
LOW-LOW ALARM
/RUN INTERLOCK
DI
SHT 16 (B-3)
5 SEC
DISCHARGE BRG PAD #1 DISCHARGE BRG PAD #2 DISCHARGE BRG PAD #3

FALL FALL FALL
LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW
E LOW-LOW ALARM
3210036x5
LOW-LOW ALARM
3210036x6
LOW-LOW ALARM
3210036x7 E
DISCHARGE BRG PADS

LUBE OIL FLOW
MILL START PERMISSIVE
OR NOT SHT 16 (E-7)

PLC
D D
DISCHARGE BRG PADS
LUBE OIL FLOW
MILL RUN INTERLOCK
OR NOT SHT 7 (B-3)
SHT 16 (D-3)
FEED BRG PADS

LUBE OIL FLOW
C C
OR NOT SHT 16 (F-7)
FEED BRG PAD #4

FALL
LUBE OIL FLOW
3210036x4
LOW-LOW ALARM FEED BRG PADS
FEED BRG PAD #3 LUBE OIL FLOW
FALL MILL RUN INTERLOCK
LUBE OIL FLOW
3210036x3
LOW-LOW ALARM
OR NOT SHT 7 (A-3)
FEED BRG PAD #2
FALL
LUBE OIL FLOW SHT 16 (D-3)
3210036x2
LOW-LOW ALARM
B FEED BRG PAD #1

FALL B
LUBE OIL FLOW
3210036x1
LOW-LOW ALARM
QUELLAVECO PROJECT
NOTES: Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
1 GLOBAL REQUIREMENT FOR A DEBOUNCE TIMER ON PLC INPUTS. TIMERS INCLUDED P.O. Box 15043
IS ALLOWED ONLY AFTER AUTHORIZATION FROM METSO. 3210-MI-003 90026637 B CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:
3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
CORRECT

90026637 & 90026638
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' FEED/DISCH BRG FLOW XMTR's DATE: 2015-11-04
PROJECTION 19
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FIELD INPUTS
H H
FE FE FE FE
3210042x1 THRUST BRG 3210042x2 THRUST BRG 3210042x3 THRUST BRG 3210042x4 THRUST BRG
PADS 1 & 2 OUTBOARD PADS 1 & 2 INBOARD PADS 3 & 4 INBOARD PADS 3 & 4 OUTBOARD
LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW LUBE OIL FLOW
FIT TRANSMITTER FIT TRANSMITTER FIT TRANSMITTER FIT TRANSMITTER
3210042x1 3210042x2 3210042x3 3210042x4
A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART)

0 to 16.7 LPM 0 to 16.7 LPM 0 to 16.7 LPM 0 to 16.7 LPM
G G
THRUST BRG THRUST BRG THRUST BRG THRUST BRG
FI FI FI FI
3210042x1 THRUST BRG 3210042x2 THRUST BRG 3210042x3 THRUST BRG 3210042x4 THRUST BRG
LOW ALARM LOW ALARM LOW ALARM LOW ALARM
FAL FAL FAL FAL

FAL- 3210042x1 FAL- 3210042x2 FAL- 3210042x3 FAL- 3210042x4
3210042x1 3210042x2 3210042x3 3210042x4
/L /L /L /L
A A A A
F < 8.8 LPM N F < 8.8 LPM N F < 8.8 LPM N F < 8.8 LPM N
D D D D
F F
FALL- FALL- FALL- FALL-
3210042x1 3210042x2 3210042x3 3210042x4
DI DI DI DI
/L /L /L /L
0 SEC 0 SEC 0 SEC 0 SEC
A A A A
F < 7.6 LPM 1 N F < 7.6 LPM 1 N F < 7.6 LPM 1 N F < 7.6 LPM 1 N
D D D D
THRUST PUMPS RUNNING

/RUN INTERLOCK
DI
E SHT 6 (H-2) E
5 SEC
PLC
THRUST BRG PADS

D LUBE OIL FLOW D
OR NOT SHT 16 (E-7)
THRUST BRG
PADS 3 & 4 OUTBOARD FALL
C LUBE OIL FLOW 3210042x4 C
LOW-LOW ALARM THRUST BRG PADS
THRUST BRG LUBE OIL FLOW
PADS 3 & 4 INBOARD FALL MILL RUN INTERLOCK
LUBE OIL FLOW 3210042x3
LOW-LOW ALARM OR NOT SHT 7 (B-3)
THRUST BRG
PADS 1 & 2 INBOARD FALL
SHT 16 (D-3)
LOW-LOW ALARM
THRUST BRG
PADS 1 & 2 OUTBOARD FALL
LOW-LOW ALARM
B B
FIELD OUTPUTS
NOTES:
1 GLOBAL REQUIREMENT FOR A DEBOUNCE TIMER ON PLC INPUTS. TIMERS INCLUDED QUELLAVECO PROJECT
IS ALLOWED ONLY AFTER AUTHORIZATION FROM METSO. Metso Minerals ANGLO AMERICAN
P.O. Box 15043
York, PA 17405-7043 USA
3210-MI-003 90026637 B CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBERS:

3210-MI-003 & 3210-MI-004
CORRECT

90026637 & 90026638
X. = ± 6 .X = ± 0.7
.XX = ± 1.5 ANGULAR = ± 0°-15' THRUST BRG FLOW XMTR's DATE: 2015-11-04
PROJECTION 19
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FIELD INPUTS
PIT FEED BRG PAD #1 PIT FEED BRG PAD #2 PIT FEED BRG PAD #3 PIT FEED BRG PAD #4 PIT ACCUMULATOR BANK
H 3210037x1 LUBE OIL PRESSURE 3210037x2 LUBE OIL PRESSURE 3210037x3 LUBE OIL PRESSURE 3210037x4 LUBE OIL PRESSURE 3210056x LUBE OIL PRESSURE H
TRANSMITTER TRANSMITTER TRANSMITTER TRANSMITTER TRANSMITTER
A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART) A.I. (4-20mA/HART)
0 to 17237 kPa 0 to 17237 kPa 0 to 17237 kPa 0 to 17237 kPa 0 to 20700 kPa
PI FEED BRG PAD #1 PI FEED BRG PAD #2 PI FEED BRG PAD #3 PI FEED BRG PAD #4
3210037x1 LUBE OIL PRESSURE 3210037x2 LUBE OIL PRESSURE 3210037x3 LUBE OIL PRESSURE 3210037x4 LUBE OIL PRESSURE
PAH- PAH- PAH- PAH- PI ACCUMULATOR BANK

3210037x1 3210037x2 3210037x3 3210037x4 3210056x LUBE OIL PRESSURE
PAH FEED BRG PAD #1 PAH FEED BRG PAD #2 PAH FEED BRG PAD #3 PAH FEED BRG PAD #4
H/ H/ H/ H/ ACCUMULATOR BANK
LUBE OIL PRESSURE LUBE OIL PRESSURE LUBE OIL PRESSURE LUBE OIL PRESSURE
3210037x1 3210037x2 3210037x3 3210037x4 PSHH- LUBE OIL PRESSURE
LOW ALARM LOW ALARM LOW ALARM LOW ALARM
3210056x HI-HI ALARM
P > 15858 kPa FEED BRG PAD #1 P > 15858 kPa FEED BRG PAD #2 P > 15858 kPa FEED BRG PAD #3 P > 15858 kPa FEED BRG PAD #4
G LUBE OIL PRESSURE PAL LUBE OIL PRESSURE PAL LUBE OIL PRESSURE PAL LUBE OIL PRESSURE PAL
PAHH
G
PSL- 3210037x1 PSL- 3210037x2 PSL- 3210037x3 PSL- 3210037x4 H/
HIGH ALARM HIGH ALARM HIGH ALARM HIGH ALARM
3210037x1 3210037x2 3210037x3 3210037x4 3210056x
P > 18956 kPa
/L /L /L /L
A A A A
P < 6550 kPa N P < 6550 kPa N P < 6550 kPa N P < 6550 kPa N ACCUMULATOR BANK
D D D D PSLL- LUBE OIL PRESSURE
2 2 2 2
3210056x LOW-LOW ALARM
DI PALL
/L
0 SEC 3210056x

C.003778 en Yrk Man 00472 - Ball Man PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

C.003778 en Yrk Man 00472 - Ball Man PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Installation, Operation, & Maintenance

Metso Definition Number: C.3778

(2) Ball Mills

Ball Mill 1 3210-MI-003

Customer Tag Number Metso Equipment Number

The manual is mainly organized in a chronological order; the components are

CHAPTER: How to Use This Manual Page 1 of 1

All drawings, specifications, data, software, firmware,

This manual copyright Metso Minerals Industries, Inc., 2019

Metso Minerals Industries, Inc.

MILL DESIGN DATA

Installation Introduction, Pg. 1-1

Mill Assembly Drawing 10230711,R6

Section 2: Mill Installation Data Sheets

Installation Data Sheets, Mill 1 Pgs. 1-13

Section 3: Foundation & Baseplate Installation

Foundation Requirements, Pg. 1-2

Foundation Plan 10230712,R8

CHAPTER: Table of Contents Page 1 of 7

Section 4: Trunnion Bearing Installation

Trunnion Bearing Installation Introduction, Pg. 1-1

Trunnion Bearing Assembly, Fixed, Sheets 1-2 10235054,R9

Smart Sensor TBA

Section 5: Shell/Head/Trunnion Installation

Shell/Head/Trunnion Assembly Drawing 10229801,R5

CHAPTER: Table of Contents Page 2 of 7

Section 5: Shell/Head/Trunnion Installation (Continued)

Brake Flinger Assembly Drawing 10230649,R1

Section 5B: Bolt Tightening Procedure

Bolt Tightening Procedure, Pgs. 1-14

Torque Nut Installation 06-000893,R3

American Bolting / Hytorc

Section 5C: Liner Backing & Mill Liner Assembly Installation

Liner Backing & Mill Liner Assembly Installation, Pgs. 1-4

Mill Lining Assembly Drawing 10236399,R4

Section 6: Brake System Installation

Brake System Installation, Pg. 1-1

Brake System 10236543,R5

Johnson Brake TBA

Section 7: Not Used

Section 8: Not Used

CHAPTER: Table of Contents Page 3 of 7

Section 9: Feed & Discharge Arrangements

Feed End Arrangement Installation, Page 1-3

Feed Chute Assembly Drawing 10267924,R3

Eriez Magnet Systems TBA

Section 10: Trunnion Bearing Lube Systems

Portable Trunnion Bearing Lube System, Pages 1-2

Auxiliary Lube System 10271403,R1

See Section 18 for the Lube System Component information

CHAPTER:Table of Contents Page 4 of 7

Section 11: Mill Description & Commissioning

Mill Description, Pg. 1-1

Section 12: Normal Operation

Normal Operation, Pgs. 1-5

Section 13: Mill Shutdown Procedures

Normal Shutdown Procedures, Pgs. 1-2

Section 14: Control Philosophy

Section 15: Control Drawings

Piping & Instrumentation Diagram (Brake-004) 10236435,R2

CHAPTER: Table of Contents Page 5 of 7

Mill Maintenance Introduction, Pgs. 1-3

Section 17: Trunnion Bearing Maintenance